J. Henry Senger HOSSFELD'S NEW PRACTICAL METHOD FOR LEARNING THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. HOSSFELD'S NEW PRACTICAL METHOD FOR LEARNING THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. BY CH. BRENKMANN, ft PROFESSOR OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. CONTENTS. 1. A complete Grammar, with explanatory Exercises and Vocabulary 2. A German Reader (Prose and Poetry). '3. One hundred pages of English-German Dialogues and of Commercial Correspondence. 4- A Supplement, containing the Conjugation of German Verbs and an Alphabetical List of Irregular Verbs. 5. A separate Key. THE NEW YORK SCHOOL BOOK CLEARING HOUSE, No. 65 DUANE STREET. NOW PUBLISHED BY Arthur Hinds 4 Go. 4 Cooper tortfcrt* N. Y, City, IN MEMORIAM Uniform with this Work. HOSSFELD'S FRENCH METHOD. UOS^FELD'S SPANISH METHOD. H>>-SFELD'S ITALIAN METHOD. KEYS TO EACH SEPARATE. i, CONTENTS. (See also Index, page V.) -* t page Preface ... 1 The German Alphabet 4 German Alphabet for writing ... . . ... . 5 Pronunciation of the vowels ... ... ... Q Exercise 7 of consonants ... ... ... 8 Exercise 9 Remarks on pronunciation, and emphasis in pronunciation 10 Division of Syllables, Capital letters, Signs of punctuation 11 Parts of Speech and their definition 11 12 Gender, number, case 12 Exceptions to the rules of the declension of substantives 13 17 Table of the declension of the article, etc. 18 Table of terminations of the four declensions ... 19 The article and the noun. Definite Article. First de- clension of nouns 20 Declension of the definite article. Second declension of nouns ... ... ... ... ... ... 24 Declension of the indefinite article. Third declension of nouns ... ... ... ... ... ... 28 Fourth declension of nouns 32 Nouns with prepositions ... ... ... ... 36 & 40 Declension of proper nouns 44 986682 II Determinative adjectives. Demonstrative adjectives. Verbs used with negations ......... 48 Possessive adjectives. Remarks on regular verbs ... 52 Interrogative adjectives ............... 56 Qualifying adjectives. Their declension ...... 60, 64 & 68 Irregular verbs. Remarks on their conj ugation ... 68 Remarks on the declensions of adjectives ...... 72 Comparison of adjectives ... ... ... ... 76 (irregular). Place of some words 80 Pronouns. Personal pronouns ... ... ... ... 84 Reflective pronouns. Place of personal pronouns ... 88 Possessive pronouns ............... . 92 Demonstrative pronouns " ............ 96 I nterr ogati ve pronouns ............... 1 00 Relative pronouns ............... 104 & 108 Indefinite pronouns ............... 112 Remarks on pronouns ...... ' ...... 116 Numerals ..................... 120122 Indefinite Numerals ............... 126 Verbs. Conjugation of verbs. Auxiliary verbs. Aux- iliary verbs of mood ............ 130 Regular verbs ............... 131 133 Irregular verbs ... ... ... ... ... ... 138 Compound verbs. Separable verbs ...... 142 & 146 Verbs sometimes separable, sometimes inseparable ...146& 150 Classification of verbs. Transitive verbs. Passive verbs 154 Reflective verbs .................. 158 Intransitive verbs ... ...... 162 Impersonal verbs ... ... ... ... ... 166 Adverbs. List of adverbs ... ... ... ... 170 171 Remarks on the adverbs and their position ...... 172 Remarks on the adverbs. Their comparison ... 176 Prepositions. Lists ............... 180 181 Remarks on prepositions ............ 182 & 186 Conjunctions. Co-ordinative conjunctions ...... 190 Subordinative conjunctions ...... L 94 & 1 98 Ill page Remarks on conjunctions (adverbs & prepositions) 198, 202, 206, 210 & 214 Interjections 214 Gender of nouns 218221 Formation of nouns by derivation ... ... ... 221 223 On the regular verbs 223 Division of words into syllables 224 SYNTAX 225 The article and the noun 226 Qualifying adjectives ...230&234 Pronouns and determinative adjectives 238 & 242 Numerals 242,246 & 250 General remarks on determinative adjectives, pronouns and numerals ... ... ... ... ... 254 Auxiliary verbs of mood 258260 On Saffen and to like 264 On tenses and moods of verbs 268 The infinitive and the present participle 272 Government of verbs 276&280 On the passive voice. On e, there ... . ... 284 Remarks on verbs. Inversion 288 Position of the object and the negation ntdjt in a sentence 289 APPENDIX 294 On the article and the noun 294296 On the preposition and the genitive of nouns 297 298 On the qualifying adjective ... 298 On the declension of adj ectives 298299 On the pronouns, determinative adjectives and nu- merals 299303 On the verbs 304307 Agreement of verb and subject 307 On separable verbs ... ... ... ... ... 308 Ontohave 308 Ontobe 309 On to do 309310 OntomaJce ...310311 IV page On to get 311312 On the cases (vocative, nominative, genitive, dative and accusative) 312318 Verbs governing the accusative in German and a pre- position in English 319 Kemarks on the prepositions about, by, in 319 320 Verbs with prepositions 320 325 Adjectives with prepositions 326 328 Instructions how to correspond in German with the aid of Hossf eld's Commercial Correspondent ... 329 344 Conjugation of the German Verbs, see Supplement at the tnd of the book. INDEX. page A Abbreviations ... xn Slber(but) 198 About 319 Accusative .,. ... 318 Adjectives (Demonstrative) 48 (Determinative) 48,238,254,299 (Interrogative) 56 (Possessive) 52, 238, 299, 302 (Qualifying) 230,298 . /declension 60,64,68,72,298 | ., I apposition 230 <) I used as nouns 230 ,eP< governingthe accusative 318 l&j the dative 234,315 the genitive 234, 31 3 * prepositions 234,326 Lists of 170, 171 Eemarks on 172, 176, 198 Position of 80, 172 of interrogation not used in direct questions 198 Adverbial expressions in the genitive 313 -in the accusative 318 page After 210 All 126,246,254,301,302 All that ... ... 301 Alphabet (German) ... 4 (German for writing) 5 9lnbertf)alb, etc. (one and a half, etc.) 242 Another 126,250 Any 126,246,250 Anybody, anything ... 112 Appendix 294 Apposition ... 122,226,230 Article (Definite) ... 20, 24, 126, 226, 294, 295, 301 Article (Indefinite) 28,226,294 As 206 As ... as (not so ... as) 80, 206 At ... 182 At all ... 172,303 Any at all 246 (to) Ask 89,262 (to) Avoid 112 (to) Be ... Before 154, 259, 284, 309 206 VI Besides 202 Both ... 126,254,302 But 198 By 155,186,210,319 Cases 12,312 Comparison(of adjectives) 76, 80 (of ad verbs) 176 Conjunctions (Co-ordinative) 190 (Subordinative) 194, 198 (Remarks on) 198 Could 258 bafc 210 $amtt, baran, etc. 84,116 Dative 315 Declensions (Tables of) 18, 19 3>eht(thy) 52 erfel&e, etc. ...48,96,116 Divers 302 (to) Do ... 133,146,309 2>u(thou) 52,84 Xiirfen (to be allowed) 64, 130, 260 E @ (elided) 52, 60, 72, 76, 84 Each 126,302 Each other ... 112,238 Either 250 Either ... or 190 Emphasis (or stress in pronunciation) ... 10 Enough 126 (to) Enter 72 3 ... 84,166,238,284 er) ... 301 Will 60 With 186 Without ... 181,210 SBotten (to be willing, to wish) ... 60,130,259 SSomtt, toorcm, etc. 100, 116 Would 259 Yes (bod&) Yet ... Your Yours .. 288 170, 202 52 PREFACE. THE success attending the publication of HOSSFELD'S Methods for acquiring the modern languages (first issued by THE SOCIETY FOR PROMOTING KNOWLEDGE OF FOREIGN LANGUAGES, LONDON), has been almost phenomenal. One million copies of the series, comprising the German, French, Spanish and Italian Methods, have been issued to meet the demand during the eight years of their publication. To meet the requirements of a school method as well as of a practical method for those who desire to study privately (either with or without an instructor), the publishers have issued the New Practical Method for Learning the German Language. The book is divided into 63 lessons, each of which generally consists of 4 pages. The first page is devoted to Grammar ; The second contains Exercises on the Rules and Verbs given on the opposite page ; The third gives Questions on the same Rules, destined for pupils who are preparing for an examination where they will have to answer similar questions ; and also Conversations in which these rules are illustrated ; The fourth page consists always of a graduated Reading Exer- cise, which must not only be read aloud, but also translated with the help of the indications given either between the lines, or at the end of the page. In this order of study, the German language is taught as it is actually spoken and used, and not as many of the German grammars make it out to be. The reading matter is well selected, familiarizing the pupil with such idioms as are most essential. The lessons are carefully graded, beginning with short and distinct Xll. sentences. Lists of idioms are dry and soon forgotten by the pupil ; but when framed in useful conversation or pleasant anecdotes they make a stronger impression on the mind, and remain fixed in the memory. The Reading Exercises are, at first, accompanied by inter- linear translations, giving a clear idea of German thought and expression, in direct contrast with the English. The interlinear translations are gradually superseded by references to footnotes, giving only the translation of the new and hitherto unused words, or their derivatives. This method, while interesting, is stimulat- ing to the student to exercise the knowledge already gained. The entire work, including ten pages of contents and a convenient index, and an appendix, contains over 375 pages. The appendix comprises the principal rules already given in the Exercises, supplemented by others, which, while of no vital importance, are useful and very convenient for those who desire to study the language thoroughly. It contains also sixteen pages of forms for commercial correspondence, together with the conjugations of the German verbs, and a list of irregular verbs. We specially recommend to Instructors the use of the Keys, printed on single leaves of strong paper one lesson on each leaf. One of these leaves is to be given to each pupil after the exercises have been worked out, so that he may himself see and correct the mistakes (if any) he has made. This having been done, the corrected exercises and the key should be returned to the instructor for revision. The correction by the pupil himself has been proved to be one of the most successful features of this method ; it compels him to go a second time over his work, and by this means the mistakes he has made are vividly brought before him. As a result, the same mistakes are less likely to recur, and the teacher will be spared a long, tedious, and relatively fruitless work. Explanation of the Abbreviations used in this book. A., Ace., Accus., Accusative. Adj . Adj ective. Adv. Adverb. Conj . , Conjunction. D., Dat Dative. Decl. Declension or declined. D. 1. Declined like. Ex. Ex-ample(s). F., Fern. Feminine. G., Gen., Genit Genitive. Gen. Gender. Imp. Impersonal. Intr. Intransitive. Irr. Irregular. M., Masc. Masculine. N., Neut. Neuter. N., Nom. Nominative. P. Page. Perf. Perfect. PL, Plur. Plural. Pres. Present. Refl Reflective. Reg. Regular. S. See. Sing. Singular. Subj . Subj unctive. Trans. Transitive or Translate. * before a verb, like *gel)en, *font' men, etc., means that the verb is conjugated with |ein. German Grammar The following Works are issued for use in conjunction with this Grammar, and will be found of great assistance in facilitating the study of the German Language : KEY to the Exercises in Hossfeld's German Grammar 6d. HOSSFELD'S GERMAN READER, on an entirely new plan 2s. This book contains a selection of letters written by the most eminent personages of this century : Prince Bismarck, Count Moltke, the late German Em- perors, Baron Stein, and others. A new feature in this work is the letters written by eminent women whose names are household words in Germany. HOSSFELD'S ENG. -GERMAN COMMERCIAL CORRESPONDENT; or, the art of composing any mercantile letter in either German or English (vide page 327 of this Grammar) 2s. HOSSFELD'S GERMAN DICTIONARY, 766 pages ... 2s. GERMAN EXERCISES AND IDIOMS, by Prof. Carl Mengel, containing the Idioms and Exercises thereon 2s. 6d. This Work will be found indispensable to students wishing to gain more than a superficial knowledge of the German Language. FIRST DIVISION. ELEMENTARY. THE GERMAN ALPHABET follows : 21 a A a ah 9* N n enn $ b B b beh O o o oh ( c C c tseh $ ^ P p peh 2) b D d deh C q Q q kooh 6 c E e eh 91 r R r airr 5 f F f eff 8 f S s ess g G g gheh' $ t T t teh Jj H h hah U u U u ooh 3 t I i ee $ to Y v fow 3 i J J ytt 28 to W w veh 6 I K k kah 3: j X x iks fi I L 1 ell g) 9 Y y ipsillon 9)1 m M m emni 3 % Z z tsett KOTE. The student will observe that the outlines of several of these letters are very similar; we recommend him to take particular notice of the distinguishing differences be- tween S3 $,-( <,-9Z $R,-) O,-b $,-f f,- tj,-r j. The FotoeZs are: a, c, i, o, 11, 9, All the .remaining letters of the Alphabet are Consonants. Tht : Modified Vowels are: $ fl, 6 5, ft u. Old form %t, De, Ue. The Double Vowels are: aa, ee, oo. The Diphthongs are : , -5K ai (a^), @i ei (ety), ?lu ail, ii eii, $n au. The Compound Consonants are : c&, c^l/ rig, cf, pf, p^, qu, fdj, jp, ft, , ti^. bt, JL The Double Consonants are: ff, E, mm, rr, &c. GERMAN ALPHABET FOR WRITING. Seutfdje Saite, ette, bein, Site. Oil sounds similar to ou in house; as in blew, >cw3. an & en sound similar to oy in boy; as in SBrdute, aiite, neu, aule, freuen, ^eute. 7 Pronunciation Exercise. REMARKS ON PRONUNCIATION. The Emphasis (or Stress) is on the first syllable except the word be- gins with one of the prefixes be, ge, er, fcer, ger, crop, ent in which case the second syllable has the stress. All vowels have a long sound except when followed by two ormore con- sonants, when they become short ; vowels followed by I) or tlj are long. Vowels before $ or 6 are sometimes long, sometimes short. Words with the simple Vowels a, e, i (tj), 0, . 9?ar, gfafl, n>en, toenn, roer, tyeE, (nte, begegnen, SBter, SOfttte, ton, @olb, SBruber, SSutter, Sftgrte, enben, bir, tnatt, Sautter, lag, enttant, S3itb, 93afl, (rnte, tief, Sftonne, SBagen, nun, tragen, SReft,- SReft, ^>of, balb, lefen, labenb, Sitter, ^amm, SfJegel, [Ratte, 23ogen, igrup, rufen, @efeH, mtr, err, 9tegen, Sloje, fomtnen, gut, ^type, fagen, 93ritte, SSIott, beben, Steb, loben, ^)orn, ra, ^Berg, >oje, unft, @ott, gett, gabel, unb, egel, jKab, ^tnb, S3ruft, onne, S3ett, Saben, SBrob, ^rogen, tabeln. Words with the modified Vowels ft, fl, il. S3or, amme, lofen, |>5Ue, SSiigel, fiitten, Saber, fouuen, fiir, iinbe, Berber, pten, briitten, otter, fa'flt, triibe, ^a'ube, fRitge, utte, Dfen, Scanner, ^ouigin, iite, Sftobel, banbigett, emiife, Ubel, arten, Soffel, $ul[e, Saben, iiber. Words with the double Vowels aa, ee, PO $aar, Sfteer, S3oot, eer, 9^oor, Slat, Soo, ^Raa, !ee, Sootfe, Saal, eele, SBaare, oole, 2JJoo^, SSeere, 2la^, S3eet, baar, See, aar. Words with the compound Vowels or Diphthongs at (at)*), et (ct)*), a, ait, ett, (Saite, ette, blau, SSraute, l^eute, SSein^ Sate, au, f$retge, betauben, freuen, Saib, taub, 9M3, ^aifer, SSaum, bein, ^aute, Eaiifen, tie, SSatern (SSatjern), ueu, gtiufte, bet, leugnen, 9JJatn, eift, (Me, Srauer, 9^ai, getle, Jain, Saub, SSeil, greube, SSauer, lletn, faum, fetn, ciule, laufen, SWaig, ^etm, Seuie, rein, |>at, 9taum, tnetn, braun, S^atn, |>eu, SD'laibaum, ^au3, ireue, ^aume, 5luge, S3e^, Member, SWet)er, Saute. (*) ot) and et) oecur only in a few proper names. 8 Simple Consonants. Consonants are in general pronounced as in English, except : < before a, e, t, 9, sounds like is (Bfar, dentner, Stcero, qttnber g sounds always like g in garden arten, eorg, Iteaen, $5- Tttgin ; but g after t sounds slightly like d) (vide dj), if the 9 is not followed by a vowel ferttg, gerttgfeit, Stontg. tj at the beginning of a word or syllable is aspirated like h in home Ijaben, erljeben, lebljaft, gretljett ; it is mute after a vowel, $8af)n, leljren, rolj. \ sounds like y in yes ja, Scrfob, jung. f is never silent before n $nabe, $me. f sounds like the s in see, son @ie, <5oljn, 93afe. $ (s final) like the ss in glass au ^/ liSpetn. t followed by i and another vowel (in words derived from the Latin) is pronounced as ts Nation, patient; but it retains its proper sound in words ending in tie 2lri[to!ratic/ Siplotnatte. D sounds like / SSater, ^utoer, oergeffen. to sounds like v in velvet SBetn, tuer, ertoarten. 3 sounds like ts erj, Qtit, 511, Compound Consonants. rf) has the sound of the Scotch ch in loch Sorf), 55ud), it sounds like k at the beginning of words Sfytor, ifjg sounds like x gud), 2a^^, 2Bod). ag sounds always like ng in singer finger, fi^9^^/ long, pf sounds like j? and / pronounced in one sound $opf, p^ is pronounced like / ^Ijo&pfjor, ^^otogra^^. qu is pronounced like Tcv in English Qua(, quer, bequem. f^ sounds like sh in ship cfitff, ^ifd), l^errfdjen. f^ and ft at the beginning of a word or its root sound like a slight shp and sht (Spiel, fpredjen, SSorfptel, oerfpredjen, fteljen, ftawten, entfte^en, erftaitnltd); but otherwise fp and ft sound as in English tft, berften. $ (called ess-tsett) has the sound of ss and is used instead of ff at the end of a word or syllable, before t, and after compound vowels ^Iiift, mi^Hd), beftwfjt, fietfjen. ttj and bt sound always like t Xfjcm, rotfj, ratfyen, tabt, tobten. tj stands instead of z after a simple vowel Pafc, ftafce, fdjafcen, fifeen. Double Consonants. If, tt, mm, rr, &c., are pronounced like the simple /, I, m, r, abe, efimbf)eit, toer, jfoet, faumig, (Sitrone, ^noten, Sube, Sob, ^a^n, SBanb, eorg, Centner, toentg, fc^eu, @an, |>erBft, &olj, portion, Snatt, 3^^n, t)Unber, gertig!eit, Dergeffen, balb, Better, 9f?u^tn, jeber, geben, 5lbug, SBurnt, 9lofe, (Station, jung, ^nabe, diplomatic, ^elb, u, ^utoer, geliebt, ge^en, eber, S^ge, Sa^r, me^ren, fneten, o^n, roi), er^eben, ^alb, erga^Ien, woflen, uppe, tjerloren, , SD'Je^t, SSenetianer, grob, nrilb, epr, 3^e igt, ^>onig, Subel, SBttte, patient, fertig, 2ljt, erfertigen. Words with the Compound and Double Consonants. Sort), toadjen, {hta, 2Ba^, ginger, fltcfen, acf, ^opf, ?pferb, ?J$f)o3pf)or, dual, @c^i[f, piel, SSorfpiel, ftaunen, erftaunlid^, ift, Itlpeln, gtufe, bettm&t, X^ait, tabt, ^Ia^, ft|en, Samm, ftatt, , fetc^t, ^Sftege, STfc^e, X^or, fing, pafe, pafe, ra&t, fRiB, ft|t, briicfen, SSttc^, fteden, SSerftecf, fjerrjdjen, rotf), (Sta^d^en, nic^t, rauc^ern, berften, fte^en, entfte^en, ^ei^en, fc^d^en, ec^t, gac^er, nac^fc^Iagen, ^Pfarrer, pfeifen, ifjeil, SSerrat^, tntfc^en, gu^, gu^boben, Stetj, prac^e, 2Iujprad^e, letc^t, S^Ior, ftngen, Dn!e(, ^flange, ^^otograp^, bequem, $feil, pfennig, |>ang, SSKufee, juc^en, 9H$, Xifc^, boH, tniBIic^, S)rad^e, f, 5Tnget, ^o, a|, fafc, torf, pagterftocf, padfen, , leiidjten, tang, gu(^, tobten, td^, Xeid), becfen, quer, ratten, lonnen, begotten, ^ned^t, SSejud^, tron!, Shrift, boc!j, !Rod, Sodjer, Sidjt, pfliirfen, S)mg, lleberflufe, fcpfcen, mufc, SRifce, toic^ttg, SljaoS, pfanben, i^affen, pro^, taff, enufj, crtuad^en, ebtd^t, ^!u, ^Pfetfe, fd^ted^t, ped^fd^njarg, ^flafter, tid^, S^uB, Said), Xae, SKaffe, rtec^en, fpannen> gladfjS/ bai pngen, X^ee, ^forte, Stenft, ftopfen, reic^en, ^5a^, linger, $ferc^, ac^e. German Granmar 1* 10 REMARKS ON PRONUNCIATION. b and b at the end of a word or syllable (when not followed by a vowel) sound more like p and t as in Ijalb, Sanbfdjirfj, 93ab, lebljaft. Consonants and vowels in words of French derivation keep their original pronunciation ; as in (Sauce, $age, journal, Ser* fciette, Gljocolftbe, &c. ; but it is well to dispense with the nee of such words where possible. ie, tet, ten in some names of persons, plants, countries and their derivatives, are pronounced as separate syllables, thus t*e, i*el, t*en; as in ^ulie, amel, 9lfagte, panien, &c., also in gomilie(*), $ktie, Slrie, SBeftte, urie, SReltquie, etc. The following words must always be pronounced short : ab, am, an, bi, be, im, in, man, *ob, wn, fcom, bon, toaS, toeg, gu, gum, and a few others. Emphasis (or Stress) in Pronunciation. The Emphasis (or Stress) in words of more than one syl- lable is always on the first geber, gfeuer, $inte, englifd), frfjreiben, frewen. Except when the first syllable is one of the following un- accented prefixes be, ge, er, Der, get, emp, ent; in which case the second syllable has the stress ; as in 93efud), efatyr, erleben, berberben, gerBred^en, Smpfang, entloufen. In compound words there is more stress on the first word than on the second ; as utmadjer, autpre, onnenftraljten, On the second syllable are accented all words formed with bo, Ijer, Ijin, too, and a preposition; as bamtt, Ijerfcet, ^inauf, ttJOjti, also all adverbs beginning with 511, as guritrf, sugleidj, jnnnber, &c. Words ending in ei have the stress more on this syllable; as Slrgewci, SRettetei. Words of foreign ongrin(t) have generally the stress on the Jast syllable; as-SKonar^, ^otnr, otbat, ^^ilofo^^, &c. Verbs in tren and teren have the stress on the i and ie; (*) The nouns in which the after t is sounded, have the stress on the vowel pie- ceding ie. (f) We shall always indicate where the stress is required in words of foreign deri- vation by printing the vowels in thick letters or in italic*. 11 Division of Syllables. Syllables are formed in German pretty much on the same rules as in English ; they commence, if possible, always with a consonant, and if there are two consonants they are divided. Capital Letters. In German as in English capital letters are used at the begin- ning of a sentence. Further, all words used as nouns begin with a capital letter, and also the pronouns @te (you), and gfr (your); but tc!) (I) only takes a capital at the beginning of a sentence. Signs of Punctuation. These signs are the same as in English, except the hyphen, which is marked in German thus (). Parts of Speech. There are ten parts of Speech in the German language viz: the Article, bag (^efdjledjtgttort; the Noun, bag ^attpttoort; the Adjective, bag @Hgenfc|aftgtoort; the Pronoun, bag ^itrtoort; the Numeral, bag 3al:)ltt)ort ; the Verb, bag geittoort; the Adverb, bag Umftanbgfoort; the Preposition, bag SSortoort; the Conjunc- tion, bag SBinbetuort, and the Interjection, ber (mpftnbimgglaut. DEFINITION OF THE PARTS OF SPEECH. The ARTICLE (bag e[rf)tedjtgh)ort) is a word put before nouns to limit or define their application; as, the man, ber SKcmn; the woman, Me gratt; the house, ba3 a man, ettt SDlann; a woman, cine fjrau; a house, eitt A NOUN (ein aitptott) is the name of anything which exists, or which we can conceive to exist, whether material or immaterial; as, man, Sftamt; house, >aug; virtue, Xugenb. The ADJECTIVE (bag igenfrfjaftgtoort) is a word added to a noun, either to mark its quality or to distinguish it more accurately; as, the good child, bag gute tnb; the man is tall, ber Sftann tft grof?. A PRONOUN (em f$ftrtoort) is a word used instead of a noun; as, he (John) is rich, cr (Soljaim) tft reid). The NUMERAL (bag gdjftuort) is a word used to indicate quantity; it is generally used with the noun like an adjec- tive; as, the three pears, bie brei SSimen; How many ap- ples have you? S&ie triele 2fyfef ^aben <5ie? I have two, tdj |abe stoet. The VERB (bag ^drtoort) is a word by which we affirm 1. What anything does; 2. What is done to it; 3. In what etate it exists; as, the boy plays, ber nabe fotelt; the boy was beaten, ber tnoBe ttwrbe the boy sleeps, ber nabe fd)laft. 12 An ADVERB (ein UntftanbStport) is a word which modifies a verb, an adverb, or an adjective ; as, he writes well, er fdfjretbt gut; he will be here soon, er tmrb fialb Ijter fein; my sister is much prettier, metne djroefter ift triel fdjoner. The PREPOSITION (ba SSortoort) serves to show the relation of a noun or pronoun to some other word in the sentence ; as the book is on the table, ba3 SSudj ift ttuf bent ijd)e; he sat behind me, er foJ3 Winter nttr. A CONJUNCTION (ein Stnbenjort) is a word which serves to connect the different parts of an enlarged sentence ; as, John and Jacob went out yesterday, Solemn itttb %atob gin* gen geftern cm3; I cannot come, because I am ill, idj !ann ntrf)t fommen, ttctt icl) franf bin. The INTERJECTION (ber SmpfinbungSlaut) is a word which expresses any sudden desire or violent emotion; as, Hush ! you will wake the child, titt ! ie toerben bo3 inb aiiftoecfen; .alas! all is lost, adj! 5Ifle3 ift ber (or en. Gender. In German, as in English, there are three genders, the 'masculine, the feminine and the neuter. Words referring to males are generally masculine and those re- ferring to females are generally feminine, but words representing inanimate objects, which in English are neuter, may be in German, either masculine, feminine or neuter, but no fixed rules can be given to determine the gender. "We earnestly advise students never to use a noun without as- certaining the gender, and to fix it in the mind by placing the proper article before it. Those who act upon this advice will save themselves much trouble which the learning of genders would otherwise cause. Number. There are two numbers in German the singular which is used :for one person or thing the plural which is used for more than one. Case. The German Declensions have four cases: the Nominative, Genitive, Dative, and Accusative ; three of them, viz., the Nom- inative, Genitive (called also Possessive), and Accusative (called also Objective), are employed as in English : that is to say, the Nominative points to the subject of the verb, the Accusative to its object, and the Genitive indicates possession. The Dative is gener- ally equivalent to the English objective with the preposition to preceding. 13 Declension of Nouns or Substantives. In the German language substantives are declined, and this declen- sion is generally based upon the gender and the termination of the word to be declined. We divide the German Nouns or Substantives into four Classes or Declensions, (*) as is shown in the following classification into Declen- sions, exceptions included. The pages 13 to 17 are intended for refer- ence only, as all the principal rules are given again in the lessons, to- gether with numerous exercises on them. The exceptions, however, are. not repeated in the Grammar to the lessons, as we hold that if this be done the principal rules can neither be sufficiently treated, nor the ex- ceptions mastered, and it is our practice to bring the usual exceptions- hereafter in the vocabulary, this being the best plan to acquire them, thoroughly and with the least trouble. REMARKS ON THE DECLENSION OF NOUNS. 1. The inflection of the cases of a noun is based on the nominative 1 of the singular ; thus, if the noun take a termination in the singular or plural this termination is added to the nominative of the singular. 2. In the dative of the plural all declinable German words which, do not end in in the plural, add n. FIRST DECLENSION. THE FIRST DECLENSION comprises all feminint nouns; they do* 1 not change in the singular, in the plural they add en ; those ending in e, el, er add n only, and those in in double the n before adding en. Exception 1. Feminine nouns in ntfK**) and f at, of which there are only a few, and seldom used in the plural, add e only in the plural, and- ehange the fj into ff; as, tie 8enntnifj, the knowledge Plural : Me fienntntffe bic ZruBfal, the affliction bie Xrii&fale Exception 2. 3)ie Sautter, the mother, and bie Softer, the daughter, are in the plural bie SJliittet, bie Sodjter. Exception 3. The following feminine nouns (mostly of one syllable); and their derivatives(t) add e in the plural, and modify the vowel: die Ausflucht, the evasion die Axt, the axe die Bank, the bench die Braut, the bride die Brust, the breast die Faust, the fist die Feuersbrunst, the con- flagration dieFrucht, the fruit die Gans, the goose die Gruft, the vault die Hand, thehand die Haut, the skin die Kluft, the cleft die Kraft, the strength die Kuh, the cow die Kunst, the art\ die Laus, the louse die Luf t, the air die Lust, the desire die Magd, the maid-servant die Macht, the power die Maus, the mouse die Nacht, the night die Nuss, the nut die Sau, the sow die Schnur, the string" die Stadt, the town, city die Wand, the wall die Wurst, the sausage die Zunft, the guild die Zusammenkuuft, tf-.- meeting Plural: bie SluSfludjte, bie Slejte, bie 93raute, etc. The Plurals of bie Slngft, the anxiety (anguish) & bie SRptlj, the need,, occur in the dative in some expressions like : in SJngften, in Sfiotfien. (*) This division into classes or declensions is quite arbitrary, as some grammari- ans take 2, some 3, 4, 5, or even 7 declensions. Therefore a student must not only know to which declension a word belongs, but carefully learn how words of such gender, and such termination form their cases. (**) According to a new orthography the nouns in ni are spelled now sometimes ni, plural as above niffe. (t) Derivatives are declined like the nouns from which they are derived; this & of course the case in all the following rules add exceptions. 14 SECOND DECLENSION. THE SECOND DECLENSION comprises all masculine and neuter nouns ending in el, en, er, and the neuters in e and lein; they add * in the genitive singular, and do not change in the plural except in the dative, when those ending in , Z, er, add n. EXCEPTION 1. The following nouns (all masculine except ba ftlofter,) modify their vowels in the plural : der Acker, the field der Apfel, the apple der Boden, the ground der Bruder, the brother der Faden, the thread der Garten, the garden der Graben, the ditch der ~Haf en, tb port, harbour der Hammel, the wether der Hammer, the hammer der Handel, the bargain der Laden, the shop das Kloster, the cloister der Kragen, the coUar der Magen, the stomach der Mangel, the want der Mantel, the cloak der Nagel, (he nail der Ofen, the stove der Sattel, the saddle der Schnabel, the beak der Sch wager, thebrother-in der Vater, the father [-law der Vogel, th* bird Plural : bit Sriibet, bie arten, bie Ccfen, etc. EXCEPTION 2. The following masculine nouns (and two neuter nouns in e) add n in the plural : das Ange, the eye der Baier, the Bavarian der Bauer, the peasant das Ende, the end der Gevatter, the godfather I der Pantoffel, the slipper der Hammer, the lobster der Pommer, the Pomer- der Kaffer, the Kaffir \ anian der Muskel, the muscle \ der Stachel, the sting \ der Tetter, the cousin Plural: bie ffogen, bie SJoieti THIRD DECLENSION. THE THIRD DECLENSION comprises 1. all masculine nouns ending in e which add n in all cases of the singular and plural ; 2. all mascu- line nouns of foreign origin (accented on the last syllable), referring to persons, which do not end in Z, n t r; they add en in all cases of the sin- gular or plural. lake the nouns under Number 2 are declined : a. All other masculine nouns of foreign origin ending in ant and graph (i. e. those referring to animals and things) and all masculine nouns in ar, which are names of nations ; as, bet eiepfiant, the elephant, ber Xelegraplj, the telegraph, bet SBogtjat, the Magyar, etc: Plural: bie eiepfianten, bie Selegrafcijen, bie &. The following masculine nouns of foreign origin which do not belong to those under 2 and a : der Komet, the comet der Tyronn, the tyrant der Planet, the planet der Uhlan, the uhlan der Rebell, the rebel der Vasall, the vassal der Subaltern, the subaltern der Veteran, the veteran and a few more which are seldom used. Plural: bie (Eorfaren, bie Rometen etc: der Corsar, the corsair der Husar, the hussar der Janitschar, the Janis- nary 15 c. The following masculine nouns mostly of one syllable : tier Aim, the ancestor ! der Held, the hero der Bar, the bear der Hirt(*), the herdsman der Christ, the Christian der Mensch, the man der Fink, the finch der Mohr, the negro der Fiirst, the prince der Narr, the fool der Geek, the fop der Ochs,(*) the ox der Graf, the count j der Pfau(**), the peacock and a few more which are seldom used. Plural: bie ifljnen, bie SJoren, etc. EXCEPTION 1. The following masculine nouns in e (formerly end- ing in en) add in the Genitive singular ns instead of n : der Prinz, the prlnee der Schultheiss, the mayt\ der Spatz, the sparrow der Steinmetz, the stone- cutter der Thor, the fool der Vorfahr, the ancestor der Friede, the peace der Funke, the spark der Gedanke, the thought der Glaube, the faith der Haufe, the heap der Name, the name der Same, the seed der Schade, the damage der Wille, the will Genitive sing.: be gfriebenS, be3 ftuntenS, etc. EXCEPTION 2. $er &fe,(t) the cheese, follows the second declen- sion. FOURTH DECLENSION. THE FOURTH DECLENSION comprises all masculine and neuter nouns which do not belong to the second and third declensions (i. e. most nouns not ending in e, el, en, er, lein, and all foreign masculine and neuter nouns, except the masculines referring to persons, which do not end in I, n,r.)\ they take es or s in the genitive and generally e in the dative of the singular ; in the plural they add e, except in the da- tive plural where they add en. In the plural those of the above nouns which contain one of the vowels a, o, u, au modify these vowels (i. e. change them into a, o, u, au};^ but in nouns of more than one syllable these vowels are only modi- fied if in the last syllable. Those neuter nouns which modify, further add er instead of e. Foreign nouns accented on the last syllable very rarely modify. EXCEPTION 1. The following masculine nouns do not modify in the plural : der Lachs, the salmon der Laut, the sound der Leichnam, the corpse der Luchs, the lynx der Molch, the salamander der Monat, the month der Mond, the moon der Mord, the murder der Park, the park der Pfad, the path der ~Pfropf,the graft,stopper der Pol, the pole der Puls, the pulse der Punkt, the point and a few more which are seldom used. Plural: bie 5Krme, bie S3efudje, etc. bet @aol, the saloon, is in the plural bie die. (*) Hirte and Ochse are also used. (**) Der Pfau, plural die Pfcw, follows as well the 4th Declension, (t) der Kas can also be used. der Arm, the arm der Besuch, the visit der Dachs, the badger der Docht, the wick der Dolch, the dagger der Dom, the dome der Erfolg, the success der Gemahl, the spouse der Grad, the degree der Halm, the helm, der Herold, the herald der Huf, the hoof der Hund, the dog der Kuckuk, the cuckoo der Ruf, the call der Rumpf, the trunk, body der Salm, the salmon der Schuft, the mean fellow der Schuh, the shoe der Stoff, the stuff der Strolch, the stroller der Tag, the day der Takt,toe timefinmusicj der Thron, the throne der Verhau, the abattis der Verlust, the loss der Versuch, the experi- der Zoll, the inch [ment 16 EXCEPTION 2. The following neuter nouns do not modify, and therefore add only e in the plural : das Brod, the bread das Jahr, the year das Eiland, the island das Joch, the yoke das Garn, the yarn das Loth, the plummet das Gebot, the bidding das Mahl, the meal, repast das Geschoss, the shot das Mai, the time fin count- das Gespann, tht team das Pfund, the pound \ingj daa Gesuch, the request das Pult, the desk Plural: bit ebote, tie galjre, etc. Also the few neuter nouns in fat, very seldom used in the plural, do not modify; as, bo gdjidfal, the fate, plural: bic 6c!jtcffale. )a (fco: the choir, and boS glofe, the raft, are in the plural bie Gljore, bic glofce. EXCEPTION 3. The following masculine nouns add in the plur* cr, and modify : das Rohr, the reed das Boss, the horse das Salz, the salt das Schaf, toe sheep das Schrot, f/i smaZZ shot das Tau, tA co&Ze das Thor, the gate der Geist, the spirit der Gott, the god der Irrthum, We error der Leib, tin body der Mann(*), the man der Rand, the edge der Reichthum, the riches der Wald, the forest Plural: bie eifter, bie ortet, der Wurm, the worm der Vormund. the guardian has the plural die Vor- m under or die Vormunde etc. EXCEPTION 4. The following neuter nouns, (having none of the vowels a, o, u, au,) add er in the plural: | das Geschlecht, the sex das Gespenst, the spectrt das Glied, the limb das Kind, the child das Kleid, t he dress das Lied, the song das Nest, the nest das Augenlid, the eye-lid das Bild, the picture das Brett, the board das Ei, the egg dasFeld, the field das Geld, the money das Gemiith, the mind das Reis, the twig das Regiment, the regiment das Rind, the black-cattle das Schild, the signboard das Schwert, the sword das Stift, tht ecclesiastical foundation I das Weib, the woman Plural: bie Jtugentiber, bie SBretter, etc. Sol SIoS, the carrion, ba (Spital ($ofpital), the hospital, are in the plural bie $]er, bie Spitaler (fcofoitoler). EXCEPTION 5. The following masculine nouns of foroign origin modify their hist vowel : der Admiral, the admiral der Altar, the altar der Canal, the canal der Cardinal, the cardinal der Choral, the choral der Corporal, the corporal der General, the general der Morast, the morass der Palast, tht palace Plural; bie SlbmirSIe, bie Stltore, etc. EXCEPTION 6. The following nouns are declined thus: SING. N. der Fels(en) G. des Felsens D.dem Fels(en) A. den Fels(en) den Felsen die Felsen dem Herzen das Herz den Herzen die Herzen dem Herrn den Herrn den Herren die Herren dem Sporne den Sporn den Sporen die Sporen A small number of masculine and neuter nuns add in the Genitive angular s (or es), and in all the plural cases en, but do not modify ; viz : 1. All masculine nouns of foreign origin ending in or accented on the syllable preceding or; (in the plural the accent passes overtoor); as, ber 25oftor, the doctor; bet $rofeffor, the professor; Gen. sin: be3 S)oftor, be ^rofcftorS Plural: bie Softoren, bie $rofefforen PLOR. "-* & the gentleman SING. (Mr., Lord) PLUR. -*- IS. die Felsen das Herz di Herzen der Herr die Herren der Sporn die Sporen der Felsen des Herzens der Herzen des Herrn der Herren des Spornes der Sporen (*) Most compound words in mann denoting a profession form their plural by changing mann into leute ; as, d er Kaufmann, the merchant ; der Hauptmann, the captain ; Plural : die Kauf leute, die Hauptleute ; also der Edelmann, th* nobleman ; die EdellenU. 17 2. The following masculine and neuter nouns : das Bett, the bed der Damon, the demon der Dora, the thorn der Fasan, the pheasant der Forst, the forest das Hemd, the shirt das Insekt, the insect das Juwel, das Inieresse(*\th* interest der Kapcran, the capon der Konsul(*), the consul der M.a.st,themastfofashipJ der Nachbar(*), the neigh- der Nerv, tte nerve [hour der Obelisk, tAe obelisk das Ohr, Me ear i are seldom used. der Schmerz, the pain(**). der See(*), the lake der Staat, the state das Statwt, the statute der Strahl, the ray der Ungar, the Hungarian der Unterthan, the subject der Tribwn, Me tribune and a few more whic Gen. sing: be 93ette, be orn, be gafanS, be ottfutS. Plural : bie SBetten, bie SDornen, bie ^afauen, bie Konfiiln. 3. Masculine nouns in us and neuter nouns in um (taken from the Latin) change in the plural these terminations into en, and those in us remain in the genitive singular unchanged ; as, ber (SIooul, the globe ; bo tymnafhtm, the gymnasium. Plural : bte loBen, bie tymnafien. 4. ba8 Jtapttat, the fund ; bo Mineral, the mineral ; baS Material, the material; are in the plural bie $apitulien, bie 9JMnerIien, bie Uftaterialten. NOTE : All nouns taken from other languages which have retained their original form unchanged, may be declined as in their own lait- that is especially the case with nouns belonging to modern as, er 55orb, the lord ; ber SBanquiec, the banker ; bo (Safino, the casino. Plural: bic 2orb, bie SBanquterS, bie GaftnoS 5. The following nouns (and a few more) have two significations indicated by the termination of the word in the plural : das Band die Bank das Gesicht der Laden das Land Bander, ribbons Banken, banks Gesichte, visiont Laden, shutters Lander, separate countries Bande, ties Banke, benclies Gesichter, faces Laden, shops Lande, the various parts, provinces, off- districts of the same empire das Lickt Lichte, candles Lichter, lights der Ort Oerter, places (towns) Orte, places (spots) der Strauss Strausse, nosegays Strausse, ostriches das Wort "Worter, single words Worte, connected word$ der Zoll Zolle, tolls Zolle, inches S)a8 en!mal, the monument; ba emo^ the apartment; ba etoanb / the garment ; ba X$at, the valley, have besides their regular plural forms: Senlmfiler, enwdjer, ettjonber, 2;pter, also the plural forms: Denlmote, emadje, OJetnanbc, S^ale, used in poetry. 6. The following words have no plural, therefore, when the idea- of plurality is implied the plural of synonymous words must be used : SINGULAR. der Bund der Dank die Ehre das Lob der Lohn der Rath der Streit der Tod las Ungltick las Vergntigen der Zank der Zwist SYNONYMOUS WORD. das Biindniss die Danksagung die Ehrenbezeugung die Belobung die Belohnung der Rathschlag die Streitigkeit der Todesfall der Ungliicksfall die Vergniigung die Za'nkerei die Zwistigkeit the alliance the thanks the honour the praise the reward the advice the contention the death the misfortune the pleasure the quarrel the dispute PLWRAL. die Biindnisse die Danksagungen die Ehrenbezeugunge die Belobungen die Belohnungem die Rathschlage die Streitigkeiten die Todesfalle die Ungliicksfalle die Vergnugungem die Zankereien die Zwistigkeiten (*} They add in the plural n only. (**) Old Genitive singular form : des Schmerzens. (t) Such nouns usually retain their original pronunciation. 18 The following table of Declensions of the article, etc. 13 intended for reference only, as we shall treat of them again in our grammar lessons. Declension of the Definite Article. SINGULAR. Masc. Fern. Nominative ber bte Genitive beg ber Dative bent ber Accusative ben bte The words btefer, this tnandjer, many a and a few others, have Article, viz: Neuter bo, the beg, of the bent, to the bog, the PLURAL of all Genders bie, the ber, of the ben, to the bie, the tteldjer, which jeber, each, every similar terminations jener, that to the Definite PLURAL of all Genders e er en e PUURAL of all Genden btef*e, these btef*er, of these btef*en, to these btef*e, these Declension of the Indefinite Article. Neuter tin, a or an 1 etn*eg, of a No etn*em, to a i plural, ein, a or an j The following eight words are declined in the Singular like the Indefinite Article, and in the Plural they take the same terminations as the words btejer, toetdjer &c. SINGULAR. Masc. Fern. Neuter N. er G. eg D. em A. en e t er eg er em e eg EXAMPLE. SINGULAR. Masc. Fern. Neuter N. btefer G. bteHl D. bief*em A. btej*en btef*e bte btefer bte bief*er bie btef*e bie *eg, this *eg, of this *em, to this *e, this Masc. Fern. Nominative eiu ettt-c Genitive etn-^eg ein*er Dative etn^em etn^er Accusative etu*en etn-e ntetn, betn, fetn, unfer, SINGULAR. Masc. N. ntetn G. mein*e D. mein*em A. mein*en my thy his, our euer j your its i^r, her, their fetn, no, none EXAMPLE. Fern. Neuter PLURAL of all Genders metn-e ntetn, my metn-e, my metn*er metn*e, of my metn^er, of my member metn^em, to my mein*en, to my metn^e metn, my mein-e, my 19 Table of terminations of the four Declensions. First Declension. Third Declension. SINGULAR. PLURAL. SINGULAR. PLURAL. N. en or n N. n or en G. en or n G. n or en n or en D. en or n D. n or en n or en A. en or n A. n or en n or en Second Declension. Fourth Declension. N. N. -e, "-e or "-er G.- G. e3 or -e, "-e or --er D. n D 4 _ generally t -en, "-en or "-em A. A. -e, "-e or --er Examples: FIRST SINGULAR. N. bie SBiene the bee G. ber Siene of the bee D. ber SSiene to the bee A. bie SBiene the bee DECLENSION. PLURAL, bie 93iene*n the bees ber Siene*n of the bees ben 9Siene*n to the bees bie 93iene*n the bees SECOND f. ber SJSfarrer the parson '-. be3 $pfarrei v 3 of the parson >. bent ^farrer to the parson G. v ^^ D. bent r\'"'*'' A. ben $farrer to the parson the parson DECLENSION. bie ^5farrer the parsons ber ^farrer of the parsons ben $farrer*n to the parsons bie $farrer the parsons THIRD N. ber Sotoe the lion G. be3 Sotoe^n of the lion D. bemS6tt)e*n to the lion A. ben otoen the lion DECLENSION. bie ott>e*n the lions ber ott>e*n of the lions ben S6toe*n to the lions bie 6toe*n the lions FOURTH N. ber tutjl aft bit bte abeln? ^ein, aBer 3 id) a6e bte fioffel. S)er (Sdpffet geprt 4 ber Xante. SBir faljen 5 bte Se^rertnnen. 3)a3 ebaube geprt 4 ben djtoeftern ber Xante. 2Ber ^at bte artoffeln? Who has the newspapers? Have you two 1 watches? No, but 8 I have two 1 brushes. We saw 5 the teacher's (f.) aunt. The building belongs 4 to the queen. Hast thou the fork ? Yes, I have the fork. Who has the knife ? The teacher has two 1 sisters. Who gave* it to the woman ? Has the uncle the newspapers ? The spoon belongs 4 to the woman's sister. Have you the potatoes! No, but 3 1 have the forks. The building has two 1 doors. (*) The plural of this noun is the same as the singular, 1 jwei, two 2 gab, gave 3 abet, but 4 geljort, belongs 5 fallen, flaw Questions on Grammar. 1. What is the translation of the definite article the in German I 2. "When is the translated der, when das, and when die t 3. How are feminine nouns declined in the singular ? 4. How are feminine nouns declined in the plural ? 5. How are feminine nouns ending in e, el, er, declined in the plural ? 6. How are feminine nouns ending in in declined in the plural? 7. How is the English Possessive like : the uncle's knife, the aunt's forks, etc. usually translated into German? 8. How can you recognise when a noun is masculine, when feminine,, and when neuter! Conversation. Good morning. Good day. Good evening. Has the uncle the brush? No, (madam,) but (aber) he has the knife. Have you the aunt's watch? Yes, (sir,) I have the aunt's watch and (und) fork. Who has the newspaper? The teacher has the newspaper. Have you the potatoes? Yes, I have the potatoes and the forks. Did you see (sahen Sie) the teach- ers (f.)\ Yes, I saw (sah) the teachers and the women. Who has the knife? The aunt has the knife. Does the building belong (gehdrtj to the queen? No, it belongs to the queen's sister. Has the room two (zwei) doors ? No, theroomhasthreefdmjdoors. Have yon two lady-teachers ? No, but I have two gentlemen- teachers. Hast thou the aunt's brushes? Yes, I have the aunt's two brushes. uten (Suten Xag. uten Slbenb tat ber Dnfel bie 93urfte? etn, after er Ijat ba3 taben ie bie ttljr ber Xante? a, id) Ijabe bie U^r unb bie abel ber Xante. 2Ber Ijat bie fettling? 25er Setter i)at bie Beirmtg. aben @ie bie ftartoffeln? 3a, id) Ijabe bie $artoffeln unb bie abeln. aljen @te bie Seljrerinnen? 8a, i$ falj bie Seljrerinnen unb bie grauen. SSer Ijat ba3 HReffer? te Xante at ba3 2Reffer. eb,6rt ba ebaube ber So* nig in? S^ein, e gefjort ber @d)roefter ber ^ontgtn. at bag 3tntmer gniet X^uren? Ketn, ba^ 3 inini cr ^at brei Xfjiiren. (Ste gtoei Se^rertnnen? aber id) ^abe atoei Seljrer. aj! bu bie S3urften bet Xante ? o/ i^ Ijabe bie gei Siirften ber Xante. 23 Reading Exercise No. 1. OTer $nfang ift fcfjtoer. 2Sa fja&en @tc in ber All commencement is difficult What have you in the cmb? Sdj fjaBe eine bentfcfje 3ettmtg. 2Ba ift ba? hand I have a German newspaper What is that SSem gefiort bie? @tnb fie reidj? (Sinb @ie arm? To whom belongs this Are they rich Are you poor ( ift fatt. Sft e toarm? 2Ber ift ba? @nten Sftorgen. It is cold Is it warm Who is there Good morning <$nten $n>enb, nten ag* 28o tt)aren <5ie geftern? 3$ Good evening Good day Where were you yesterday I fjafce meitten Dnfel fiefudjt. 9Jlit @ped fcingt man 9Jlanfe, have my uncle visited With bacon catches one mice Unfere a|e fjat einen SSoget gefangen @prec|en @ie Our cat has a bird caught Speak you $)entfcfj? 3a, ein toenig. ^iinnen @ie mid) fcerftefjen? German Yes a little Can you me understand 3a, fefjr gut. 2Ba tt)iinfden <5ie? SBitte, geben @ie mir Yes very good What want you Pray give (you) to me meinen nt ? 3$ banle 3*)nen. ^e^en @ie ^euie my hat I thank to you Go you to-day(this) Sftacljmittag au? ^ein, i Bleibe ba^eim, S)a ^Better afternoon out No I remain at home The weather ift n fait, eute ift e3 fe^r toarm. SBtetotel U^r ift e? is too cold To-day is it very warm How much o'clock is it ( ift gefjn .U^r. SSarnm fommen @ie fo f^at? 2}iein It is ten o'clock Why come you so late My SSruber ftmr eute in bem Beater* SBttte, ne^men @ie brother was to-day in the theatre Pray take (you) Pa&. SSergeffen <5ie nicfjt, ^eute 5lbenb jn fommen. (a) seat Forget (you) not to-day evening to come ilftorgen 5lbenb toerbcn roir ba (Concert Befuc^en* aft To-morrow evening shall we the concert visit Hast bn fdjon n SJltttag gegeffen? ^ein, tt)ir effen ni(^t Dor thou already to noon eaten No we eat not before ein Ufjr. S23a3 fiir SSetter fatten @ic auf S^rer 9Jeife? one o'clock What for (kind of) weather had you on your journey (Seftern 5T6enb Ijafce ic meinen 9tegenf(^irm t)ertoren Yesterday evening have I my umbrella lost ft* Second Lesson. 3toette Selnon, The Article and the Noun (continued). Declension of the Definite Article. SINGULAR Ma&z. Feat. J~^er PLURAL of all Genders Nominative ber bie bo, the bie, the Genitive be bet be, of the bet, of the Dative bem bet bem, to the ben, to the Accusative ben bie bo, the bie. the The SECOND DECLENSION of Nouns comprises all masculine and neuter nouns ending in el, K* and the neuters in e and letn, add in the genitive singular an I do not change in the plural, (except in the dative plural, when those ending in el, er, e add n(*)j as, SINGULAR. PLURAL. N. bet DnTel, the uncle G. be Dnfel'S, of the uncle D. bem Dnlel, to the uncle A. ben Dnlel, the uncle N. baS SBeitdjen, the violet G. be SSeildjen'S, of the violet D. bem 93eild)en, to the violet A. ba SSeildjen, the violet N. ber ^farter, the parson G. be $farrer8, of the parson D. bera ^forret, to the parson A. ben ^farrer, the parson bie DnTel, the uncles ber Dnfel, of the uncles ben Dnfel=n, to the uncle* bie Dntel, the uncles bie SSeildjen, the violets ber SBeildijen, of the violets ben SSeildjen, to the violet* bie SSeildjen, the violets bie ^farrer, the parsons ber Starrer, of the parsons ben Spfarrer^to the parsons bie Spfarrer, the parsons NOTE. Most verbs require the noun which follows them in the accusative (if the noun is not the subject of the sentence). This rule must be observed with masculines in the singular where the article differs in the nominative and accusative ; as, Srf) a6e ben 6tfjluffel, I have the key 2>er Cnfel fal) ben Seljrer, the uncle saw the teacher The verb to be and a few others make an exception to this rule and require the following nouns in the nominative case ; as, S5er Dnlel ift ber fieljrer, the uncle is the teacher The auxiliary verb fetn, to be. Indicative Present. '.a) din, I am bu btft, thou art er (fte, e) ift, he (she, it) is toir finb, we are Sie finb (iljr fetb), you are pe finb, they are bin id), am I? bift bu, art thou? ift er (fie, eS), is he (she, it)> Inb nnr, are we? "nb @ie (feib iljr), are you? b fie, are they? O In the dative of the plural all declinable German words, vrbiek 4t iot end in n in the plural, add n. and, itnb but, after cake, ftut carriage, SSagett cherry, irfrf)e f. dish, cfjiiffelf. 25 girl, SDtabcfjen n. needle, ftabel f. parson, ^Sfarrer m. pen, geber f. picture, cmalbe n. plate, Seller m. gimlet, 83ol)rer m. ' pupil, filler m. pupil, djiilertn f. rose, 9?ofe f. sail, (Seget n. violet, SSeitdjen n. where, too window, genfter n. young-lady, grauletnn. Exercise No. 2. 1. Decline in the singular and plural: ber c&luffel, Me Sfabd, bag Sftabdjen, ber <3d)uler, bte geber, bag @emalbe, bag graulein, bie SRofe, ber Seller ; and afterwards trans- late : The spoon, the spoons, the sail, the sails, the carriage, the car. riages, the girl, the girls,- -the pupil, the pupils, the window, the windows, the picture, the pictures, the young-lady, the young-ladies, of the key, of the keys, of the violet, of the violets, of the plate, of the plates, of the building, of the buildings, to the sail, to the sails, to the cake, to the cakes, to the teacher, to the teachers, to the young-lady, to the voung-ladies, the uncle (Ace.), the uncles (Ace.), the girl (Acr ;, the girls (Ace.), the gimlet (Ace.), the gim. lets (Ace.), the picture (Ace.), the pictures (Ace.), the pens, of the rose, the p?r&on (Ace.), to the pupils (f.), of the room, to the needles, to the knives, the cherries (Ace.), to the key. Am I? we are, are you? thou art, is he? they are, is she? you are, is it? have I? are we? she has, have we? they have, I am, have you? you are, has he? you have, he is, are they? it has, is it? 2. SSer tjat ben cpffel? ^ter 1 ift ber dpffet, aber too ift bag 2ftefjer? 2Ber faty 2 ben DnM? 3)er Dnfel ift ber ^farrer. faBen @ie bie ^irfcfien? 3>ie Sfiiire beg eMiibeg ift gefdjloffen 3 . er SBagen gefidrt 4 ben cfiiilern beg Dnfelg. $at bag 9Rabc^en bie SBetfcnen? @inb bie Xpren unb genfter off en 5 ? SBo ift ber ncfien? %$ W ben SSofirer. 3d) bin bie djuterin beg gran- leing. I saw 2 the parson. Is the window of the room open 5 ? The pic- ture belongs 4 to the uncle. Where are the plates and the dishes? Who has the givulet ? Here 1 is the gimlet, but where are the needles ? He is the aunt's teacher. The doors of the building are shut. 8 Are you the young-lady's pupil (f.)1 The cake belongs 4 to the woman's girl. Where are the spoons and the forks? Has the teacher (f.) the cher- ries? I saw 2 the parson's carriage. Here 1 is the newspaper.. 1 Ijier, here 2 fat), saw 3 gefrfjloffen, shut 4 8elj5rt, belongs 5 offeu, open 26 Questions on Grammar. 1. How are the Nominative and Accusative of the definite article the translated in the masculine, how in the neuter, and how in the feminine and plural ? 2. How are the Genitive and Dative of the definite article translated in the masculine and neuter, how in the feminine, and how in the plural ? 3. What terminations do masculine and neuter nouns add ending in el, en, er, and the neuters in e and lein in the singular, and in which case or cases of the singular ? 4. Are these nouns the same in the plural as in the singular? 5. Which of these nouns take n in the dative plural? 6. What is the general rule for all declinable German words in the dative plural ? 7. In what case do nouns, which are not the subject of the sentence, stand after a verb? 8. With what nouns must this rule be observed, and why? 9. What verb requires the following noun in the nominative? Conversation. Where is the key? Here (hier) is the key. Who has the gimlet ? The uncle has the gimlet. Have you the pen? No, the aunt has the pen. Are you the teacher? No, I am the pupil. Who saw ( sah) the parson's car- riage? I saw the carriage and the parson. Has the girl the roses? Yes, she has roses and violets. Areyoutheyoung-lady'spupilf/J / No, I am the pupil's sister. Are the windows open (offen)l The windows are shut (geschlossen), but the door is open. Do the cakes belong (gehoren) to the girl's teacher (f.JI No, the cakes belong to the girl. Have you the dishes and the plates? No, I have onlv fnur ) th platan SBo ift ber dpffel? ter ift ber djliiffel. SSer Bat ben SBoBrer? 3>er Dnfel at ben SSofirer. |oben @te tie geber? 9Mn, bte Xante Ijat bie geber. tnb @te ber SeBrer? 9Zetn, id) Bin ber (Scfiiiler. SSer fafj ben SBagen be3 $far- rerS? Srf) faf) ben SSagen unb ben ^farrer. at bag SRabdjen bie SRofen? %a, fte Jjat Otpfen unb SSeilcfien. tnb @ie bte cplerin be3 ftetn, id} Bin bie djtoefter ber (5d)ulertn. tnb bte genfter off en? >te genfter ftnb gefdjloffen, aBer bie Spre ift off en. eB5ren bie ^uc^en ber Sefirertn unb bte $ud)en geBoren bem ^dbd^en. aBen @te bte djuffetn bte Setter? id) BaBe nur bte Setter. 27 Reading Exercise No. 2. tft nid&t m& (Mb, ttm* glfinji Deffnen ic It is not all gold what glitters Open (you) ba genfter. Sftacjjen @ie btef)iireu. 2330 tootynen @ie? the window (make) Shut (you) the door (too) Where reside you SSir toofjnen in biefem pBfdjen aufe. 28ann aben <3te We reside in this pretty house When have you biefen ffiod gefauft? 2Bo tft 3$re @c$toefter? @ic gtng this coat bought Where is your sister She went mit bet Xante fpateren. $)ie age luerben ftinger unb with the aunt walking The days become longer and Me S^la^te !iirer* 5)a SBetter tuar tjorgeftern fe^r the nights shorter The weather was the day before yesterday very fd)Bn. 3n nglanb ftrirb eg nid^t fo fait all in beautiful In England becomes it not so cold as in S)eutfrf)tanb. 3$ aBe fcergeffen anb[c^u^e 511 laufen. Germany I have forgotten gloves to buy 28ie ijeifeen Me fieBen Sage ber SBodfje? @ie ^etgen: How are called the seven days of the week They are called (Sonntag, Sftontag, S)ientag, SJlitttood^, S)onnertag, Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday greitag, (SamStag (onnabenb). SBie bide donate at Friday Saturday How many months has ba Sa^r? a ga^r at 5rt)5lf donate: Sanuar, the year The year has twelve months January Sefcruar, gjtarj, ^rii, Wai, %nm f %nli, Slngtift, February March April May June July August eptemBer, October, -ftofcemBer, December. Sefen @ie September October November December Bead you aid $)entfrf)? 3<*/ siemlic^ bteL Sefen fe hare, bet afe 29 the hunter, ber manufacturer, ber gobrtfant monarch, ber 2tto nephew, ber Sfteffe niece, bie SKtdjte only, nur or, cber the photographer, ber president, ber^raftbent ,, Russian, ber fRitffe ,, sailor, ber 9Jlatrofe soldier, ber olbat student (collegian), ber tubent Exercise No. 3. 1. Decline in the singular: ein unbe, em genfttr, etne ifttdjte, em SSftdbdjen, eine ?$ran, ein SIgent; also in the singular and plural: ber 9effe, ber ^fcotograplj), ber afe, bet (Stubent; and afterwards translate: The sailor, the sailors, the Russian, the Russians, the advocate, the advocates, the manufacturer, the manufacturers, of a Frenchman, of the Frenchmen, of the president, of the presidents, to the hare, to the hares, to an agent, to the agents, a nephew (Ace.), the ne- phews (Ace. ), the photographer (Ace. ), the photographers, a niece (Norn. ofat beg $ra[tbenten. af/en ie bte olbaten? 3a, toir fafien bte olbaten unb bie Patrol en. SSaren ie ein unbe beg go, idj tear lange gdt fetn ftimbe. t ber gctfaifant einen -fteffen? ein, aber er fiat eine 9?tcf)te. aben ie ein 2fteffer ober eine @abel? d) babe ein SOleffer. 'rad)tcn ie ben Jpafen? ber %&%& bradjte ben bte U^r bent 3?ein, bte Ufir geprt bent Sng- lanber. inb ie bet Setter bef tubenteii? Sf?ein, id) bin jetn 5n!el. 31 ReaMttg *ern0e Mo. 3. Translate this and the following anecdotes. The words which the student has already learnt are omitted and indicated by a . and those which are the same in English as in German are indicated by a ttnterfdjteb jtotfcfjen (gbelmamt nub 93 n > r -) RULES: 1. Masculine and neuter nouns (the above ex- cepted) take es or s in the genitive and generally e in the da- tive ol the singular ; in the plural they add e, except in the dative plural where they add en; as, N ber ifdj, the table G. be* ifd)=e, of the table D. bent %\W-t, to the table A. ben Zifrf), the table N. bo $ferb, the horse Q. be $ferb=e8, of the horse D. bem 9Bferb--e, to the horse A. ba? $ferb, the horse bie Stfdje, the tables ber Ztfrfhe, of the tables ben iid)=en,to the tables bie Zifrf)e, the tables bie $ferb=e, the horses ber $ferb=e, of the horses ben $ferb=en,to the horses bie $ferb=e, the horses 2. Those of the above nouns which contain one of the vowels a, o, u, au modify such vowel in the plural (i. e. change a into a, o into o, u into u, au into au) besides adding e. The Neuter nouns which can modify, further add er instead of e. NOTE. Nouns of more than one syllable can only modify if a, o f u or au occur in their last syllable. bie 2Sorb,5ng=e, the curtains ber SSorb,ang=e, of the curtains ben S3orb,ang=en,to the curtains bie 83orljcing.-e, the curtains bie fiuf*er, the houses ber ^fiu[=er, of the houses ben |>aui=ern,to the houses bie |>auf=er, the houses N. ber SSortjong, the curtain G. beS 83orb,ang--(e), of the curtain D. bem 83orb,ang--(e), to the curtain A. ben SSorbang, the curtain N. ba aii, the house G. be aui=e, of the house A. bem|iouf--e / to the house A. bo |>au, the house Foreign nouns generally do not modify; as, bol 3ftetoH, the metal; Plural: bie SRetaffe. NOTE 1. The e may be omitted in the terminations of the Genitive aad Dative singular in words of more than one syllable, and also in many nou: s c* ne syllable, especially those ending in Z, m, n, r. In the Genitive es must be used in nouns ter- minating with a hissing sound like s, st, z, &c. 2. Words with the double vowels aa and oo in general do not modify. 3. Nouns ending in 6 and i change in taking a termination 6 or into ff . The Regular verb lobett, to praise. Indicative Present. id) Iofce(*), I praise (I am praising) bu lobft, thou praisest er (fie, e) lobt, he (she, it) praises roir loben, we praise 6ie loben (tljr lobt), you praise fie lob n, they praise Imperfect. id) IoBte(*), I praised (I was praising) bit lobteft, thou praisedst er (fie, eg) lobte, he (she, it) praised hut lobten, we praised Sie lobten (ib,r lobtet), yon praised fie lobten, they praised (*) The above is the only form existing in German to render the Present and Im- perfect, and it is also used to form the Interrogative ; as, lobe ich, do I craiM? the book, bo 93u* castle, ba? djtofj chair, ber @tuf)l coat, ber tRoof curtain, ber duke, bee 33 the glass, ba Ia hat, bonnet, ber 1 horse, ba<3 ^Sferb house, ba Dentil king, ber Sontg leaf, bo SBIatt , pencil, ber SBIeiftift I the present, boS efdjenl 1 roof, ba Sad) ruler, ba Sineat ship, ba3 djiff table, ber STtidj tree, ber SBaum village, baS S)orf Exercise No. 4. 1. Decline in the singular and plural: bet 5ntg, ba cijtff, ber |mt, bag Sorf, ber SSaum, bag 23Iatt, ber &er- 09, bag (SJejdjen!, bet SSIeifttft, bag Sineal; and afterwards translate: The king, the kings, a present, the presents, of a curtain, of the curtains, of the glass, of the glasses, to the coat, to the coats, to a castle, to the castles, a tree (Ace.), the trees (Ace.), a house (Acc.) t the houses (Acc.J, to a table, to the tables, to the present, to the presents, of a horse, of the horses* the hat (Ace.), the hats (Ace.), the duchy, the duchies, the pencil, the pencils, to the ruler, to the rulers, of the roof, of the roofs, to a chair, to the chairs, to the vil- lage, to the villages, the ship (Ace.), the ships (Ace.), the duke (Ace.), the dukes (Ace.), to the book, to the books, of the leaf, of the leaves. Does she praise? we praised, he was praising, are they prais- ing? you are praising, were they praising? dost thou praise? did you praise? I am praising, were we praising ? did I praise? you are praising, were they praising? do you praise? they praise. 2. $ie S3aume f>a6en flatter. SSer fafi 1 ben ontg? $cr SUJatrofe fa!) 1 bte eget ber djiffe. 3d) {, a tte stoet 2 mte. 28o ftnb bte gebern unb bte SSIeiftifte? 2)er 2lgent faitfte 3 bie $ferbe beg ^farrerg. aben @ie bte tiifile? Sic Xpre beg fioufeS ift gefdjloffen. 4 S)tc gtoei 2 djloffet gepren 5 bent er5og(e). s JSer at bie Stneate ber $naben? in ^unbe beg Dnfelg faufte 3 einen inb bie SSotpngc gritn 6 ? a^en ie 7 bie 2)dc^er ber Are the monarchs kings or dukes? The presents belong 5 to the teacher's pupils. Has the woman a curtain ? Have you the glasses? Who saw 1 the advocate's carriage and horses?(*) Two 2 villages belong 5 to the manufacturer. "Who bought 3 the coats? The duchies belong 5 to the dukes. Are the windows of the room shut 4 ? Where are the boy's books? Did you see 7 the roof of a castle ? I bought 3 a pencil, a pen and a ruler. The leaves of the trees are green. 6 The aunt bought 3 a table and two 2 chairs. (*) The article if standing with nouns of different gender and number must always be repeated in German. 1 faf), saw 2 jttm, two 3 faufte, bought 4 gefdjtoffettx shut 5 ge!j5ren, belong 6 griilt, green 7 fafjen Sie, did you see? (jrammar 34 Questions on Grammar. 1. What terminations do the masculine and neuter nouns, not be- longing to the second or third declension, take in the singular and plural ? 2. If any of these nouns contain one of the vowels a, o, u, CM, what is done with these vowels ? 8. If such a vowel occur in a noun of more than one syllable, when are these vowels to be modified only ? 4. Do neuter nouns, which modify in the plural, take the same termin- ation as those neuters which do not modify* If not, what termin- ation, do they take? 5 Do foreign nouns, which have the accent on the last syllable, also modify? 6. With what nouns may the e in the Genitive and Dative singular termination be omitted? 7. When must the full Genitive termination es be used? 8. Are the double vowels aa and oo generally modified ? 9. How are & or of nouns ending in or is changed, when the noun takes a termination ? 1 ") How many forms are there to render the Present and the Imperfect in German? 11. What is the literal English translation from the German of the 1st person singular of the Present and Imperfect of to praise, used af- firmatively and. interrogatively? Conversation. Wliere are the books and the news- papers ? Here (hier) is a book and a news- paper. Have the trees (any) leaves? Yes, they have (leaves). Are the leaves green (griln) t Yes, they are (green). Have you a pencil? Yes, I have a pencil and a ruler. Is the manufacturer's village large (gross). No, it is small (Hein.) Have you the coat and the brush ? I have only the coat. Where is the uncle's hat? Here are the uncle's and the agent's hats. Did the uncle buy (kaufte) a table? No, the aunt bought a table and two (zwei) chairs. Did you see (sahen) the ships? No, I saw (sa.li) only the ships' sailors. SSo fhtb Me SBudjer unb bit gettungen? $ter ift em S3udj unb eine Betrung. oben bie 93cmme flatter? Sa, fie baben flatter. Sinb bie flatter grim? , fie ftnb grim. Ben te etnen 93leifttft? , id) fcabe einen 23Ietfttft unb etn Sineat. 3ft bag S)orf be3 gabrtfanten grofc? Stein, e ift Hein. fSurfte? iben te ben SRocf unb bie ft Ijabe nur ben SUodE. o ift ber ut beg Dnfefe ? ier ftnb bie iite be$ DnfelS unb be STgenten. ftaufte ber Dnfd einen Zffflfl 9Mn, bie Xante foufte einen Sifd) unb gtoet 6tii6Ie. o^en @te bie djiffe? SRein, id) fa^ nur bie 2ftatrofen ber 35 C*mt0c ttn 4. 9Ber tft cm $err in Gmgfanb? (Who . . gentleman . England?) Berttjjmte ^ttofo^ n ^ 83u(fjbruifer SBenjcmthr celebrated philosopher . printer tn nwr nacij uropa gefommen; er Ijatte einen -fteger to Europe come . .. . negro. , during; lucflen, on account of; as, rofib,renb be etoitterf, during the thunderstorm Prepositions governing the Dative are: au, out of; mit, with; Don, from; as, mit bem naben, with the boy Pr "positions governing the Accusative are: 'ford), through; fur, for; ofytc, without; as, oljne ben ^naben, without the boy The translation of the above prepositions give the literal and usual meanings, yet they are frequently translated otherwise. Until rules are given we indicate whenever a different translation is required, and students should carefully commit such variations to memory. The verbs ijaben, fetn, lofcen. Past Participle. jjeljabt, had getoefen, been gelobt, praised @ein, to be. Perfect. Pluperfect. idj bin geroefen,(*) I have been bu bift geroefen, thou hast been cr ift geroefen, he has been tetr ftnb getoefen, we have been fie fmb geroefen, they have been idj roar getoefen, I had been bu ttmrft geroefen, thou hadst been er roar geroefen, he had been roir roaren geroefen, we had been Sie roaren geroefen, \ h , . or ib,r roaret geroefen, / you had beett fie ttmren geroefen, they had been abett, to have. \i) Ijabe gefjabt(*), I have had I \3) ^otte ge^abt, I had had etc. etc. etc. etc. iio&en, to praise. id) Ijabe gelobK*), I have praised I i(^ ^atte gelobt, I had praised etc. etc. I etc. etc. NOTE. In a sentence the past participle is always put last; as, 3)er fieljrer Ijat ben Snaben gclobt, the teacher has praised the boy. (*) The Perfect and Pluperfect tenses of the verb fein are formed with fetn (to be), and those of the verbs Ijaben and loben are formed with jjaben (to have) as in English. 37 already, fdjon | the garden, ber artcn . the (railway) station, bcr bad, fdjledjt Plurl: bie arten I S3af)nf)of the bread, bag 93rob butter, bie 93uttev cold, fait fine, nice, fdjon the gardener, ber artner good, gut r@tunbej thunderstorm, baS the lesson (hour), bie very, feljr [etoitter ,. letter, ber SBrief | warm, iuarm paper, ba papier the weather, bag SBetter rain, ber SRegen I yard, ber of Exercise No. 5. 1. During the rain, on account of a thunderstorm, during the lesson, on account of the trees, out of a yard, with the young-lady, from a door, with the teachers (f.), through the station, for a .girl, without a woman, through the gardens, without the gardener, with the teachers, through a yard, out of a castle, for the aunt. on account of the weather, with a letter, out of the building, without the bread and butter, for a nephew of the photographer, out of a door, with the papers, from a king, for the soldiers, without the plates and forks, with the watches (or clocks), from the Been, we have been, had he been? had, has she h i? you had had, praised, they have praised, had I praised? have you been? I have had, had they been? we have praised, had it been? he had had, have I been ? thou hast praised, have they had ? I praised, did you praise? we are praising, does he praise ? she was praising, they praise, did I praise? 2. 3)ie naben gtngen 1 nut ben Severn. $)a Setter tft fefjr fdjon wtb toarm getoejen. S)ie tubenten lamen' 2 toaftrenb be emitters. aben @te ben dpffel geljabt? ie Sftatrofen tamen 2 uon ben djiffen. S5ie Gutter ift fefjr fdjledjt gctoefcn. S)er olbat !am 3 au einem $ofe. S5te Kartoffeln ftnb frfjon !olt. 2)er Soger !am 3 ohne etnen ^ajen. word is the -case in which a noun, or any declinable word stands, governed? 2. What cases are governed by the prepositions tualjrenb Cdiring), mit (with), o^ne (without), burclj (through), fcegen (on account of), ou '(out of), fur (for), toon (from)? 3. Can these prepositions always be translated literally from the English, and what must be observed, when another translation has to be used ? 4. With what verb are formed the perfect and pluperfect, of the verb fcin? 5. With what verb are formed the perfect and pluperfect of the verbs Safien and hrten? t>. Where in a sentence is the past participle put in German? Conversation. Who had the watch? The Englishman's niece had the watch. Was the picture for the uncle? No, it was for the aunt. Was the weather fine? No, it was very cold. Is the cake warm ? No, it (he) is already cold. Was the butter good? The butter was good, but the bread was bad. Did the woman come (ham) with a letter? Yes, she had a letter. Did the president come from the king? No, he tme from the duke. Did the boy go (ging) through the house or through the yard ? He went through the garden. Did the advocate come during the rain? No, he came during the thunder- storm. Had you the knife? Yes, I had it. Did the teacher (f.) come out of the house or out of the (railway) station ? She came out of the station. 23er ,fiat bie UJjr gebdbt?(*) bte llhr .gebabt. 3ft ba emalbe fur ben nfet getoefen? 9tan, & ift fur bie Xante ge* toefen. 3ft ba3 Better fdjon gewefen? 9Zein, e3 ift fehr fait getoefen. 3ft ber udjen to arm? 9ieiit, er ift fdjon fait. 3ft bie Gutter gut getrefen? ^ie Gutter mar gut, aber ba $8rob ift fc^Ieti)t geroefen. bte grau rait einem 53riefe? 3&, fte fiat einen Earn ber .^rafibent .toon bem 9Jctn, er fam toon bem ing ber $nabe buri^ ober burdj ben ^>of? r ging burd) ben arten. Earn ber 2(boofat roa&reni er fam toafcrenb bel fritters. 3ie ba SRcffer , ic^ Ijabe e^ gebabt am bie Sebrertn au^ bem ober auS bem @ie fam au bem 93afjnfiof. *) In German the perfect tense and imperfect tense are very often used indiffer- ently when in English the imperfect is used, especially in conversation. 39 (torc!0e flo. 5. (Beredjttgteit, (Justice. ) (Sin rfjmieb in er Smdjter onttoortete: %$ fann biefeS 9KaI g^r @efit^ judge iinswered . can this ti:.io your petition nirfjt Bemitligen. 2)er (Sc^mieb at cincn SO^cufc^cn er* not grant . smith . . man morbet uub mu^ be^alB ftcrBen. SBir miiffcn ered)= murdered . must therefore die . must justice ttgfeit u'Ben." 3)ie 93auern fatten biefe ^nttoort ,ni^t practise . peasants . this answer not errtjartet unb foaren Betroffen. (Sie Beratl)fc^tagten mit expected . . perplexed . deliberated etncmber, gingen bauu u bem ^Ric^ter gurird unb fagtcn: each other went then . . judge back . said , f (ie fjaBen gang SRedjt, totr miiffen erei^tigfeit iiBen. SBix (are) quite right . must justice practise IiaBen nun gtoei SKeBer m unferm fleitten 3)orfe. in SBeBer now two weavers . our small . one weaver ift genug. a'ngen 6ie ben anbern SBeBer auftatt be3 enough hang . other weaver instead of cfjmtcbeS. @o toerben it)ir erec^tigleit iiBen." smith thus shall we justice practise 40 Sixth Lesson. (Sedate Seftion. Nouns with Prepositions (concluded). In the declensions the Genitive is indicated by of, and the Dative by to; o/"and to are not rendered in German, being expressed by the termination of the article (Noun, etc.); viz: of the, be; to the, bent; etc. Frequently, however, of and to have to be translated in German according to the following principal rules, which suffice for the present. Of is expressed by the Genitive if standing betweeen two nouns, the first of them governing the second (L e. if the first noun belongs to the second noun); as, bie Xfcure be $er Dnfel lag ein fitnb in bent arten, the uncle saw a child in the garden. 5Da 83udj liegt auf bent Sifdje, the book is lying on the table. With the Ace. : Sdj falj in ben arten, 1 looked (whither?) in the garden. Segen te ba 23ud} auf ben Xifdj, lay the book (whither?) on the table. The dative usually implies rest or presence in something, and is answering then to the question where f NOTE. Prepositions are often contracted with the definite article. The most usual contractions are : am for an bcm im for in S>cm sum for s &c ^om for turn bent an* for an ba in* for in ba $ur for 511 bcr Future of the verbs fjabett, fcin, fo&ett. Id) torrbe, \ I shall \ bu wtrft, I Ijo&en thou wilt I have rr luirb or he will or mir icerben > fetn we shall > be Sic locvbcn I or you will I or lor iljr we^et), I loben you will praise fu wcrben they will / Note. In sentences the infinitive of the Future (fjo&cn. fetn, loben, etc.) e always put last; as, 3cf) rocrbe ba Wdbcfjcn lolicn, 1 shall praise the girl. the day, ber ag Plur: bie jTage fortress bie geftitng ink, bie Sinte ffa& ,, inkstand, ba3 X ,, lady, bie 25onte much, Diet 41 many, bide the river, bee glufc still, ttocl) the wall, trie SBanb Plur: bie SBanbe ,, water, ba SBaffer the week, bie SBodje when, fomtn? 1, etn8(t) 6, fedjS 2, siuei 7, fie&en 3, brei 8, ad)t 4, bier 9, neun j 5, fiinf 10, jefen * Exercise No. 6. 1. The ruler of the boy, of the queen, (*) the leaves of a book ofakey,(*) toalady,(*) to the manufacturer's customers, (*) t {Dat.)a,giT], atthedoor,(**) (whither?) at &door,(**) uponahouse (whither?) on the house, in a fortress, (whither?) into the fortress, under the table, (whither?) under a table, in a week, of the days,(*) (whither?) at the rivers, upon the chair, (whither?) in the castle, the walls of a room, to the building, (*) the ink in the inkstand, at the window, (whither?) at the water, among the pu- pils (f.), (whither?) on the trees, below a duke, to (Dot.) the gardener, on a rose. We shall be, I shall have, they will praise, will he have ? thou wilt be, will you praise? she will be, will they have? I shall praise, we shall have, it will be, we have had, have you been? do they praise ? he was praising, has she been ? I have praised. 2. Spredjen (Sie 1 toon bem ^ofjrifanten? Sinb bie naben nod) in bem (or tm) gtmmer? Segen (Bte 2 ben 33fei[ttft aitf ben Xtjd). SBann roirb ber Dn!e( in ba3 (orin) >au3 geljen 3 ? Sicgt 1 fcie 93iirfte be SefyrerS aitf bem tittle? SBer ftirb ba3 ematbe en (on) bie 28anb fjangen 5 ? angen @te 6 bie 3tocfe an (on) bie Satire. @tnb (are there) totele bourne in bem (or im) arten? Stegt 4 Me ^eitnng unter bem 23nd)e? Segen @ie 2 ben 23rief untcr bag Stneat. $n bem Sintenfa^ ift (there is) jefyr totet Xinte. iffiann hrirb bie Xante gn ber (or gnr) ^onigin geben 3 . Are you still in the garden ? Is the needle lying 4 on the table. Are [there] many soldiers in the fortress? I have had the Russian's horses. When will the president go 3 to the monarch ? Lay 2 the rulers on the table. Do you speak 1 of the thunderstorm ? Is [there] still much water in the dish? There (es) are many Frenchmen among the sailors of the ship. I shall hang 5 the hats on (an) the window. Lay 2 the newspaper and the paper under a book. The boys have been on the 'trees in the yard. When will the ladies be in the room ? Has the king had many fortresses? When will you be to (an) the river? (t) Cin if standing with a noun is em and is declined like the indefinite article. (*) 0/and to have to be translated by bom and gu, according to the given rules. (**) Put the accusative after prepositions preceded by whither, otherwise the Da- tive. 1 fpredjen erben Sie fontnten? merben in snrn Stunbcn fommen. 43 JUttMiuj et gemefenl (SItfabeti) mar bie b'ntgin toon ngtanb unb Sftarte bie ^ontgtm toon c^ottlanb^ Sft Sriebrtc^g Dnfel in Sonbon ? SSSer ift ber ^Srciftbent ber Have you had Mary's book ? We have Goethe's works. Are the- houses of London fine? I have been in Switzerland. "Where is Charles' pen ? Who is the emperor of Germany ? Have you ever 2 been to (an) ai river of England ? Frederick has Frank's brush. Was Mary the queei i, of Scotland or of England? Charles praises the inhabitants of Mayence^ Have you read 1 Schiller's poems? I have read 1 of the shores of the Rhine. Elizabeth's aunt has been in Berlin. Mayence is a, fortress?. on (an) the Rhine. 1 oelefen. read 2 fdjon, ever (already) 46 Questions on Grammar. 1. How are the Names of Persons, used without the article, declined? 2. When two or more names belong to the same person, which name is declined ? 3. What names take in the Genitive ens, and which ns! 4. What place has the name of a person in the Genitive if standing with another noun ? 5. Do names of persons change in the Dative and Accusative, and what old form exists for expressing these cases for Christian names ? 6. If an article precedes such a name, how is the name declined then ? 7. How are Names of Places, and neuter names of countries declined ? 8. How is the Genitive of" siren names rendered, if ending in s, x, z ? 9. How is of translated if such a name is preceded by a noun indi- cating the title of a person ? 10. Are the other proper names (not those of persons) used with the article, and how are they declined ? Conversation. Hast thou seen (geseJien) Charles' glass? Yes, it is on Mary's table. Where are Gcethe's poems ? They are among the books in Elizabeth's room. Have you many books? I have only Frederick Schiller's works. Have you been at (in) Berlin ? No, but I shall be in Paris in three weeks. Are the houses of London fine? The houses of London and Paris are fine. Was Elizabeth the queen of Scot- land or of England? She was the queen of England. Are the monarchs of Germany kings or emperors ? They (it) are emperors and kings. I Is Mayence a fortress of Germany I or of Switzerland? \ It is a fortress in Germany. Where is the Rhine ? It is a river of Germany. Have you ever (already) been to (an) the Rhine? No, I have not (nicht} been there (dortj. aft bu SarlS ta3 gefeljen? $a, eg ift auf 9tf orient ifdj. SSo ftnb 8&i*'4 ebidjte? te ftnb miter ben $Bud)ern tit Glifabetp 3intnter. aben ie totele 93iid)er? Sdj Jjabe mtr griebridj dn'IIer'3 SBerfe. tnb te in Berlin geftejen? 92etn, aber id) toerbe in brci SSodien in $art fein. tnb Me ^mufer fionbon' fdfjon? 2>ie aitjer Con Sonbon unb toon ^art ftnb frfjoit. 2Bar Slijabetf) bie Sontgtn toon d^ottlanb ober toon Snglonb ? @te irar bte ^ontgtn toon ng- lanb. tnb bte 9Konard^en lanb'g $6mge ober &% ftnb ftaijer unb 3ft 9)?atn5 etne geftnng lanb 1 ^ ober ber g ift etne Defiling in lonb. 25o ift ber @ ift era tnb te fdjon am gemefen? , id) bin ntd)t bort geiuefen. 47 *erd0c Ito. 7. I. (Sin Member fan: nadj Sonbon iinb Befucfjte stranger came to . visited . mad- tjauS in 23ebkm. Gr fpradj mit einigen ber Srren unb house . . spoke . some . madmen crfjielt Don einent fef)r oerniinftige 5lnttoorten. $)er 3> rre received . . . sensible answers . madman fiifjrte ben SBefudjer bitrd) bie Siwrorc unb erIISrte tfym led . visitor ... . explained (to)him "bie ^ranf^etten after anbern SSdjnjtnmgen. 2)er $err maladies of all other lunatics . gentleman ttmr lifter bie t>erftanbigen (Srfltirumjen erftaunt unb fagte: . about (at) . clever explanations astonished . said erfld'ren 6ie mir nun, iDarum finb 6ie benn fn'er? explain me now why . . then ine @treite, jagte ber SSa^nfinnige. S)a3 mu quarrel said . lunatic that must em fonberftarer treit getoefen fetnj toa tear e benn? strange quarrel . . what . . then fragte ber 33efucfjer. ^)er 3>rre erttJteberte : ic SBelt asked . visitor . madman replied . world jagte, i$ toare toft, unb id^ fagte, bie SBelt rtare toff. said . was mad . . said . world was mad $(ber bie SBelt atte bie @ttmmenme^ri)eit unb fc^ttfte mic world . . majority of votes , sent me Ijierfjer. here. II. in ^farrer Begegnete einmal etnem fleinen, fe^r tt)t|igen met once . little . witty naBen unb fagte u ifnn: 6age mir, mein inb, too said . him tell me my child ott tft, unb ic toerbe bir einen $fyfel geBen. 5)er ^naBe God ... .to thee . . give anttoortete fdjneff: agen 6ie mir, err $farrer, too answered quickly tell me Mr. <$ott nid)t ift, unb id) toerbe %$ntn jtoet Ste^fel geBen. 43od not . to you . apples give 48 jSlghth Lesson. SIcIjte Sefttom The Determinative Adjectives consist of demonstrative, possessive, interrogative and indefinite numeral adjectives. In German these words are called adjectives, whenever fol- lowed by a noun. The Demonstrative Adjectives. Sing. Masc. Fern. Nev.t. Plur. of all Gen. biefet biefe * biefeS this biefe these Jenet jene jene that jene those ber bte ba this bie these joldjer foldje fold)e such foldje such berjenige btejenige baSjeniae that berfelbe biefelBe baSfcfbe biejemgen those biefcIBen ) the ber namlidje bie ndmlidje ba namltdje bie ndmlid)en ) same ber anbere bie anbere ba anbere bie onberen the other liefer, jener follow the declension of the definite article (page 18). Examples: biefer 8noBe, this boy; ba SJZeffer biefe naBen, the knife of this boy ; jene ^rau unb biefe 3Rabtf)en, that woman and this girl ; mit jener gran unb oljne biefeS 9ftabd)en, with that woman and without this girL 2)tefer, biefe, etc., are generally also the translation of the English that, whenever that does not express opposition to this; as, biefer 2)ifdj, that table; biefe tiiljle, those chairs 3)er, bie, etc., are sometimes used instead of biefer, biefe, etc. They are declined exactly like the definite article, but have, if used as demonstratives, always the full stress in pronunciation, while the de- finite article has no stress. igdj lenne ben olbaten, I know this (or that) soldier otcfier, foldje, etc. are declined like btefer, btefe, etc. if not standing with ein, cine, etc. ; as, foIdjeS 93ier.. such beer; tntt foldjen SRatrofen, with such sailors oldjer, folcfce, etc. in the singular generally are used with ein, cine, etc., which may stand either before or after. If followed by ein, fold) only is used for all genders which is not declined at all; as, fold) eine ftonigin, such a queen. Sin folc&er, berjenige, berfelbe, ber namlidje, ber anbere follow the declension of adjectives preceded by an article, and will be treated along with the demonstrative pronouns. Verbs used with Negations. In negative tenses in German the negation (like not, nothing, never, Jic.) is put after the verb or after its auxiliary in compound tenses ; as, id) Ijabe nidjt I have not id) lobe nidjt, I do not praise (or I am not praising) lobte id) md)t, did I not praise (or was I not praising)? loben @ie md)t, do not (don't) praise! id) Bin nidjt Qetoejcn, I have not been id) toerbe nid)t loBen, I shall not praise In a sentence the negation is generally placed after the noun or pronoun following the verb ; but before, if the noun or pronoun is pre- ceded by a preposition in German ; as, SDer Seljrer loBte ben SnaBen nidjt, the teacher did not praise the boy. 3d) Bin nidjt in bem book, with these(*) hunters, for such wine, with such butter, such bread, the roofs of such houses, such a rain, for such a news- paper, during such a thunderstorm. We have not, he is not, they do not praise, had I not? were' they not? did she not praise? you have not had, have I not been? I have not praised, will they not have? it will not be, we shall not praise, are we not praising? I was not praising, you do not praise, they did not praise, is he not praising? 2. 3)iefer SBetn ift gut, after jene3 S3ier tft fcfiledjt. 3)ie Xljiirme biefer $ircfie finb food). 3)er (Sofin btefe3 ^aftrifanten tft nod) jung. $d) fentte 1 ben errn tttdjt. 8ft biefer Slbbofat ntdjt rei^? $aben @ie fcfion 2 foldje Slitter gefiabi? 28ie alt ift biefe- 35ame? 2)te Qrintoofiner btefeS 'Sorfe^ finb nid)t arm. Bennett er Sleffe biefer ante ift reidj, aber bie S'Jtc^te jeneS |>errn tft arm. SSir famett nid)t 4 nod) biefem tu-* benten. itib fold^e ^trfd^en auf biefem 93aitme? ?^rau SSfaun ift bie Xante btefe DffijterS. S23ir finb in fold) einem Garten getoefen. How old is this gentleman? Is the niece of this lady still young?' Do you know 3 Mrs. Braun ? Is that agent rich or poor ? This butter is good, but that bread is bad. Those girls did not come 4 after these boys. Is Mr. Schmidt not the uncle of this young-lady ? We have- such violets in this garden. The towers of this castle are not high. How many pupils are in this school? I don't know 1 that(*) Russian. Have you ever 2 been in such a church? These gentlemen are officers, and those gentlemen are students. Charles has not had this letter. (*) Use ber, bie, etc. instead of biefer, biefe, etc. 1 id) fenne nid)t, I don't know 2 fdjon, ever (already) 2 fennen ie, do you know? 4 famen mdjt, did not conie. 50 Questions on Grammar. 1. What is the Nominative and Accusative of dieser and jener in the masculine, what in the neuter, and what in the feminine and plural ? 2. What is the Genitive and Dative of dieser and jener in the mascu- line and neuter, what in the feminine, and what in the plural ? 3. When is that generally translated by dieser? 4. Der, die, etc. if used instead of dieser, diese, etc. , how are they dis- tinguished from the definite article ? 5. When are solcher, solche, etc. declined like dieser, diese, etc. ? 6. How can such a be rendered in German ? 7. Soldi in solch ein is it declinable ? 8. What place does the negation occupy in a negative tense in German? 9. What place does the negation occupy in a sentence in German, if the verb is followed by a noun or pronoun ? 10. What place does the negation occupy if the noun or pronoun is Ac- ceded by a, preposition in German* Conversation, Who is this gentleman? It is Mr. Schmidt. And who is that lady ? It is Mrs. Braun, the sister of (the) Mr. Schmidt Do you know (kcnnen) that young- lady? Yes, it is Miss Braun. Did Frank come (kam) with this sailor? Xo, he came with that soldier. Is the niece of that lady old? Xo, she is still very young. Have you such a wine or such a beer? I have only such a beer. Has Frederick had the uncle's key? No, he has not had the key. Have yon been in this garden? I have not been in this garden, but in that yard. Who is the teacher of these boys ? Mr. Braun is the teacher. Is that officer rich? No, he is not rich. 2Ser ift biefer (or fcer) &err? @3 ift $err djmibt. ttnb tuer ift jene Some? ( ift 3frau SBraun, bte djmefter be3 erm djmibt. ftennen Sic biefeg (or iw*) g-raulein. Sa, c ift fyroulein 93raun. Sam grans mi* biefem Stfatrofen? Kent, er fam mtt jcnem ot* baten. 3ft bie 9ftd)te jener ame alt? 9Mn, fie ift nod) fefjr Jung. &aben @ie foldjen Rein obcr 33ter? nur ben DnfclS gebabt? ein, er hat ben djliiffel nid)t getjabt. inb te in biefem arten getnefen? Sd? bin nid]t in biefem arten getvefen, abcr in jenem 25er ift ber Scorer biefer ^no feerr SBraun ift ber Se&rer. Sft btcier Cfpsier reic^? 9iein, er ift nidjt reid). 51 JtcaMttg *misc Ito. 8. I. (Sin 2ftatrofe Begegnete fcor feiner @HnfdOiffnng nacfy met before his embarkation to 3nbten einem alien errn. liefer Ijatte bie gfamilie bee India . old . ... family Sftatrofen gut gefannt @r fragte ifyn: 28ie fb'nnen (3ie well knowr. . asked him . can toagen, cmf ba 2fteer n ge^en? 3^r 23ater ftarb auf venture . sea go your father died etnem S&racf, ebenfo 3r rot)ater unb Urgrogbater, (Sie wreck the same your grand-father . great grand-father finb fcfyr fitfjn. err 9 v autmortete ber SJlatrofe, >abcr bold . . answered fagen @ie mir, tt)0 ftarb benn 3$r SSater? ^5er err tell me . died then your father ertoieberte : (r ftarB fe^r fanft in f etnem 23ett, ebenfo atte replied . died . gently . his bed the same all meine SSorfa^ren. @i r err 36. ! fagte ber Sftatrof e, my fore-fathers why . . said 3$re SSorfafjren ftarben atte im 93ett? SSie fonnen 8ie your fore-fathers died all . bed . can bann toagen, in SSett n geijen? then venture . bed . go II. (tn Sorb ftmr fer retcf). 5(Ber er U)ar auc^ etn grower . . ... also . great 33erfcf)nienber. 2n toenigen ^afyun !atte er fein f)afl)e3 spendthrift . (a) few years . . his half SSermogen fcerfcfjrtjenbet. (Siner t)on fetnen Srennben fprac^ fortune squandered . . his friends spoke eine age mit i^m bariiBer nnb jetgte i^tn bie ^olgen. day . him about it . showed him . consequences @te IjaBen 9iecf)t, fagte ber Sorb. ( fte^t fd^Itmm nttt right said . . stands bad mtr. 3^ fiirc^te, ic^ toerbe al8 Settler ftcrBen. a^ ift me . fear . . as beggar die nicfjt ba (Sdjlimtnfte, fagte fein $rennb. Slber @ie tuerbcit worst said his friend al Pettier teBen. 3)a ift noc^ t)iel f^Hntmer. . beggar live . . . much worse Ninth Lesson. SKcimte Scltion. The Possessive Adjectives. Sing. Masc. Fern. Neut. Plur. of all Gen. mein meine mein meine my betn beine bein beine thy fein feine fein feine his (its) ifjr tfjre tfir tfjre her (its) unfer unferc unfer unfere our or (euer) (euere) (euer) ( S euete)}y ur tf)r ifjre i(,r ifjre their The possessive adjectives in the singular are declined like the indefinite article, and in the plural like the definite article (vide : page 18) ; but observe, in the declensions of unfer and euer, that the terminations are added to er and not instead of er; as, Masc. Fern. Neut. Plur. N. unfer imfer*e unfer unfcr-e G. unfer*e3 unfer*er unfer*e3 iinfer-er D. unfer=em iinjer-er unfer*em unfer*en A. un[er>en unjer*e itnfer unjer^e Examples: mein 9$udj unb betne ^rebet; my book and thy pen ber arten iinfere Dnfel; our uncle's garden mtt ^^ren ^Jferben; with your horses. Notes: 1. unfer and euer may elide the e before or after r, if a termination is added ; as, unfrem or unferm, eure or euer, etc. 2. euer (your) is the plural form of bein (thy), and is only used in familiar conversation with relations, friends, and children (also with animals). The ordinary form is Sfjr (your), which is used for singular and plural. In order to distinguish it from iljr (their) it is written with a capital %. Remarks on Regular Verbs. Most German verbs end in en, and the regular verbs are conjugated like loben ; i. e. they take off en, substituting instead the same termination as loben; as, loBen, to praise; foufen, to buy; id) lobe, id) faufe, id) lobte, id) loiifte; geloBt, gefauft In the Past Participle of verbs beginning with an unac- cented prefix like be, ge, er, fcer, ser, emp, ent, no ge is pre- fixed ; as, uerlaiifen, to sell ; terf auft, sold Note. bit (thou) and iljr (you) are used with the same persons as bein (thy) and euer (your), and with <3ie (your) and fie (they) the same rule must be observed as with 3^r (your) and iljr (their). (*) In this part of our Grammar in treating of the verbs, we limit ourselves to give only those tenses and rules which are important in the beginning, as the verbs will be treated fully later on. 53 the father, ber SSater Plur: Me SSater to let, betmietljen [iuo^nen to live, to dwell, to reside, to live, to be alive, leBen the mother, bie SRuttet Plur: bie gutter no, not any, fein(*) Plur: bie Xodjter ' the parents, bie (SItern (*) fein is declined like mein, etc. (see p. 18). the brother, ber SBruber Plur: bie SSruber to buy, faufen the child, bos inb Plur : bie tnber to cost, foften to expect, ertuarten the daughter, bie Softer to sell, berfaufen since, feit (Dative) what, tua? 30, breifeig 31, einunbbreifjifj 40, tnerjig 41, einunbtrierjig 50, funfjig 60, Exercise No. 9. 1. My father, thy mother, his child, her daughters, our un- cle's customers, your sister's plate , the walls of your (2nd form) room, the presents of their parents, with my brother, from thy aunt, out of his castle, with her children, for our parson, with- out your niece, through their village, for our mothers, with his daughter, without your nephew, their brothers, the carriage of my teacher, the sails of his ships, with no needle, from your pupils <(/.), not any horses, the roof of my house. We live ( divell), I am buying, it costs, (*) do they live (are alive)? do you expect? art thou selling? I sold, did we let?(*) was he living (dwelling} I did they cost(*)? did she sell? you bought, didst thou live (wast alive) ? we have been living (dwelling), it had cost(*), they are let(*), have you expected(*), I shall buy, we shall expect, will he dwell? you were not living ( alive j, sell! do not expect! it is not let(*), they do not reside. 2. 2a foften Spre SSIctfttftc? Seben feme Item nocfi? Sett roann erroarten bie tnber tfjren Stater? ett enter 28od)e. 3toet Don gfiren emalben ftangen 1 an (on) ber SBanb metneS Bimnter^. 2)tefer Dffigier tootjnt ntd)t in unferm mufe. SBruber unb metne 9ftutter(t) gingen' J in euren arten. Xod)ter fetner Xante ftnb in Sonbon. ^>aft bu !ein Copter? au> nici^t oermietfiet. Has your father sold his chairs ? I am expecting my advocate at (auf) the station. We went 1 into their yard. What have you bought in Switzerland? Our house has been let (is let) three days b since 51 . There (es) are many violets in our garden. The girls went 2 with their brothers. Have you not expected your mother ? Who is residing in our king's castle? Have these trees not any leaves? Her ink- stand is on a table in my room. Their aunt has not any cake. Thy father's and mother's (t) watches are hanging 1 on (an) the wall of their room. How many children x \as his sister ? How much did your brush cost? (*( Verbs having a t or b before en, insert an e before adding t or ft. (t) Possessive adjectives or any other determinative adjective must be repeated before every noun, if of different gender or number. 1 Ijangen, are hanging 2 gtngen, -went 54 Questions on Grammar. 1. What is the Nominative and Accusative of mein, dein, sein, unser+ euer, Ihr, ihr in the masculine, what in the neuter, and what in the feminine and plural? 2. What is the Genitive and Dative of these words in the masculine and neuter, what in the feminine, and what in the plural ? 3. What letter may unser and euer elide, when adding a termination 4. Of what word is euer the plural form, and only when is it ussd? 5. What is the ordinary form, for rendering your in the singular or plural? How must it be written, and why? 6. According to what verb are regular verbs conjugated, and how are the terminations added? 7. What are the terminations of a regular verb in the present indi- cative, and what are those in the imperfect ? 8. How is the past participle formed ? 9. When is ge prefixed in forming the past participle ? 10. What are the terminations of the imperative? Conversation. Are you expecting your father at (auf) the station? No, I am expecting my mother. Whom (wen) did you expect in (auf)tliQ street? I was expecting my teacher's nephew. How many brothers has your teacher ff.Jt She has four brothers. How many children has our agent's aunt? She has five ; two sons and three daughters. Is your advocate's sister living in this house ? No, but his niece is living there (da). Since when has this building been let (islet)! Six weeks since. Are the father and mother of this boy still living? Yes, his parents are still alive. What have you bought in our village? I have bought [some] bread and butter. rroarten te $firen SSater auf bein 33al)nhof? ftetn, id) ermayte ntetne Sautter. SSen rjaben te anf ber trajje erroartet? Sdj ermartete ben -fteffen metne3 SefirerS. 2Bie tnele 23riiber fiat ^fire e^ rerin? te fi.at mer [23riiber]. 23ie oiele 8inber fjat bie Xante unjre 9lgenien? te f>at fiinf; grtjet 6fi.ne unb bret Xpdjter. 25obnt bie cfinjejiter S^ r ^ 2lb bofaten in btefent |>aufe? S'Jetn, aber feme s ^tc|te rcofint ba. eit roann tft biefe3 ebaube bernttet^et? ett fed) 28odjen. Seben ber Skater unb bie Sftui* ter btcjey ^naben noc&? ^a, feme Item leben nod). 9 fiaben te in unferem Sorfe gefauft? cf) ^abe SBrob unb Gutter ge- fauft. 55 ReaMtuj (Erem0e Ho. 9. (Sin ^aufiret giug einmal burrf) duett SBalb. ie i|e pedlar went once . . forest . heat tuar unertrdgltdj, unb ber Sftanu Befrftfojs 511 ru,!)en ($r unbearable . . man resolved . rest (egte fid) unter eiuen 93cmut unb uafjm eine au6e au3 fetuem laid himself . ... took . cap aften. S)ie au6e fe|te er cmf ben opf, fcfjlofj ben box . cap put . . . head shut aften unb fcfylief. 9113 er ttadj etutgen Stmtben erttmdjte, box . slept when . . a few . aweok fcmb er ben aftett u feiner Uefcerrafdjung offen, uub aHe found . . box . . surprise open . all |jau6eit toaren fcerfcfyftmnben. iittger tmmeU rief er, uub caps . disappeared kind heaven cried . Hicfte aufttmrtS. Xa fa^ er aHe 5Iefte be S3aume mit looked upwards there saw . all branches . Slffett Befe|t r uub jeber 5lffe f)atte etue aube auf bem o))fe. monkeys occupied . each monkey . . . cap . . head S)er aufirer it)ute lauge nicfyt, \va$ er t^un foltte. pedlar knew long . what . do should 3ute|t fagte er u ftd : S)te 5lffen ^afteu gefe^en, hrie at last said . . himself . monkeys . seen itf) tneiue aube auffe^te, uub e ebenfo gemac^t. %dy cap put on . . the same made nritt tuetue auBe luieber in ben ^aften tegeu, fie merbeu cap again . . box lay bann trieHeid)t ba^felbe t^un. @r er^ob fid), italjin bio then perhaps the same do . rose took aube tout ^o^fe, fc^u)en!te fie iu ber Suft, legte fie in cap . head swang ... air laid ben afteu, unb toerfcarg fi<$ ^titter eiuent SBufc^e. Xic box . hid himself behind . bush $ffen tijaten h)ie er tjerutut^et Ijatte. :u*. Plur. oj all Gen. lueldjer toeld)_e toeldjeS tretcfie which? iDQ5 fiir cin ttm* fiir eine ttaS fiir cin teas' fur what (kind of)? SBeldjer? roelcfje? etc. are declined like btefer (vide : page 18) Examples: toeldjer &ut. which hat' toelclje 2t)ure, which door? tt>eIcf)eS fycnfter, which window? fur roeldjen Snoben, for which boy? gu Ju either Some, to which lady? ba SBudj weldje* 9Mbd;en, the book of which girl? 23a fiir ein ? tea3 fiir eine ? etc. are only used before nouns in the singular. In the declension ttmS fiir does not change ein alone being inflected, and declined like the indefinite article ; as, ttm fiir ein Xticf), what table? mit ioa fiir etnem golbaten, with what soldier? SBaS fiir? is used before nouns in the plural, and is un- declinable; as, mit tool fut Solbaten, with what soldiers? 2Ba3 fiir? (without ein) is further used in the singular be- fore mimes of materials; as, tua fur Sinte, what ink? mit toa fiir SSetn, with what wine? in roa fiir SBrob, in what bread? The Indefinite Numeral Adjectives will be treated loBg with the Numerals. The Auxiliary Verbs of Mood. SttiitTett, (must) to be obliged. Present Indicative. Imperfect. i^ rnufj, I must (I am obliged, etc.) ! it^ mufete, I was obliged bit must, thou must j bu mufjteft, thou wast obliged er mus, he must er muBtc, he was obliged loir mftffen, we must roir mu|ten, we were obliged 6ie muffen or t^r mult you must gte mufiten or ifyr mufetct, you were fte mufjen, they must ' fte muBten, they were obliged [obliged &imncn, (can) to be able, fann, I can (I am able, etc.) i id) fonntc, I could (I was able, etc.) bu fannft, thou canst er fann, he can toit fonnen, we can 6ie !6nnen or i^r lonnt, you can fie fonnen, they can bu fonnteft, thou couldst er fonnte, he could tuir fonnten, we could ie fonnten or tl)r fonntet, you could fie fonnten, they could NOTE. to before the infinitive of a verb in a sentence is generally translated by 511 ; but is not translated if the verb is used with an aux- iliary verb of mood in German; as, 5?dj mufe ju metnem Cnfel gefyen,* I must (I am obliged to) go to my uncle. 3$ f fl un ntdjt fommen, I cannot (I am not able to) come. ..(*) Such an infinitive must always stand last in a sentence. alone, oHctn also, and) to belong to, gef)6ren(D.) black, fd)tt)ttt5 the country, ba anb ,, meat, ba j^leijdj ,, cousin, ber Setter Plur: bie SBettern (*) Pronounce: 67 thecousin(f.),bie Souftne* (bie S3afe, bie 2KitIjme) quite, ganj red, rott) the town, bie Stabt Plur: bie Stable to travel, teifen to visit, befudjen the year, ba3 Plur: bie 70, 80, 90, neunjig 100, fyunbert 101, fjunbei'tunbeinS &c. &o. Exercise No. 1O. 1. Which cousin? which town? which year? which knives? the cousin (f.) of which student? the brother of which woman? the queen of which country? the streets of which towns? with which cousin? out of which school? from which child? after which pupils? through which station? for which villages? what tahle? the towers of what church? out of what building? for what emperor? what pens? with what sailors ? what meat? from what wine? for what butter? We must, am I obliged? you are obliged, thou must, is he obliged? they must, were you obliged? thou wast obliged, I was obliged, were we obliged? they were obliged, was she obliged? it can, are they able ? can you ? thou art able, I can, are we able ? was I able? we could, he was able, could they? you were able, thou couldst, you must, was he not obliged ? we can, I could not, I must not, you cannot. 2. SSeldje tabt befucfcen <5ie biefeS Safer ? %$ tuerbe Berlin befudjen, aber idj mufc cwrf) ttarf) (to) $j$art3 reifen. 3> n toeldjen Sanbern ttmr 3]p SSetter fdpn? Sfteine doufine fann tticfet cittern reijen. 3Ka3 fitr SSein ift in biefem lafe? $n fta3 fitr etnem rjaben ^Ijre Item getooijnt ? SSon toelc^em Df fijicr ^at n Xtn Onfet fein ^ferb gefauft? SSa^ fitr Xtnte ift in biefen Xtnten- fftffentt S)ic Sinte in biefem Sintenfaft ift rotrj, unb bie inte in jenem Xintenfofe ift fdjhwrj. 9^eifte S&re Defter gang attein na^ (to) entfd)Ianb? 2Ba3 fiir SDcatrofcn errtjartet biefer (ng* tanber? 28eIcE)ent Slaenten ge!ort biefer arten.- 28a^ fiir einen 28agen ^aben @ie gefauft? For which boy is this knife? Which ink in these 5nkstands is black? What meat did you buy? Which castles is he obliged to visit? From what girls are these roses? Which towns have you visited? Your mother cannot go (travel) quite alone to (nach) Berlin. What cherries are on this tree? The roses in our garden are quite red. With which cousin (/.) does your sister go (travel)? Our cousin is obliged to visit the president. To which(*) children do those presents belong? What ^gentleman is living in your house? This key cannot belong to your brother. In which country is the Rhine ? (*') "To which" must be rendered by the Dative, as ge!)6ren (belong) governs the Pative (see the translation of "to" on page 40). 53 Questions on Grammar. 1. What is the Nominative and Accusative of welcher in the masculine what in the neuter and what in the feminine and plural ? 2. What is the Genitive and Dative of woleksr in the masculine uirl neuter what in the feminine and what in the plural ? 3. Before what nouns is was fiir ein .used, and how is it declined? 4. Before what nouns is was fiir used, and how is it declined? 5. Before what nouns in the singular is was fur without ein used? 6. How is to before the infinitive of a verb generally translated ? and ho\v when this infinitive stands in German ^vith an auxiliary verb of mood * Conversation. Which gentleman is your cousin ? The officer is my cousin. To (nach) which town in Germany are you going (travelling) ? I am going to Berlin. Which lady is your teacher's (f.) cousin? My teacher (f.) has no cousin. For which boys have you bought those gimlets and knives ? For our parson's sons. Where (wohin) do you go (gehtn) this year? I shall .go into (auf) the country. What officer is living. in your house? It is our president's son. What children are in your, garden ? They (it) are the daughters of my photographer. What meat did you buy in the town? I did not buy any meat, but 1 bought [some] butter. Is your mother quite alone in her room? No, -my brother is also in the room. Are you obliged to sell your horse? Yes, it is too (zu) old. When can you let this room? I cannot let it before (vor) three weeks. SBtfdjer err tft &jr better? er Officer tft mem Better. Wad) toelcfier tabt in '3>eutfcf)' lanb reifen itt, he will Imperfect. idj tooltte, I would (I was willing, I bit Ji3oIIteft,thouwouldst [wished, etc.) er iooflte, he would toir toonen, we will . teir tooHtcn, we would 6te toollen or t^r JooUt, you will 6ie tuoHten or i^- tuoHtet, you would fte ttJoUen, they will ' fie toottten, they would oltcn, (shall) ought. i$ foU, I shall (I am to, etc.) bu iottft, thou shalt r foU, he shall tutr fotten, we shall Sie fatten or iljr fottt, you shall fie fotten, they shall tdj fottte, I should (I ought, I was bu fottteft, thou shouldst [to, etc.) er fottte, he should Joir fottten, we should @ie fottten or iljr fotttet, you should fte fottten, they should Notes : 1. Thou wilt, he will, you will, they will, with another Terb following are translated by loerben (bu fttrft, er loirb, @ie Joerben or iljr toerbet, fie joerben), when expressing future. When they are used in the sense of, to be willing, to wish, they are translated by Jootten (bu Joittft, er tcitt, Sie tootten or iljr toollt, fte tcotten). 2. I shall, we shall with another verb following, generally ex- pressing" future, are translated by werben (id) ttjerbe, ttrir toerbcn) ; but shall I? shall we? in the meaning of am I to? are we to? have to be rendered by fotten (fott id)? fotten n>ir?). (*) We call substitutes of the definite article those determinative adjec- tives which are declined like it; as, biefer, jener, tteldjer, jeber, man* djer, (foldjer) (vide page 18). the animal, bo? S^ter basket, ber or6 blue, filou the carpet, ber cat, bie a colour, bie deep, ttef the dog, ber $unb 61 Plur: bie fmttbe the flower, bie 33htme ,, friend, ber ??reunb friend(f.),biegreunbin green, grim industrious, flei&ig lazy, idle, trcige large, great, tall, big, grojj little, small, Hetn sick, ill, Iran! 110, Ijunbert(unb)e|)n 111, I)itnbert(unb)elf 120, t)iinbert(unb)5ttjan5tg,. 121, ljunberteinimb jtc ansig. 130, Ijiinbert(unb)brei&ig 131, ljunberteinunbbreifcig. Exercise No. 11. 1. Decline in German in the singular and plural: the little dog, this blue flower, which big animal ? that (jener) industrious pupil, the good friend (f. ), this sick child; and afterwards translate: The old friend, the old friends, this small door and those large windows, the water of which deep river ? the waters of which deep rivers ? the daughter of the rich lady, the daughters of the rich ladies, the mother of this young girl, the mothers of such young girls, with, this bad wine and with those bad cakes, out of which old church ? out of which old churches? from the red roof, from the red roofs, for this lazy pupil and that industrious pupil (f.) t for these lazy pupils and for those industrious pupils (f.), through which nice country? through which nice countries ? the green colour of that large basket, since the cold rain, for such poor children, which red carpet? on account of the warm weather. He is willing, do they wish? we will, I will not, do you wish? thou wishest, I would, we would not, thou wast willing, you would, they were willing, did he wish? you shall, shalt thou? it shall not, are they not to ? we are to, am I to ? they should, he ought, I was to, ought we? should you not? thou oughtest, are you able? we must, I cannot, he is obliged. 2. S)er reidje gabrifant ift !ranf. SHe rotfjen SRofen finb in bent (or int) ^orbe. iefe jnngen S^iere ftnb a|en. Sftetn SSoter ift in bent (or int) blauen .Simmer, 3rur toelc&en fleipigen djuler ift biefe efdjenf? iefe alte gfrau un & i ene ^ junge 9ftabrf)en finb arm. %. When are these words to be rendered by molten? 7. How are / shall and we sliall, with another verb following, generally rendered in German, and what then do they usually express? 8. When are shall I* shall toe? to be rendered by fottw? Conversation. Are your pupils industrious? The girls are industrious, but the boys are- lazy Where have you bought this big dog? I have bought him (ihn) in (auf) the country. What did this blue pencil cost ? It (he) did not cost very much. Who is living in that large build- ing? It is the house of the rich Russian. Sell this old table and those old chairs. I shall only sell the old table. Which red flowers shall I buy? The red roses in that basket Will yon have [some] of this good bread? Yes, please (bitte). Which ink will you buy? I wish to buy this black ink Are these little animals dogs? No, they (it) are my aunt's young cats. Stnb Sljre Sc|Mec fteifctg ? 2>ie 9)Mbc&en finfc fleijjjg, abet, bie naben finb. trdge. SSo fiaben Sie. biefcn gro&en >unb gefauft? ^d) Ijabe ifjn arf id& in. Qtyren fdjonen Morten gejen 1 ? aft bit em neueS 9ftefjer laufetr biirfen? ein neiter |)iit ift oiif bent Xtfcfie. SDZogen @te ttnfere fcfittargen IKrf^cnl aben @ic %$* alteS ^Pferb tjerfoitfen muff en 1' SD^etne ^ouftne SD^arie ^at t^re armen Item Befitcfien biirfen. The father of my good friend is very rich. A good cat is very useful. Her little children are ill. "We shall have a cold winter. Our old dog is dead. May we go 1 to your sick mother ? Have you had a pleasant spring in Germany ? You are not allowed to go 1 into my large room. Do you like his old wine ? Their good grand-father is dead. Have you been able to sell your green curtains ? He does not sell any good beer. (*) With names of seasons the definite article must always be used in German. 1 fletjen, go German Grammar. 3 66 Questions on Grammar. 1. What termination, takes an attribute adjective, if preceded by the indefinite article or substitute in the Nominative and Accusative masculine and which in the Nominative and Accusative feminina and neuter ? 2. What termination takes such an adjective in the Genitive and Da- tive masculine, feminine, neuter, and in all the plural cases ? 3. What words do we call substitutes of the indefinite article, and which are they ? 4. What termination does the adjective take, if preceded by the in- definite article or substitute in the Nominative masculine and in the Nominative and Accusative neuter ; and why ? 5. How are may I? may he ? may we ? may they? generally translated ? 6. What form is generally used as past participle in the compound tenses of an auxiliary verb of mood ? 7. Whenever the infinitive of another verb stands in connection with such an infinitive form, which of them has to stand last ? ft. Where are these two verbs put in a sentence ? Conversation. Is a good dog useful? Yes, dogs and also cats are useful. Have you sold your new hat ? No, but I have sold my old coat. Is Charles' father a short gentle- man? Ho, he is very tall. Is your carpet green? No, our new carpet is blue. Will you sell your young horses ? Yes, a rich manufacturer will buy the fine animals. May I take (nehmen) [some] of your good butter ? We have not any good butter ; but will you not take [some] of this good bread? Have you been able to buy her nice violets ? No, she will not sell any flowers. Has Frederick an old grand-father? His grand-father is dead, but his old grand-mother is still alive. 3ft ein guter unb 3a, j&inibc irnb and) ^afcen ftnb nu|ltdj. aben @tc 3$ren neueu $ut toerfauft? Sfeein, after id) fjabe meinen alien SRoc! Derfaiift. Sft Sarl'S $ater ein Iteiner err ? ift Sftein, er tft feljr grojj. 3ft 3$r Xepfcicf) grim? Sfcetn, unjer neiier blau. SBoflen @ie S^re jungen ^ferbe oerfaufen? $a, ein retcfjer gabrtfant mill bte fdjonen X^tere faufen. S)arf ii^ con S^rer gnten gutter nehmen? 28ir ^aben feine giite Gutter; aber rootten @ie nic^t oon btefem gnten SSrobe nehmen? |>aben @ie i^re fdjonen SSetlc^en faufen fonnen? 9^ein, fie mitt fetne S3Innten Derfaufen. at griebric^ etnen alten @ro- Dater 1 ? etn @robater tft tobt, aber feine atte (Srofjmiitter lebt nod) . 37 feerct0e Wo. 12. I. in fran^tffifdjer $erog tear jn einem gefte getaben. French . ... feast invited 9ln bent Xifdje be erog fag and) ein (rbifdjof. (3 sat . . . archbishop ttmr ein feljr roiirbiger err toon feftenen Sciljigfeiten, aber v worthy . . rare qualities toon niebriger er?nnft. $)er erjog fpradj fel)r toiel, nnb . low origin . . spoke ber Spralat ttriberlegte i^n ofter^ in feinen 3}leinnngen. prelate contradicted him often . . opinions (rnrnt bartiber, fagte ber erjog enblid^ n i^m: 3^ irritated about it said . . at last . him glanBe, e nmre fiir @ie fc^idlic^er, mandjmal ein n>entg think . were . . more proper sometimes . little Befdjeibener n fein, nnb 3!re ^erfnnft nid^t n dergeffen. more modest ... . origin . . forget $)er (Srjbifdjof ertuieberte : gdj dergeffe fie nie, unb idj archbishop returned . forget . never toeifj gett)ig r toenn @ie ber @o^n nteine SSater toaren, know surely if ... . . were 8ie in biefer Minute @c^lt)etne Bitten toiirben. minute pigs keep would II. gewwfr f ra 9te etnen reic^en S3aner nac feinem Sifter. somebody asked . . peasant . age SBetjs ott! fagte er, id) !ann ntc^t genan fagen, bin knows God said ... . exactly tell id) toier^tg ober jtoetnnbtjierjig S^^re alt. 28te fomntt e, . comes bag @ie ni^t totffen, toie aft @ie ftnb? %$ abe no^ that . . know .... . .yet nie metne 3^re geja^lt. 3d^ ^a^Ie meine Slecfer, mein never . . counted . count . fields $8ief) nnb mein @etb. Slffe bte !ann id^ tierlieren, aber cattle . . money nil this . . lose meine a^re fcertiere id^ nie. lose . never 68 Thirteenth Lesson. Sretgeljnte Seftion. The Qualifying Adjectives (continued). 3. Attributive Adjectives if not preceded by an article or substitute take tlie terminations of biefer (vide page 18). In the Genitive of the singular, en is preferred to e(*) ; thus: Sing. Masc. Fern. Neut. Plur. of all Gen. N. gutter gut*e gut*e gut*e G. gut-en (or e) gutter gut*en (or e3) gutter D. gut*em gutter gut*em gut*en A. gulden gut*c gut*e3 gut-e Examples : frf)terf)ter SBetn, bad wine em Ia guten SBeineS, a glass of good wine nut friidjer Slitter, with fresh butter folte SBaffer, cold water Qitfrnerlfame gdjiiler, attentive pupils. The Irregular Verbs. The most important parts of the auxiliary and the regular verbs having been gone through, we shall now begin to consider the Irregular Verbs according to their importance. In the lessons we give the In- finitive only, for the other tenses the student must refer to our list of verbs. Their irregularity affects but the Imperfect tense and the Past Par- ticiple. In the list therefore only the Past Participle is indicated and the first person singular of the Imperfect (of the Indicative) from which the other persons are formed thus : SINGULAR : 2nd person by adding ft (or eft), 3rd person is the same as the 1st person; PLURAL : all three persons by adding en (or n)> the 2nd person plural if used with iljr. adding t (or et). See list of verbs page 27. Some verbs are also irregular in the 2nd and 3rd persons singular of the Present and in the singular of the Imperative, which will be in- dicated in the list. Learn by heart the irregular verbs: *!ommen, to come *ftdjen, to stand berftel)en(**), to understand *gef)en, to go y to walk. NOTE. The perfect and pluperfect tense of regular and irregular verbs denoting movement (t) are generally formed with the auxiliary fein, to be; as, idj bin gefommen, I have come id) toor gegongen, I had gone Some other verbs also follow this rule, as, fteljen, to stand (but not Derfieljen). All verbs conjugated with fcin we shall mark with a *. (*) This is done for the sake of euphony, as most masculine and neuter nouns- form their getiiive in or e in the singular. (*) Compound verbs are conjug .ted like their root verbs, but observe that verb* with the unaccented prefixes 6e, gc, etc. do not prefix ge in the past partici- ple (s. p. 52). (f) Such verbs are: to come, to go, to walk, to travel, to swim, to sink, to run, to ar- rive, to fly, to ipring, to ride, to fall, etc. 69 always, intnter the apple, bet Slpfel Plur: bie Slepfel cheap, tntttg dear, expensive, tljeuer faithful, tren fresh, frifc$ the fruit, ba OBjl generally, gettofjnlidj to lay, to put, legen the mUk, bie mil% pear, bie SBirne the people, bie Seute ripe, retf sour, fauer sweet, fiifj too, ju unripe, unreif 1.000, (ein)taufenb 1.001, (ein)taufenbunb- ein, etc. 1,100, (ein)taufenbein Ijunbert or elfljunbert, etc. 2,000, jtoeitaufettb, etc. 10,000, jeljntaitfenb, etc. Exercise No. 13. 1. Decline in German: red wine, fresh butter, ripe fruit, un- ripe apples, sour pears, little children, cheap paper; and after- wards translate: Sweet cake, black ink, cold beer, good parents, a glass of old wine, a glass of fresh milk, on account of bad weather, the father of industrious girls, after [some] warm rain, with sour milk, from unripe fruit, out of old churches, through expensive wine, for sweet butter, without cheap meat, for faithful dogs, many rich people, small houses, with very(*) good apples, through unripe pears, deep water, in (Dat.) red paper. He is coming, they stand, do you understand? thou dost not go, I do not come, we go, thou wentest, were you standing ? I understood, we did not come, they were going, she stood, we have walked, I had understood, lie had come, they have stood, you will come, we shall go, will he understand? go ! 2. aBen @ie nftfcltdje* 93ucfier? 28er tegte imretfeS D&ft in meinen orb? Unfere Xante ift mit frifdjer Sifttld) ge!ommen. $Ieine SHnber unb alte Seitte finb getooljnltdj gute greitnbe. gfjr SSater feat jtt tfieueren SSein gefcutft. 2luf biefent SBaume (there) finb fcfrone ^irfrfjen. S^ 93ruber foil fiifje SSirnen faiifen. 28ol- Jen @ie blaueg ober rotljeS ^apter tya&en? Sfteue SBiidjer ftnb nicfit imtner gute 93iid)er. S)te inttjo^ner ber (of) S)6rfer too^nen genjo^nlid^ in fletnen ^aufern. Old friends are generally(*) good friends. Put [some] fresh bread on the table. (The) dogs are faithful animals. Old wine is good for sick people. My cousin has only unripe apples in his garden. The woman has come with bad meat. Have you bought red curtains ? Sweet fruit is always ripe. The manufacturer has bought too(*) small horses for his large carriage. We bought very(*) expensive wine in the town. Who likes ripe pears ? Did you lay blue or green paper under the book ? (The) spring and (the) autumn are generally(*) pleasant seasons. Will you have a glass of old wine? Has your old friend gone ? These flowers have fine colours. {*) Adverbs are not declined. 70 Questions on Grammar. *. What termination does an adjective take, if not preceded by an arti- cle or substitute, in the Nominative and Accusative masculine what in the Nominative and Accusative neuter and what in the Nomin- ative and Accusative feminine and plural ? 2. What termination does such an adjective take in the Genitive and Dative masculine and neuter what in the Genitive and Dative fem- inine and what in the Genitive and Dative plural ? 3. To what termination is c preferred in the Genitive singular? 4. In what tenses do German irregular verbs differ from the regulars ? 6. From what person of the Imperfect are the other persons formed, and how? 6. Of what verbs are the perfect tenses formed with the auxiliary fein instead Conversation. Have you bought an expensive hat? No, I have bought two cheap hats. Do you like fresh milk ? Yes, I do (like). Has your uncle ripe apples and pears in his garden ? No, he has only unripe fruit Have you bought [some] good butter? Yes, this butter is quite fresh. Have you come with your brother? No, I came with my sister. Has your Mend gone to (in the) church? No, he went to (in the) town. Did you well (gut) understand the parson? No, I could not understand him (tfjn) well ; he spoke (faradj) too low (leife). Who has stood in the street? Little children and old people stood there (ba). Have you not been obliged to go into (ailf) the country? No, but I ought to go to (nadj) Germany. Sie etnen tHjeiierea 4?ut gefauft? in, id) abe jtoet bifltge &iite gefauft. SKogen Sie frifdje $H(cf)? 3a, id) mag. at Sfjr Dnfel reife 2fyfel unb SSirnen in feinem (Garten? , er Ijat niir itnretfeS Obft. @te gute Gutter gefaujU a, biefe 83utter tft gan& frtfdj. tnb @ie mit %fr*m Sruber gefommen? id) fora mit metner $reunb in bte gegon-gen? , er ging in bte Stabt. aben @te ben ^Sfarrer gut tjerftanben ? S^etn, id) fonnte if)n nic^t gut Uerftetjen; er fpradj u leife. SBer tft in ber rrafce geftanben? gletne ^inber unb alte Seute ftanben ba. ^aben te nic^t auf ba3 2anb ge^en miifjen? tn, aber id) foCte nac^ 2>eutf d)Ianb ge^en (or reifen) . 71 dmtm fto. 13. griebrtd) 2Bt%Im bet @rfte t>on ^reitfeen tear hri|ig William . first . Prussia . witty unb atte gern nri|ige Seute. in junger etftlic^er liked witty . . clergyman fjoffte turd) feinen 2Bt eine ^farrftefte git erljalten. (r hoped . wit parsonage . get ging jeben Sftorgen in ben Garten be imig3 in ber every morning . - . ,joffnung, ben onig bort gu ftnben. (ine Sj^orgenS fatib hope . . there . find . morning found er tfjn tmrKidj. er ^onig gtng 511 i^m unb fcegann mit . him really . , .... tegan tt)m n f^tec^en. r er^telt frfjneUe unb gate 5lnttcorten talk . received quick . . answers unb fc^ten gufrieben. S)er eiftttcfje fafite 9Jlut^ unb bat seemed pleased . clergyman took courage. . asbed tfjn um eine ^forrfteHe. S)er ^ontg ii6ertegte etnen him for . parsonage . . considered $ngenBlic! unb fagte : ,,Sc^ fann e 3f>nen ntd^t gteic^ moment . said . to you . presently berfpredjen. 3^ ^uS border rait bent 9)UntfiEr reben, promise . . before . . speak $ber fagen @ie ntir, too ftnb @ie |er?" W 3c fctn eh tell me . do you come from Berliner 3*>re 9}lqeftat." t^ut mir leib," fogte bet majesty I am sorry said ontg. ,,^enn afte Berliner taugen ntc^t^." 3^re for all . are good for nothing Sftajeftat," fagte ber etftltrf)e, ,,e gieBt unter i^nen and) majesty said . clergyman there are . them , tiicf)tige Seute. 3d) fclbft fenne jtoci/ ,,S2Ser finb btefe able . . myself know . ... gtoei?" fragte ber ^ontg neugtertg. ,,2)er eine," fagte kr asked . . curiously . . said etfttufo ,,ift 35re SKajeftftt, unb ber anbere bin {%." clergyman . . majesty . . other )er ^onig la'djette, unb ben fotgenben 2JJorgen erfjielt smiled . . foUowing morning got ber eifttidje eine Spfarrftette. clergyman . parsonage 72 fourteenth Lesson. SBierjeljnte Seftion. ^Remarks on the Declensions of Adjectives. When several adjectives stand with one noun, all of them ^re declined alike; and as a rule they precede the noun in German; as, ber Heine, aufmerffame nabe, the little, attentive boy ein fleiner, . aufmerlfanter $nabe, a little, attentive boy nut feinem groijen unb tmien $unbe, with his big and faithful dog fur ein fieine, olte $au, for a small, old house eiit $orb guter reifer Slepfel, a basket of good ripe apples. ' If an adjective refer to a noun mentioned and the noun is understood, it takes the same termination, as if it were followed by the noun,- which is understood(*). The English word wie, if Jiaed instead of the noun, is not rendered then ; as, SBo tfl ber blaue Steifttft? $iet ift ber rotfje. ier ift ein totter. Where is the blue pencil? Here is the red one. Here is a redone. SBoflen Sie fdjtDarje ober rotlje Sinte faiifen? 3dj toerbe fditnarse faufen. Will you buy black or red ink? I shall buy black. $aben ie gute ; SSier? %a, id) fjabe feljr gute. Have you [any] good beer? Yes, I have [some] very good. SBa fin: anbjdjub,e ^aben Sie? 3d) ^abe 3^re neuen. What gloves have you? I have your new ones. NOTE. The adjective Ijod) (high), if used as an attribute, * becomes Ijolj ; as, ber Ijolje 23aum, the high tree Adjectives referring to nations begin with a small letter in , unless used as nouns. They generally end in tjcfj ; as, fransoftfcfj, French englifd), English ruffifrf), Russian. In beutfdj, German, the i is left out. Adjectives ending in el elide the e before adding a termin- -ation. Those ending in en, er may do the same, and all three kinds may elide the^e of a termination instead, if euphony will allow it Thus : (bunfel, dark) ein bunfter SSorfjong, a dark curtain (pffen, open) ein ; offne genfter, an open window (tb^euci:, dear, expensive) bie t^eure U^r, the expensive watch. OBSERVATION. Participles, if used as adjectives, follow through- out the rules of adjectives ; as, oerfouft, sold bo uerfanfte $ferb, the sold horse lommenb, coming fur ben fommenben Sag, for the coming day. Learn by heart the irregular verbs: effeit, to eat Dergefien, to forget geben, to give toergeben, to forgive lefen, to read fefjen, to see, to look ^treten, to step, to enter(**). , (*) If in English the noun is repeated, in German the adjective alone . is usually put, the noun being left out ; as, 3n toelrf)e Sficoter werben 8ie bcute benb gepen? 3d) werbe in3 j beuticr,e gc:;en. To which theatre will you go this evening?! shall go to the German theatre. ~f**> To enter (a house, room, etc.) is usually translated by *rreten in (Ace.). "brown, brawn dark, bunfel English, engitfcf) to fetch, fjofen French, franj&ftfd) German, beutfcf) the glove, bee anbfdjulj Plur: bie aubid)uf)e 73 honest, djvlicl) naughty, unottig open, offen Russian, rafflfdfr to send, forward, fdficfen the umbrella, ber 9Jegen= fdjirm yellow, gt'IB 100,000, fjunberttaitfenb 200,000, 5tDei$un&erttmf fenb, etc a million, eine SOtittion two millions, jtuei 2Jitt' liouen, etc. Exercise No. 14. 1. The lizy, naughty boy, the daughter of an honest, poor woman, with good, cold meat, for these industrious and attentive girls, your large, blue dish, of (von) which new, brown carpet? what plate? A large one, this new fork ? No, that old one, out of which building? Out of the high one, on account of which customers ? On account of our good ones, for what kind of wine? For [some] red, in (Dot.) what newspapers? In (Dat.) Russian and German ones, a yellow colour? No, a dark-one, which gloves? These black ones. with English sailors, an expensive umbrella? No, a cheap one, for a French teacher, , a small, open door. They do not eat, he forgets, I am giving, do we forgive? are you reading ? thou seest, he steps, I ate, we did not forget, didst thou give? you forgave, she read, were they seeing? we did not step, have you eaten ? thou hadst forgotten, has he given? they had not forgiven, we had read, I have seen, had you stepped? give (thou)/ read! do not forget! he will not forgive, I shall .see, have you stepped? I have stood, had he gone? we have not come, they were standing, did you go? she came. 2. SBer Ijot bieje fdjonen, grofjen Wepfel gefdjicft? |>oten >ie einen gnten 9legenfdjtrm fur ^rauletn 9ftarte. aben <3ie (any) guten frangofifdjen SBetn? 9ein, aber tdj Ijabe (some) fefyr guten beutfc&en. Sft bit gar&e biefer anbfdjitl)e ntdjt u bunfel? Jtdtmeit (i$ie englijdje gdhmgen lefen? $$ fann englifdje unb frangojtfcfie lejen. SBetcfteS $la tootten We have nice apples, but our cousin has nicer ones (but our cousin has the nicest ones). @ie tft bie fdjonfte . toon ben 2)amen. She is the nicest of the ladies. ' The Comparative and Superlative, if predicates, are invariable, , arid the form , ; am fletnften" must be used in the Superlative; as, a $ au ift fleinet. The house is smaller. Sa au tft am Iletnften. The house is (the) smallest, r ift aufmerlfamer. He is more attentive. Gr root am aufmerffamften. He was most attentive. " NOTES. 1. Adjectives which do not allow the superlative termin- ation ft to be easily sounded, insert an e before ft . Such are the ad- jectives ending in b, t, tlj, 8, 6, fd), j. Thus: fdjtecfit, bad faledjteft, am fd)tecf)teften ijeife, hot Ijei&eft, am fcet&eften 2. Adjectives in el and generally those in en, er in the Comparative drop the e before I, n, r ; as, bunfel (dark), bunfler tljeuer (expensive), tljeuret 3. Adjectives in e in the Comparative add r only, and in the Su- perlative they omit the e when possible; as, trfige (lazy), trager, trfigfl Learn by heart the irregular verbs: befefjlen, to command, to order empfeljlen, to recommend bred&en, to break jerbredjen, to break (to pieces) $elf en, to help. to choose, too"fjlen the cofiee, bet Coffee cool, fiifcl the cup, bie offe evening, ber Slbenb hot, fceife impolite, to look for, to seek, fudjen merry, toergniigt the over coat, (great coat), ber tiberrod! the pocket-handkerchief, ba 5Tafd)entuti) polite, Pfltd) The ordinal numbers are declined like adjectives. the sugar, ber Slitter ' than, oil, ttrie the tea, ber the first, ier, bie, bar- erfte, Plur: bie erftm*~ the second, ber , third, bu britte Exercise No. 15. 1. Cheap, cheaper, cheapest^*), deep, deeper, deepest(*), pleasant, more pleasant, most pleasant(*), honest, more honest, mosthonest(*), a more naughty boy, the most naughty boy, a richer lady, the richest lady, the smaller pocket-handkerchief, my smallest pocket-handker- chief, politer people, the impolitest people, during a cooler evening^, with his freshest milk, from the newer knife, out of the finest gardens, for our cheapest sugar, without the smaller cup, for my newest ruler, for riper pears, which coffee? The cheaper one, with: which pupil (f.)1 With the most attentive one, for sweeter fruit? No, for sourer, what days? The merriest days, he is more faithful, he is most faithful, it was more useful, it was most useful, the hottest- tea, for a darker colour, with the lazier pupils, for a more expen- sive over-coat. He commands, they are recommending, thou breakest, do yon break (to pieces)? we do not help, I order (command), I was recom- mending, we broke, did they break (to pieces) ? she did not help,, you commanded, thou recommendedst, have you broken? thou .. hadst broken (to pieces), I have helped, we had not ordered (com- manded), have they not recommended? break (thou)f break (to pieces)! don't help ! command (thou) I recommend ! 2. S)ie $inber ftmren int (Garten bergniigter ate (or rote) inv $aufe. S93a3 fur einen lleberrocE fuc^en 6ic1 SSftetnen neuftetu 35er otnrner ift bie beifeefte SaljreSaeit. SO^eine Gutter fiat bir tfjeureren Xajcfientiidjer geftm&It aben @ie ton ber alten ter- gegeffen? 2)er Coffee in btefer Xaffe ift fiifjer a!3 (or roie) Sthee in ber Sthee in jener Xaffe. S)tefer gucfer ift am bittigften. ^at ba fc^onfte SBteffer? arl fiat bag fd^onfte. Which season is more pleasant, (the) spring or (the) autumn?' Are; you looking for your newest pocket-handkerchief? (The) dogs are more-- faithful than (the) cats. What over-coat did you choose, a cheap one or the most expensive one ? Have you broken(**) the smaller cup? These apples are sweet, those pears are sweeter, and these cherries are (the) < sweetest. All the (alle) children were merry, but the girls were the merriest. (The) cooler evenings are more pleasant. My sister's friend . (f.) always 6 reads'* the most useful books. (*) Translate the superlative in both forms, as shown in the first examples. *. (**) To break in the sense of to break to pieces is translated by jerBredjen..' 78 Questions on Grammar. L How is the comparative of an adjective formed? 2. How is the superlative formed? 3. How are the comparative and superlative declined, if attributes ? 4. "What is done if the noun is understood? 5. Are the comparative and superlative declined, if predicates, aud* which superlative form can only be used as predicate? 6. "What adjectives insert an e before ft in the superlative ? 7. What do adjectives in el, and, usually, those in en and erdropin.the comparative ? 8* What do adjectives in e add or omit when adding the Comparative and Superlative terminations ? Conversation. Which hat is nicer, this black one or that brown one ? The black one is nicer. Who has the darkest gloves? Elizabeth has the darkest ones. Have you a smaller dog than your cousin or your friend ? No, my friend's dog is (the) smallest. Can you recommend these cherries? "No, the cherries in that basket are sweeter. Don't break the glasses. I have already broken the smaller one. Who has ordered (Dat.) the soldiers to go to (in the) church? Their officer ordered (it) them (ifinen). Where (toofiin) are you going? I am going home (nadj 4?aufe), I have forgotten my pocket- liandkerchief. Whence (roofier) do you come? I have been looking for my tnife in the garden. "When will you buy a new over- coat? I shall buy one (einen) in three weeks. SSelcfier |mt ift fdjoner, btefer fd)tt)arj$e ober jener braune? 55er fdjroarje ift jdjoner. SBer fiat bie bunfelften fcfiufie? (Htfabetlj fiat bte bunfelffen. aben m etnft 9Sor= capital one (they) made him once remon- ftettimgett iiber bie ^efa^r fetner ^ajiergdnge. @r ant= strances about . danger . walks . an- toortete: ,,(Sin SSater, toeldjer unter feinen ^inbern um^er= swered . . who . . about fear (Siner t)on feinen @c^a|meiftertt brad^te tf)m etne Sumrne one . . treasurers brought him . sum t)on tcwfenb 2)u!aten, @tn Dffi^ier njar gerabe jngegen ducats . . . just present nnb fagte gan^ teife ju S^nanb.: f ,223enn idj nut biefe low . some-one if ... (Simtme ^citte, tt)ie toiirbe i(^ gliidlid^ fein! w 35er sum would have . should . happy Ijatte e gefjort unb fprac^: ,,2)u fottft e fein heard . spoke .... take biefe taufenb 5)ulaten ntit bir! ducats . thee (Sine mit 9Jlatrofen unb <5olbaten Belabene ^Jafeere ging laden galley unter; er Befall, i^nen iilfc ju Bringenj man jogerte. down . . them help . bring one (they) hesitated &a fprang 5ltp^on fetbft in ein $8oot unb fagte ju there sprang himself . . boat . said . ben Umftefjenben: ,,3dj mill lieBer if>r (^efci^rte, a& ber bystanders . . better . companion . , 3itfcfjauer ifjreg Xobe fein." spectator . death be Sixteenth Lesson. (sed^efjnte Seftioiu Comparison of Adjectives (colluded). The following adjectives, all of one syllable, modify the vowels a, o, or u in the Comparative and Superlative : alt, old lattg, long grob, coarse arg, arrant arm, poor I)art, hard fait, cold rfjarf, sharp rotf), red djtoadj, weak Jung, young cfrtoarg, black Itug, prudent tarf, strong frumm, crooked franl, sick, ill roarm, warm fur, short Ex.: alt alter, older or elder alteft, am alteften, oldest or eldest grob grober, coarser grobfr, am grofcften, coarsest jung jiinger, younger jiingft, am jiingften, youngest The following are sometimes modified, and sometimes not : blafj, pale fdjmal, narrow, small biimnt, stupid glatt, smooth gart, tender gejunb, healthy, najj, wet frontm, pious wholesome The following are compared irregularly : Positive. Comparative. Suptrlative. grot?, large (great, etc.) grofjer, larger grBfct, am gro&ten, largest gut, good Beffer, better Beft, am beften, best |odj, Ijoft, high $ol)er, higher Ijorfjft, am Ijpdjften, highest nab,e, near naljer, nearer nadjft, am ncidjften, nearest, next In Comparisons as as is translated : ebenfo al (or tote), and not so as: nic^t fo al (or tine) ; as, ein Dnfel ift efcenjo retc^ al (or lute) metn 2Sater. His uncle is as rich as my father. 2Jer 8naf>e ift nic^t fo franf al (or tuie) ba& 9Jlabd)en. The boy is not so ill as the girl. REMARKS ox THE PLACE OF SOME WOUDS IN GERMAN SENTENCES. 1. Adverbs of time (like : to-day, to-morrow, soon, always, again, after a week, in three days, etc. ) stand directly after the verb or auxiliary ; as, SJJetn greunb gef)t Ijeute nidjt in bie Birdie. My friend does not go to church to-day. %$ toerbe in bret SBodjen meinen Dnfel 6efucen. I shall visit my uncle in three weeks. 2. As in English, these words can commence a sentence, but then, in German, the verb or auxiliary precedes the subject ; as, $eute geljt mein greunb nidjt in bie Strtfie. To-day my friend does not go to church. 3n bret SSodjen toerbe id) meinen Dnfel 6e* fud)en. In three weeks I shall visit my uncle. 3. A noun in the Dative generally precedes a noun in the Ac- cusative ; as, 3$ abe meinem SBruber einen @d)luffel gegeben. I have given a key to my brother. Learn by heart the irregular verbs: neljmen, to take fpredjeu, to speak Derfprecfjen, to promise fteljlen, to steal. 81 here, Ijter long, long the month, bet SOfconot Plur: bie donate the mountain, ber S3erg near, nolje the night, bte Plur: bte the pocket, bie Zafdje short, fur$ strong, ftarl the wind, bet SHJinb to-day, Ijeute to-morrow, morgen yesterday, geftern the day before yesterday, borgeftern |iibermorgen ' the day after to-morrow, the fourth, bet toiette fifth, bet ffinfte sixth, ber fecf)te seventh, ber fiebente. (or ber ftebte) eighth, ber odjte ninth, ber neunte tenth, bet jeljnte Exercise No. 16. 1. Cold, colder, coldest, old, older (elder), oldest (eldest), red,, redder, reddest, poor, poorer, poorest, young, younger, youngest, sick, sicker, sickest, black, blacker, blackest, short, shorter, shortest, strong, stronger, strongest, long, longer, longest, warm, warmer,. warmest, high, higher, highest, much, many, more, most, large,, larger, largest, good, better, best, near, nearer, nearest (next), my largest pocket, a warmer month, the next station, higher moun- tains, a stronger wind, he is as poor as his brother, these pencils are not so expensive as those pens . We take, I am speaking, do they promise? he steals, thou' takest, do you speak? I promised, wedid not steal, was she taking? they did not speak, they promised, you stole, thou wast taking, have you spoken? I had not taken, speak (thou)! don't promise ! do (thou) not steal ! take (thou) I I cannot promise, we shall take r thou shalt not steal, he will speak, are you allowed to take? 2. o3 SBetter roar geftern fdjoner al (or rote) fieiite. Unfer SBrob nrirb morgen beffer fein. aben <5te bem armen naben Sfcren beften ut gegeben? 3)a3 jiingfte tnb tneiner @d)icefter ift am !ran!ften. S)te SSerge ber djtoeift ftnb footer al$ (or rote) bie 93erge 3)eutfter ftnb toarmere ^anbfdjufte. SBerben @te ubermorgen ebenfa fc^one 25etl(^en !aufen !onnen alS (or rote) geftern ? SKeldje donate finb am roarmften? Where is the nearest station? I will visit the president's eldest son to-morrow. To-day the wind is stronger than yesterday. The pockets in my new over-coat are larger than the pockets in my old one. I gave better books to (Dot.) your friend. (The) most people are not rich. The day after to-morrow we shall have the longest day. How old is your eldest girl ? My nephew is not so young as your daughter. Where are the highest mountains ? The woman was as ill the day be- fore yesterday as [she was] yesterday. Your uncle will be here in two> months. In (im) summer the days are longest and the nights shortest. You have many books, but I have more, and Charles has the most. Questions on Grammar. 1. What adjectives modify their vowels in the comparative and super- lative? 2. What adjectives are sometimes modified, and sometimes not? 3. Which are compared irregularly? 4. How are as as and not so as translated in comparisons ? 5. What place do Adverbs of time occupy in a German sentence? 6. Can these words also commence a sentence, and what is then done in German? 7. If a noun in the Dative, and one in the Accusative occur in a sen- tence, which noun must precede the other in German ? Conversation. Was the weather finer yesterday than [it is] to-day? Yesterday it was finer, but the day before yesterday (it) was finest. Is my cup larger than your Your cup is as large as my glass. How old is the eldest sister of your friend (f.)1 She is seventeen years old. Was there (went) a colder wind the day before yesterday than to-day? Xo, the wind is as cold to-day. What have you said (gefagt) to your friend? I promised to visit his parents in a fortnight (mergefinXagen). Who is taking the umbrella ? The mother has taken it (tfin). Is that woman honest? Xo, she has stolen a watch. Have you recommended a new book to (Dai.) your pupil? Xo, I recommended him (ibm) a German newspaper. When will our advocate come ? He promised to be here the day after to-morrow. bag better geftern fdjoirer ate beute? ern tear e fdjoner, after oorgeftern roar e am fdjonften. 3ft rneme Xaffe grower ate S^r 0(a5? Sftre Xaffe ift ebenfo grofj ate mem 2Bie att ift bie altefte djtuefter Sbrer greunbm? @te ift ftebgefin Satire alt. @tng t)orgeftern em fiilterer SBinb ate fjeute? m, ber SStnb ift fjeirte ebenfo fait. 2Ba3 fjaben Ste p 36rem grcunbe gefagt? Sid) Derfprad), m t> tersefjn Sagen feme GItern gu befu^en. SSer ntmmt ben 9?egenfd)trm ? te 93lutter bat ibn genommen. Sft bteje grau ebrtidj? 9lein, fie Ijat cine Ufcr geftoblcn. c Sbrem 6d)ii(er ein iid) empfoblen? id) empfahl ifjm eine beittfc^e Settling. SBann roirb unfer 5lboo!at font* men? 6r oerjprad) itbermorgen ^ter 311 fetn. rern0e Wo. 16. $)er Benifjmte Sftarfdfjafl tion <5ad()fen toar fefjr ftarl. famous marshal . Saxony (r madfyte einmal einen Sftttt in ber UntgeBung toon 2fte made once . ride . . environs . unb faf) plo|ltrf), bag fein ^Sferb ein @Hfen derloren Ijatte* suddenly that . . iron (shoe) lost 3m narfrften S)orfe fragte er ben rfjmieb, oB er ba $ferb asked . . smith whether. Befrfjlagen fonne? >er cmbtt)er!er Beja^te btcS. 31I er shoe could . artisan affirmed this when . fiegtmten tooflte, na!)m t^m ber 3}Jarf(^an ba |mfeifett begiu . . him . marshal . horse-shoe cm ber cmb unb gerbrad^ ej eBcnfo bte fotgenben Bi . . . the same . following till er mtgeftiljjr ein f)alBe ii|enb gerBroi^en atte. Xann about . half dozen . . then fanb er eine, n)etc^e feiner ^raft tutberftanb. $)iefe3 found . one which . strength resisted this-one Befall er anfgutegen nnb toarf nac^ Beenbtgter 5lrBeit einen to be put on . threw . finished work Xfjater anf bte 3Ser!Banf. &t tarn bte ?Rei!)e on ben dollar . . working-table now . (was) the smith's Srfjmteb. (r nam ben Staler unb gerBrac^ t^n eBenfatt. turn . . . dollar . . it likewise $5er Sftarfdjatt ftmrf einen jtDeiten, britten, Bt ber (Sc^mteb marshal threw . . ... smith eBenfo triete ^aler gerBroc^en atte, al fein unbe ufeifen. dollars . ... . horse-shoes )! ie tt)erben aHe nteine (Setbftitde gerBredjen, rief . all money-pieces . cried ber Severe. SSir Gotten fe^en, oB @ie ftar! genug finb, latter . . . whether . . enough oudj biefeS u serBredfjen. TOt biefen Shorten gaB er tfjm ein this one . . words . . him (Mbftiid, nield)c ber uffd^mieb n)ol)I ni( gold-piece which . farrier probably . 84 Seventeenth Lesson. SteBjefjnte Sefttoiu The Pronouns. The Pronouns consist of Personal, Possessive, Demonstrative, Interrogative, Relative and Indefinite pronouns. The Personal Pronouns. Nom. Dat. Ace. Gen.(*) Wr I tntr mid), me metner, of me tt, thou bir bid), thee betner, of thee r n t&m i&n, him fetner, of him PJLSP 8 tfjr fie, her ifirer, of her e8(**) r it it)m e(**), it beffen ifeiner), of it totr, we un n, us unj(e)rer, of us fle, they ibncit fte, them iijrer, of them It is translated by er (Norn.) or tfjn (Ace.), if reierring to a masculine noun, and fie (Noin. or Ace.), if referring to a feminine- noun; as, So ift mem BleifKft? r ift ouf bent Sifdje. Where is my pencil? It is on the table. SSer Ijot meinen JRorf? tar! ^at i^n Who has my coat? Charles has it. SBo ift bie Siirfte? 3ft fie nidjt ouf bcm Jifc^e? Where is the brush? Is it not on the table? It and them if not referring to persons preceded by a preposi- tion, governing the Dative or Accusative are generally translated by ba, the preposition being affixed to ba. If the preposition com- mences with a vowel, bar is used ; as, bamtt, with it (or with them) barau?, out of it (or out of them) bafur, for it (or for them) baran, at it (or at them) bobitrdj, through it (or through them) ) barauf, upon it (or upon them) Note. " It", not referring to persons, in the Genitive, has to be rendered 4 by beffcn (or beifel&en) ; as, fcafjrenb beffen (or befeI6en), during it. It, tliey, if subject of the verb to be and referring to a following noun (or pronoun) are translated by e3 and the verb agrees with the following noun (or pronoun) in number ; as, S ift mein SBruber. It is my brother. 6 itjaren tubenten. They were students. ( fmb Sfce 6djter. It is your daughters. The following expressions are rendered thus : id) &tn e, it is 1 i urir fmb e, it is we 1 bu bift e, it is you te Ttnb ei, it is you ct ([it) ift e, it is he (she) ' pe fink ei, it is they 93in id) eS? is it If 3d) tear e, it was I; etc. Note. u (thou), Plural: iljr (you) are used for addressing near rela- tions, intimate friends, children, and animals; they coram 'in-e with capitals in correspondence only. The usual form for you is Sic, which always be gins with a capital letter even in changing into 3nen, Qijrer, in order to distinguish them from the 3rd person plural. Learn by heart the irregular verbs: *fterben, to die treffen, to hit, to meet berberben, to spoil toerfen, to throw. (*) The Genitive is seldom used now and is generally replaced by a preposition with the pronoun in the Dative or Accusative. In poetry the abbreviated forms mein, betn fein, etc. often occur. (**) e3 is sometimes '. the boot, bcr ttefel bottle, bic Stofdje cap, bie SOlii&e ($appe) market, ber SUJarft 'to meet, Begegnen* (Dat.) the pair, ba3 $aar to pay, Bejafjlen (saljlen) to say, to tell, fagen(*) (Dat.) the shoe, bcr 85 Plur: bie d^u^c the shoemaker, ber ugenb l^aBe t(^> ein S3ein gebroden. (Sin Snfs youth ... leg . . tft ba^er bicfer ate' ber anbere, unb <5ie ntiiffen einen . therefore thicker . . other tiefei toeiter al$ ben onbern marfjen. S)er tiefel enger ate ben opposite done . . boot smaller anbern gemadjt. other made 88 Eighteenth Lesson. Sld&tjeljnte Seftion. The Personal Pronouns (concluded), REFLECTIVE FORM. Accus. Dat. Accus. or Dot. mid) mtr, myself bid) btr, thyself wn un, ourselves cud) eurf), yourselves ft* one's self, himself,, herself, itself, yourself, yourselves, themselves. The reflective form is used when myself, etc. is the object of the verb, indicating the same person or thing as the subject ; as, 3$ fcafdie mid). I wash myself. S)er ftnabe 6,at ftd) ntdjt berle&t. The ooy has not hurt himself. Reflective pronouns are generally in the Accusative, but some- times in the Dative, according to the case which the verb governs(*) ; as, 3d) lobe midj. I praise myself. 3d) fd)meid)Ie (Dat.) mtr. I flatter myself. NOTE. The verb in German is often reflective when it is not so in English, and the student must be careful not to omit the reflective pronoun in German ; as, fid) beneb,men, to behave. 2>te inber benab,men fid) nidjt feljr gut The children did not behave very well. Myself, etc. is translated by fet&ft (or jelber), if not reflective, .and emphasising(**) a noun or another pronoun in the sentence ; as, 3d) felbft (or felber) ging 511 feinem SSoter. I myself went to his father. 2)er ^Srdfibent ging felbft (or felber) pm 6mg. The president went himself to the king. 3d) ging jum 5mg felbft (or felber). I went to the king himself. NOTE. In German felbft or felber can even emphasise : a) a reflective pronoun ; as, r lobtc fid) felbft (or felber). He praised himself. b) Any other personal pronoun in the dative or accusative case, having then a meaning to the English me (myself J, thee (thyself), him (himself), etc.; as, 3d) fab, ib,n fetbft (or fetber). I saw Mm (himself). er Slbbofat toerfprad) e mtr felbft (or felber). The advocate promised it to me (myself). REMARK. Personal pronouns if used without prepositions in Ger- man stand directly after the verb (or auxiliary), and therefore precede an adverb of time ; as, 3d) babe itym I)eute bo S5ud) gegeben. I have given the book to him to-day. Learn by heart the irregular verbs: bitten, to ask, to beg *ften, to sit, to be seated Bejtfcen, to possess Beginner, to begin gerotnnen, to win, to gain *fc^roimmen / to swim. (*) This must be especially observed with mid), bid) (Ace.), and mir, btr (Dat.) (**) Myself, etc. emphasises a noun or pronoun, if it follows the same immediately or can be placed after without altering the sense. a little, eht ttcntg to accustom to, getoBIjnen an (Ace.) to ask (a question), frogen to behave, fid) Beneljmen (irr.) to comb, Idntmen early, fritl) to flatter, fdjmeid)eIn(Dat.) 89 to hurt, berlefcen late, foot to procure, tierfdjaffen (Dat/) to save, to rescue, retten sharp, fdjatf to sit down, fid) fe&ett to trouble oneself, to endeavour, [id) Bemufjen true, toaljr to wash, loafdjen (irr.) why, W arum to warm, toarmen to wound, Dertounben the twenty-first, bet ein unbaftansigfteO 5 '), etc. the thirtieth ber brci fcigfte, etc. (*) These numbers are formed from stoanjig by adding fte instead of tc. Exercise No. 18. 1. I hurt (Pres.) myself, we warm ourselves, thou troublest thyself, did you wound yourself (yourselves)? he flattered(*) himself, they have washed themselves, have you saved yourselves? (2nd form) I procured myself, dost thou flatter(*) thyself? sit down ! we be- haved, she endeavoured. The lady herself combs her daughter's hair (Haarn.). I my self came. "We were ourselves a little impolite. The officer will say it to the soldiers themselves. Will you go your- .self ? Did you ask (a question) the duke himself? I could not accustom myself (**) to it. He wounded "himself. Did you give it to (Dat.) him (himself)? I want to speak to (mit) her (herself). Did you not a say soc yourself & ? I forgot myself. "We recommended ourselves. He asks ( begs), do they sit? we possess, I am beginning, are you winning? thou dost not swim, did I ask (beg)l we were sitting, they possessed, she began, thou didst not gain, were you swim- ming? you have asked (begged), hadst thou been sitting? I have not possessed, we had begun, he has won, had they swum? 2. SBaritm l)at ber olbat fid) berrounbet? 3>te SDfatrofen -retteten fid), aber e roar p foat ba @d)tff u retten. %r Dat.) you? A manufacturer. Did you ask the shoemaker him- self after my boots? Yes, he has forgotten to send them. Have you accustomed yourself to the English beer now ? No, I cannot accustom myself to it. You are early this evening. I did not wish to be too late. Better too early, than too late. I shall endeavour to be always early. Will you wash yourself? Yes, but I have no water. SSarum feen Sic ftdj ntdjt? ftd) fcabe kitten StufjI. Bitte, bolen Sic men au3 bent nadjften 3i miner - Stfcen Sfe xefctl So, (trf) fae). Um toaS Ijat bte orate gran @te gebeten ? @ie bat tnidj nra ein ttjentg Sutb Sie gefteru gefdjtDommen ? gjetu, bag SEaffcr roar gu fait. eroannen Sic etttmS? So, ic^ fiabe ein ^Pferb unb etnen SSagen getuonnen. befa biefen arten or in gabrifant. gragten ie ben Scfcubmadjer jelbft na(^ nxetnen Stiefeln? So, er f)at Dergeffen, fie u @ie ftd) je|t an ba^ eng lifdje SBter geiupbnt? 9lein, tdi fann mtc^ nic^t baton geroofinen. Ste !otnnten ^eute 5lbcnb friifi. tcf) roonte ntdjt ^n fpat fommcn. efjcr gu ftfflj, otS gu fpat. gd) merbe mi^ bemiiben, tntmer afi| 511 fontmen. SSoUen ie ftc^ So, ober id) babe tetn 2Baf[er. til (Eraci0e tto. (in alter SBaner ttwrbe Btinb. (r toar gang genan peasant "became ... -exactly mit feinem SJorfe Belannt unb ging be3f)alB b.en ganjen acquainted . . therefore . whole ag ofjtte gii^rer bartn itmfyer. Cine3 SlbenbS nntrbe guide . about . . beame feme Softer, Bet toeldjer er toofjnte, ploitftd) Iran!, nnb with whom . . suddenly Sftiemanb at ber atte Sftann tuar 511 $aufe. Gr ntitgte nobody . . . man . At home olfo feffift ge^en, um iilfe u fnd^en, 28a tfjat er unter consequently . . in order assistance . did . btefen Utnftcinben? @r fterfte ein BrennenbeS Sit^t in erne circunuitances . put . lighted candle . Saterne, na^tn fie in bie anb, nnb gtng in ba3 S)orf. lanthorn . ... .... $luf ber @trae Begegnete er einem SBefannten, njeld^er.i^n . person acquainted with who anfytelt nnb fagte: 3$ fyabe er <3cfiuljmad)er fjat ftfjre ttefel gemacfit, aber metne (or bie metnigen) finb nod) ntc&t fertig. griebrid:) fjat meinen Otegenfc&trm, id} toerbe jejjt feinen (or ben feinigen) ne^men. S5ie uboben in 5^ fcttfe jtnb nicfit fo' aft als> bie (those) in wtfrem (or tm unfrtgen). SIrBeitet 3$r (Bdjneiber eBenfo gut a!3 metner (or ber metnige) ? $d) fiaBe mem Sfteffer toergeffen, lonnen @te mtr 3$re3 (or ba3 Shrige) geben? 3dj banfe gotten. 3ft 3^ <5d)uf)mad}er etn & ebenfo gejc^icfter 11 anblt)er!er at3 metner (or ber metnige)? I am now doing my task and Charles his. I have my penholder,, where is yours? Mine is on the table. His fortune is as large as hers. Your cousin's shoes are ready, but not yours. Our rooms are on (in) the second floor, where are theirs ? You have done your work, but I could not yet do mine. I walked with my cousin (f.), and my friend with his. I cannot find my hat, may I take yours ? Your house is not so nice as ours. Our residence has six rooms and yours only five. Who- is [the] more clever, your tailor or mine ? (*) The work is translated ba SBerf when it means a book or if used in a figurative and poetical sense. 94 Questions on Grammar. 1. How arc the possessive Pronouns mine, thine, etc, translated ir German? 2. How is metner, etc. declined ? 3. How is ber ntctmge, etc. declined? 4. What gender and number do possessive pronouns take in German ? 5. What form is especially used in Conversation ? 6. How are ber metnige, ber beinige, etc. sometimes abbreviated, and how are they declined ? Conversation. How do you do ?(*) j How are youl Thank you, very well; and how\ do you do (and how are you)1 \ I am quite well, thank you. How is your friend to- day 1 Thank you, he is much better now. Have YOU found our gloves? No, I found only mine. Where are you living now ? I am living at 13 ... Street. On (in)which floor are youliving? On the 3rd floor. Have you nice (^iibfcf)) apart- ments ? Yes, I have two large rooms and three smaller ones. What do you wish to drink ? A cup of tea, if you please. We shall have(bcfommen)[some] rain to-day ; have you not an (no) umbrella ? I have only a parasol ; but can you not give (Dat.) me an umbrella ? SSte geljt el or 2Bte befinben ie ftdj? (3$) bank (3$nen), fe$r gut, unb trie gefyt e3 3nen ? or unb trie befinben Ste ftdj? gef)t mir feijr gut, (ic^) banfe or %dj befinbc tnirf) gan^ (ic^) bonfe (3fynaben Sie eine ^iibfd^e nung ? 3a/ i^ ^abe gtoei groe mer unb brei fleinere. 25a^ ttiotfen @te trinfen? Sine Xoffe X^ee, ttjenn e^ fnen gefalltg ift (or tuenn tdf) bitten barf). luerben Ijeute 9?egen be* fommen; ^aben Sie feinen Diegenfc^tnn ? c^ fyabettnreinenSonnenfdn'rm; aber fonnen @ie mir uidjt einen &Jegenfd^trm geben? (*) Idiomatical expressions and phrases we shall print in italics. 95 JUaMnij mctse tto. 19. Sur $tit romfoeflg leBten triete S&ttalicfer in tig* at the time . . fanatics tcmb. @ie fcerBracf)ten jeben ag meljrere Stnnben anf . passed every . several ben nieen unb Beteten. $)a nannten fie ben errn fudjen, knees . prayed that called . . Lord . (Sronttoett Befolgte biefen eBrcmd) toafjrenb be grof&en followed . custom. XfjeilS feineS SeBenS unb erftarB fid) babnrc^ bie @unft part . life . acquired . . . goodwill ber ^anatirfer. !ftnr einntat in feinem Sefien fc^ten er fic^ ; fanatics . once . . life seemed _. baritBer luftig it mac^en. (Sr tear fc^on $rote!tor bon at it to joke ... Gtnglanb nnb fyatte eine grofie efettfc^aft 511 Xifd^e ge* party . dinner taben. %lun ttjottte er feinen ^reiinben etn guteg ta invited .... . ... SSetn geBen. (Sr ftmnfdjte bte Stafc^e fefBfl gn offnen give . . . . . open unb berlangte ba^er einen $frofenie!jer. SDerfetBe trnrbe demanded therefore . corkscrew . was fogtetrf) geBracjjt, aBer ber ^roteftor Benafnn fic nngefrfitdt immediately brought . awkwardly unb Iteft tljn ouf ben SvigBoben foUen. (r tear ntc^t let ... . fall ... fogteid) u ftnben, nnb bie gan^e efettfc^oft pel bef)alB fo= immediately . . whole party fell therefore fprt auf bie f niee, urn i^n u fnc^en, s -^ei btefem SlnBticfe directly . . knees in order ... . sight ladjelte SromtoeH nnb fagte: <^efe|t, Semanb offne in smiled . . supposed anybody open biefem SIngenBIide bie X^iire nnb fe^e end) anf ben .^niccu, tnoment . . ..... knees toa toitrbe er benfen? @r miirbe glanBen, i^r fnd)et ben would . think . would believe . . .. >errn, nnb ifjr fnc^t boc^ nur einen ^fropfenjtefjer. Lord . , . yet . . corkscrew 9ti Twentieth Lesson. gnmnsigfte Seftioit. The Demonstrative Pronouns. The demonstrative Pronouns are the same as the demon- strative Adjectives (vide page 48) ; viz : biefer, this (one) jener, that (one) ber, this (one), that (of) foldjer, such (one) berjenige, that (of) ber anbere, the other These words take the gender and number of the noun for which they stand, following in general the declensions and rules of the de- monstrative adjectives with the following modifications and additions : )er, bie, etc. if pronoun, in the Genitive singular and plural and in the Dative plural are declined thus : Gen.* Masc. befjen Fern, bercn Neut. beffcn Gen. Plur. beren Dat. Plur. benen (Soldjer, folcfje, etc. (either as pronoun or as adjective) may be preceded by etn, etne, etc. in the singular, being then declined like an adjective preceded by the indefinite article ; as, in foldjes au, such a house. 23o fur einen ut? Sinen fol djen. What hat? Such a one. SJerjenige, berjelbe, ber namlidje, ber anbere (either as pro- nouns or as adjectives) are declined thus : jertige, jelbe, etc. like adjectives preceded by the definite article, and the article ber, bie, etc. in the ordinary, manner ; as, Masc. N. berienige G. beljemgen D. bemjenigen A. benjenigen Plur. N. biejenigen G. berjenigen D. benjenigen A. btejemgen This, these are translated by bte3 (or bieje3) and tliat, tlwse by bo (or jene3), if subject of the verb to be and referring to a fol- lowing noun or pronoun, the verb agreeing with the following noun or pronoun in number ; as, 25te ift mein SBIeifttft. This is my pencil. S)ie (biefe?) tft mcin gut, unb ba (jene) ift ^fjrer. This is my hat and that is yours. NOTE. This and that used in a general sense are also translated bie* and ba; as, ie ift nidjt toaljr. This is not true. SSer fagte ba? Who said that? 3>er, etc. or the stronger berjenigc, etc. are especially the translation of that, if followed by a Genitive or by a preposition ; as, giir tnetnen $itt unb fur ben (or benienigen) nteineS greunbeS. For my hat and for that of my friend. 2)ie emalbc in nteinem Sininter unb bie (or biejentgen) in 3^rem. The pictures in my room and those in yours. Learn by heart the irregular verbs: bietett, to bid tierbteten, to forbid, to prohibit *fliegen, to fly fd)ie&en,(**) to shoot fdjlie&en,(**) to shut, to lock, to close befdjlief3en,(**) to resolve. (*) Instead of beffen and beren also be (or befe) and ber are used sometimes (**) 6 of the Imperfect 1st person singular in taking a termination is changed into ff, if the past participle has the same root yowel as th* Imperfect and this vowel is followed by ff in the past participle : as, otr f^Ioffen; except before t (.tfjr vo accompany, Begteiten ago, before, to or (Dat. or Ace.) to bespeak, to order, Be* fteflen the bird, ber SSogel Plur: bie SSoget ,, comb, ber amm the dress, ba Sleib Plur: bie ftleibet 97 to greet, to salute, griifeen the hotel, ber aftyof, (ba $otel) to knock, Hopfen the looking-glass, ber Spiegel the man, ber Sftaitn Plur: bie -Ulanner the spectacles, bie 23riHe (sing.) suit of clothed, ber once, einmot twice, stteimat thrice, breimal four times, triermal physician, ber Strjt I five times, fiinfmal soap, bie or is used ; as, roobon, of what? I ttorou, out of what? toomit, with what? ttoran, at what? ttoburdj, through what? | teortn, in what? etc. These contractions are also equivalent to the English whereof? wherewith? etc. Learn by heart the irregular verbs: fieben, to boil toerlierett, to lose ttriegen, to weigh (to be of weight) gteljen, to draw, to pull *(iegen, to lie, to be situated. (*) tocffen is sometimes abbreviated into nje (or tt>ejj). (**) "Of" after an interrogative pronoun is better rendered by ton than by the Genitive. 101 the cloak, ber Sftantel Plur: bie 9Mntel collar, ber ftragen Plur: bie ragen fool-scap (writing) paper, ba $anjlei* papier to hear, IjSren the lamp, bie fiampe laundress, bie 28a= faerin note-paper, baSS3rief= papier nothing, not anything, nicfjt to observe, to perceive, to remark, fcemerten the parcel, ba 93acfeJ pocket-book, - bt2 SBrieftajdje ,, post-man, ber 95ritiT= trager !\ing.) ,, scissors, bie Sdjerc sheet, ber 93i-G e rt- shirt, ba emb Plur: bie &embe the thimble, ber ginger- thread, ber gaben Plur: bie aben washing, bie SSafd^e , ,. workaian.berSivbftier onefbla, simple, ''vft(*d) twoiold, jtoeifadj double, bo*?e r t threefold; breifi^ fourfold (quadruple), bierfa^ fivefold, fiinffac^, etc. Exercise No. 21. 1. Who is here? Who is singing? Whose shirt is this? Whose works are you reading? To (Dat.) whom does this pocket-book belong ? With whom did you come ? To whom will (wollen) you go ? Whom have you seen? Whom are you expecting? For whom is that lamp? What has the laundress in her basket? What do you perceive? Of (Gen.) what is this man accused (beschuldigt)? What& (*) shall we speak of ? Uponwhat(*) are you standing? With what(*)aml to eat? What did you hear? What did the laundress say? Which of these collars ? With which of the bottles ? Have you the parcel ? Which one ? Where are the cloaks ? Which ones ? Here is a thimble. What kind is it ? They are workmen. What sort are they ? Give me a sheet [of] paper. What kind [of paper] ? I bought [some] thread. What kind? Which is our carpet? Which are your scissors? Which are my flowers? We are boiling, I lose, it weighs, they pull, thou liest, did you boil? he was losing, they weighed, I pulled, we lay, thou liast boiled, had you lost ? it has weighed, they had pulled, we have been lying, I shall boil, you will lose, can he pull? 2. 2Ber Ijat geftopft? (S3 nmr ber SSrteftrager. SBa3 ijatte t1 (r Ijatte ein $aclet giir roen ift baS $arfet? 2Ba3 l[t in biefer SSrteftafcfje? (in SSogen Copter ift barm. 3fe fitr ift e3? <$3 ift ^an^etpajrier. ftd) tt>imjd)e ein Ietb. 2Ba3 fur eine ttmnjdjen @ie? 2Ba Ijaben @tc ge{)ort? $$ Wfetenid&tS. 28em Ijaben @te ben S3rief gegeben? SBeldjen Don ben S3riibern fafjen @ie? SKontit (mit toaS) ^at ber ShiaBe fid) berte^t? 28eld)e ift $0* ^inger^ut? SSon toem ijaben @ie btefen ut gefauft? What are you looking for ( 'seeking 'J? I have lost my pocket-book. What kind was it? To (mit) which of these officers have you spoken? Which are our collars? Whom did you greet? Who is knocking? It is the laundress. What does she want (will) ? She wants (will) to fetch the washing. Whose washing? Which of these shirts belongs ~to (Dat.) me? I must have a hat; what kind shall I buy? With whom did you go? Upon what(*) were you sitting? I want [some] paper. What sort do you want, note-paper or foolscap paper? (*) Translate "what" by toa as well as by to (wotoon etc.) 102 Questions on Grammar. 1. What is the translation of the interrogative pronouns who whose (Gen.), (to) whom (Dat.), and whom (Ace.)! 2. Hov 7 is the interrogative pronoun what rendered in the Nominative, Gfbmtive, Da-tira and Accusative? 3. How are welclier and was^ffyr einer declined? 4 Tn mhjft case \swhuh rendered by welches? 5. With what word must sein (to be) agree in numbej ? 6. When may what be rendered by wo ? 7. When has wor to be used ? Conversation. Who was here? The postman has been here. What has he brought (gebracht) ? He had a letter for you, and a parcel for me. From whom is the parcel ? It is from my tailor. Has the laundress fetched my washing ? Yes, I gave her 3 shirts, 5 collars and 6 pocket-handkerchiefs. Whom did you meet in (auf) the street? It was my friend Charles. What were you speaking of? We spoke of the new railway- station. Whom will you ask for (urn) a pocket-book ? I shall ask my uncle for it ; he promised to buy (Dai.) me one (eine). What are you boiling here ? I am boiling potatoes. What kind? They are r,ew ones. Whose scissors are these? They are my sister's (those of my s.); she lost them yesterday. What was the weight of this meat? It weighed 10 pounds (Pfund). 2Ber n>ar filer? 2)er 23rieftrdger ift fjter ge- toefen. 3&a3 fiat er gebracfjt? r IjQtte einen SBrief fiir te, . unb ein ^acfet fiir micfi. 23on to em ift bag $acfet? @3 ift t)on meinem @d)netber. at bte 2Bajd)erin nteme SBafcfie ge^olt? 3a, idj gab ifjr 3 $emben, 5 ftrtigen unb 6 Xafd)en* tiid)er. SSen ^aben @te auf ber Strafe getrof[en ? tuar metn f^reunb $arl. fprac^en 6ie? SBir fpracfien t)on bent neuen SSa^nfiof. SSen tuollen @ie lira eine SBrief* tofd^e bitten? %tf) n;erbe ineinen Dnfet bcrriim bitten; er ber]"prad) mir eine gu f auf en. 2Ba3 ftcben ie ^ier? %<$ fiebe tartoffetn. SSa^ fiir? @g finb neue. SSeffen djere ift bteS? 6)3 ift bie metner cfjtoefter; fte berlor fie geftern. SBieoiel tnog biefe^ glcifc^? (gg tr-og 10 $funb. 103 (forn0e Wo. 21. ber Sfoolfte, onig fcon Sdjtoeben, ttmrbe in was (Stralfunb belagert. SSd^renb ber 33elagenmg ftmrbe eine besieged . . siege was . grofje 5lnaI SBomben in bi-e @tabt getoorfen. (ine3 number bombs ... age fafj ber omg in einem Dimmer im rbgefdjofj ground-floor eine jtoeiftocftgen anfe, too er feinent ecretar 93riefe house of two stories . . . secretary bictirte. SptflfcUcfj fiel eirte S3ombe auf ba au, f(^^ug dictated suddenly fell . bomb . . . .broke beibe (Stocftoerfe burtf), itnb er^)Ia|te Irac^enb in bem both stories . . burst crashingly anftogenben Qimmtx. in (Stiicf ber S3ombe flog bi^ contiguous . . piece . bomb an' bte git^ ^ e ^ ^o'nigS, to&% jeboc^ anf i^n fo tuenig feet . . . however . . . . (tnbrncl ma^te, bag e fc^ien, ate ob er gar ni^t impression . that . seemed as if . not at all bemerft fjatte, ttm tJorgefaKen tear. @ein (Secretar aber had . happened . . secretary however ftmrbe btetd) unb pel anf bie Sefjne feineg @tn^Ie ^urifcL became pale . fell . . back . . back er onig, tt)etcer fogletc^ bemerfte, ba er nic^t fc^rteb^ who immediately . that . . wrote fragte: 28a fe^It gfjnen? SBarnm fd^retben @ie ni^t? ails . . . write S)er (Secretar tear fo erf(^rorfen, bafj er faum bie SBorte secretary . . frightened that . scarcely . words {jeratt^ftottern fonnte: S)te 33ombe r tt). SDfajeftat! 2Sa bring out stuttering . . bomb your majesty tjat benn bte 23ombe mit bem SBriefe ju i^un, ben @ie then . bomb . do which fcfireiben? fagte ber onig gan gelaffen. d^reiben @ie write ... . calmly Just bodj nnr toetter. jjo on writing 104 'Twenty-second Lesson. Smeiunbjroanstgfte Seftton. The Relative Pronouns. The relative Pronouns(*) are : ber or foeldjer, who, which, that(**). Ser is declined like the demonstrative 2>r0noim (vide page 96), and toeldjer is declined like the interrogative pronoun (vide page 100), except in the Genitive, which is like that of relative ber ; thus : Sing. Masc. Fern. Neut. Plur. of all Gen. N. ber or toeldjer bie or tueldje ba or tneldjeS bie or toeldje, who (which, O. beffen beren beffen beren, whose [that) T>. bent or toeldjem berorhjeldjer bemorttjeldjem benenorh)etdjen,(to) whom A., ben or njelrfjen bie or toddle ba or n)eld)e bie or toeldje, whom They must agree in Gender and Number (but not in case) with rthe noun or pronoun to which they refer; as, ber olbot, ber (or tceldjer) ..., the soldier, who (that) ... bie ;eljrerin, beren ..., the teacher (f.), whose ... bo au, au bent (or toeldjem) ..., the house, out of which ... unfere SBaume, bie (or toeldje) ..., our trees, which (that) ... Relative pronouns in German require the verb at the end of iihe sentence(t) ; as, $ier ift ber itt, ben (or tneldjen) Sie geftern in ber Stobt fauften. Here is the hat, which you bought in town yesterday. In compound tenses the auxiliary verb is last; as, ier ift ber ut, ben Sie in ber tabt gefauft fia&en. Relative pronouns in German can never be omitted as some- limes is done in English ; as, er Sftonn, ben (or toeldjen) id} fa!j. The man (whom) I saw. 3>oe Ia, ba (or njelc^es) ie jer&roc^en !^a6en. The glass (which) you have broken. The Genitives beffen and beren must always precede the nouns by which they are governed, and the definite article is then not required; as, $a eBaitbe, beffen genfter gefdjloffen ftnb. The building the windows of which are shut. Note. Ser or toeldier, etc. are usel indifferently and their employ- ment depends much on euphony; however in conversation generally ber, tc. is preferred. Learn by heart the irregular verbs: betfjen, to bite gtetdjen, (Dat.) to resemble, to be like bergletdjen, to compare greifen, to grasp, to gripe begretfen, to comprehend, to understand er=> greifen, to seize. (*) A relative pronoun refers to a noun or pronoun previously used, and com- mences the sentence which describes this noun or pronoun. They must not be confounded with the interrogative pronouns which are used in direct or indirect questions, like: 28er ift Ijier? Who is here? agen 6ie mir, mit ttjem er in bie tobt gegangen ift. Tell me with whom he has gone to town. <**) For the relatives luer and h)a see the following lesson. (t) This is also the case with interrogative pronouns used in indirect questions (see the last example iu the above foot note (*). 4he (travelling) bag, bic (3?eife)tafrfe baker, ber S3acfer ,, ball, ber 93 at! to be mistaken, fid) irren the bill, bic SRedjnung ,, box, bic Sdjodjtel brother-in-law, ber Sdjwoger , Plur: bie Sdjttwger to dance, tonjen 105 the butcher, ber gleifdjer (ber 9Jlefcger) hat-box, bie $ut to hire, to rent, ntietljen thelock (castle), ba djlofc to look at, Betradten the match, ba rfjen (ba <5tretd)f)olsd) the money, ba elb Plur: bie elber to revolt, to mutiny, fid} emporen the shop-keeper (mer- chant), ber "8aufmann Plur: bie ftaufleute the sister-in-law, bie SdjiflSgerin ,, trunk, ber Coffer one kind, einerlei two kinds, jtoeierlei three kinds, breierlei, etc. Exercise No. 22. 1. My brother-in-law, who (that)..., his sister-in-law, who(that)..., a girl, who (that)..., Englishmen, who (that)..., a shop-keeper, whose..., the lady, whose..., a child, whose..., the women, whose..., my baker, with whom..., her mother, of whom .., the girl, after whom..., the shop-keepers, from whom..., our butcher, for whom ..., your sister, without whom ..., a child, through whom..., the pupils (f.), for whom..., their trunk, which..., the travelling-bag, from which..., the money, with which..., the matches, for which..., the soldiers, who revolted yesterday. My tailor sent (Dat.) me a bill, which I paid (Dat.} him three months & ago* . I showed him the house, in which I had lived with my parents. Is that the hat-box you bought for me ? The gentleman you saw yesterday, . . . The lady I met (begegnen Dat. ) to-day, . . . Are you look- ing at the looking-glass, the glass of which is smashed (zerbrochen) ? I saw a church, the towers of which are very high. They bite, she resembles, I am comparing, we do not grasp, T do you comprehend?' thou seizest, he bit, they did not resemble, you compared, wast thou grasping? we comprehended, I was seizing, I have bitten, we had resembled, thou hast not compared, had you grasped? has he not comprehended? they had seized. 2. 3ft bte3 ber err, beffen $au3 @te gctnictljct fjo&en? S)er $cmfmann, ber (or tnelcfier) mtr btefe Sfedjmmg fdjtcfte, tnujj fid) geirrt fiaben. $tf> faf) Ijeute bie 3)ame, nut ber (or roelcfier) id) geftern Slbenb auf (at) bem 23alle tanjtc. @3 war 3$* c&toager, ben (or toetdjen) id) im Sweater traf. (Sic gtttg an (to) etnen ptegel, in tueldjem fie ficfj betracfjtete. Sr |attc etnen Coffer, beffen <5d)Iof} gerbrod)en mar. Where is the house which you have taken (hired} ? It is the best coat that I have. Show (Dat.} me the hat -box in which my hat is. The shop-keeper sold (Dat.} me two boxes [of] matches which are spoiled. It was a German newspaper in which he was reading. That is the butcher from whom we buy the best meat. The flowers, you have sent (Dat.} me, are very nice. I took (hired) apartments (eine Wohnung, Sing.) the rooms of which are very large. German Grammar 106 Questions on Grammar. 1. Like what pronoun is the relative pronoun der declined? 2. Like what pronoun is welcher declined? 3. What gender and number must relative pronouns take ? 4. Do they agree in case with the words they refer to ? 5. "Where is the verh put, if used with a relative pronoun? 6. Where is the auxiliary placed in compound tenses ? 7. If the relative pronoun is omitted in English, can this also be done in German ? 8. Are the Genitives dessen and der en put before or after the nouns by which they are governed ? Conversation. Have you your bag? No, it is still in my trunk, which is (steht) in the other room. From whom is this bill ? Our butcher has sent it. Have you read the letter I received (erhielt) this evening ? Yes, I did (read it). Is that the dog which bit you yesterday? No, this one has not bitten me. Do you resemble your father? No, I resemble my mother. Can you comprehend what I tell you? Yes, very well. Have you compared your task with the key? No, not yet. Have the sailors mutinied? Yes, but they soon (bald) fled (die Fluckt ergreifen). Why did you try (grasp) after the ball? I wished to throw it over (uber) the house. Where were you yesterday evening? I was at (auf) a ball Did you dance much ? Not very much, I was not quite well (wohl). aben Ste gljre fcafdje? Sftetn, fie ift nod) in metnent Coffer, ber im anbent ^tnt* mer ftefjt. SSon toent ift biefe SRecfjmmg ? Unfer gletfdjer ^at fie gefrf)ic!t. aben <5ie ben S3rtef gelefen, ben id) fjeute Slbenb erljtelt? g, id) la tf)n. ft ba ber |>unb,ber 6ie geftern btfc? 9?etn, btefer fjat mid) nid)t ge- Mffen. letcfjen @ic S^ent SSater? Sftein, id) gleid)e meiner 2Jhttter. onnen @ie begretfen, tt)a^ idj S^nen fage? So, fe^r gut. $aben @te ^^re 5lufgabe nut bent Scfjluffel bergltd}en? S^etn, nod) ntd)t. |>aben bte 9^Qtrofen fid) em|)6rt? So, aber fie fjaben balb bte gtud)t ergrtffen. SBarunt griffen @ie nod^ bent SSoCe? %d) tuottte i^n iiber ba3 au^ toerfen. S33o ftnb @ie geftern SIbenb ge* roefen? 8$ foar ouf einent $8otte. aben @te otcl getan^t? ^ict fe^r t)tel, ic^ mar ntc^t gang 107 JUaMiuj Ctord0e Mo, 22. Subnrig ber Sldfjtjeljnte con granfreitf), bet gegen ba Lewis . . . France . towards (nbe femes eBen nidjt mefjr gefien lonnte, ftmrbe etne end . life . anymore . . was in einem anbftmgen in ben djtoggarten oon hand-carriage . . gardens of the palace . (loub fpagieren gefcrfjren. 5ln einem patter fa!) er driven for pleasure . . espalier i SBirnenj er Befall bent (Partner fie u Bremen, unb ifym in etn arten^au im intergritnb be summer-house . back-ground Bringen. 5>er (Partner ^atte einen @o^n bon fed^ 3 bring . ..... bem er cmftrug, bent onig bie S3irnen n Bringen. . commissioned ..... bring imig na^m eine, fcegann fie ju effen, unb fagte u bem , bie anbere gn effen. 5lBer tt)ie trmr er erftaunt, other . .... astonished ate ber fteine Sftann ein SJJeffer an ber Xafd^e og unb when . ...... bie SBtrne bamit f^alte, 2Ba! fagte Subtutg ju iljm,- idfj, peeled . . Lewis ber 6mg Don granfret^, effe bie SBirne ungefd^dlt, unb France . . not peeled bu, ber @o{)n einel armen @artner, fannft nit^t ba^felBe tun toie idj? etniJ^nttc^, anttoortete ber ShtaBe, effe ic do . answered . ... ba OBfi audjj mit ber aut aBer biefe Wlal i^ue ic e peel . . time do nicfjt, toeil mir untertneg^ eine toon ben SStrnen in einen because . on the way ... . . @djmu{$cmfen geroUt ift, unb idj nun nidjt meljr meig, heap of dirt rolled ... any more know bon ben Beiben e tear. both . , 108 Twenty-third Lesson. fcreiunbatoanatgfte Seftton. The Relative Pronouns (concluded). The personal pronouns he, she, they, etc. and the words that and those(*) are translated by the demonstratives berjenige or bet, biejenige or bie, etc., if followed by a relative pronoun relating to them ; as, bcrjcnige, toeldjer (ber) or ber, toetcfjer (ber), he who (that) biejenige, foelcfye (bie) or bte, tuelc^e (bie), she who (that) baSjenige, toeldjeS (baS) or baS, tuelcfjeS (bag), that which btejenigcn, roeldje (bie) or bie, toeldje (bie), they who or those berjentge, beffen or ber, beffen, he whose [who mit bemjenigen, toeldjer (ber) or mit bem, foeldjer (ber), with him who, etc. REMARK. Such combinations of relatives with any demonstrative pronoun are called correlative pronouns. Note. The Genitive plural of the demonstrative bet if followed by a relative is beret (not beren); as, grinnere bid) berer, foeldje bir utei getljon Ija&en. Remember (Gen.) them, who have done thee good, Berjentge or ber, foeldjer (ber), etc. (berjenige and tuelcfjer, etc. being in the same case), if used in the sense of the English whoever, whoso are generally replaced by toer, which is declined like the interrogative toer (see page 100). 2Ber must always commence the first sentence and requires like other relatives the verb at the end of that sentence ; as, XBer ba3 ifct, muJ3 fterben. He who (whoever) eats that, must die. Note. In case the second sentence is introduced by a personal pronoun (he, him, they, etc.), this pronoun must be rendered by the de- monstrative bet, bem, etc. according to the case; as, 28er ba t&t, ber imtl fter&en. He who eats that, he must die. fBer bid) Ijajjt, ben Ijafje nidjt toieber. He who hateth thee, him hate not again. The relative what (or whatever) is translated ttw,and that which, if used in a general sense, is. translated bag luag (or tuag). 29a is declined like the interrogative tt)a3 (seepage 100) and re- quires like the other relatives the verb at the ena of its sentence ; as, SBa te mir fagten, ifl ntdjt fealjr. What you told me, is not true. 3d) fage nur ba, ta id) fogen barf. I only say that which I am allowed to say. Learn by heart the irregular verbs: leibett, to suffer pfeifen, to whistle reifcen, to tear jerreifcen, to rend, to tear (to pieces). (*) "That" and "those" being in opposition to "this" and "these" are always translated by jener, if followed by a relative ; as, @ tft nidjt btefer, fonbern jener, ber eS ju mir fogte. It is not this one, but that one who said it to me. by, near, Bei (Dat.) content(ed), satisfied, au frieben the desk, ba3 $ult Plur: bie $ulte discontented, dissatisfied, unjufrieben the drawing,bie,3eidjmntg egg, ba i Plur: bie iet 109 esteemed, geadjtet to feel, fiif)Ien happy, lucky, gtufllidj hard, Ijort honest (true), red&tfdjoffen man (mankind), bcr SJienfcIj (see exceptions on p. 15.) the owner, bcr @tgen tfjiimer to present (to give), fdjenten the ring, ber SRing seldom, rare, felten soft, nmdj Igliicllidj unhappy, unlucky, un firstly, erftenS secondly, jraeitenS thirdly, brittenS fourthly, biertenS, etc. Exercise No. 23. 1. "Which gentleman? He who*) was here yesterday. Which lady? She whose daughter has died. "Which girl? That one with whom I came. Which men (man-kind)? They who are happy. From which officer? From him, who lives in your house. With which lady? With her, whom you saw to-day. Out of which house ? Out of that, the windows of which are open. After which children? After them who are in the garden. For which ring? For that, which I have sold. With out which bag? Without that in which my washing was. Through which window? Through that which was shut. For which matches? For those which I bought. He who (or whoever) is content, is happy. They who are (or whoever is) honest (true) are (is) esteemed. What (or whatever) he said is true (wahr). I will forget that which you said to me. We suffer, I do not whistle, thou tearest, you are tearing (to pieces'), they were suffering, he whistled, did you tear? thou torest (topieces), I have suffered, we had not whistled, has she been tear- ing? you had torn (topieces), whistle ! 2. 3n toefdjem Sjhifte ift ba3 SSrtefpo^ier? (3 ift in bem (or bemjenigen), bal im anbern gtmmer ftef)t. 3ft biejer alte err ber Sigentpmer be3 $ferbe? Stein, e ift jener, ber bei bem Dn!el ftefjt. SBer nid)t pren tottf, mufc fuljlen. SBelc^e (ter finb J)art? $te (or biejenigen), toeldje in ber djuffel ftnb, ftnb toeidJ. 2Betd)e 3eicf)mmg f>aben (3ie gentacijt? 3d) madfjte bie (or biejenige), n>elcf)e ouf bem Xtfd)e Itegt. 3Ba3 biHig ift, ift felten gut. 2)te* jenigen (or bie) SJienfdjen, bie ungufrteben ftnb, finb itnglurfltd). Which ring did you lose? That, which my aunt gave (presented) (Dat.) me two 6 years ago a . With which lady will you dance? With her who danced with me the day before yesterday. That which is ex- pensive, is generally good. Where did you find these violets ? I found them near that tree which you showed (Dal. ) me yesterday. He who (or whoever) said that, is a bad man (Mensch). Are these apples from a tree in the garden. No, they are from that one, which stands near the house. Those who are rich, are often (oft) (the) most discontented. (*) Before relative sentences a comma must always be used, in Gennan, as well as after unless a full stop has to be used. 110 Questions on Grammar. 1. How are Tie, she, they, etc. and that and those translated, if followed by a relative pronoun ? 2. What is the Genitive plural of the demonstrative pronoun der, if followed by a relative pronoun ? 3. By what are derjcnige, welcher etc. generally replaced, if used in the sense of whoever ( whoso}? 4. How is icer declined? 5. What place does wer occupy, and where is the verb put? 6. How are he, him, they etc. rendered, if introducing the second sentence ? 7. How is the relative what (whatever) translated, and how that which if used in a general sense ? 8. How is was declined ? Conversation. Are you satisfied with this drawing ? No, that which your cousin made, is better. Which egg do you want? I want that which is on the plate. What gentleman was with (bei) you? It was he who was with me yesterday. Which of the women died ? She who was ill such a long time (so lange). Has she suffered very much ? Yes, she suffered very much. Who has whistled? The same boy who always whistles before our house. Wlio has torn this newspaper? I did not tear it. Which curtains have you bought? I bought those you showed me. To (in) which theatre shall we go? We will go to that in which we were once before (schon dn- mal). Sinb Ste mit biefer 3eidjnung git* frieben ? 9fetn, bte, toeldje Sfcr Setter mad)te, ift beffer. 2SeId)e3 (t ttriinfc&en Ste? 3d) ttiimfdje bag, toeldjeS cmf bem Setter ift. 28a fur ein 4?err tear bei Sfyntrit @$ tpar bcr, toelcfier geftern bet mtr ftmr. 2Md)e con ben grauen ift ge* ftorben? $>ie f toeldje fo lange franf toar. Sat fte fefir [oiel] gelitten? 3a, fie litt j_efir [met]. 28er fiat gepfiffen? Serfelbe $nabe, ber tmmer tor unferem ^_aufe pfeift. SBer fyat biefe fettling gcrrtff en ? fie nid)t. fauft? S<^ faufte bic f tneld^e @te mtr getgten. Sn n?eld)e Xfieatcr fotten totr ge&en I 2Btr ttjotfen in ba ge^en, in bem ttnr fdjon einmal Ill dmtm Wo. 23. tJrtebridj ber (Sroge unb ber Qpbelhta&e. (Frederick the great and the page.) in Berii^mter prenfjtfdjer (General toar in feiner celebrated Prussian . . . Sngenb belfnabe an bem ofe griebrirfjS be (SJrofjen. youth page . . court . . . (r fjatte feinen SSater mefjr, nnb feine Gutter nafjrte fidj lived fummerlid? in ifjrem SBitttoenftanbe. Urn fie nnferftit|en scantily . . widowhood in order . support ^n limnen, itBerna^m er ofter bie ^a^tnjac^en feiner undertook . often . night-watches ameraben r ba jebe $Ract ein @bel!nabe fcor bem @$Iaf= comrades as every . . page . . bed- gemad) be ^6nig ftmdjen ntngte. a @elb r tt)eld^e er chamber . . watch . . . bafiir erfn'elt, fparte er gnfantmen nnb fd^icfte e feiner received saved . together . ... SDhttter. inntal fonnte ber ^onig nici^t fd^Iafen nnb toottte sleep fic^ etrt)a borlefen laffen. (Sr Ilingelte, er rief; afier (to have read something to him) . rang . called ftienmnb lam. (nblidj ftanb er auf nnb ging felbft in no one . at last got ... . . ba -yieBenjimmer, nm n fefjen, oB lein $age ba toare. adjoining room in order . . whether . there were ier fanb er' ben gnten Siingling, ber bie SSadjje iiber* youth . . watch un- nommen atte, am tfc$e fi|en. SSor i^m tag ein ange* dertaken ... . .... com- fangener S3rief an feine 2ftntter; aber er tear ii&er bem menced ... . ..... (Sdjrei&en eingef^tafen. S)er ^iJnig fdjftd) erBei nnb lad writing fallen asleep . . stole near . * ben $nfang be S3riefe, toeld^er fo tantete: . commencement . . . ran fotgt conclusion folloiving). 112 Twenty-fourth Lesson. SBienmbanmnjigfte Seftioiu The Indefinite Pronouns. The indefinite Pronouns are : 3ebermann,everybody,everyone j einanber, each other, one another emanb, somebody, someone, j jelbft or felber, (my) self, etc. anybody j etiPdS, something, anything SRtemanb, nobody, not anybody i itidjtS, nothing, not anything man, one, they, people Sebermann, S^ntanb, 9Ziemanb take an inflection only in the- Genitive by adding ; as, 3ft 3 e nmnb im Simmer? Is some one in the room? Sfttemonb ift bier. Nobody is here. 3dj Ijore ftiemanb. I do not hear anybody. gebermann greunb tft SftiemanbS greunb. Everybody's friend is no- body's friend. Note. 3emanb and Sftiemonb are sometimes declined in the Dative by adding em or en, and in the Accusative by adding en; as, Dat: Semonbem or ^emanben: Ace: Sliemanben. 2ftatt can only be used in the Nominative singular case (as subject of the sentence), and it is in general the translation of oiie, and also of they or people^*), if no particular persons are meant ; as, 9JJan fpridjt oft uniiberlegt. One often speaks without reflection. SJion gab ben Solbaten 93rob unb SSein. They (people) gave the soldiers .[some] bread and wine. Note. The other cases of man are replaced by etner, etc. (vide in- definite numerals on page 126). inanber (called also the reciprocal pronoun) is indeclinable; as > r unb fein gteunb Ijelfen einanber. He and his friend help one another. elbft, felber are indeclinable, and are explained with the- reflective pronouns on page 88. is indeclinable ; as, $5rten 6ie ettua? Did you hear anything? @r gob mit He gave me something. Note. twa in ordinary conversation is sometimes abbreviated into- o8; as, $o&en @ie a? Have you anything? Sftdjt^ is invariable ; as, (Jr gab mir ntc^tl. He gave me nothing, ftdj fonnte nic^tS feb,en. I was not able to see anything. Note. 3febermann, gemanb, 9itemanb begin now often with small letters, and etttm and nicf)t still often with capitals. Learn by heart the irregular verbs: *retteit, to ride, to go on horseback *fc&Ietdjen, to sneak, to steal (into) f djleif en, to sharpen^ (to grind) fdjnetben, to cut ftreiten, to dispute, to quarrel (to fight) *bleiben, to remain, to stay leifien, to lend nteiben, Der- meiben, to shun, to avoid(**). (*) "The people, bie Scute" is translated bas SBott, if meaning the "nation". (**) "To avoid" is translated by meiben if followed by a noun or pronoun) in the Accusative denoting a person ; otherwise generally by toetmeiben. to admire, fcettmnbern the avarice, bet eij bedroom, ba djlaf* jitnmet detestable, DeradjtHdj the enemy, ber Sfeinb intelligence, bie 3latf)> ticfct 113 the news, bie SReuigfeit (sing.) ,, noise, ber fiarm over, about, ii&er (Dat. or Ace.) the patience, bie ebulb to relate, erjciljlen ffudjt the selfishness, bie @el&ft the sitting-room, baS 1 SSofinjimmer stone, ber Stein story (history), bie" ef$i$te ' unexpected, unertoartet the voice, bie tinxme whole, ganj Exercise No. 24. 1. Everybody ought to be polite. He was every one's enemy. The king spoke to (mit) everybody. Some one has taken my ball. 1 heard somebody's voice. Is somebody in the sitting-room? No,, nobody is there (dort). She is nobody's friend (m.) One must not 6 praise oneself (sichfl- selbst). One ought never (nie) to talk (sprechen) too much. They (people) helped (Dat.} the sick man. They (people) sang in (auf) the street. They (people) gave (Dat.) the poor boy nothing. The advocates spoke to (mit) each other. "We saw one- another three 6 weeks" ago . I have thanked him (himself). We- ourselves admired her patience. Have you something for me ? "Were you able to hear anything 6 during the noisea ? No, I have not heard, anything. They ride, she is sneaking, we do not sharpen, I am cutting, do you dispute? thou remainest, I lend, we shun, they did not ride, thou sneakedst, you sharpened, we were cutting, I quar- relled, they stayed, she lent, you avoided, have you ridden? thou hadst sneaked, we have sharpened, I had cut, he has disputed, they had remained, you have lent, I have avoided. 2. (r fagte etttmS, after id) fonntc il)n nidjt toerftefcen. fat- ter (Stein Sentanb berlefct? @r toerlefcte Sftiemanb. 9ftan fott (ought) ben Xag ntdjt toor bent Slbenb loben. onnten <3ie etjv- anber fefcen? Sebermann bettmnberte ba3 fcfjone emdlbe. -ifttdjte ift t)erad)tttrf)er: ate [ber] (SJeij unb [bie] elbftfudjt. eprt btefer unb Sentanb int aufe? 9Jian f^rad^ iiber biefe uneritmrtete yiafyxifyt in ber gan^en (all over the) tabt. gebermann fprad^ toon ber S'leuigJeit. ^n^firem ^tafjimnter tear 6 9Ztemanb. a SJlan ift gliicfli^, ttjenn (if) man jufrieben 6 ift. a Sfcntanb fiat ntir toor jhjet 3err? Vltin, t% tear erne S)ame. SStfl fie ttriebcr fotnmen? 3a, fie fagte e3. SSo ift %hi Setter ijeute? (&: rttt auf bag Sanb. SSie Iang(e) mill er bort bleiben? r fagte mtr nidjtS bariiber. SSer fd)Itd) in ba fd) ^abe ^temanb gefefjen. onnen @ie ba^ $apier mit btefent 9Keffer fd)neiben? 9ltin, id) fjabe eg noc^ ntc^t gc* fd)ttffen. Strttten Sic nid)t iiber ba^ Sie nic^t toerfteijen? Sc^ terfte^e eg fe^r gut. SBIieb con feinetn Sermogen? nid)tg ift if;m geblieben. mir gemanb etnen ftift let^en? %d) Iiabe meinen ^retrt geltefjen. SSarum meibet ^cbermann biefen SSegen feineS 115 rttte Sftacljt, bafj id) fiir (Mb toadje. SBeinalje lann idf) that . . . watch nearly e titdjt tneljr cmSljaltett. 3nbeffen freue ic mic^, bag tc^ anymore endure however (I am glad) that nun ftrieber gel^n Staler fiir @ie tierbtent abe f toeldje ic^ dollars . . earned here\vith rt iiBer ba gute erj be 3uttgttng Ifigt ber touched . . . heart . youth lets ig i^n fd^Iafen, geljt in fein Sintmer, oft toet Gotten sleep ... . . . rolls SDitfaten, ftedt i^m eine in jebe Xafcfje, nnb legt fi^ tuieber ducats puts . . . each . .... fdjlafen. Sll ber (SbellnaBe erioad^te nnb ba elb in feinen sleeping when . page awoke . . ... Xafc^en fanb, fonnte er tro^l benfen, looker e gefommen well think whence tuar. (Sr frente ftt jtnar fefjr barilBer, loeil er nun feine he was rejoiced to be sure . . because. . Sautter nod) Beffer unterftitjjen !onnte; aBer er erfd^ra! auc, support . . . was frightened toetl ber ^onig i^n fdjlafen gefunben ^atte. Sim 3)lorgen "because . . . sleeping . . . morning Bat er ben b'nig um SSerjei^ung toegen feine ienftfe^Ier for pardon . . fault of service unb banfte fiir ba giittge ^5ef(^en!. S)er gute ^onig loBte kind . . . jetne linbtid^e SieBe, ernannte i^n fogleic^ gum Officer, unb filial love appointed . immediately an officer fcfjenfte tf)m nod^ eine (Sumtne elb, um fid) SltteS anfd^affen . sum . in order , all procure ,u timnen, toa er fiir feine neue tettung Braitdjte. that ... . position needed 116 Twenty-fifth Lesson. gimfunb^toanjigfte Remarks on Pronouns. The personal pronouns of the third person (er, fie, e3, fie, etc.) in all their cases are often replaced by the demonstratives berfelbe, btefelbe, btefelben, etc. (also sometimes by biefer or ber). This is principally done whenever a misunderstanding might arise, and to avoid a succesion of pronouns sounding alike or nearly so, or also the frequent repetition of the same pronoun ; as, 9Hein 93ruber farad) mit bem Slgenten, aber berfelbe fouftc ba$ $ferb bennod) (better than: aber er faufte). My brother spoke to the agent, but he (the same) bought the horse nevertheless. ^dj. fab, bic Sonigin, fafjen 6ie bief elbe aud) (better than : f ofjen <5ie fir aud))? I saw the queen, did you see her also? Note. For the same reason to avoid a misunderstanding the posses- sive adjectives of the 3rd person fein and iljr are often replaced by beffen and beren or befelben, berfelben; as follows: 3fjre Xante bemcfjte bie alte Same, elje He 311 beren Sodjter gtng (or el)e fie ju ber Xodjter berjelben ging). Your aunt visited the old lady before she went to her daughter. Demonstrative and relative pronouns may be contracted with prepositions governing the Dath* or Accusative, in the same man- ner as the personal and interrogative pronouns (see pages 84 & 100). Thus the demonstrative pronouns this and that if used in a general sense are rendered by ba (bar), and the relatives which, that y what, if not referring to persons, by too (toor), the preposition, being affixed to these words ; as, tuomtt, with which (what, that)- ttjooon, of or from which (what, , that) tuoran, at which (what, that) tuorauf, upon which (what,, that), etc. Notes 1. "This" may also be rendered by b,te or Ijier, if corresponding to the English "herewith, hereof," etc.; as, Ijiemit or Ijiermit, with thi& (herewith), fjierouf, upon this (thereupon). 2. If "this" or "that" is followed by a relative, no contraction with the preposition takes place ; as, 3d) farad) Don bem, n>a Sic mir fagten. I spoke of that which you told me. OBSERVATION 1. The preposition oljne (without) can never be contracted, and we say generally oljne bafelbe (without it), oljne biefeS, oljne tDeId)e, etc. 2. It and them preceded by a preposition, instead of being ren- dered -by the contracted form may also be translated byberfetbe, etc.; as, ier t|i ein tein, h>a rooHen >te mit bemfelben (or bamit) tljun? Here is a stone, what will you do with it? bamit, with this (that) bacon, of or from this (that) boron, at this (that) barauf, upon this (that), etc. Learn by heart the irregular verbs: fdjeinen, to shine, to seem fd^reiben, to write frfjreten, to cry, to scream fcfjtoeigen, to be silent oerjeifjen, to pardon belueifen, to prove fjeifjen, to bid, to be called. behind, Ijinter (Dat. or Ace.) the cloud, bie SBolfe to commit (a crime), &e geljen . (irr.) to count, jaljlen the dagger, ber Sold) Plur: bie >oldje to excuse, entfdjulbigen 117 the error (mistake), ber Srrtfium Plur: bie Sfrrtfjumer ,, fault, the mistake, ber getter to glitter, glaitjen the moon, ber SUionb Plur: oie SUlonbe murderer, ber 2Korber the murder, ber 9ft orb Plur: bie SRorbe revolver, ber Ret)oI toer(*) Cimmel sky, heaven, ber star, ber tern sun, bie onne translation, bie lte&er= fe&ung Exercise No. 25. 1. Her aunt came and with her (the same) the four children. The teacher gave his son the book, which he (the same) read. I was in the room and saw the picture; it (the same) is very large. The manufacturer praised the workman, he gave him (the same) something to drink. His brothers came ; did you see them (the same)l Did the boys look for my watch, and did they find it (the same)? I took (brachte) the dog to the agent and showed it& (the same) to (Dat.) him* . We have spoken of that. I cannot say anything about that {this). I cannot excusa you for that. The carriage, in which we were driving (fuhren), was very old. That is the dagger with which the murderer committed the murder. That is (it) of what we were speaking. It shines, they write, do you cry? thou art silent, I do not pardon, we prove, do you bid ? thou seemedest, we were writing, I screamed, they were silent, did he pardon? I proved, we bade, they have shone, she had written, you have not cried, we had been silent, I have pardoned, they had proved, he has bidden. 2. 3ft bteS bie tteberje^nng, toortn (there) fo triele ftnb 1 ? @ie fdj bie (Bonne fdjeinen, aber balb tterfdjtuanb btefelbe fotnter ben SBoIfen. SSalb ba(r)narf) fdjien ber SSJlonb unb bie terne gtangten am (in the) immel. SBtr jafien ben afa&ol&er, toomit ber (Solbat nadj (at) bent ^raftbenten f dpfj . 28tr gafilten bas> ($elb unb ermteben b babnrd) a einen ^rrtfjiim. (r tooCte tnetnen SRing fiaben, aber id) gab tfint benfelben nidjt. 35amit (by that) fonnen <&ie bert)eijen. The desk, in which the money was, was not shut. I gave him no money, at (durch) which he seemed discontented. Have they (one) found the dagger with which the man wounded himself? Don't dispute about that. By (mit) this I 6 shall* excuse myself. Here is the stone upon which I sharpened my knife. I have the key with which I shall compare my translation. I made a mistake in that. Your cousin (f. ) came to-day ; did you see her (the same) ? Did you show (Dat.) the gentlemen the dogs, and did they buy them (the same)1 The boy saw the ball, took it, and threw it (the same) through the window. (*) Pronounced as in English. 118 Questions on Grammar. 1. By what words are the personal pronouns of the 3rd person er, sie, es, fie in all their cases often replaced? 2. When is this principally done ? 8. f5y what words are for the same reason, the puun^qgive adjectives- sein and ihr replaced? 4. When and how in German may the demonstrative pronouns this and that and the relatives which, that, what be rendered and contracted with a preceding preposition governing the Dative or Accusative ? 5. How and when may this be rendered equally well, if contracted ? 6 . If this or that is followed by a relative, can they also be contracted with a preposition ? 7. Can the preposition ohne (without) ever be contracted with any pronoun, and what is said instead ? 8. How may it and them preceded by a preposition be translated in- stead of being rendered by the contracted form? Conversation. Where were you the day before yesterday? I was with my cousin in (auf) the country. Had you fine weather? In the morning (Morgens)[t}ieTe] were many clouds in the sky, but in the afternoon (Nach- mittags) the sun was shining. Was the night also fine ? Yes, the moon shone, the stars glittered, and there was (es ging) a pleasant wind. Have you been working much to-day? Yes, I had to write many letters. To (an) whom have you written them? Most of them I wrote to my customers. What is your name? I am called (my name is) Fre- derick. Be silent ! No, I must speak. 2Bo roaren @ie oorgeftern? 3d) ttmr mit meinem Setter auf bent Sanbe. fatten @ie fdjoneS SBetter? SttorgenS toaren triele SBolfen am $tmmel, aber fd)ien bie onne. 28ar bie SRadjt aitcr) fdjon? $a, ber SO'Jonb frfu'en, bie (Sterne gtanten unb e3 ging ein an* geneijnter SSHnb. aben @tc fjeute oiel gearbeitet ? 3a, id) Ijatte ciele S3riefe 511 fc^reiben. Sin toen !a&en @ie btefelben (or fie) ge)d)rteben? S)ie meiften berfelben (or babon) fd)rieb id) an meine ^unben. SBie fieiBen Sie? (or 2&eld)e ift 3^r ^ameO 3d& ^ei|e (mein SZamc ift) griebridj. djnjeigen Sie! c^ mu| fpred)en. 119 JUaMttg dmtm Wo. 25. $r. oug!j, ber fcerftorBene SBifcfjof toon SBorcefter, . late jetcljnete ftc!j burci) anftmutlj be Characters fotuo^I, at$ distinguished . gentleness . as well as burd) jebe anbere cf)riftHcf)e Xugenb au3, roofcon bie folgenbe every . Christian virtue . . following ef(f)tcfjte etnen SBetoeiS liefert. (in junger SJlann, beffett story . proof furnishes . . gamitte gut mit bent SBifdjof Befannt gemefen tuar, mad^te, family ... acquainted 6et)or er auger Sanbe ging, erne Sfleife burd ngtaub, before . abroad . . journey unb ftattete @r. Sorbfd^aft etnen S3efud^ ab r al er an beffen paid his lordship . visit when . Sanbfi| DorBeifam. Sufa'tttg tt)ar @ffenett unb ba& country seat passed accidentally . dinner time Dimmer tear t)oH bon efeHfc^aft Snbeffen empftng' tfjn full . society however received ber 93tf(^of mit grower greunbltdjfeit; aber at i^m ber friendliness .... Wiener einen @tul retcfjte, toarf er ein !iinftltce SSaro* servant . . gave . . . artistic meter fjerttnter, roeld)e n)antg ^uineen gefoftet atte. down . . 2)er err war augerorbentltc^ Beliimmert unb Bat um exceedingly sorry . . for (Sntfdjulbtgung, bag er bie SSeranlaffung be UnfaU ge* pardon that . . cause . mischance raefen Ware, al ber SSifc^of i^n gutmiit^ig unterBrad^ unb when . . good-tempered interrupted tarfjelnb fagte: @eien 8ie unBeforgt, benn td Bin 3fjnen smilingly . be quiet for feljr tjer^flic^tet 28ir fjaBen etnen fel^r trodnen 6ommer indebted .... dry geljaBt, aBer tdj f)offe, ba tt)ir nun Sftegen Befommen raerben^ hope that ... get benn idj fa ba barometer nte in meinem SeBen fo fatten. for never . . life fall The Cardinal eine, ein) 120 Twenty-sixth Lesson A. Secpmtbgtoangtgfte Seftton. The Numerals. Numbers. 24 menmbgtoangig 25 fitnfunbgroangig 26 fecJ)3unbgtoangig 27 fiebemmbgttartgig 28 acfjtunbgttmngtg 29 neummbgttmngig 30 breijjtg 40 toiergig 50 fiinfgtg 60 fedfoig 70 ftebgtg (or ftebengtg) 80 acfjtgig 90 neungig 100 fjunbert 101 JjunbertunbeinS 102 Ijimberhmbgmet 110 ijimbertunbgefjn 200 gtoeiljunbert 1.000 taufenb 1.001 taufenbunbetnS 5,000 fiinftaufenb 100,000 ijunberttaufenb 1,000,000 erne 1 etn (etn, -2 gttjet 3 bret 4 trier 5 ffinf 7 fteben 8 ad&t 9 neun 10 gebn 11 elf 12 gtodlf 13 bretgefjn 14 triergeljn 15 fiinfge^n 16 fed)gef)n 17 ftebge^n (or ftebengeljn) 18 adjtgefjn 19 neunge^n 20 gttmngig 21 etnunbgtDangtg 22 gnjetunbgluangig 23 bretunbgroangig The Ordinal Numbers are formed from the cardinal by adding te up to 19, and fte .from 20 upwards ; ber erfte and ber britte are irregular and to odjt e only is added ; as, .the 1st ber (Me, ba3) erfte 2nd ber gtoette 3rd ber britte 4th ber trierte 5th ber fiinfte 6th ber fec^gte 7th ber ftebte (or ftebente) 8th ber ac^te 9th ber neunte 10th ber getynte . llth ber elfte 12th ber gttjolfte 13th ber breige^nte . 14th ber btergeljnte 15th ber fiinfgefjnte 16th ber fedjgeljnte f8^^nte) 17th berfiebge^nte(orfieben- the 18th ber adjtgeljnte 19th ber neungefjnte 20th ber gttmngtgfte 21st ber emunbgtoangigfte 30th ber breiBtgfte 40th ber biergigfte 50th ber fiinfgigfte ., 60th ber (edjgigfte 70th ber fiebgigfte (or fte- 80th ber acf)tgtgfie[bengigfie) 90th ber neungigfte 100th ber ^unbertfte 101st ber ftunbertunberfte 102nd ber f)imberhntbgnjeite 200th ber gtoetf)unbertfte 1000th ber taufenbfte millionth ber millionftc 121 The Fractional Numbers .are formed as in English, but in German an I is added to the or- dinal numbers, except ein >dlb(e3) ; as, *tn aI6(e), one half eiu SDrtttel, one third 4ei SDrittel, two thirds ein SStertet, one quarter (fourth) ein fjiinftel, one fifth ein Sroanaigftel, one twentieth, etc. The Multiplicative Numbers are formed by adding f adj to the cardinal numbers ; as, einfad), one-fold (simple) I bretfad), (treble) threefold jroetfad), twofold (or boppelt, double) | trierfad), fourfold, etc. The Iterative Numbers are formed by adding mat to the cardinal numbers ; as, etnmal, once jnmmal, twice breimal, thrice, three times, etc. The Variative Numbers .are formed by adding ertet to the cardinal numbers ; as, einertei, one kind jtteterlei, two kinds breierlei, three kinds, etc. Also: mandjerlet or trielerlet, many kinds. The Distinctive Numbers are formed by adding n to the ordinal numbers ; as, erftenS, firstly jtoettenS, secondly brittenS, thirdly, etc. NOTE THE FOLLOWING EXPRESSIONS : aSictJtcI ttfir (tteldje Sett)? what o'clock, what time? ( ift ein llf)r or e ift etn, it is one (o'clock) ( tft sroet Uljr or e ift jttjet, it is two (o'clock) fjalb ein Uljr or ^oI6 ein, half past twelve t)olb gtuet (U^r), half past one ^aI5 bret (ll^r), half past two, etc. ein aStertel auf etn or ein SBiertel nad)(*) giDoIf, a quarter past, twelve ein SSiertet auf jtoei or ein SStertel nod) einl, a quarter past one, etc. bret SStertel ouf etn or ein SSiertel uorC") ein, a quarter to one bret SSiertel auf jttjet or ein SStertel tior jtoei, a quarter to two, etc. : fiinf 9Jl;nuten bor ein U^r or ein, five minutes to one, etc. 9Jitnuten nad) ein Uljr or ein, twenty minutes past one, etc. llm totefciel llfjr (nm welrfje Sett)? (at) what time? urn (or am) ein Ut)r, at one o'clock, etc. 2>er UJtcuicItc ift ^eute? or Sen njietiielten ^a6enh)tr? What is the date? ' inden, June 1st 1881 fittb ie gcBoren? When were you born? Sd) bin am britten 2luguft 1860 ge&oren. I was born on the third of August I860. 2Bic alt finb @tc? How old are you? What is your age? 3d) Bin jtoansig ^afyre alt. I am twenty years old. I am twenty years of age. .3m ^atjre 1882. In 1882. (gtltftwitnig, with one horse, etc. stoeifpanntg, with two horses, with a pair, etc. fed)fpanmg, six in hand, in a carriage and six. (*) Instead of nod) : i'tber, and instead of toor : Bi or ;ju may be used. 122 Twenty-sixth Lesson B. Setpunbghmnsigfte Sefttoiu Remarks on the Numerals. The cardinal Numbers are indeclinable, except the following : @Hn (cine, ein) is used if followed by a noun. It is declined like the indefinite article, from which it differs by having the full stress in pronunciation ; as, em unb, one dog mil einem SKeffer, with one knife (in takes the termination of biefer if referring to a noun, viz : ctner, cine, ein(e)3; as, ftofcen Sic einen ober jJnei unbe? %3) fjabe nut cinen. Have- you one or two dogs? I have only one. (tn3 is only used in counting, if not followed by another number; as, Ginmal einS ijl ein. One tune one is one. OBSERVATION. Gin preceded by an article or substitute is declined like an adjective and must be considered an indefinite numeral. Notes. 1. For expressing the Genitive of a cardinal number, "of" is usually translated by toon and the numeral is not inflected; as, SJie Gtnttjoljner ton jtoei 6tabren. The inhabitants of two towns. 6tn SBater Don fiinf fiinbern. A father of five children. 2. However juici and brei followed by a noun and not preceded by an article or preposition may form the Genitives by adding er, and also the Datives by adding en; as, Sie (inrool)net jtueier Stfibte. The inhabitants of two towns. 3n>eien erren btenen. To serve (Dat.) two masters. 3. All numbers from gtoei to ^unbert may take en in the Dative, if not used with a noun ; as, mit tieren, Don fiinfen, etc. The ordinal Numbers are declined like adjectives ; as, bo erfte 9JlaI, the first time mit bem giDeiten SUQC, with the second train. Ordinal numbers used in apposition, like adjectives, must agree hi gender, case and number with the noun, and must commence with a capital letter ; as, arl bet rfte (Sari I), Charles the first (Charles I). fiorl be Grfien (Starts I), of Charles the first (of Charles I). The fractional Numbers are not declined, except fjalu, which with a noun is declined like an adjective, and must directly pre- cede the noun ; as, SQlit feinent fatten SSerntogen, with half his fortune. S cm unb eincr tialBen Srunbe, in one hour and a half. All fractional numbers had better precede the noun in German ; as, Sn brei unb einem btertel 3a^re. In three years and a quarter. The multiplicative Numbers are declined like adjectives; as, bet einfadje SBetrag, the simple amount. The iterative,variative and distinctive Numbers are indeclinable. Learn Try heart the irregular verbs: *fa^ren, to drive, to go (or ride) in a vehicle or boat graben. to dig begraben/ to bury. broad, wide, Brett the chest (box), bie JKfle coal, bie fiotyfe death, ber Sob family, bie ganrilte foot, ber gufc Plur: bie ii|e Lewis, Subttrig the hundred-weight, ber (Sentner the minute, bie SDlinute nearly, Beinatje the poet, ber SHcfjter pound, ba Plur: bie Prussia, ^reufjen n. to reach, erreidjcn the song, ba Sieb Plur : bie Sieber success, ber rfolg sum, bie (Suntme time, bie Sett, foa Wat, (in counting) to wait, marten Exercise No. 26. 1. Three men are in the house. She saw twenty one soldiers. Five and six are eleven. Four times eight are thirty two. Thirty four from ninety six leave (lleiben) sixty two. A year has three hundred and sixty five days. Have you two hooks? I have only one. One soldier stood in the garden and one before the house. Have you one pen or two? I have only one. One and one are two. Here are the works of (von ) two poets. He is the owner of six houses. London had in 1881 (see page 121) nearly four millions [of] inhabitants. He is the seventh king of this family. Are you here*> for (zu) the first time" ? He will come on the twenty-fifth of March fJ/arsJ (see page!21). She died in the seventh week. Frederick the second of Prussia was a great king. Who was king after the death of Lewis XVIII ? His brother Charles X. They remained half the day in the town. She lost half her fortune. One hundred weight and a half of coal (coals). This small table is a foot and a (Ace. ) half high. I want three quarters [of a] pound [of] coffee. The parcel weighs seven pounds(*) and a half. He had a threefold success. I paid him the sum c tenfold^ The young lady sang six or seven times. She sang many kinds [of] songs. They have two kinds [of] chairs. Firstly 16 did<* not say it, secondly it 6 is not true. We drive, I am digging, they do not bury, was he driving? you digged, thou buriedst, she has driven, they had digged, I have buried, you must drive, we shall dig, I cannot bury. 2. @ie (they) f amen gftcimal ; einmal am erften SfJlat (May), ba anbere 2M am neunten. irar am I8ten j^unt tm gafjre 1815. SSir lefcn auf ber fitnfunbfte&engtgften (Seite (page). Subftrig ber SSier^ehnte ttmr !ein guter ^omg. %$ toar urn brei SMertel auf ac&t bort (there). $er glufc ift 150 gu|(*) breit. ( ift jefct beinafie jtoolf Uljr. I have been waiting more than half an hour. What o'clock is it (see page 121) ? It is five minutes to eleven. When was your brother born (see page 121) ? He was born on the 5th of July (Juli m.) 1860. You will reach the town in two hours and a half. In this chest [there] are fifteen pounds(*) [of] tea. At what time do you expect me? (*) Masculine and neuter nouns expressing number and weight, when preceded by a numeral and followed by a noun (also understood) are indeclinable and only used io the singular- 124 Questions on Grammar. 1. Are cardinal Numbers in general declinable? 2. When is ein (eine, tin) used, and how is it declined? 3. How is ein declined, if referring to a noun ? 4. When is eins used ? -5. How is of before a number usually translated for rendering the Genitive, and is the number inflected ? . How are ordinal Numbers declined? .7. What is to be observed with these numbers if in apposition! 8. Are fractional Numbers declined ? 9. How is halb declined, and where is it placed ? 10. What place do fractional Numbers take in German? 11. How are multiplicative Numbers declined? 12. Are iterative, variative and distinctive Numbers declinable? Conversation. What o'clock is it? It is three o'clock. At what time (at what o'clock) are you coining? I shall come at J / 4 to four. By (mit) which train (Zug m.) will you go ? By the train at 5.25. What is the date? To-day is the thirteenth, How old are you? I am eighteen years old. When were you born? I was born on the 18th of December 1863. In what year did your father die? In 1867. When did your friend die? On last Monday. Is he buried yet ? Yes, they buried him on Thurs- day. Where (wohin) has your cousin driven [to] ? He has driven to (in the) town. Did he drive a pair? INo, he drove only one. 9Sie Diet Ufir ift S3 ift brei Ufir. Itm ttrietriel Ufjr fommen @te? 3d) roerbe urn 3 /4 auf trier fommen. 3)Mt toelcfiem $uge roollen Ste gefien (reifen)? Sftit bem ue um fiinf lUjv nnebtelte ift beute? eute ift ber breigebnte. 38ie alt ftnb @ie? 3d) bin acfitsebit gafire alt. 9Sann ftnb Ste gelioren? 3d) bin am 18 ten December 1863 geboren. 3n tt>eld)em3afcre ift geftorben? 3m 3aftre 1867. SSann ftarb 3^ Sim le^ten SKontag. 3ft er fdjon begraben? 3a/ man begrub ifm am ner^tag. UBobin ift 3&r Setter gefafiren? Sr ift in bte Stabt gefaftren. iifir er groetfpanntg ? 9Zein, er fufcr nur etnfpannig. 125 ReaMttg *mise Mo. 26. (in raf in $ari3 fcefag einen grofjen Garten &or count . ..... ber @tabt, an beffen f)iir er folgenbe SBorte malen liejj: . . . following words painted had ,,2Ber fcofllommen gnfrieben ift, erljalt biefen Garten gnm completely . . receives efd^enf." SSiete Sente, toetdje bie 2Cnffcfjrtft tafen, ladjtett inscription . laughed baritber, benn fie ttmfiten, baft ber @raf ein (Spag*- for . knew that . count . joker Dogel ttmr. $lnic ein ^ei^al, ber cmdj bie 5Iuff(^rtft miser . . . inscription Ia, fagte 511 fidjj felbft: S)a ift ja eine leidjte SBeife . indeed . easy manner. t)iet elb o^ne SJlit^e unb 5lrBeit u derbienen. @r gina trouble . . . earn gum (Srafen unb fagte: 2Ber t)oH!ommen nfrieben ift r count . . . completely fott g^ren (Garten jum ef^enl er^alten. 3<^ bin t)oH* receive . . com- lommen gufrieben. @ie milffen mir ba^er %$un Garten pletely . ... therefore gefien. Sie fagen, @ie feien fcoHfommen pfrieben, ermieberie are completely . replied ber raf ; after angenommen, ba ic e nidjt glanBe, bann . count . supposed that . . . believe then milffen @ie e erft fcetoeifen. SSie !onnen @ie bie t^nn?" . at first . .... do ffia lann nic^t Belt>iefen tuerben, anttcortete ber @ei* ... . be answered . miser IjalS, ba fitfrft man im er^en, aBer ba er^ lann man heart . . heart 3diemanb eigen. 35er raf layette nnb fagte : 3$ MJe, bag count smiled . . that @te ni^t tjoHfommen jufrieben finb; benn toer ba3 ift, toiinfdjt completely . .for ... ni^tg, unb ic^ barf S^nen bafier ben Garten nid^t geBen. therefore . 126 Twenty-seventh Lesson. iebenunbjtoanjigfte Seftion. The Indefinite Numerals. The indefinite Numerals are : ctt=er, all (declined like biefer) ; mel)rer--e, several (d. 1. biefe Plur.) att=e, everything (d. 1. biefeS) ganj, whole (d. 1. an adjective) :'?nug, enough (not d.) ioenig, little (generally not d.) 1'lur tt>enig=e, few (d. 1. biefe) tin toenig, a little (not d.) einiger, seme (d. 1. biefer) Plur : eintg=e, some, a few (d. 1. biefe) Diet, much (generally not d.) Plur: toiel=e, many (d. 1. biefe) me&r, more (not d.) ber meift=e, (the) most (d. 1. an adj.) fein, (adj.) no, not a, not any(d.Ltnein) temper, (Pron.) none, not any, no one (d. 1. biefer) fceibe, both (see remarks) jeber, (d. 1. biefer) each, every, every- one (or ein jeber, d. 1. an adj.) mand)=er, many a, many a man (d. L biefer) Plur. mandj=e, many, some (d. 1. biefe) ein=er, one (some-one) (d. 1. biefer) onber--er, other cm anber=e r/ another \ f , , ]" (d - L NOTE. Most of these numerals are used either as adjectives or as pronouns, as in English. Remarks. The definite article following all is better not translated in German; as, olle @elb, all the money. oHe Scanner, all the men. An article or substitute following both, in German has to pre- cede beibe, which then takes n in all cases ; as, nteine Beiben SBriiber, both my brothers in biefen fceiben 5ufem, in both these houses. The definite article after both is usually omitted in German, and betbe is declined like biefer; as, S3etbe Scfjfeeftern (also : bte Betbeit djtueftern), both the sisters. Some, referring to a noun in the singular, denoting material, is usually not expressed in German ; as, 8dj fjafce elb. I have some money. 9et)men Sie toon biefer Sutler. Take some of this butter. aben Sie SBein ? So, idj Ijabe. Have you any wine? Yes, I have some. Some, referring to any noun in the plural is generally ren- dered einige; as, ier finb einige SBiidjer. Here are some books. aben ie einige gebern? 3a, l^ier ftnb einige. Have you some pens? Yes, here are some. NOTE. Some referring to a plural noun may also be not rendered; as, a&en Sie SBogel? S/ i$ 6^. Have you any birds? Yes, I have some. Any in questions is not translated in German ; as, aben Sie Slepfel gcfauft? Have you bought any apples! NOTE. Not any is always rendered by lein, feiner, etc. OBSERVATION. All of the above declinable numerals, used substantively (i. e. if having a general meaning and not referring to distinct persons or things) commence with a capital letter. Learn by heart the irregular verbs: fdjlagen, to beat, to strike tragen, to carry, to wear ttwfdjeii, to wash. the candle, bie care, btc Sorge ,, cheese, ber $a ta-- i the oil, ba Cel djel&eere | raspberry, bie $im- Beere salt, ba @olj Plur: bie alje strawberry, bie (rb-- Icact home (adv.), nadj C&eiirt) at home, 511 fiaufe (ba duty, bie ^flid^t i the hope, bie ^offniing Exercise No. 27. 1. He loses all hope. I found all the money. All the brothers are coming. Everything is lost. The whole house has not more than five rooms. There (es) was nobody in (auf) the whole street. Have you enough cheese? Yes, I have enough. Give (Dot.) me some salt. Have you any beer ? Yes, I have some. Can you lend (Dat.) me some paper ?~Send (Dat.) me some of (von) these candles. I bought two pounds [of] strawberries ; will (wollen) you have some ? Have you any oil? No, I have not any. Will (wollen) you take any of these cherries? I have drunk little milk to-day. Only a few people were at (in) the concert. He has much money, but his father has more. (The) most of (von) these raspberries are spoiled. The lady sang several songs. He has no care (cares). None of (von) the English poets writes so. He sold both his dogs. Both these cigars are good. Both the boots are torn (zerreissen). Each day has its duties. Many a soldier died here. Have you a good pencil? Yes, I have one. He did not pay himself, others paid for him. Do you beat? thou carricst, he washes, they were beating, we did not carry, I washed, they have stricken, had she worn? have you washed? beat! I shall carry, they cannot wash. 2. SSertteren @te ntcfit aHe offmmg! SStr trantett etmge fjtafdjen 93ter imb gtngett bann (then) natf) $aufe. 3ft enter toon 3f)ren SSrilbcrn 511 aufe? 9Mtt, feiner tft ba (there). SSiel elb madjt GJKnen ntdjt tinnier gliicfltcfi. 3)iefe arme gamtlie fiat fefir ttenig (Mb. ^4 ^ au f te tac&el&eerett, aber tdj fonnte nidjt atte effett. SBtr tuerben mefirere donate in Sonbon btetben. S)iefe ^leiber finb fitr tneine beiben ^toeftern. He lived some years later. He has less (wcnigcr) money than I. Will (wollen) you eat a few apples ? He was drinking (Acc.)tfie whole day. Several have made the same mistake. All the soldiers have drunk much, but none of (von) them paid. Many of (von) his friends have died. You will find many an old friend at (in) our house. Very few people had heard of it. I have eaten some fruit. You will lose too much time. Can you give me a little bread? Many a man is not that which he seems& to be . He had two sons, but both are dead now. I have lost one of (von) my pencils. Every window in the room is broken (to pieces). There (es) were only a few cigars in the box. 128 Questions on Grammar. 1. Is the definite article following all usually translated in German? 2. Where has an article or substitute, standing with both, to be put ia German, and how is beide declined then ? 3. What is usually done with the definite article after both in German, and how is beide declined in this case? 4. When is some usually not rendered in German ? 5. How is some translated when referring to a noun in the plural ? 6. Is any in questions usually translated? 7. How is not any rendered if an adjective (i. e. standing with a noun),, and how if a pronoun ? (See the list of indef. numerals. ) Conversation. Is [there] still any wine in this bottle? No, I have drunk all. Please, give me some cheese. I have not any in the house. Have you perchance (vielleicht) some butter ? Yes, but only very little. Have you any strawberries ? Here are a few in this basket. Do you want some salt ? No, thank (Dat.) YOU, I have enough. May I give (Dat.) you some cigars? Yes, please give me some. Is your father at home ? No, not yet ; but he will come home in half an hour. What o'clock is it? It has just (gerade) struck three. How long did yoii wear this overcoat ? I wore it [for] several years. Has the laundress washed my shirts? She washed only one. Where are your cousin and your sister? Both are at (in) the concert. 3ft nod) SSctn in btefer ftfofdje ? Sftein, icf) fjabe alien getrimfen. SBitte, geben Ste mir (etroaS) Safe. 3$ Ijabe feinen im auie. $aben Sic metteidjt Gutter? 3a, aber niir fefjr roenig. aben @te Srbbeeren? |>ier ftnb einige in biefem orbe. SSiinfdjen @ie alg? (9?etn), idj banfe (3$nen), id^ fjabe gemig. arf id) S^nen einige Gugarren geben? So, bitte, geben Ste mir einige. 3ft 3r SSoter n aufe? ftetn, nod) nidjt; aber er tmrb in etner Ijalben tunbe nac^ ^>aufe fommen. 2Bie met ll^r ift e? ^ ^at gerabe brei (Ufjr) gc- fd)Iagen. 2Bie Iang(e) f>aben ie btefcn lleberrocf getragen? 3d) fjabe t^n me^rere ^Q^re ge- tragen. at bie SScif^erin metne ^emben geroafc^en ? 6te nwfcf) nur eine. SBo finb 3f)r Setter unb d^roefter? S3eibe finb im (Concert. 129 ReaMng *erd0e Wo. 27. $5rei anf(eute, bte mit einanber reifteit, fanben einett Scfjajj itnb tfjetlten benfelBen. $)a tfjre eBenmittel auf= treasure . divided . . . provisions geef)rt ttmren, famen fie iiBerein, einige in ber nadtftert eatea up . they agreed ... tabt ju faufen. $)er jnngfte uBernal^n biefen 5Iuftrag undertook . commission. unb fling fort, UntertoegS fagte er 511 ftrf): 3c rtJiirbe away. on the way .... . should. t>tel reufjer fetn, toenn i^ attein ben @c^a^ gefunben if . treasure dtte. 2Bte fonnte ic^ bte X^eite ber cmbern Befommcn? had . could . . parts . . get 3>c() tmff bte SeBenSmtttel Dergiften unb Bet metner . provisions poison . on SRnc!!eI)r fagen, bag id^ fd^on n SJltttog gefpetft fjaBe. return . that . . dined 9ftetne efa^rten effen bann o!ne Sfttjstranen baDon nnb companions . then . mistrust miiffen fterBen. 2Cnf biefe SBetfe toitrbe ber gan^e @^a . . . manner would . . treasure mein (Sigentfjum toerben. 3 n ^ff^tt fagten bie Betben anbern property "become meanwhile ... Sftetfenben gu einanber: 2Benn biefer jnnge 9ftenfdj nidt mit travellers * . if fellow nn gereift toare, fatten tt)ir ben (Si^aJ nii^t mit ifjnt had we should have . treasure tfjetten miiffen, toobiircf) tDtr fe^r reic^ fein toiirben. 223ir part* l4" . . . should fjaBen gute S)olrf)e; toenn er lommt, Gotten Unr i^n tobten. . " when . ... kill $)er jnnge 9Jlann !am mit tjergifteten SeBen^mitteln gnrticf . poisoned provisions back Seine efctf)rten ermorbeten ii)n} fie afjen, fie ftarBen, unb companions murdered .... ber (Sdjajj gefjorte 3fltemanb, treasui-c . . German Grammar. 6 Twenty-eighth Lesson. 'VUiitatylfttit&igpe Seftiou. THE VERBS. Conjugation of Verbs. The Moods are : 1 Indicative ; 2 Subjunctive (or Conjunctive); 3 Conditional; 4 Imperative; 5 Infinitive; 6 Participle. The Tenses are : 1 Present; 2 Imperfect (or Pas*); 4 Per/ec<; 5 Pluperfect; 6 JVtiuw Per/ec* (II). The Numbers and Persons are : Singular and Plural 1st, 2nd and 3rd persons. AUXILIARY VERBS. 1) Ijaften, to ^are is used for forming the perfect tenses 2) fein, to 6e is sometimes used for forming the perfect tenses 3) tocrbcn, to become is used for forming the future tenses and the passive voice. These verbs can also be used as principal verbs, being conju- gated in the same manner (see our list of verbs). However, the Past participle of toerben if used as auxiliary is tuorben; if used as principal verb getoorben. The Auxiliary Verbs of Mood axe: 1 muifett, (must) to be obliged^ 2 fimttcn, (can) to be able \wish 3 tuollctt, (will) to be willing, to 4 foffett, (shall, ought) to be to 6 iiirfen, to be allowed 6 mug en, (may) to like For their conjugation see list of verbs. These verbs of mood can also be used as principal verbs. There is another verb laffett, to let, to leave, sometimes used as an auxiliary of mood, the employment of which we shall explain in the 2nd part of our grammar. Remarks. The notes on the auxiliary verbs of mood, given in lessons 10, 11 and 12, we partly repeat here. 1. Auxiliary Verbs of mood require the following infinitive without 511 ; as, ^d) nwfe tnein $fb berfoufen. I am obliged to (or I must) sell my horse. 2. The infinitive form of an auxiliary verb of mood is used as past participle in the compound tenses ; as, gt Ijot lomtnen burfetu He has been allowed to come. NOTE. The real past participle (geburft, gemu&t, etc.) may be used, but only when the verb is no longer an auxiliary (L e. when not fo 1 lowed by another verb) ; as, 3dj Ijafce getwrft, I have been allowed. 131 There are two conjugations of verbs in German : the regular and the irregular. THE REGULAR VERBS. All verbs not found among the list of irregular verbs or which are not compounds of them, are regular. The greater part of the regular verbs end the Infinitive in eit, and a few in tt (namely : eln and ern) ; as, lo&en, to praise foufen, to buy tabeln, to blame jittera, to tremble The Present (Indicative) is formed by taking the following terminations instead of the Infinitive terminations en or n : Sing. Plur. Examples: 1st p. id) e 1st p. loir en or n 2nd p. bu ft 2nd p. j j. e Z[ W r * 3rd p. er t 3rd p. fie en or n id) lofic, I praise bu faufft, thou buyest er tabelt, he blames tote jtttern, we tremble NOTE. In the Plural all persons terminate like the Infinitive (ex- cept in the old form of the 2nd person plural (ifjr)). Verbs ending in eln (and sometimes those in ern) in the 1st person of the singular (id)) elide the e before I (or r) ; as, idj table, I blame id) jtttere (or idj jittce), I tremble The Imperfect (Indicative) is formed by taking the follow- ing terminations instead of en or n ; as, Sing. Plur. Examples: 1st p. id) te 1st p. tpir ten ten tet p. er te 3rd p. fie ten 2nd p. bu-teft 2ndp.{|5. e Z id) loote, I praised bu fcmfteft, thou boughtest er tabelte, he blamed loir sitterten, we trembled The Present Participle is formed by adding b to the In- finitive; as, looenb, praising faufenb, buying tabelnb, blaming sitternb, trembling The Past Participle is formed by changing en or n into t and prefixing ge; as, gelobt, praised getauft, bought getabett, blamed gejittert, trembled Verbs commencing with unaccented prefixes (like: Be, flC, et, t>er, $er, emp, ent, tnift, &ofl, tiriber, Ijinter, etc.) ; and all verbs ending in tren and terctt(*) do not prefix ge; as, Infinitive: Beficmbeln, to treat entfdjulbigeit, to excuse Past P.: oefjanbelt, treated entfdjulbigt, excused Infinitive: ftubiren, to study regieren, to govern Past P.: ftubirt, studied regiert, governed REMARK. If the terminations commencing with t or ft can- not be easily sounded if added to a verb, an e must be inserted be- fore ft or t. (i.e. in the Present, Imperfect and Past participle.) Thus : Sing. Present. Plur . 1st p. id) e 1st p. toir en 2ndp.bn-efl 2ndp.{| l r e Z e c ? 3rd p. er et 3rd p. fie en Sing. Imperfect. Plur. 1st p. id) etc 1st p. toir eten 2nd p. bu eteft 2nd P-iffofH.^^? 3rd p. er ete 3rd p. fte eten Past participle: ge ct. (*) Verbs in iren and ieren are all regular, and have the accent on the syllable containing i or ie. - # 132 Such verbs are those which have before the termination ctl one of the letters b, t, tfj and also m and tt, if these latter two are preceded by another consonant but m, it, r, I, I); as, baben, to bathe ttarten, to wait burften, to brush bermietfien, to let toibmen, to dedicate atljmen, to breathe Sffnen, to open. B eg eg n en, to meet. Examples: Present. bu babeft, er tuartct, ib,r Biirftet, etc. Imperfect. id) bermietfjete, bu ttribmetefr, etc. Past Participle. geSffuet, begegnet, etc. Before ft as well in the 2nd person singular of the present for the same reason an e is inserted with verbs ending in f , fcfi, j ; as, reifen, to travel, bu rettcft loufdjen, to listen, bu laufdjeft fdjtoaljen, to chatter, bu fdjroafccft. The Imperative in the 2nd person plural is formed by plac- ing the pronoun @ie after the Infinitive ; as, loben ie, praise (you) tobeln ie, blame (you) The other form for the 2nd person used in familiar conversation is effected by changing en into e for the singular, and into et for the plural ; as, lobe, praise (thou) tobet, praise (you) Note. Verbs in eln, ern, in the singular leave out the e before I ancl r, and in the plural they add t only; as, table, tabelt, sttrre, jittert. The other persons of the Imperative are formed with the aux- iliaries tuoflen (1st person plural) and fotten (3rd person singular and plural) placing the Infinitive after ; as, tttr rooEen loben, let us praise er foil loben, let him praise fte fatten loben, let them praise. Note. There are two other forms for the 1st person plural, viz : loben wit and lafct un loben. The Future (I) (Indicative) of all verbs (regular and irregular) is formed by using the Present Indicative of toerben as an auxiliary and placing the Infinitive after ; as, id) merbe loben, I shall praise, etc. The Conditional (I) of all verbs (regular and irregular 1 ) is formed by using the Imperfect Subjunctive of toerben as an auxiliary and placing the Infinitive after ; as, idj murbe loben, I should praise, etc. The Perfect and Pluperfect (Indicative) of all verbs (regular andirregular) is generally formed as in English by using the Present and Imperfect (Indicative) of ^aben(*) as an auxiliary and placing the Past Participle after ; as, id) Ijabe gelo&t. I have praised id) Ijotte getoBt, I had praised The Future perfect (II) (Indicative) and the Conditional perfect (II) of all verbs are generally formed by using the Future (I) (Indicative) and the Conditional (I) of Ija&en(*) as an auxiliary, and placing the Past participle before Ija&en ; as, id) tuerbe gelobt Ijaben, I shall have praised, etc. id) hmrbe gelobt Ijoben, I should have praised, etc. Note. For expressing the Conditional of the auxiliary verbs of mood the Imperfect Subjunctive for the Conditional I, and the Pluperfect Subjunctive for the Conditional II are generally preferred to the regular forms (see List of Verbs). (*) Those verbs which are conjugated with fetn instead of Ijaben we shall continue to indicate till further explanations are given. 133 THE SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. The different tenses of the Subjunctive of regular verbs are in general like the corresponding tenses of the Indicative, except in the following cases : Present: 2nd person Sing, (bu) ends in eft instead of ft 3rd (er) t t 2nd Plur. (ifjr) et t (but verbs in eln and ern retain the t in the 2nd person plural). In the compound tenses the auxiliary verbs deviate from their Indicative tenses in the following cases : Future : toerben 2nd person Sing, (bu) is teerbeft instead of toirft 3rd (er) tocrbe toirb Perfect : Ijafcen 2nd person Sing, (bu) is fiabeft instead of Ijaft 3rd ,, (er) ,, ijabe ,, ,, Ijat 2nd ,, Plur. (tljr) ^abet IjaBt Pluperfect: Ija&en The root vowel a of all persons is modified; thus: id) fiatte, bu Ijatteft, etc. The Subjunctive tenses of feitt also differ very much from its In- dicative tenses (see list of verbs). OBSERVATION : The use of the Subjunctive Mood will be explained in the 2nd part of our Grammar, and until then we shall always indicate its employment. ** Remarks. 1. In German the different tenses can be used in one form only, therefore the English Progressive and Emphatic forms like : I am praising, I do praise, I was praising* I did praise, I have been praising, etc., must always take in translating the simple form of I praise, I praised, I have praised, etc. 2. The Negative Tenses are formed by placing the negation (not, nothing, never, etc.) after the verb or its auxiliary ; as, id) loBe nidjt, I do not praise id) loBte ntdjt, I did not praise id) Ijabe nidjt gelofct, I have not praised id) toerbe nidjt lo&en, I shall not praise. 3. The Interrogative Tenses are formed by placing the .pronoun after the verb or its auxiliary; as, loBe idj? do I praise? loBte id) nidjt? did I not praise? Ija&e idj geto&t? have I praised? toerbe id) nidjt lo&en? shall I not praise? 4. In compound tenses the auxiliary verb occupies the same place as in English and the past participle and infinitive are put last in the sentence ; as; $dj IjaBe ben na6en geto&t. I have praised the boy. 3d) toerbv ben ^nafien lo&en. I shall praise the boy. 3d) toerbe ben na&en getoBt Ija&en. I shall have praised the boy. 5. To occurring with an infinitive is generally translated by ^U, and both in an infinitive sentence are put last; as, (r Ijat mid) geBeten *u fommen. He has asked me to come. 3d) fjafce tiergeffen, iljm ba elb ju fdjiden. I have forgotten to send (Dat.) him the money. NOTE. 3u is not used after the auxiliary verbs of mood and some others. to bathe, fcoben to believe, glau&en even, iogar foolish, tijoricfct to fulfil, erfiillen to hope, Ijojfen if, toenn impatient, ungebulbig 134 to learn (to studyl Tcnten ths luck, ba lud ,, name, ber JRame never, nie to obey, ge^crtficn painful, fdjmerjlidj quiet, ruljig sleepy, faldfrig to spell, Btidf)fla5iren suddenly), fclS&licIj unquiet, restless, unruljicj the word, ba SSort Plur : bie SBorter or SSorte (see page 17X Exercise No. 28. 1. Have you a little time? I have no money about (bei) me. We have had no time. He will have& to fulfil^ a painful duty. 1 should have more money, if I had& (Subj.) more luck a . He told me that (dass) he has & (Subj. ) nothing to lose a . Are you alone? No, my sister is with (bei) me. ~\Vas the weather warm? Have you been at (in) the concert? 1 believed that (dass) he was& (Subj.) in (the) town . Why has your friend been impatient ? Be quiet. They would be more agreeable, if they were* (Subj.) not impolite* . I am getting (becoming) sleepy. Why did he become unquiet? The duke has suddenly become ill. She hopes he will (Subj. ) not become foolish. I could not believe that story. Will you be able to be here this (heute) evening? No, I shall not be able. Are you willing to see my brother? May (diirfen) I ask you to repeat (wiederholen), what you said ? Are you allowed to go to (in) the theatre ? You will be obliged to obey. I am to learn German. He may come, if he likes (wolleri). I should not be able to come, even if I were willing^ (to come ). I should have learned French if I hade (Subj.) had& [the] time . Where have you been bathing? How long was he waiting? Fetch a glass [of] water. Why have you not spelt your name ? 2. SBarirm !pnnen Ste md)t erfiilleit, ttw3 arf id) in (to the) doncert gef)en, ober mufc id) beint (with) Dnfel bleifcen? 9etn, bit ttwrbeft fd)Iafrig toerben. 28a3 ift au (of) bent ofine be @djnetber3 getoorben? SBudjftabtren @te bag SSort ,,pl6fcltd)". Seten @ie nidjt iingebulbtg, Sebermann mu^ ge^ord)en. @3 ift tfiorid^t toon Bfynen, ittenn @ie bag hoffen. ^c^ fonnte e nid)t glauben, fogar roemt id) e^ pren toiirbe. Have you learned the poem? AVhy have the horses suddenly become restless ? Don't hope, that (dass) he will (Subj. ) believe 6 that a . Men (die Mcnschen) are never perfectly (vollkommen) happy. It would be foolish, not b to avoid c such mistakes . We had much to learn. What was he saying to you ? The gardener was working in his garden. The old man was thanking (Dot.) you& only . My brother became [a] soldier. The boys have had three lessons. How much did this tea cost ? I do not flatter (Dot.) him very much. May (diirfen) we hope, to see you to-morrow? You may (can) go now. 135 Questions on Grammar. 1. When is the past participle of werden, geworden used, and when warden? 2. May the real past participles of the verbs of mood (gemusst, etc.) be used and when ? 3. What do verbs in eln and sometimes those in cm in forming the 1st pers. singular of the present ? 4. Which verbs in the past participle do not prefix ge ? 5. What must be done if a termination commencing with a t or st cannot be easily sounded, when added to a verb ? 6. What do verbs in eln and ern in the Imperative in forming the 2nd pers. singular and plural (familiar form) ? 7. What tenses are generally used for the conditional form of the auxiliaries of mood ? 8. Do the Subjunctive tenses of regular verbs differ much from those of the Indicative ? 9. How does the Subjunctive differ in the present from the Indicative ? 10. How does the auxiliary werden in the future of the Subjunctive deviate from the Indicative ? 11. How does the auxiliary haben in the perfect and pluperfect of the Subjunctive deviate from the Indicative ? 12. How is to occurring with an Infinitive usually translated, and where are both put in an infinitive sentence ? Conversation. Shall we stay at home? No, let us go to the theatre. But we must go soon (bald), if we wish to be there (dort) at the right time (rechtzeitig). Tell your brother that (dass) I should like to see him. When shall he come ? This evening if he can. Will the weather be fine to-day ? Yes, it will be very pleasant. Are you living in (auf) the country or in (the) town? We have lived in the country these three years. Have you bathed in our river yet (schon)l No, not yet; the water was not warm enough. often fair 511 oufe btetben? ftein, ttrir tooften in3 Sweater geijen. $ber tmr miiffen Batb geljen, toenn fair recfjtgeitig bort fein to often, agen ie 3$rem SSruber, bajs id) tfjn fyrecfjen modjte. SSonn jofl er fomtnen? eute Slftenb, toenn er farm. SSirb ba better fjeute frfjon fein? So, e3 ftrirb fetyr angenerjtn fein. SBoIjnen @te cmf bent Sanbe ober in ber (Stabt? 2Bir ftio^nen fett brei Scrfjren auf bent Sonbe. $aben @te fdjon in imferem gfoffe gebabet? 9?etn, nod) ntdjt; ba< SBoffor njar nicljt tuarm genug. 136 For (auf Ace.) whom have you been waiting? I have been waiting for my cousin. What has become of (aus) your cousin ? He has become [an] advocate, It is growing dark ; what o'clock is it then (denn)l It is nearly half past eight. "Why has your sister gone to bed (Bett)1 She became suddenly sleepy; she was at (auf) the ball last night (gestern Abend). Were you there as well (auch)t Yes, but I. went home before my sister. With whom did you dance? I danced once with Mr. A. and twice with Mr. B. tafdje fuc^en. SSarunt fommen te 311 fpat? Sc^ gtaitbte, tc^ ptte me^r 3eit iibrig. id) nicfjt 9?ed^t? in, @tc Ijaben Unrest. S)arf tc^ biefe^ 23ud) lefen? Set/ @te fonnen eg lejen. ^onnten @te fiir mid) nad) SSertin ge^en? %a, id) fann ge^en, aber utd^t Dor tnorgen. ^onnen @te S)eutfd^? ftetn, aber ia^ fann grangdftfd^. SSte fontntt e^, ba @ie nid)t beibe prad^en fonnen? S(^ Ijatte noc^ feme gulernen, itn to) fd)on in ber Sdfjue. SSer f)at btefen SIrbeiter gefc^icft? (r rotrb etroa^ gu maa^en ^aben. 137 RraMng (Ererdee Ho. 28. ($eorg ber S)ritte, onig t)on ngtanb, toar em freunblidjer 1 err unb unterf)ielt 2 fid) gern 3 mit feinen ttntertfjanen 4 , fie molten arm ober reid) fein. (ine ritt 5 er mit fetnem oljme, bem $rinen 7 Don in ber Umgegenb 8 Don SBinbfor fpa^ieren 6 . $n einem of)Ituege 9 ftiegen 10 fie auf einen Waiter 11 , beffett SBagen mit einem SRabe 12 in ein ttefe Sod) 13 geratfien 14 war, unb ber nid)t me^r 15 toeiter 16 fonnte. 2)er ^onig befann fid) 1 ? nidjt (ange, fprang t)om ^ferbe, nnb ber ^ron^rinj 18 , auf ein SSort Don i^m, eBenfatt^ 19 . @ie "banben bie $ferbe an einen 93aum, griffen bereint 20 mit bem SBauerii in bie @|)ei^en 21 be 9flabei 2 , unb tcn SBagen gtiidlic^ 24 i>eran 23 . ^atiirlid) 2 fid) bie beiben erren nici^t tuenig unb niaren ifyice Ieiber tuieber in Drbnung 28 u fcrtngen 29 . 5ll 30 fie im'eber i^re $ferbe befteigen 31 toofften, Bat fie ber erlennt= Itc!e 32 Saner 11 bringenb 33 , mit ifjm im nac^ften SKtrt^^aufe 34 tinen ^rug 35 porter u leeren 36 . 2)er onig ban!te Id^elnb 37 unb fagte, ba feine gran 38 u anfe auf tf)n tt)arte. r bat ben Saner 11 gngteid) 39 , Don i^m eine .&Heinig!eit 40 an^une^men 41 , unb briidte 42 i^m einige uineen in bie anb. $)er Saner 11 raar ftumm 43 Dor (Srftaunen 44 , unb at 30 er f^rec^en tooftte, toaren ber ^ontg unb fein fc^on iiber atte Serge. (r ging nun aHein in ba 2Btrtp^au 34 unb IJei einem ^rug 35 Sier Don feinen ^elfern 45 in ber 9^ot^ 46 unb i^rer @rogmuti) 4 7. S)ie anmefenben 48 (Mfte 49 fagten i|m bann^o, bag e o^ne Sroeifeis 1 ber mit bem ^ronprtngen 18 getoefen fei. 1 friendly, 2 3 liked to converse, 4 subjects, 5 & 6 took a ride, 7 prince, 8 environs, 9 defile, 10 came, 11 peasant, 12 wheel, 13 whole, 14 got, 15 16 any farther, 17 to reflect, sich besinnen, besann, besonncn, 18 crown-prince, 19 as well, 20 together, 21 spokes, 22 & 23 lifted out, 24 successfully, 25 of course, 26 to soil, beschmutzen, 27 endeavoured, 28 order, 29 put, 30 when, 31 to mount (a horse), besteigen, bestieg, bestiegen, 32 thankful, 33 urgently, 34 inn, 35mug, 36 to empty, leeren, 37 smilingly, 38 wife, 39 at the same time, 40 trifle, 41 to accept, 42 to press, driicken, 43 dumb, 44 of astonishment, 45 helpers, 46 difficulty, 47 generosity, 48 present, 49 guests, 50 then, 51 doubt. German Grammar 5* 138 Twenty-ninth Lesson. SReummbstoanjigfte Seftton. THE IRREGULAR VERBS. The Irregularity of these verbs consists mostly in changing the root vowel of the Infinitive to another vowel in the Imperfect and Past Participle, whilst the other tenses are formed regularly. Some also deviate otherwise as will be found in our list. (See the conjugation of geben, list page 27.) Remarks. From the 1st person singular of the Imperfect Indicative the other persons are formed thus : Sing: 2nd person by adding ft (or eft) 3rd ,, is like the 1st person sing. Plur : of all three persons by adding en (or n only when already end- ing in e) the 2nd person (ib,r) by adding t (or et). The Imperfect Subjunctive is formed from the Imperfect In- dicative by adding an e to the 1st and 3rd persons singular when not already ending in e. The 2nd person singular (bu) and the 2nd person plural (ifyr) must always end in eft and et, and the other persons of the plural are like those of the Indicative. When the Imperfect has one of the vowels a, 0, it, these vowels in all persons are modified in the Subjunctive (i.e. changed to a, a, u). Thus: IMPERFECT. Sing. Indicative. Plur. 1st p. i# 1st p. wit en 2nd p. bu-ft (eft) 2nd p. { &lf* 3rd p. er Ex.: Indicative. Subjunctive. iljr- 3rd p. fte icfj fang ) i$ fange / t (et) _ n __ 8ang Sing. Subjunctive. Plur. 1st p. tdj" e 1st p. Wit "en 2nd p. bu"-eft 2nd p. { f'.'.~ 3rd p. er" c 3rd p. fie "en fdjofe ) T ,4. i$ tuft . . shot , Compound verbs follow the conjugation of their rot>t verbs and as regards the prefixes in the past participle the rules of regular verbs are also applied to them ; as, geben, to give tdj gebe i$ gab gieb gegeben bu gtebft er giebt tetgeben, to forgive id) bergebe i^ toergab bergieb toergeben bu ttergiebft er betgiebt Learn by heart the irregular verbs: *faHen, to fall fangen, to catch empfongen, to receive fallen, to hold befyatten, to keep er^alten, to get, to receive laffen, to let(*), to leave, oertoffen, to leave, to quit rotten (Dat.), to advise frratfjeit, to guess t^eit, to betray fcfjlofen, to sleep. (*) To let (a house, etc.) is translated bermtetljen. the anecdote, bie Stnelbote bank-note, bie 23attf= note book-binder, ber S3udj6inber book-seller, ber S3ud)= fjanblev easy, easily, leicfyt the exercise, bie Uefcung hill, ber iigel 139 the mouse, bie Plur. bie SJMufe music, bie SKufif ,, (postage^ stamp r bie (JBricfO SWarle price, prize, ber $rei ,, rule, bie SRegel (maid-) servant, ba SHenftmabdjen the shop, ber Saben Plur. bie Soben singer (f), bie ange tin some time ago, tor eini* ger Sett the wood (forest), ber 2Batb, Plur. bie SBalber Exercise No. 29. 1. Where (wohin) has your (maid) servant gone ? He stood upon a hill. I have not understood the rule. Have you read this anecdote ? Yes, some time ago, but I have forgotten it. Who broke (to pieces) the looking-glass ? Why have you not taken the bank-note ? We spoke a veiy long time (seJir lange) to (mit) each other. When did your grand- father die? The music has not & begun yet . Which horse has won the first prize ? What book was the bookbinder binding ? Where did you find my pocket-book? The singer (f.) sang several songs. What have you been drinking, wine or beer? The soldiers fired (shot) at (auf) the sailors. Are all the shops shut? Did you lose anything? I have not compared the exercises. They comprehended easily what I said. I did not tear (rend) the stamp. The uncle has ridden in the wood. You fall, we catch, I receive, thou holdest, you are keeping, they get (receive), he lets (leaves), I leave (quit), we advise, she guesses, they betray, dost thou sleep? I fell, you caught, they received, he held, we kept, I got (received), you were letting (leaving), thou leftest (quittedst), she did not advise, they were guessing, I betrayed, we slept, they have fallen, he has caught, they had received, we have held, I had kept, thou hast not got (received), had you let (left)? they have left (quitted), she had advised, I have guessed, we had betrayed, they have slept. 2. |>a&en @ie mit (to) bent 23ud)btnber gefprodjen? $&t (your) $unb fiat unfere ae gebiffen. 3>er SBogel flog in ben (Garten. Sftan ergriff ben ormen SIrbeiter. Sftein S3ruber fiat ifim triel (SJelb getiefien imb aHe< rjerlotep. SBaram mteben @ie mid)? SSon toem fiaben @ie biefeS efd)en! erfialten? %$ fyabe fieute (last) jftadjt gut gefdjlafen. Safjen @ie ba3 Sienftma'bcfieH natf) ^auje gefien. The whole garden is spoilt. Who has seen my hat ? That basket weighs eight pounds (Sing.) and a half. The cat has caught two mice. The boy threw the stone through the window. How much did you win ? It is now striking half past twelve. My watch does not go. Why have you left your work at home? The man died yesterday. About what have you been disputing ? How long did you stay yester- day at (auf) the ball? I have written to (an Ace.) the book-seller. Why did you beat your poor little dog? 140 Questions on Grammar. 1. From which person in the Imperfect Indicative are the other persons of an irregular verb formed ? 2. How is the 2nd pers. singular formed, and how the 3rd pers. singular ? 3. How are the three persons of the plural formed, and how the 2nd pers. plural (ihr) 1 4. How are the 1st and 3rd pers. singular of the Imperfect Subjunctive formed ? 5. What terminations must the 2nd pers. singular (du) and 2nd pers. plural (ihr) always have in the Imperfect Subjunctive ? 6. Do the other persons of the plural differ from those of the Indicative ? 7. "When the Imperfect has one of the vowels a, o, u, what is done with these vowels in the Subjunctive? 8. How are compound verbs conjugated ? 9. What rules are applied for the prefixes of such verbs in the past participle ? Conversation. What shall I sing? Please, sing a German song. Hove I come too early? No, you come just in time. Which tailor can you recom- mend (Dat.) me? Go to mine, he is a clever work- man. Have you not promised too much? No, (that) I have not. What are you writing here? I am writing to (an) my friend(f). Have you any stamps ? No, fetch me (Dat.) some please. Can you lend (Dat.) me this book? Yes, but don't keep it too long. When did you leave the concert ? A few minutes after (nacluLem) you had& gone . Why did you leave the child alone at home? I could not take it with [me]. Have you cut yourself? Yes, I have cut my finger. fott id) ftngen? SBitte, fingen @te ein Sicb. 33m idj git fritr) gefommen? ftein, @ie fommeu gerabe recfit. SSelcfjen (^cfineiber fonnen @te mir empfe&len? @ef)en @ie 511 meinem, er tft ein gefdjicfter Slrbeiter. |mben <5te nic&t gu Diet tier* (prodjen? ftetn, bal fiabe id) nicfjt. 2Ba3 fcfiretben <5ie fcier? %d) fdjreibe an meine $rewtbtn. |>aben Sie 9#arfen? 92etn, bitte holen @te mir einige. Sonnen @te mir letfien? Sa, aber befialten @ie ju Iong(e). 3Bann berlte^en @te ba3 Soncert ? (Sinige SJlinuten nadjbem @ie gegangen oiaren. SSarum Itefcen @te ba ^inb aCetn 311 aufe? ^rf) !onnte e^ ntd^t mttnefimen. aben @ie fic^ gefdjnttten ? a, tc^ &abe mi% in ben ginger gejcfynitten. nid^t 141 Reading dmtm Wo. 29. ber <$rof?e iwb ber fadjftfrfje 1 Waiter 2 Ofriebricfj ber ($ro)3e ttwrbe 3 nadj ber @d)tad(jt 4 bet in eincnt fadjfifdfjen 1 ernnter? Have you copied all the letters ? Do you prefer wine or beer ? The boys did not cease from making a noise (zu Idrmen). Don't go downstairs. Why have you come upstairs ? You read this anecdote to (Dai. ) me yesterday. It is better to throw away such bad butter. Please (bitte) introduce me to (Dat.) your cousin (f. ). Have you dressed yourself now? Shut the window and open the door. How do you pronounce this word ? You have been staying out too long. We are obliged to prepare our tasks. Pick up that stamp. (*1 To ask (to beg) is translated Bitten (irr.), to ask (a question) is fragen. 144 Questions on Grammar. 1. What do the prefixes of separable verbs mostly consist of? 2. When is the prefix separable ? 3. Where is the prefix put in the past participle ? 4. When the infinitive has zu with it, where is zu placed then? 5. When must her and hin be added to the verb ? 6. What direction expresses her and what direction hin ? Conversation. Will you go out with me? No, I prefer to stay at home. May I offer you some cheese and butter? No, thank [you] ; I cannot eat any more. Why have you not prepared your exercise? I had no time to prepare it Please, come upstairs [for] a minute. What do you want from me ? Take this letter and copy it. Where (wohin) have the boys been running? They have been running to (auf) the street. Has somebody called (Dannie ? No, I did not hear anything. Is the fire (Feuer n.) burning ? No, all the coals are burnt out. To (Dat.) whom have you introduced your friend ? I introduced him to Mr. X. fVbuld you be kind enough to read this intelligence to me ? Yes, willingly (gerne). Shall I commence at once (sofort) ? Are you able to open the window ? I shall try to open it. HowlongdoyouintendftooJ&n^ ! to stay out? About (ungefahr) two hours and a half. SSotten Sie mit mir augef)en ? ftetn, id!) iefje bor gu cmfe ju bletben. Storf id) Sljnen Sfe imb Gutter qnbieten ? Stein, banfe; id) !ann ntdjt mefjr effen. SSarum fjaben ie Q^re Uebung nirf)t borberettet? 3dj fjatte feine 3eit, fie borju- bereiten. SBitte, lomtncn ie etne 9Jltnute ^erouf. ttrimfdjen 6te oon ntir? e^men ie biejen Srief, iinb fc^retben ie t|n ab. n finb bie $itaben gelaufen^ ie finb auf bie tra^e ge* laufen. Eat mir ^emanb gerufen? ein, idj ^abe nic^tS geprt. 93rennt bal Belter? S^etn, affe ^o^Ien finb uerbrannt. SSem ^aben ie gfjren gr^unb Dorgeftettt? %tf) ftettte ifjn (bent) $errn X. bor. SSiirben ie fo gut fetn, mir btefe s JJa(^rid^t borgutefen? Set/ gerne. oft td^ fofort an- fangen ? $onnen ie ba genfter auf* madden ? Sc^ fterbe berfud^en, e aufgu* madden. 2Bte lange njoHente au^bletben ? Ungefafjr jmet unb etne tunbe. 145 JUaMng agb 3 fcertrrt 4 fjatie, !am er an etrt au, in to element. trier banner ttrnren, bte fid) ftefften 5 , at 6 ob 7 fie fdpefen. *J$lo|lid{) ftanb 8 einer toon benfel&en onf 9 , unb fagte ju. bent aifer: gdj) IjaBe getrdumt 10 , id) ntiiffe beine U|r nefjmen. Sftit biefen Shorten bentddjttgte 11 er fid) feiner Ur, S)arauf erfyob 12 fid) ber tt)eite nnb inetnte 13 , bajj. er getrduntt 10 aBe, ber Dfierrocl 14 be gremben 15 ^affe 16 ' i!C)m nm nt^iiden 17 , nnb er na!m benfelben o^ne 1 ^ tt)eitere 19 . 5luf btefelBe 28eife 20 fe|te 21 fic ber brttte in 93efi 22 ber S3orfe 23 be grembiingS 15 . @nbli^ 24 nd^erte 25 fic^ ber fcierte nnb f^rac^: 3d^ offe, e lt)tri> @nd^ nic^t nnangene!jm 26 fein, menn id^ @nc^ nnterfndje 27 . @r t^at 28 bie nnb faf) am atfe 29 be atfer eine- golbene 30 ^ette 31 , an toeWjer ein ^fetf^en 32 Befeftigt 33 mar. ^od^ 34 ber ^aifer fagte: 9JJein grennb, e^e 35 3 biefeS ^Ieinob 36 Beranbt 37 , ntng ic^ (nd) beffen le^ren 39 . 3nbent 40 er bieS fagte 41 , ^fiff er. Seine njetd^e i^n fndjten, eilten 42 nac^ bent anfe, unb ber aifer, a( 2 er fid) auger 43 efaf)r 44 fa, fprac^: |rier finb banner, bie genau 45 trduntten 10 , ma fie h?oHten.. 3et mitt ici^ aber 34 aud^ einntat trdumen 10 . Unb nad)= bent 46 er einige Slugenbticle 47 in 48 ($eban!en dertieft 49 ba= geftanben 50 mar, fnfjr 51 er fort 52 : % fjanblerJ auf? S)erfetbe Sftann, ber ifjn geftern cmfmadjte. 3ft 3$r SBrubcr mit bent erften ^ug abgeretft? -ftetn, er nwjjte tntt bent jiueiten 3 U 9 cibretfen, toeil er n f^fit oufgert)acf)t ift. o^ Concert fangt nm (at) btefelbe 3^tt an, um (at) toel^e e3 geftern anftng. SSarum blteben @ie geftern Slbenb (last night) fo lange auf? SBetl ntetn SSetter uon Sonbon anfam. Has the gentleman returned the umbrella which you lent (Dat.) him yesterday ? The children cannot come yet, because they are not dressed. Pick up the (news) paper which that lady threw away. I prefer that bonnet (hat), which you offered (Dot.) me. He will (wollen) give (Dot.) me something if I copy this letter. You forgot to put on your hat. How did the gentleman look who went upstairs ? You cannot blame anybody because the windows are not shut (zu- machen). I have commenced to do (machen) my task. 148 Questions on Grammar. 1. When is the prefix of a separable verb in the present and imperfect no longer separable ? 2. By what words are verbs usually removed to the end of the sentence f 3. Which verbs are sometimes separable, and sometimes inseparable ? 4. Where is the accent, when these prefixes are separable, and where, when inseparable? 5. When is the preposition in general separable, and when not? 6. Does the verb in the past participle prefix ge, when durch, unter etc. are not separable ? Conversation. When does the next train start to (nach) Berlin? At 9. 15. ' When will you set out? To-morrow with the earliest train. Then (dann) don't sit up too long, that you may awake in time (rechtzeitig). When do you generally get up ? Generally at a quarter to six. And when do you go to-bed? Generally at half past nine. Can you take this letter to (auf) the post-office ? Yes, but there (es) is no stamp on it. Please, buy one. Do you know that gentleman? Yes, I have known him these two years. Do you know the news? No, I dont know it. What are you thinking of (an Acc.)l I thought of my nephew. Do you think that he wiH(Subj.) visit you very soon (bald)} Yes, I have invited him, and I think he will arrive to-day. Where will you spend your holidays (Feri-en) ? I shall go into (auf) the country. 2Bonn gefit ber nfidjfte $ug Berlin ab? Utn 9 Ufer funfgefjn. SBann ttotten @ie abreifen? 2ftorgen mtt bent erften 3uge bleiben @ie ntd)t gu lange auf, bafj @te redjtgeitig auf* n>ad)en. SSann ftefcen @te getpofinlid^ aiif ? @eroof)nlidj urn brei SSiertel auf fecfcS. Unb ttwun gefien @ie ju SSett? etDofjttltd) um ^alb ge^n. $dttiten tt*d)reiien, to travel (pass) through. Jim is inseparable in iratttrnten, to embrace itmgeben irr. ) to encircle, irr. 1 to i J to mitring en ) to surround iimgel)en irr., to avoid umjrf)iffen, to circumnavigate umfcf)Iingn irr., to entwine, to embrace umfdjretben irr., to circumscribe, to paraphrase umftctfen, to surround nmtoSlfen, to cloud (over) Note. ttt is separable in *umgeljen (irr.), to haunt tttnfdjiff en, to transfer to another sbap uwf^reiben, (irr.) to write over again ttmftellen, to transpose. Verbs with the prefixes fiber and unter are generally insepar- able ; except a few of which the following are the most used and which are separable : fiber is separable in *uberfa^ren irr. ) to ferry over :en irr. ) to n ) to "fiberfe^en ) to cross fiberfiihren, to convey over *fibergef)en irr., to go over (to another party), to desert *fiberloiifen irr., to flow over Note. fiber is inseparable in iiBerfa^rcn (irr), to run over (by a vehicle) fetjen, to translate uberfii^ren, to convict iifiergc^en (irr.), to overslip , to intrude upon. unter is separable in nirterbringen irr., to shelter *untergei)en irr., to go down, to set, to sink unterorbnen, to subordinate *imterfteljen irr., to go or stand under shelter Ncte. Unter is inseparable in unterfieljeit, to venture, to dare. The prefix ttriefcer (not nnber) is inseparable in the verb , to repeat. a*teberf)olen (separable) means to fetch back (again)", but it is usually written in two separate words (wiebet fjolen) like the other verbs occurring with toiebcr. 151 the coachman.ber utf djer to converse, fid) unter= fatten irr. ,, to cross or strike through, to cancel, bitrd)ftmcf)en irr. ,, distinguish, itnter= fdjetben irr. ,, go through or. over, but (J)geljen irr. firr. interrupt, unter&redjen to look through or over, bnrcfjfefyen irr. the matter, thing, bie (Sodje number, figure, bie 8<#I page, bie (Seite police, bie ^olt^et to repeat, tmeberljolen rise (the sun, etc.), "aufgeljeit irr. to set (the sun, etc.> *tttttergef)en irr. ,, search (through), btifd)= judjen ,, sign, to receipt, untcr- fcfjreitien irr. think on, upon, to consider, iifierlegen ,, translate, ii&erfetjen turn back, *umfeljre ,, upset, ttmtoerfcu irr. Exercise No. 32. 1. Go through this exercise. I looked over the whole book. Our coachman has upset the carriage. They are turning back. He has thought upon the matter. Do you translate your task? Do not inter- rupt me. Did he distinguish the figures? Repeat, what 1 said. The police are (is) searching (through) the whole house. The sun sets at five o'clock, and the moon rises at nine o'clock. Is this letter signed? With whom did you converse? Cross the sixth word on the sixteenth page through. Did you go over your translation? I considered it well. The shopkeeper did not receipt the bill (Rechnung). Don't upset the lamp. He interrupted me suddenly. Have you looked over the newspaper? 2. 3ft bte (Somte fdjon untergegangen 1 ? -TO ttm3 fur enter S)ame wtterfiielten @ie jrat tteberlegen @ie, toaS @ie tfiun molten (intend). $d) ratfje Sftnen, ^ e 9 an S e e ^ e burc&^iiftreicfyen. $omtett @ie uttterfcrjetben, tt)a^ fiir eine ^arbe ber Seppid) fjat? 53it(f)ftabiren @ie bag Sort, ba3 @ie rt)ieber^olten. SBanim finb @te ttid)t friifier umgele!)rt? SSie t)iele eiten BaBett @ie ii&erje |)abe td^ etma^ u imterfdjreiBen? S<^ ^be ba S3ud burc^gegangen. SSariim f)at (have) bie ^oltgei nitf)t ben Garten burcf)fiic|t ? You have now three times interrupted me. Who has upset this bottle ? Several figures were crossed through. Look over your exercise twice. Which page are we to (solleri) translate ? He never thought on what he spoke. When did the moon rise? He conversed with me& nearly every morning* . I cannot distinguish what bank-note that is. Have you repeated all the rules? Please (Bitte), sign this letter. You turned back very early. Some time ago I upset all the glasses which stood on the table. Search (through) every room. I have no time to go through your translation. All the stars have set. This colour looks very nice. Why have you taken off your cloak? Where did the coachman upset the carriage ? It grows dark, let us turn back. Translate for (auf) the next time (Mai) page twenty-five. 152 Questions on Grammar. 1. Are verbs with the prefixes durch and um generally separable or inseparable ? -2. Are verbs with prefixes iiber and unter generally separable or in- separable ? 3. In which verb is the prefiz wiedzr inseparable ? Conversation. "When shall we turn back? In a quarter of an hour. Do you know the gentleman who is conversing with your brother? Yes, it is Mr. H., a friend of my brother. Who has upset the lamp ? Charles did it. What poem have you read to (Dot.) your aunt? It was a poem by (von) Goethe. -Shall we stay a little longer? No, I think it is better we should go home. Let us wait till (bis) the music has finished (ceased). ^NOj I must go now, for my mother asked me not to stay out too long. To what are you invited? To a ball at (bei) the pre- sident's. Why did you not offer a chair to (Dai.) the lady? I did so (it), but she preferred to stand. Have you translated your ex- ercise? Yes, [I have], the translation was very easy. Where were you ? I took a letter to (auf) the post- office. Does the train to (nach) B. start now? .Not before three quarters of an hour. SSann fallen fair umfefjren? 3>n etner SSiertelftunbe. mnen te ben errn, ber fid) mtt S^rem SBruber unterljaft ? 50, e ift err ., ein greunb tnetne^ ^BruDer^. 93er fiat bie ampe umgeaiorfen? ^arl t^at c. 28a3 fiir ein (Bebidjt ^aben @te S^rer Xante oorgelefen? @^ ttmr ein 65ebid)t Don ot^e. often fair ein tuentg longer bletben? S^etn, ic^ glaube e ift beffer, tuenn tr>ir nac^ >aufe ge^en. 2Sir trollen marten, bi bie SWuft! aufgefiort [}at. ftein, id^ mu je^t ge^en, benn meine SDhitter bat mtc^, nicfit gu lange au^gubleiben. 3u tpa3 finb Ste eingelaben? 3u einem S3aII betm ^ra'ftbenten. SSarum boten te ber S)ame feinen tu^I an? ^d^ t^at e, aber fie jog tjor gu fte^en. aben te ^E^re Uebung iiber* fe|t? Sa, bie Ueberfe^nng tear fc!r leic^t. 2So roaren te? ^d^ ^abe etnen Srief auf bie ^?oft getragen. @e^t ber $ug nad^ 93. je^t ab? oor bret SSiertelftunben. 153 (Ern*a0e Jlo. 32. Qrfattber 1 unb bte rfjtlblrote* 2 in grlanber 1 , ber in Jamaica getoefen toar, er* einmal in einer grogen (SJefeflfdjaft 3 : SSor roei 3aljren bradjte man mir in Sftentego 23ai eine 9ftorgen etne @rf)tlb!rote 2 , ber id) fogleid) ben opf abfn'eb 4 . 3)en $opf benmljrtc 5 irfj anf, betradjtete iljn affe Xage unb fanb nai^ fed) SSod^en, bag er fic| nod) fcetoegte 6 . S)ie <$efeHfd)aft 3 fc^ien ungtanBig 7 , unb tnele S3emerlnngen 8 ixnb @tntt)enbungen 9 tuurben 10 gemadfjt 2)er Srldnbcr 1 t)ertf)eibigte u fid^ 2Infang 12 fo gnt er lonnte, aber man trieb 13 in t)on alien @eiten u fo in 15 bie (nge 16 , ba er ute|t 17 nnmidig 18 ftmrbe nnb fagte : SCber ic^ 'fage 3i)nen, meine erren, bag ic^ e felbft gefefjen abe. 3c ttjerbe ba^er bemjentgen eine ^ugel 19 bnrd^ ben opf jagen 20 , ber baran gn tt)etfetn 21 tt)agt 22 . tefc SSorte fatten bie ge= rtnnfc^te 23 SStrfnng 24 . We fdjtoiegen, nnb fitnf SJlinnten lang tunrbe 25 !ein SBort gefprocl^en. 3)tefe @clt)eigen 26 Joar bem grlcinber 1 nod unangene^mer 27 , al e tor^er 28 bie S3enter!nngen 8 getoefen tuaren. Um e3 gn unter* bre$en, njenbete er fidj gn feinem 9^ac^bar 29 nnb fagte: 28a fatten 30 @ie ton ber @a^e? @ein ^lac^bar 29 ber ^ein linger 31 3Rann tuar, antluortete 32 : 3$ toerbe 3$nen fagen, aber @ie miiffen mir jutjor 33 etne beantmorten 35 . 28a3 Gotten @ie toiffen? fragte ber 3r= lanber 1 . SBiirbcn @ie e glauben, ft)enn @ie e nic^t felbft gefeljen fatten? ^ein, geiutg 36 mrfjt. ann 37 miiffen @ie mir erlanben 38 , fagte ber Slnbere, bag idj mir ba^felbe 1 Irishman, 2 tortoise, 3 society, 4 to hew (or cut off), abftawen, Me6 06, . abgehauen, 5 to preserve, to keep, anfbewahren, 6 to move, (sich) beweg&n, 7 incredulous, 8 observations, 9 objections, 10 were 11 to defend, vertheidigen, 12 in the beginning, 13 to drive, treiben, trieb, getrieben, 14 flanks, 15 16 into straits, 17 at last, 18 irritated, 19 ball, 20 to drive (quickly), jagen, 21 to doubt, zweifeln, 22 to venture, wagen, 23 desired, 24 effect, 25 was, 26 silence, 27 more unpleasant, 28 before, 29 neighbour, 30 to think of, Jialten von, Melt, ' gehalten, 31 prudent, 32 to answer, (to give an answer), antworten, 33 at first, 34 question, 35 to answer (something), beantivorten, 36 certainly, 37 then, 38 to allow erlauben, (Dat. ), 39 right, 4.0 to arrogate to oneself, to claim for oneself, sich (Dat.) herausneftmen, nahm heraus, herausgenomme.n. 154 Thirty-third Lesson. Sretimbbretgigfte Seltton. Classification of Verbs. There are: I) Transitive (or Active), II) Passive, III) Reflec- tive, IV) Intransitive (or Neuter), V) Impersonal Verbs. I. Transitive Verbs. Transitive verbs are those which require an object acted upon, and which have this object (noun or pronoun) in the Accusative case. Transitive verbs form their perfect tenses with the auxiliary Ijn&Ctt (see list of verbs page 17) ; as, 3dj Ijabe etnen 9Jorf gefauft. I have bought a coat. 9Kein greunb- Ijatte mid) fcejudji. My friend had visited me. II. Passive Verbs. A transitive verb becomes passive, if the subject suffers the action expressed by the past participle. The Passive Voice is formed by using the verb toftbcn as an aitx- iliary and the past participle of a traiisitive verb (see list of verbs p. 19). For forming the passive voice in English the verb to be is used as an auxiliary. Thus : To be in its various tenses followed by a past participle is usually translated by toerben, and if in English to be in addition is accompanied by being in German roerben stands for both ; as, S ift $er&jl, unb bic Srouben tuerben gelejen. It is autumn and the grapes are being gathered. Set 8nabe nmrbe Don feinem Secret getabelt. The boy was blamed by his teacher. Sttefe i)dje fmb ii ber Sfjemfe gefangen ttorben. These fishes have been caught in the Thames. SBit toerben nidjt gelobt toerben. We shall not be praised To be however followed by a past participle is translated bj fetit, when the participle expresses a state or condition of the sub- ject, in which case it is considered an adjective. Examples : (a) ie SDjure ift gefdjlnfien. The door is shut (i. e. it is a shut door), (b) Sie Sfjflre toirb jeben 2l6enb urn |"erf) Ufa gefdjloffen. The door is shut every evening at six o'clock (i. e. people shut the door). (a) Sdj lam ju fpat, ba ait * a * oerfauft. I came too late, the house was sold (i. e. the sale was over and it was a sold house), (b) S)a 4?au ttwrbe tterfauft, ofi id) anfam. The house was (being) sold, when I arrived (i. e. the sale was going on). (a) Sic S&iire ttrirb gefdjloffen fcin, enn Sic nod) oufe fommen. The door will be shut, when you arrive at home (i. e. you will find a shut door), (b) 3)ie SJjure rotrb gefdjloffen tocrben, toenn Sie in? au geljm njolfen. The door will be shut, when you wish to go into the house (i. e. people will shut the door). REMARK. The past participle expresses the passive voice if a per- son present at a certain time could see an action going on, which the subject is suffering (see sentences marked (b). The past participle is merely an adjective, if a person present at a. certain time, could not see an action going on, but simply see the ac- complished state or condition in which the subject is (see sentences marked (a). to alter, finbern America, Slmertfo the bank, bie SSont behaviour, ba93etra bell, bte lode [gen bill (of exchange), ber 2Bed)fel \irr. break out, 155 to build, fcauen i just (Adv.), eben (gerabe) the business, ba efdjdft to change, to give change, loecijfeln ,, clean, reinigen ,, esteem, odjten ,, fire, ba geuer to light, attjimben neglect, tierfavttnen the opportunity, bie e= legenljett ,, receipt, bie duitturtg to ring, tauten ,, weep, to cry, toetnen Exercise No. 33. 1. His father is esteemed by(*) everybody Your room is being cleaned. Our house was built six years 6 ago" . The windows were being shut (zumacheri), when (als) I entered 2 ' (see page 72) the houses . The bill (of exchange) will be paid to-morrow. His behaviour will not be forgotten. I should be invited, if I were here. His business has been sold. This opportunity has been neglected. I have been asked (a question). The child would have cried (wept) if it had (Subj.) been beaten. The gas is lit. The gas is lit every (Ace.) evening at (um) seven o'clock. The children are dressed now. The children are just being dressed. The post-office was shut (schliessen), and nobody was in the house. The post-office was [being] shut, just when (als) the bell struck 6 eight o'clock^ . I wished (wolUn) to buy some presents, but all the shops were shut (schliesseri). All the shops were being shut, when (als)(**) the great fire broke out. The receipt will be already writ- ten, when (wenn) you come 6 to (auf) the bank . The receipt will be written as soon as (sobald) you arrive 6 (kommeri) at (auf Ace.) the bank. 2. gcf) ttmrbe in (to) bie tabt gefcfiicft. S5aS Simmer ift geanbert toorben. (Stub @te gefefyett roorben? @ie ftwrben ge* tabelt toorbett feitt, toenn @ie nicfjt gefommen toaren. 5liif (at) bet $oft c tDtrb 6 !ein $elb a gettjec^jelt. Sft baS ^euer artgegiinbet? @ toirb eBen angegilnbet. SBatm ift 5imerifa entbecft (discovered) roorben? SSarum roerben bie loden gelcmtet? Stefer olbat ift t)ertuunbet. $8on(*) roem tuiirbe S^e Soufitte ttadj oufe be* gteitet? 2Bar bieje< lag fc^on gerbro^ett, alS (when) @ie in0 Dimmer trateni Sftein, e^ tourbe naer tgentljihner baoon ift tobt otten ftur tn3 SBo^njimmer gefjen? 3a, fobalbbaa!angeaimbetift. SBtrb ba geuer cmdj onge* giinbet n?erben? ^etn, e0 ift ntdjt !att. (Binb tneine ^letber gereinigt motben? 3!c 9ioc! ift nodj nic^t ge* reintgt. SSann nwrbe ba neue Sweater gebaut? SSor brei Sa^rcn. Sc^ bin nod) ntd)t bort getoefen. @ic fottten btefe elegen^eit ntdjt berfaumen. Soimca Sie mir biefen obereign raed^feln? Sletn, id) ^obe !ein fletneS elb bei tntr. Sft e Beit in bte ^ircfie? 8a, bie locfen tuerben eben geldutet. Sd^ glaubte, biefe Sud^ fei guriirfgegeben roorben. ^ein, roir fjaben e^ nod) nid)t au^gelefen. SBarunt irerben btefe SStrnen fteggeftorfen 1 8ie ftnb aEe unrcif. 157 (Em*ct0e tto. 33. Ste ridjttge 1 S^arfamlett. 2 S3on einem iiberaus 3 reidfjen -Eflanne im fdfjtoeijer 4 (Canton Sfceufdjjatel, ber auger 5 grogen ummen, bie er bet fetnem obe an milbe 6 ttftungen 7 fcermarfjte 8 , feinen ^inherit nodf) t)ierig Sftiflionen granlen 9 fjinterliefp, nrirb* gotgenbeg 11 erafylt: TO 12 er eine3 5l6enb in feine* SBoijnung fam, fanb er im $orimmer 13 einige 9)lon^e u ton bem @t. (@anct) S3ern^arb=^tofter 15 , tt>elcf)e ilm er*- tuarteten, urn auf t^rer, jur tnfammlung 16 t)on nttlben 6 aben 17 befttmmten 18 9ieife 19 , duc if)n urn 20 ein elbge- fd^en! 21 fiir ifjr ^(ofter 14 anjiifpre^en 22 . Xer err ffl^rte 25 ' fie in fein Simmer tmb rtef 24 , ba 26 e fcerett 27 bitnfel t 25 . $tefe erf^ien 30 unb arf, aid fie bie ere 29 ' anjiinbetc, ein S&nb^&g^eit, ba an ben ^oijlen nidt fogtetd^ 31 atte Brennen tt)oHen r fjtntoeg. 2t( 12 ber err ba^fetbe liegen fa, oB er e auf, unb fagte in einem ftreng,en 32 one 33 gn bem SJla'bc^en: 28ie tjerf^njenberifc^ 34 bu bift! S)a anbere (Snbe 35 be otgc^en ift ja 36 nocfj' braud^bar 37 . 3Jlan lann fidj benfen, bag bie $0l6nc^e u , al 12 fie bie prten, nic^t ober tt)enig ton ber grei* gebigfeit 38 bel 9^anne er>t)arteten j after true fe^r ttJiirben fie u6errafd()t 39 , al 12 berfelbe au feinem (Mbfc^ranfe 40 ein atfd^en 41 mit fed^^^nnbert $ran!en 9 ^olte unb i^nen balfetbe iiberreidjte 42 . ier ift meine abe 17 fiir ba& of^t5 43 , fagte er; unb al 12 er i^re SSertounberung 44 ge maijr tourbe 45 , fu^r 46 er fort 47 : 2lf)a, ic terfte^e, if) feib iiber meine S^arfamfeit 2 an bem Swtb^ot^en er ftaunt 48 . 5lber eben burc^ eine fold^e @parfam!eit 2 !ann: biefe e(b fiir euer ^tofter 14 geben. 1 proper, 2 economy, 3 exceedingly, 4 Swiss, 5 besides fDat.J, 6 mild, charitable, 7 institutions, 8 to bequeath, vermachen, 9 francs, 10 to leave as an inheritance, Mnterlassen, (er JiinterlsisstJ, hinterliess, hinterl&ssen, 11 thefollmtnng, 12 when, 13 anti-room, 14 monks, 15 cloister, 16 collection, 17 the gift, die Gdbe, 18 destined, 19 journey, 20 for, 21 gratuity, 22 to beg of, smsprechen, fer spricht o,nj, sprach an, angesprochen, 23 to conduct, fuhren, 24 & 25 to call (to a place), herbeir/eu, riefherbei, herbeigerufen, 26 as, 27 already, 28 kindling, 29 candle, 30 to appear, erscheincn, erschien, erschienen, 31 immediately, 32 strict, sharp, 33 voice, 34 prodigal, 35 end, 36 as you see, 37 fit for use, 38 generosity, 39 to surprise, uberr&schen, 40 money-chest, 41 small bag, 42 to hand. over, iiberreichen, 43 hospice, 44 astonishment, 45 to perceive, gewahr werden- firr. ), 46' & 47 to continue, fortfahren, fer fahrt fort), fuhrfort, fortgefahren, 48 as tonished. 158 Thirty-fourth Lesson. SSterunbbret^igj'te Seftiom IIL Reflective Verbs. When the object of a verb is the same person or thing as the subject, the verb is called reflective and the object takes the form I' the reflective pronoun (see reflective pronouns on page 88). Reflective Verbs are conjugated with fjafcen (see list of verbs page 24). Various verbs are reflective in German and not in English where they are used without the reflective pronoun ; as, 3d) erfunbtgte midj nadj iljm. I inquired for him. Many verbs can be used reflectively by taking the reflec- tive pronoun ; as, 3d) toafdje ntidj. I wash myself. (r berttwnbete fid). He wounded himself. Some verbs however can be used only reflectively, as they have no meaning at all without a reflective pronoun or else have a different meaning. Such are : fidj beetten, to make haste fid) befinben, irr. to be (in health) ftdj beflogen fiber (Ace.), to complain of fldj bemfitjen, to endeavour, to trouble oneself fid) betrogett, irr. > f fid) benefjmen, irr. f fc fid) entporen, to revolt fid) entfdjIteBen, irr. to make up one's mind fid) erbarnten Genit. or fiber (Ace.), to have mercy on fid) erinnern Gen : t. or an (Ace.), to remember fidj erfatten, to catch cold fid) erfunbtgen (nadj), to inquire (for) ftdj freiten (fiber Ace.) to be glad (of) fidj ffirdjten (Dor), to be afraid (of) fid) gerooljnen an (Ace.), to accustom oneself to ftdj trren, to be mistaken ftdj fdjamen Genit. or fifer (Ace.), to be ashamed of ftdj fefcen, to sit down ftdj unterljolten, to converse ftd) berlaffen auf (Ace.), irr. to rely (depend) on ftd) toeigern, to refuse, to be unwilling Reflective Verbs require the reflective pronoun in the Accusative, except the following, which require the pronoun in the Dative, viz : ftdj anmafeen, to usurp ftd) ausbitten, to request fid) etnbtlben, to imagine, to fancy fid) bte greiljeit netjmen, irr. to take the liberty ftdj getrauen, to dare ftdj borneljmen, irr. to take the reso- lution ftdj tjorftetten(*), to imagine ftd) jitjteljen, to incur EXAMPLE : idj getraue mtr, I dare etc. m getroufl btr er getroitt ftdj tt)tr getrauen un <5ie getrauen ftd) or ib,r getraut cud) fie getrauen ftd) The reflective pronoun in the Dative is of course also required by those verbs used reflectively, which have their object in the Dative ; as, 3d) Ijelfe bcm SKannc. I help the man. 3d) Ijelfe ntir. J help (*) idj torfteHen, to introduce oneself, has the reflective pronoun in the Accusative. 159 tho accusation, bie3lnlloge i against, gegen (Ace.) to allow, to permit, et IcutBen (Dat.) be ashamed of, ftdj i fdjamen itBer (Acc.(*) i ,, behave, fid) Betragen ! irr. ,, complain of, fid) 6e= ' flagen iiBer (Acc.(*) i to defend, fcerrfjeibtgeit entirely, ganltdj to explain, etflciren imagine, to fancy, fid) (Dat.) etnBilben ,, make haste, fid) Beeiten make up one's mind, fid) entfdjlte&en irr. ,, mistrust, mifetrauen (Dat.) to refuse, to be unwil- ling, fid) foetcjern rely, to depend on, irr. fid) berlaffeit oitf (Aec.(*) remember, ftdj erinneni (Gen.) unjust, itngeredjt the volume, ber 93onb Exercise No. 34. 1. I am washing myself, thou warmest thyself, he offers him- self, we rescue ourselves, you forget yourself, they blame them- selves, I endeavoured, thou wast mistaken, she remembered, we made haste, you behaved (betrageri), they were ashamed, I have procured, thou flatteredst thyself, I shall imagine, thou procurest, I allow myself, didst thou mistrust thyself? sit (you) down ! have they made up their mind? we shall complain, I introduced myself, he has excused himself, let us refuse (be unwilling) ! do (thou) not rely on it, they had defended themselves, I have hurt myself, many revolted, can you accustom yourself to it? 2. 8dj fjabe mid) bemuljt, e3 tfjm gu erflaren. @r nutjjte fidj gegen brei $einbe rjertfjetbtgen. %tf) bcfinbe mid) fjeute triel (far) buffer al geftern. 28ir miiffen un8 beeilen, ober toir merben gu fpat fommen (be), ^d) erinnere mid) ber SRujtf, fie ift ton (by) SBeber. @ie fjaben fid) in biefent 9Jlanne geirrt. 2Bie be* trugen fid) bie ^inber geftern 5lbenb? @ie fottten fid) iiber ^^r S3etragen fd)dnten. @^ ift tpafyr, @ic !onnen (may) fid) barauf berlaffen. %d) mi^traute mir gdngtidj. onnen te fid^ ntdjt ben gnieiten S3anb biefe^ S3ud)e^ t>erfd)affen? Wltin SSater ^at fid) nun entfdjloffen, ba^ au imb ben (Sarten u faufcn. 2>u bilbeft bir ein, mid) gefeljen gu fjoben. I have defended myself against this unjust accusation. I imagined that I could (Subj.) do it. How are you to-day? I made haste to tell (Dat.) him that his ship had& (pres. subj.} arrived* . Remember me. I thought (glaubte) he would come, but I was mistaken. Have you not been mistaken? He allowed himself too much [liberty]. Be ashamed. Why do you not rely on me ? You must make up your mind, or it will be too late. I have endeavoured to do it. We have made up our mind to depart. Why have the soldiers revolted? You must not complain of the weather. We shall refuse to receive them. I flattered myself to be more clever than you. You have not behaved (betrageri) like (wie) a gentleman. Why did you not introduce yourself to (Dat. ) the lady ? Remember those who do (Dat. ) thee good (Gutes). You may (Tconnen] rely on me, I shall help (Dat.) you. (*) The prepositions ii&er and ouf after these verbs always govern the Ac- cusative. 160 Questions on Grammar. 1. When is a verb called reflective ? 2. "With which auxiliary are reflective verbs conjugated ? 3. Are there verbs which are reflective in German and not in English f 4. How can many verbs be used reflectively? 5. Are there verbs which can only be used reflectively ? 6. Why can they not be used without reflective pronouns ? 7. In what case does the reflective pronoun usually stand ? 8. In what other case is the reflective pronoun required by some verbs ? 9. After what verbs must the reflective pronoun always stand in the Dative case? Conversation. Is this work in several volumes ? Yes, it is in three. Can you procure me the second ? I shall endeavour to get it for you. Why do you refuse to pay the bill? Because theshopkeeper hasbeen mistaken. Will you depart to-day? I have not yet made up my mind. We must make haste or we shan't catch our train. What time does it start? At 10 minutes to ten. We have no time to lose then (dann). You ought to behave better. I hope you will not have to complain any more of me. Why do you mistrust yourself? I imagine that I am not enough prepared yet. Will you not sit down? No, thanks ; I prefer not to sit. Do you still remember the rules I explained to (Dat.) you yesterday ? Yes, quite well |>at bicfe3 SSer! mefjrere SSanbe? 50, e3 fyat bret. onnen @te mir ben tierfdjaffen ? 3d) tuerbe mid) bemiif)en, if)n fur @ie u erfjalten. SSarum roetgern te fid), bie 9?ed)nung 511 beaf)Ien? 2Betl ber tfaufmann fid) getrrt SBoflen @te fjeiite abreifen? 3d) fjabe mid) nod) nitf)t ent* fdjfoffen. 2Bir miifjen un beetlen, ober ttrir toerben nid)t [me^r] auf ben 3 U 9 fommen. Um mie met llljr ge^t er ab? Um se^n 3Kinuten oor ge^n. 2Bir ^aben bann feine &it gu berlieren. te foUten ftd^ beffer betragen. ^d) ^offe, @ie tuerben ftd^ nic^t me|r iiber mid) gu beflagen ^aben. SBarum mifjtrauen @ie fid)? %3) bilbe mir etn, ntd)t genug oorbereitet bin. SSoIlen 6ie fid) nid)t fe^en? 9Zein, banfe ; id) 5te u ft^en. rinnern @te fid) SRegeln, bie id) erflarte? Sa, gang gut. oor nid)t nod) ber geftern 161 Reading (torctse Jlo. 34. Ser in Sfteifenber 2 , ber beinalje 3 bie ganje SBeft 4 teift 5 I) a tt e > erga^Ite 6 nnter 5lnberem in einer (8efe0> fcijaft 7 : gdO toeif} ttic^t meljr genan 8 , too e toar; aber i4 glanbe, e mar in ^erfien 9 , too id) einen ftofKopfU Don foldf) fabettjafter* 1 (SJroge 12 faf), bag @ie fid^ eine ric^tige 13 SSorftettung 14 baoon erft 1 ^ bann 16 madden fonnen, toenn id 3nen fage, bag tcfj felbft gefe^en ^abe, toie ein Regiment Sfteiterei 17 unter einem SSIatte @dlt)enlungen 18 ma^te. abei 19 regnete20 e fe^r ftar|2i- boc22 tour be fttemcmb na. Stner t)on ber @efeflfdjaft 7 Bef^tog, ben Siigner 23 in feiner eigenen 24 3JJilne 25 u & egafjten unb fagte: 55a toar freilt^ 2 ^ ein fe^r grower of)l!o|)fio ; bod^ geBe 27 td^ n, bafj e augergetDo^nlid^e 28 ad^en auf ber SSelt 4 gtebt 29 . 5lud^ id^ lann &on einer folc^en cr= cifjlen. 5luf nteinen bieten 9leifen 30 lam id^ anc^ nac^ 3apan, Sort fjaBe ic^ gefe^en, toie ein ^effel 1 con gleid^= fatl 3 i faoelfjafterii rogei 2 anf einer grogen (bene 32 an- gefertigt 33 tonrbe. 5ln bemfetben arbeiteten ^nnbert ^it^jfer* fd^miebe 34 ; fie ttmren jeboc^ 35 fo toeit 36 t)on einanber ent^ fernt 37 , ba leiner bie Ijammerfdfjtage 38 be anbern Ijoren fonnte. ^onnen @ie fid^ borftetten 39 , toie grojs biefer ^effeli ttmr? SDer Siigner 23 toar betroffen 4( > nnb fagte: ^}'a^ mng ein fefjr grower ^effel 1 getoefen fein; aber fagen @ie aud^, too^n er gebraud^t 41 tuerben foUte. %tf) tt)ei ba nid^t rec^t 42 , ertoieberte 43 ber 5tnbere; boc gtaube id(), bag man ben ^o^lfo^f 10 barin foifjen 44 tooffte, ben @te in $($erfien 9 gefefjen aben* 1 kettle, 2 traveller, 3 nearly, 4 world, 5 to travel over,. durchreisen, 6 to relate, erztihlen, 7 society, 8 exactly, 9 Persia, 10 cabbage head, 11 fabulous, 12 seize, 13 correct, 14 idea, 15 only, 16 then, 17 cavalry, 18 evolutions, 19 at the same time, 20 to- rain, regnen, 21 fast, 22 yet, 23 liar, 24 own, 25 coin, 26 in- deed, 27 to permit, zugeben (irr.), 28 extraordinary, 29 there are, es giebt, 30 journeys, 31 likewise, 32 plain, 33 to make, to finish, vnfertigen, 34 coppersmiths, 35 however, 36 far, 37 distant, away, 38 strokes of the hammer, 39 to imagine, sick vai'stcllen,. 40 struck, 41 to use, brauchen, 42 exactly, 43 to reply, &rwiedern f 44 to cook, kochen. German Grammar. 6 162 Thirty-fifth Lesson. Sfiinfunbbreifjtgfte Seftioiu IV. The INTRANSITIVE VERBS. Intransitive Verbs are those which convey a full idea without squiring an object, or of which the object is not in the Accus- ative case ; as, fdjlofen, to sleep; geljen, to walk; Ijelfen (Dat.) to help They cannot have a passive voice, and form their perfect tenses with the auxiliary fetn (see list of verbs page 22), but very often also with Ijaben. Viz : All intransitive verbs signifying change of place or of condition of the subject are conjugated with fetn. Such are : oufftefjen irr., to get up fake aufttmdjen, to aws begegnen (Dat.X*), to meet eilen, to hasten clnfdjlafen irr., to fall asleep erfdjeinen irr., to appear ertrinfen irr., to be drowned, to drown fafiren irr., to drive fallen irr., to fall fliegen irr., to fly flieljen irr., to flee folgen (Dat.), to follow gefjen irr., to walk, to go genejen irr., to recover gefdjeljen irr., to happen tommen irr., to come lonben, to land laufen irr., to run reiien, to travel retten irr., to ride fdjletdjen irr., to sneak fdjtmmnten irr., to swim finfen irr., to sink [terben irr., to die fteigen irr., to mount ftiir$en irr., to rush, to fall tieridjtmnben irr., to disappear toadjien irr., to grow, &c. &c. NOTE. Nearly all of these verbs compounded with prefixes are conjugated with fetn, when they have an intransitive meaning ; as, jc>ct in the Accusative. 163 to answer, ottttoorten ,, be awake, ttadjen ,, be drowned, *er= trinfen, irr. be wrecked, *f#eitern the boat, bo 93oot the disease, illness, bie flranffiett the evening-party, tie SlBenbgefeHfdjaft far, toett to follow, *folgen (Dat.) grow, *ttwauje gefaftren? @ie tt)iirben fritfier nad) aufe gefommen fein, ftjenn @ie ntd)t fo toett geritten toaren. Of (an) what disease has your sister-in-law died ? My father has gone out. Your cousin has ridden to (nach) B. What have you been doing ? I have been reading. The train for (nach) L. has not & start- edc yet<* . The bird has flown over (Ace.) the house. All the sailors have been drowned. Have you been whistling? They had already arrived, when (als) we came 6 to (auf) the station* . Why have you not gone to the evening-party ? These cherries have been lying under the tree. When did you awake (translate : have you awaked) this (heute) morning? Where (wohin) has the ball fallen? I hope, you will soon (bald) have recovered. I have lived several years in this house. We were (translate : have been) awake during the storm. I have been working a very long time (sehr lange). How many boats have been wrecked? What has he answered? Have you come alone ? 164 Questions on Grammar. 1. What intransitive verbs are conjugated with sein? 2. When are such verbs, compounded with prefixes, conjugated with sein ? 3. With which auxiliary are the verbs sitzen (to sit), stehen (to stand), liegen (to lie), bleiben (to remain, to stay) conjugated ? With which auxiliary are the other intransitive verbs, which do not follow the rule mentioned, conjugated? 4. Conversation. Are you still sleeping? No, I awoke an hour ago. Why have you not got up yet? Because it is too ea.Tly[toT](Dat.) me. Why are so many people run- ning to (an) the river? A man was drowned. Could he not swim ? He had nearly swum to (an) the shore, when (als) he suddenly sank. Has your 'father not recovered yet from his illness? No, he is still very ill. Did you hear the storm last (heute) night? Yes, I was not asleep before one o'clock. Four ships are said (sollen) to have been wrecked. Has anyone been drowned? No, all the people have been saved. The train for (nach) L . will have started, beforefe^ we arrive. No, it must w r ait for (auf) our train. Do you think, we shall arrive very late ? Yes, we shall be half an hour late. Why did you stay out so long ? I had to (musste) stay rather (ziemlich) late at (im) business. djlafen @ie nod)? ftein, idj bin [fd)on] uor einer (Etunbe aufgetoadjt. SBarum ftnb @ie nod) ntdjt auf* geftanben ? SSeil e3 tntr nod) 511 friif) ift. SB arum laiifen fo triete Seute an ben ^tuft? Sin 9ttann ift ertrunfen. onnte er nidjt fd)intmmen 1 (r mar beina^e an^ lifer ge= fdjinommen, al er :pI6Iid) fanf. Sft S^r SSater nodj nid)t oon feiner ran!^eit genefen? in, er tft nod) fe&r !ran!. 6ie fieute -ftadjt ben Sturm geprt? Sa, id) bin oor em U^r ntdjt eingefdjlafen. S3ter djiffe foUen gefdjeitert fein. Sft S^ntanb ertmnfen? 9lein, aHe Seute finb gerettet ft or ben. Ser ^9 nad) 2. tt)trb abge* gangenfein, el)ett>iranfontnten. SJ^ein, er muB auf unfern 3 u ft marten, lauben @te, tme tuerben fefjr fpat anfomnten? So, tntr loerben eine ^atbe tunbe SBerfpdtung ^aben. 25arum finb @ie fo lange au^ geblieben ? Sd) mufete siemtid) lange im efdjaft bleiben. 165 (Erercisc Ho. 35. ie Slfcridjttttta, 1 toon Gin aufmann in Sonbon lam bnrcf) gufatt 2 in ben $8efi| 3 etne unbe, meldjer fritter 4 einent S)iebe 5 gef)5rt Ijatte nnb toon bemfelben nm Steven 6 abgericfjtet 7 morben mar. O^ne Don ber efd)icfli(f)leit 8 be nnbe etma u a^nen 9 , lam biefer eine age in feine neuen errn (omptoir 10 gelanfen nnb legte i^m bie SSorberBetne 11 onf ben (Schools 12 . Ser ^aufmann fcemerfte, ba er ein ^atfet in ber @o!)n 28 mit= %iten 29 lonnte, lam biefer felbft n i^m nnb er^ci^Ite, er merbe feit einiger &it oft beftofjlen 30 nnb miffe nid^t, mie e snge^e 31 , ba fein elblaften 32 nnbef^abigt 33 bteibe, nnb anger 34 i^m Sftemanb in ba Dimmer lomme. >er (Sinjige 35 , ben er im SSerbac^t 36 ^aben lonne, fei ber nnb, ber bann 37 nnb mann 38 in feinent aufe fic!^ anftjalte 39 ; aber e fc^eine i^m nnglanblid^ 40 , bafc ein nnb etb meg= neijmen 41 fottte. (6d)iuB folgt.) 1 teaching, 2 chance, 3 possession, 4 formerly, 5 thief, 6 stealing, 7 to teach, to train up, abrichten, 8 ability, 9 to perceive, to anticipate, ahnen, 10 office, (Pronounce: Kon-tor,) 11 fore-feet, 12 lap, 13 snout, 14 roll, 15 however, 16 aside, 17 subsequently, 18 various, 19 to lay away (to pick up), zufheben (irr. ), 20 precaution, 21 finally, 22 he remembered, 23 likewise, 24 whereby, 25 to take with (one), -miinehmen (irr.), 26 before, 27 again, 28 suspicion, 29 to communicate, mittheilen, 30 to rob, bestehlen (irr. ), 31 happened, 32 money-box, 33 uninjured, 34 besides, 35 only one, 36 to suspect, im Verdacht haben, 37 38 now and then, 39 to stay, sich aufhalten (irr), 40 incredible, 41 to take away, vregnchmen (irr.). 166 Thirty-sixth Lesson. edjSunbbretfiigfte Seftiotu V. The IMPERSONAL VERBS. Impersonal Verbs are used only in the 3rd person singular (e). They are conjugated with the auxiliary Ijaben (see list of verbs page' 26). Such verbs are : Infinitive. Present. btifcen, to lighten, e blt&t bonnern, to thunder, e bonnert Infinitive. regnen, to rain, reifen, to be a hoar-) frost, } fdjneten, to snow, tag en, to dawn, tfjauen, to thaw, ttetterleudjten, to be \ sheet-lightning, ) Prevnt. e regnet e retfr e fdmett e tagt e tfcaut e roetter= leudjtet Mn tn KA J" e if*' there k leSfmb, there are gefrieren irr.to freeze, e* gefriert bagein, to hail, e Ijagelt Remarks. There is, there are, are translated e giebt (there was, were, e3 gab, etc.), when they express the indefinite existence of a following noun or pronoun^ ; as, @i gtebt triele efdjtrfjten, bie nicSt tpa^r ftnb. There are many stories which are not true. gab fritter eine gewiffe 6orte gti'dje tm 5D?eere, bie je^t beridjrounben ift. There was formerly a certain species of fish in the sea which has now disappeared. egen ben Sob gtebt e fetn SKittel. Against death there is no remedy. There is is translated e3 ift, and there are, e finb (tliere was, e3 luar; there were, e3 luoren, etc.), when they express the definite existence of a following noun or pronoun(*) (mostly in a small place, distinctly pointed out) ; as, 5 ift etn $err tm 3i m wcr. There is a gentleman in the room. S-:- nmren SSuc^er auf bem 5Ctl"(^e. There were books on the table. Cc roaren t)iele ftinber tra arten. There were many children in the garden. Note. G-? (there) in e ift, c toot, etc. (bnt not in e gteBt, etc.) must be omitted, if it cannot commence the sentence in German and should be placed after the verb (i.e. in the interrogative and inverted form); as, 23ar etn err tm 3i m nter? Was there a gentleman in the room? Sluf biefem 2t)'d)e fmb teine 93uc^er. On this table there are no books. Many other verbs may be used impersonally, sometimes go- verning a case ; as, e fdjeint, it seems, it appears e berrifft, it concerns e genugt, it suffices e bebarf, it needs e ift (tb,ut) mtr letb, I am sorry e freitt micfi, I am glad e friert mtoi,(**) I am (feel) cold e ift mtr BKtt,(**) I am (feel) e3 ifi mtr ropb,!, 1 feel well e geltngt mtr, I succeed e tierfteijt ftc^, it is a matter of course e lommt mtr oor, it seems to me c ift mtr rec^t, I agree to it tote gefyt e 3b,nen? how do you do, how are you i c gefjt mtr gut, I am well (*) 6 gtebt e gab, eto. require the following noun or pronoun in the Accusative, whilst e3 ift, e finb, etc. require it in the Nominative. (**) Instead of e friert mid) also id) Ijabe fait, id) friere, and instead of e ift mtr ro arm also id) Ijabe warm may be used, but the above forms -ire preferred. tot I am cold, eS friert (irr.)/ I succeed, e(*) gelingt I am glad, e freut mid) I am sorry, e ift mir leib I am warm, e ift mir to arm I am well, c(*) ge^t (irr.) mir gut I feel well, e ift mir rooljl I (irr.) mir ' close (of air), fdjnml fast (of raining, etc.), ftarl to freeze, gefrieren (imp. irr.) ,, happen, *gefd)eljen irr. how do you do > roie geftt how are you |e;3Ijnen? to lighten. Bttfcen (imp.) the lightning, ber 93Ii the rain, ber iRegen to rain, regnen (imp.) snow, fdjneien (imp.) thaw, tfjauen (imp.) the thunder, ber 5)onner to thunder, bonnern Exercise No. 36. 1. It is snowing. Did it lighten ? No, it thundered only. Will it freeze to-night (heute Nacht)? It has been raining. There was no family, which was as (so) happy as (als) yours. There is nothing more detestable (nichts Verdchtlicheres) than avarice. There are good and bad men (Menschen). There will never again (nie wieder) be such& a a poet. There is a bird in the room. There are some girls in your house. There was nobody in (auf) the whole street. There were many soldiers in the fortress. There has been a large fire in the town. Is there a book on the table? It is too warm. What has happened ? I am sorry. Are you glad? It is hot. It snows very fast. Were you warm? How do you do? I am well. He does not feel well. I shall succeed. To-morrow it will thaw. I was cold. It is too early. It has grown (werden) dark. Did it snow? It lightens. It is close. Were you sorry ? It happened. We have been glad. Was it rain- ing fast? It has been thundering. You will be cold. They succeeded. 2. tauBen @te, bafj eg morgett frfjneten totrb? Stein, eg ift 511 roarm. $at eg geblifct? 3a, id) fcafce ben SSIifc gefeljen. fe toiirbe mid) fretten, roenn ber 9tegen aufprte (would cease). (g regnet; bitte (please), geben @ic mir etnett 9tegetifdjtrm. @3 gtebt nur emeu tjafeSpeare. 3 bomtert; fonnen te ben on> ner pren? @^ ift fefcr fd)tDut in biefem 3tmmer. 3^^ @ic S^en SDlontel an, ober eg njtrb @ie frieren. 3$ woltte bo 5pferb lanfen, aber eg gelang mir nidjt. It has been thundering and lightening the whole night. Yester- day it rained ; to-day it snows. It has been freezing to-night (heute Nacht). I am glad to see you. It is very close; we shall have (bekom- men) a thunderstorm. Are you warm ? We must make haste, it will rain very fast. There were four cigars on the table. It happened, when ( als) I was& ilia . I a m sorry to hear it. It will thaw this (heute) afternoon. There is no wine in the bottle. Do you feel well now ? There are people, who talk 6 (sprechen) much* and think& little . (*) Such impersonal verbs have e for the subject in German and their ob- ject, being the same person as the subject in English, must stand either in the Accusative or Dative case; as, thou wast cold, eS fror bid); ho has been cold, cS Ijot iljn ge- froreit; the children were warm, eS ftjar ben inbern warm; are you warm? ift e8 168 Questions on Grammar. 1. In which person only are Impersonal verbs used ? 2. With which auxiliary are they conjugated? 3. When are there is, there are etc. translated by esgiebt etc? 4. When is there is translated by es ist and there are by es sind etc. ? 5. When is es (there) in es ist, es war etc. to be omitted ? Conversation. How do you do? Thanks, I am well; and how are you to-day? I don't feel quite well. I am sorry for it. Did it rain last (heute) night? No, it has been freezing and snowing. It is very close to-day. Yes, I think we shall have (be- kommen) a thunder-storm. It just commences to lighten. And now it is thundering. How is the weather to-day ? It is raining very fast Are you obliged to go out? No, I shall stay at home. Do you feel cold? No, I am warm. Do you think you can let your house ? I think I shall succeed. What is the newsl There is no news. What is the matter 1 Nothing is the matter. What has happened ? Somebody has been drowned. Who was it? I don't know. Is there any ink in the inkstand ? Yes, there is some (in it). Is it time to go ? No, it is still too early. I am glad to see you. So am I. Can you spare me a little time to accompany me? No, I am very sorry ; I must go home now. 2Bte geljt eg SJanfe, eg ge&t mtr gut; unb rote ge&t eg 3&.nen jjeute? eg ift mtr nicfit gana roofil. ift mtr letb. eg fceute -ftadfjt geregnet? , eg bat gefroren wtb ge* fcfinett. (5g ift beute febr fc&roiil. 3a, id) glaube, ttrir roerben ein eroitter befommen. eg fangt eben an 511 bitten. Unb je$t bonnert eg. 2ag f iir SSctter Ijaben rotr fieute ? (g regnet feBr ftarf. 9Mffen 6ie augge^en? 9?etn, id) roerbe 511 |>aufe bletben griert eg @ie? 3lein, eg ift mir roarm. lauben Ste, @te fonnen aug Dermtetfien ? ^sd) glaube, eg nrirb mtr gelin SSag gtebt eg 9Zeueg? (g gtebt ntcbtg 91eueg. 2Bag gtebt eg? g gtebt ntcfjtg. SSas ift gefc&efien? Semanb ift ertrunfen. SSer roar eg? 3d) roetfe [eg] ntcfct. 3ft Stnte tm Sintenfa^ a, eg ift bar in. ft eg Beit gu gefcen? eg ift norf) gu freut mtd^, ie gu feijen. d) ebenfallg. 6ie ein roenig fttit, begletten? , eg ift mtr febr letb ; ic jefct nac^ ^aufe geben. 169 etri fonft, in vain ja tuoljl, yes, certainly allein, alone fdjroerlid), hardly nein, no aueinanber, asunder, gerobe (eben), precisely, ntdjt, not apart just iiberf)aupt, at all fonft, else ebenfaHS l likewige gar ntd)t, not at all fonft etnwS, anything else fonft ntdjtS, nothing else gIeid)faH \ jebenfattS, at all events fogar, felbft, even nidjt etnmal, not even fo, ebenfo, so, as, thus tljeilroeife, partly tm egentb,eil, on the genug, enough.sufficiently atCerbtngS, certainly, in- contrary fyutldngltdj, sufficiently deed tm Sltlgemetnen, in general nur (blo), only, but etc. etc. (*) "This" standing with nouns expressing day-time (morning, afternoon, etc.) is usually translated fjeute; but btefen (Ace.) also may be used. 172 Thirty-seventh Lesson B. iebenunbbreifsigfte Seftion. Remarks on the Adverbs. There are three principal kinds of adverbs; viz: I) Adverbs of Place, 2) Adverbs of Time, 3) Adverbs of Quality and Manner (see pages 170 & 171). Adverbs of Manner consist of Adverbs of manner, quantity, affir- mation, negation and doubt. For Adverbs of Quality see next lesson. OBSERVATIONS. Many adverbs of place if used with a vei-1 < indicating direction or movement towards or from a place must be accompanied by f)tn and fier(*) (marked in our list with a ); whilst, when no such direction or movement is indicated, the or- dinary or another form without f)in and er must be used (marked in our list with ) ; as, SBoIjin geljen 6ie? Where do you go (to)? SBoIjer fommen ie? Where do you come (from)? SSo ftnb ie? Where are you? Note. The adverbs commencing with f)in and Ijer like (Ijtnaue, Jjevauf, etc.) are always used as prefixes of separable verbs. The adverb together is translated beijammen when the verb denotes absolute rest ; as, beifammen ftfcen, to sit together Otherwise together is rendered gufatntnen; as, SSir gingen jufammen nad) au)e. We went home together. Only is translated erft, if denoting time; otherwise nut (or blO) ; as, % Cie geftem cud) bort getoefen Have you been there yesterday as wells For the place of Adverbs of time see pages 80 and 88. Adverbial expressions are generally preceded by the true ad- verbs of the same kind ; as, ftt lam geftern sum rrften Wlal. He came for the first time yesterday ~P) The use of b,in and $ is explained on page 142. 173 about, ungefaljr (Adv.) , nothing at all, gen mdjt3 again, tt>iet>ec of course, natitrlidj at all, at all events, jebenfallS at present, gegentoartig above, upstairs, often below, downstairs, itnten first (adv.), at first, per ft last (adv.), at last, julc^t long, a long time, Icmge not at all, gar nidjt on the way, perhaps, toie presently, gletcf) pretty (adv.), tolerably, rather, jiemlicl) scarcely, hardly, fount sometimes, mandjmal soon, balb straight on, gerabeftttS surely, certainly, geroifj the other day, neuliclj there, yonder, bo, bort together, jitfrttnmen, 6ei frtntnten to the right, on the right (handside), retf)t to the left, on the left (handside), Iinl Exercise No. 37. 1. Where shall (solleri) we go (to) to-morrow? Where do you come from? Come here. Your pencil is there. Look there. Do you come thence (s. p. 170)? Is your brother upstairs? No, he is down- stairs. Go upstairs. Go downstairs. Come upstairs. Come down- stairs. Go to the right. Go to the left. Is the church on the right handside ? No, it is on the left. Go straight on. Let us walk together. I saw him on the way. They have no time at present. I shall be there presently. He will soon be here. Sometimes I thought (glauben) it. Who came first? I came last I know your father pretty well.. He would (wolleri) scarcely believe it. Can you write to (an Ace.} me in about a month ['s time] ? Perhaps I& can a (*) do it. At all events don't forget it. Certainly not. You should of course answer my (auf meineri) letter. Has your friend been at (im) business at all ? This workman is not at all clever. They stood together a long time. 2. b'nnen @te nttr ben ttacfcften SBeg auf (to) ben SBafjttljof getgen? Gfe^en'-ftafe) <3te bte erfte trotfe red)t3 wtb (gefien @ie) bann (then) gerabeait. SBttten @ie 3>Bren (SJrofftater tjierfier 511 !ommen. SStr fafcen nod) lange betfammen. (3 tft bemofie jed)^ lifer; luir miifjen nn beeiten, irenn totr guerft bort fern rooHen. &> tft nttr fieute gar ntd)t toofit. %&) werbe t)iettetd)t in etner tunbe u $aufe fein. 3ft ^emanb oben? egenmdrtig ftnb bte s J2tid)te fiiftter. SBariint lommen (are) @ie tmmer fo fpdt.^ SBetl id) fo lange (late) im (at) efd)aft bleiben ntii^. At last he came himself. We were not at all polite. Your cousin has not come here yet (see Note (*) on page 170). The music will commence presently. I seldom conversed with her. At six o'clock we could see scarcely anything. We went together yesterday to my uncle(s). It is already evening. Of course I b shall* (*)see you again. It will soon strike eight. He said nothing at all. At all events you 6 willa (*) find (trefferi) me at home to-morrow. He never wrote to (an Ace.) me. Who is going there? I did not meet (begegneri) anybody at all on the way. We were not long together. I had sometimes no money at all. (*) If the subject does not commence the sentence, it is placed after its verb or auxiliary. 174 Questions on Grammar. 1. What place do adverbs usually occupy ? 2. Can adverbs be placed between the Subject and the Verb in German? 3. Where are adverbs of place put ? 4. But if there be a past participle or another part of the verb which must be at the end of the sentence, where is the adverb then placed? 5. Where are adverbs of time placed ? 6. If there be a personal pronoun without a preposition in German, where is the adverb of time then placed ? 7. If there is an adverbial expression and a true adverb of the same kind, what order has to be observed ? Conversation. Where shall we go to-day ? Let us go to (in) the theatre. Have you often been there (al- ready)? Yes, I go there twice a week. Did you ask Mr. H. to come here? Yes, he will be here presently. How far is it to (nach) (the) . . . street? About half an hour's walk. Which way must I take (go) 1 Go straight on and then (dann [take] the second street on the left. Did you come first? No, it was not I, for (denn) I came last. When will you come ? Perhaps at half past six ; but at all events I shall be here at seven. Will your brother come as well (auch)l Certainly, he will [come]. What do you know of your friend, Mr. N.? I saw him the other day ; he is still in B. Why will you depart so sud- denly? I am expected at home to-mor- row afternoon. SBpfjin fotten rotr beute geben^ SBir rooflen in! Xfjeoter gefjen. <5inb @te fcfcon oft ba (or bort) geroefen? 3a, id) gelje jroeimal bie 28od)e bafyin (or bortfjin). 93aten Ste errn $. Berber 511 fomrnen? 8a, er ttrirb gleid) fn'er fein. SSie roeit ift e3 nad) ber ... tra&e ? ttngefafjr cine Ijalbe timbe. 2BeId)en 28eg mufj id) gefjen? (Seljen @ie gerabe cms unb bann bie gtoeite trafce amen @ie guerft? yietn, id) roar e3 md)t , benn id) fam gule|t. SBann roerben Ste fpmmen? 33iefleid)t um ^atb fteben; aber jebenfaH roerbe id) um fteben ^ier fein. SSirb 3$r SSruber aud) fommen? eroi [tmrb er fommen]. 2Bos tuiffen @ie bon S^ rem ^reunbe, ^errn -ft.? ^d) fa^ i^n neulid ; er ift in S3. SBarum tuotten @ie fo abreifen ? I ^^ werbe morgen 9ad)mittag erroartet. 175 HenMng dmtm tto. 37. aifer Sofe^ II. Sine arme SBttttue 1 in 2Bien 2 nmrbe fefjr fran! unb fdjicfte iJjrett fteinen @ofm tiad) etnem Sfrjte. 3)er naBe lief n t>erfrf)tebenen 3 Slerjten j aBer jeber tooftte erft 4 einen (Mben 5 f)aBen, elje 6 er fomtnen lonne. S)er arme SHeine,? ber tttcf)t al 8 Xljranen 9 f)atte, tootfte traurig 10 tmeber nac^ auje gefyett, al n er untertt)cg etnem freunbltcf) 12 on^fe^enben 13 errn Begegnete. 3n feiner -iftotf) 14 fagte er jn i^m: ndbiger err 15 , feien @ie fo Barmfjer^tg 16 unb fd^enlen @te mtr einen nlben. 5 liefer fragte tf)n: benn 17 ntc^t and njeniger? -ftein, antrt)ortete ber nnb gaB 18 ifym bie Urfac^e 19 an. S^nn 20 , h)enn ba fo ift, fagte ber err, fo tmfl id^ bir ben nlben 5 geBen; aBer fage mtr erft, 4 too betne 9Jlutter rao^nt.- *3)er ^naBe t^ettte 21 t^m bie 5lbreffe mtt, erf)telt ba (Mb unb lief bann 22 raf<^ 23 jum nacf)ften 5lr^te, todfirenb 24 ber gut^erjige 25 franfen SBttttDei eilte. 5(nf feme Srage 2 ^, m$ er^a^lte i^m bie 3tom, tueld^e i^n fitr einen Slrjt telt 28 , oon i^rer ran!eit unb 3Irmut5 2 9. ^ierauf t>erfc^rteB 30 er tfjr eine SIrjnei 31 , toeld^e fie fjolen laffen fottte. ^aum raar er eintge SD^innten fort 32 , al^ 11 ber naBe mtt bem tt)tr!lic^en 33 SCrjte !am. SlI^ 11 er orte, bag fcfjon ein 3lr^t ba geroefen fei unb etlua^ berfd^rieBen 30 fjaBe, ta er ba 9lecept 3 4 unb rief 3 ^ bann 22 iiBerrafc^t 3 6 au: - 9lnn 2() , ber lann fretlid^ 37 Beffere SRecepte 3 * fc^reiBen aU ic; er fiat @udj fiinfjig 2)n!aten 38 Beim fatferltrfjen 39 3a!)tamt 40 angetotefen 41 unb ben -ftanten 42 ^ofep^ barunter gefc^rteBen. 28i6t S^r jejt, raer e mar? 1 widow, 2 Vienna, 3 various, 4 first, 5 florin, 6 before, 7 little boy, 8 but, 9 tears, 10 sorrowfully, 11 when, 12 friendly, 13 looking, 14 distress, 15 my lord, 16 merciful, 17 then, 18 to mention, angcbcn (irr.), 19 cause, 20 well, 21 to inform of, mit- theilen, 22 then, 23 quickly, 24 whilst, 25 good-hearted, 26 question, 27 to ail,fehlen (Dat.), 18 to take for, halten (irr.)/wr, 29 poverty, 30 to prescribe, verschreiben (irr), 31 medecine, 32 away, 33 .real, 34 the receipt, prescription, dasfiecept, 35 to exclaim, aiisrufen (irr.), 36 surprised, 37 to be sure, 38 ducats, 39 imperial, 40 treasury, 41 to assign, anweisen (irr.), 42 name. 176 Thirty-eighth Lesson. Sldjtunbbreigtgfte Seftton. Remarks on the Adverbs (concluded). Adverbs are indeclinable. Most qualifying Adjectives can be used as adverbs without al- tering their form , as, 3>iefc* <8ud) ifl frfjledjt. This book is bad (Adj.). iefe JBudi ift fdjledjt gebunben. This book is bound badly (Adv.) SJietn TOet'fer ift nicbt gut. My knife is not good (Adj.). ffliein TOeffer ift nidjt gut gefdjlifren. My knife is not well (Adv.) sharpened. The comparative and superlative of Adverbs are formed like those of Adjectives; but in the superlative the one form with am must be always used (see page 76); as, fdjtedjt, bald fdjledjter, worse am fcfjtedjteften, (the) worst warm, warmly farmer, more warmly am rodrmften, (the) most warmly The following Adverbs form their degrees thus : fjolb, soon fruljer (eljer), sooner am friiljeftett (am eljeften), (the) gern(e), willingly, gladly liebcr, better am Hcbftcn, best [soonest gut (tooljl), well fceffer, better am bcften, (the) best NOTES. 1. There is another form, the absolute superlative, which expresses a very high degree without comparison. It is formed from qualifying Adverbs by putting aufs (auf das) before the Adverb and adding ste fate) to the Adverb ; or simply by adding st (est) without using aufs; as, 3dj ttmrbe auf freuttMtdjfte empfangen or idj tourbe freuttblidjft I was most kindly received. 1. A few adverbs form this superlative by adding (e)stens; thus : ttjemgftenS, at least fcftfefteitS, at the earliest fpfitefteuS, at the latest I}64ften, at the most l'd^5nften, most beauti- fully 6eften, in the best manner etc. etc. A so : erge&enft, most humbly OBSERVATION. ern(e), Iteber, am liebften are generally used as the translation of the English to Wee, to like better, to like best, in the following manner : 3d) effe gern(e) 2Te^fet. I like to eat apples. 3ftf) trinfe gern(e) SSetn. I like to drink wine. 3d) fpiele Iteber. I like better to play. 3d) ttmrbe (or modjte) cm lie&ften fingen. I should like best to sing. When in English the second verb is only understood, in German it must be used ; as, 3d) effe gern(e) gleifdj. I like(*) meat (to eat). 3d) trinfe feljr gern(c) Sier. I like beer very much (**) (to drink). 3d) gef)e gern(e) in Sweater. I like the theatre (to go to the theatre). 3d) i)5re nidjt fe^r gern(e) Wvtft. I don't like music much (**) (to hear). ern(e) etc. is also used in the translation of to be fond of; like : a&en Sie iljn gern(e)? Are you fond of him? 3$ tanje lie&er I am more fond of dancing. (*) ,,To like" referring to taste may also be rendered by mogen; as, 3d) mag gietfd). 9R5gen @te lieber SScin? etc. (**) ,,Much" or ,,very much" in such cases is translated feljr. 177 beautiful, ft the birthday, tog correct, rtdjttg distinct, beutlid) loud, aloud, lout to play, fpielen to take a walk, ren geljen irr. in the morning, 9Jiorgen this morning, Ijeute frill) to-morrow morning, mot* gen fritJj yesterday in the morning, geftern friil) in the forenoon, 33ormit= tog at noon, SDtittogS to-day at noon, Ijeute SRittog in the afternoon, 9toclj' in the evening, 218 rob 8 this evening, to-night, Ijeute Sl&enb yesterday evening, last night, geftern Sl&enb a week ago, borSXogenic. in a week, in 8 SEogen :c. this day week (hence), Ijeute iiBer 8 5Eoge it. this day week (back), fjeute uor 8 Xogen ic. a fortnight, 14 Sage Exercise No. 38. 1. This bird sings (pfeiferi) beautifully. My sister sang more beautifully than yours. Your cousin (f. ) sang most beautifully. Which boy works must industriously ? I spoke to (mil] him 6 very politely* . He read louder than you. You ought to write more distinctly. He pronounced the word the most correctly. You did your work as badly as your brother. Why have they not paid sooner ? I shall be here soonest. Do you like wine? No, I like beer better than wine. My brother likes wine best. We do not like to sing. I should like best to read. He never liked the theatre. Do you like cherries ? Yes, I like them very much. Is your sister fond of you ? Children are very fond of playing. 2. 2Bo ftmren @ie fjeute frufy? 8$ gelje getuofinftd) $8ortntttag3 in bie (to) tabt. (Geftern 5tbenb ttmr id) im (at the) (oncert, unb Ijettte 5lbenb foerbe id) itt (to the) Sweater geljen. <3ie Ijeute Stadjmittag fpagteren. err 3. ift tmr aufe. ^onnte tc^ ifjn nttjt morgen frii^ fprec^en (see)1 letter tear oor 8 Xagen fd)5ner al^ fjeitte. eute iiber 14 Xage toerbe ic^ ttadj (for) S. abreijen. eute iiber 3 SKodjen ift tnetn ebitrt3tag. 2)er S3rteftrdger fommt immer ^orgen^ unb 2lbenb. tauben (Ste, baft ba3 djiff in 14 Sagen feier fetn ttjerbe? What have you been doing the whole week ? In the morning we stayed at home, and in the afternoon we took a walk. Do you like walking (spazieren gehen) ? This day week I was still very ill. What have you to do this afternoon ? How long did your sister stay at (auf) the ball last night ? The birthday of my mother is this day fortnight. Read aloud and distinctly. Do you think (glauberi), your work will (Subj.) be ready in a week? Yes, this day week I shall have finished (done) it. We expected you yesterday in the morning. Send (schicken) (Dat. ) me the parcel this morning. I shall be at home to-day at noon. We like music very much (to hear). The name was not written cor- rectly. This day fortnight I was still in Paris. What shall (sollev) we do to-night ? 178 Questions on Grammar. 1. How can most qualifying adjectives be used as adverbs? 2. How are the comparative and superlative of adverbs formed I 3. What adverbs form their degrees irregularly ? 4. When is the absolute superlative used ? 5. How is the absolute superlative formed? 6. How is this superlative formed by a few adverbs ? 7. When are gem(e), lieber, am liebsten generally used ? 8. When the second verb in English is only understood, must it be expressed in German? 9. In translation of what expression can gem(e) t etc. also be used? Conversation. Do you like cigars? Yes, I like them very much. Does your sister like dancing? Yes, she likes dancing and sing- ing. What do youlikebest, tea, coffee or wine? I like tea better than coffee or wine. Where is your father? I should like to see him? He will come home this even- ing. Do you like roses? Yes, I am very fond of flowers. Should you like to go to (in) the theatre? Yes, if we can go together. Which would you like better, to stay at home or to go out? I should rather go out. When did you write to (an Ace.) your friend (f.)? I wrote to her a week ago. Has she (already) answered (auf Ace.) your letter? No, not yet ; I do not think that she will answer before a fort- night @te gern(e) (igarren? [id) raud)e fie] fefir gern(e). Sbre cfitoefter gern(e)? fie tanjt iinb fingt gern(e). trtnfen (5ie ant liebften, SDjee, $affee ober SBetn? 3d) trtn!e Sfjee lieber alS $affee ober SSein. 2Bo ift Sljr gs a ter? %$ moc&te ifjn gem(e) fpredjen. (r ttrirb fceitte SIbenb nad) |mufe fotnmen. aben @ic SRojen gem(e)? Sa, id^ fiobe SSIumen fefir gern(e). SSiirben (or modjten) 6ie gern(e) in^ Sweater geljen? ^a/ roenn tuir gufommen geljen fonnen. a^ roiirben @ie lieber tbun, 511 ^>aufe bleiben, ober au^gefyen ? $5^ tuiirbe (or mod)te) lieber au^geben. SSann fdjrieben @te an fctirieb nor 8 Xagen an fie. mt fie fd)on aiif Sfren 93rief geantruortet ? Sftein, nod) nid^t; id) glaube nid)t, bafe fie oor 14 agen antiuorten wirb 179 JUaMttg dmtwt Ho. 38. linger 1 (Sin err in SSrigfyton fjatte einen unb, ber jeben Hftorgen mit einem $ennt) im 9ftau( 2 $nm ^teifcfjer lief iinb fid) felbft fein grnfjftuc! 3 feufte. ($ine 2ftorgen fanb er ben Saben be gleifcf)er, bei bem er getooljnlidfj fein gleifdj Ijolte, gefdjloffen. Ste* er nnger5 fjatte, tooflte er nidjjt ttmrten, bis 6 ber Soben aitfgemac^t ttmrbe, nnb lief ba^er^ n einem anbern gleifc^er, ber nid^t toeit 8 batjon too^nte. S3ei feiner Slnteft 9 legte er ben $enn^ anf ben SSIoc! nnb Bero^ 10 narf) 11 feiner emofin^eit 12 bie SSaare 13 be gleifd^er. liefer mac^te mit bem neuen ^nnben tuenig Umftdnbe 14 , nafjtn ben ^5enn^ nnb jagte 15 ben nnb mit einem @totfe 16 cm bem Saben. ine'fotd^e Ungerec^tigfeit 1 '' tnnjste bem X^iere fe^r migfatten 18 ; attein 19 e fonnte nici^tS mac^en nnb blieb einen Xag oljne ^u= ftiirf. 3 5lm anbern 9ftorgen, al ber nnb Don feinem |jerrn feinen ^enn^ er^alten Ijatte, ging er tuieber nm namlidjjen gteifc^er, ber in geftern fo fc^Iec^t 20 bef)anbelte. @r tegte feine ^npfermiinae 2 ! mieber anf ben 33loc!, fe|te 22 aBer biefe 9JlaI Innrrenb 23 feine ^fote 24 barauf. ^5)er Steiftfjer niagte 25 unter fotc^en Umftanben 14 feinen neuen @treid) 2 <5, fe^nitt 2 ^ ein (Stiicl 28 gteif^ ab, gab e bem unbe, nnb aioUte fid^ nnn bega^lt mac^en. @^e 29 er aber biefe t^nn fonnte, atte ba Kuge 1 X^ier fein Sieifc^ tier* fcljlnngen 30 nnb ben $enn^ fcom 95Iocfe genommen, too* mit er an bem Saben jum anbern gleif^er rannte 31 , ber i^n immer efjrlidf) 32 bebient 33 fiatte. ort !anfte er ein @tiic! 28 gleifdj, nm 34 fi^ fiir ben geftrigen 35 ^n entfc^cibigen 37 . 1 prudent, 2 mouth (of a beast), 3 breakfast, 4 as, 5 hunger, 6 till, 7 therefore, 8 far, 9 arrival, 10 to smell at, beriechen (irr.), 11 according to, 12 habit, 13 wares, 14 circumstances, 15 to chase, jagen, 16 stick, 17 injustice, 18 to displease, miss/ 'alien (irr.), 19 but, however, 20 to treat, behandeln, 21 copper-coin, 22 put, 23 growling, 24 paw, 25 to venture, wagen, 26 trick, 27 to cut off, sibschneiden (irr.). 28 piece, 29 before, 30 to devour, ver- schlingen (irr.), 31 to run, rennen (irr.}, 32 honestly, 33 to serve, bedienen, 34 in order (to), 35 yesterday, 36 fasting-day, 37 to indemnify, entschtidigen. 180 Thirty-ninth Lesson. Sfteununbbreigtgfte Seftton. The Prepositions. Prepositions are invariable. They require the following declinable word in either the Genitive, Dative, or Accusative, according to the case they govern. Prepositions governing- the Genitive are : angeftdjt, in the face of anftait (or ftott), instead of innerljalb, within oberfyalb, above unterbalb, belo^ , outside, without (a place) mittelft (or tiemtittelft), by means of feiten, on the part of tro,0) in spite of urn ... nrillen ( . . . Rafter, IjalbenCO, for the sake of iinbefdiabet, without prejudice bieSfeiti (or biesfeit), on this side of ungearf)tet,(2) notwithstanding jenfeitS (or jenieit), on the other side of unroett (or unfern), not far from tnmitten, in the midst of tjerntoge (or fraft), by virtue of IdngM 1 ) along toaf)renb,(l) during bef)uf, in behalf of roegen, (2, 3) on account of btnftdjtlidj, with regard to sufolge (2) (or lout), according to EXAMPLES : $dj ging trojj be SRegen (or bem iRegen) ou3. I went out in spite of the rain. Slnftatt be S?ater fam ber 6ofin. Instead of the father the son came S>a djiff fag biefeit be Iufie. The ship lay on this side of the river. Sag ait fteljt aujjerfjalfc ber tabt. The house stands outside the town. @ie ttmrben tuegen eine <5treite (or etne @treite wegen) getnbe. They became enemies on account of a quarrel. 1. 25ng, tro^, tod^renb are also used with the Dative alter. 2. SScgen, 5fofse, ungcct^tet may also follow the word they govern, but then sufolge requires the Dative. 3. The word governed is placed between lira and toiHen, and before potter. "With the genitives of personal pronouns the following contrac- tions of um . . . roillen, Ijalljen, roegen take place : Urn meinetroitten (or nteinetl)al&en), for my sake, um betnettDuTen (or beinetfjal&en), for thy sake, meinetroegen, on my account, beinetluegen, on thy account etc. Prepositions governing the Dative are: au, out of, from I gemafe (or jufotge (4), ac- I f ammt, together with aufeer, except, besides | mit, with [cording to | feit, since for bei, near, with, by, at binnen, within (for time) entgegen(4)in oppositionto 9egenuber(4), opposite , after, to, according to nadjft (or gunacfift), next to nebft, together with, be- sides EXAMPLES : con, from, of, by Don.. .an, from, since gu, to, at jiitoiber (4), contrary to 3$ fam au bem ^aufe. I came out of the house, r ftanb Bei mtr. He stood near me. 38ir fennen iB,n feit lefctem 3ab,re. We have known him since last year. Stefeg efdjenf erb.ielt id) fton ntetnem Dnfel. This present I got from my uncle. 3d) erttjartete ba nidjt Don i^m. I did not expect that of him. 4. Gtttgegen, gegcniiber, gcmaf;, juttJibcr better follow the word they govern. For sufolge, if governing the Dative, see above the preposi- tions governing the Genitive. 181 Prepositions governing the Accusative are : 6tS (1), as far as, till, to, up to burd), through, by entlang (2), along fur, for mitten burd), right through ofynt, without urn, round, at ttnber, against (with hostility only) flegen (3), towards, against EXAMPLES : SSir it>oHen burd) ben arten gefyen. Let us go through the garden. d) I)a6e ettoaS fiir Sie. I have something for you. <5ie latnen o^ne Ijren unb. You came without your dog. 1. 33i is usually accompanied by another preposition ; like : 6i on bie 93anf, as far as the hank fci auf ben SBafjnfiof, as far as the station 6i nod) Berlin, as far as Berlin 6i auf biefen Sag, up to this day 6i um bier Ufyr, till four o'clock. However Bi is often also used alone if the noun is without an article or substitute ; as, fci S3erlin, &i bier Uljr a. (Sntlantj generally follows the word it governs (see also langS, along with the Genitive). 3. egett has also the old form gen in the expression: gen ^itnmel, up to heaven Prepositions governing the Dative or Accusative are : an, at, on | iifier, above, over, about nnf, upon, on Ijtnter, behind in, in, into iwter, under, below, among, beneath Dor, before, in front of, ... ago jimjcljen, between neb en, by the side of, beside, close REMARK. The Dative usuaHy follows these prepositions ; but the Accusative is used if the sentence expresses a movement or a direction towards the object after the preposition, thus answering the question whither? or where to? The Dative usually implies rest or presence in something and then answers to the question where ? EXAMPLES : tcmben @ie Winter mir? Did you stand behind me? teffen erfe|te ber SSirtf). 2Ba! 3)rei Souigb'or fiir ein fonnte id) nidjt fomtnen. I was ill; there- fore I could not come. 3d) fiejaljlte bie 9?edjnung ; bcnnort) toar ber Saufmann nid)t jufrieben. I paid the bill; nevertheless the shop keeper was not contented. NOTE. When such a conjunction does not commence the sentence the subject keeps its usual place, and the conjunction is generally placed after the verb or after a personal pronoun without preposition ; as, S>et 2lrst ift Ijter ; id) fjabe il)n jcbod) nod) nidjt gefeljen. The phy- sician is here; I, however, have not seen him yet. Many adverbs may be used as co-ordinative conjunctions and then belong to this class. The following seven co-ordinatives are exceptions to the above rule, and do not alter the position of the subject, if directly pre- ceding it ; viz : unb, and I ober, or ober (oUein), but, however fonbern, but (on the contrary) benn, for ^because) I foitjo^l...ol aud), both.. .and, as well as Examples : Sofcotyl fein SSater, al audj feine 9Kutter famen; abcr er roar fdjon tobt. Both his father and his mother came, but he was already dead. not only but also In ttidjt nur...fonbertt oudj (nic^t atletn or nic^t bloS... fonbern ), not only... but (also), fonbern and) usually leaves the order unaltered, but then audj is placed after the verb or after a personal pronoun without preposition ; as, aJZetn SBrubcr tear ntdjt nur 511 ^auje, fonbern er.mar aud) in fetnem Simmer. My brother was not only at home, but he was in his room. If there is only one verb, fonbern cwclj remain unseparated; as, SRidjt nur fein SSater, fonbern aud) feine SJiuttec fam. Not only his father, but also his mother came. (*) After ober the position of the subject better remains unaltered. 191 besides (conj.), auBerbcm both.. .and, "1 fotooljl... as well as J ol aucfj the debt, bie <3 nidjt gefommen? Sd) batte feBr btel im efd)c^ u tbun, nnb inbeffen ma ber Ie|te 3^9 abgegangen. @ie miifjen nidjt bortbtn ge^en, benn @ie merben -fttemanb ^eute p ^aufe treffcn. ut, bann toerbe id) morgen geben. SSietteid)t hJtrb e mtr nicfit mo* glid) fein, morgen mit %$ntn gu geben. entmeber miiffen @ie f d) je entfdjtieBen, ober t^ mu aflein abreifen. 193 drerri0e Ito. 41. SSetrug fdjfagt feinctt etgenen 3dj toifl ba elb nidjt fiir midj, fagte fjierauf ber- ba ftmnen @ie fid) toof)! 1 benfen, |jerr ^mtmattn! Jjaben @ie bie iite 2 unb toecfyfeln <3ie einen 8ouibor; ber Waiter at bag SScigeldjen 3 $ofy felbft auf jtoet Skater gefrf)d|t; 4 biefe bitte td^ tfjm 511 bega^Ien unb ba Uebrtge 5 bem armen ^rangofen uftetten 6 ju laffen. 7 Su^ ba S^ii^- ftiirf berlange ic ni^t. S)er 5(mtmann tourbe burc^ biefe $utmutf)tg.!eit8 freubigs iiberraf^t 10 , (Sr ^a^lte bte jtoei. X!)a(er an ben SBauer unb entlieg 11 in; bem (Shnigranten tunrbe ber 9teft 12 juritcfgegeBen. 55er SSorfatt 13 tunrbe inbeffen in htrer u nur in bem S)orfe, fonbern aitd^ in ber befannt 16 . 3Jlan f^rac^ mit Sob 1 ^ t?on bem SStrt^e, after mtt befto gro^erem UntDtffen 18 t)on bem 93auern, ber jtc^ inbeffen bamit troftete 19 , ba er toenigften 20 fein $0(5 beja^It unb ein grufjftiic! umfonft 21 er^atten 3uftimg 22 erfuijr 23 auc^ ein Bena^barter 2 ^ etraa baijon, unb ba in biefer $eit t)iele ^otgb oeriibt 27 tuorben toaren, beren Better 28 er ntdjt auf bie 6^)ur 29 fjatte fommen fonnen: fo erlunbigte 30 er fic(j bet- bent 5(mtmann nadjj bem S3auern, 2)urc i^n brarf)te yl er fotoo^l ben ot^erfciuferS 2 al3 aud^ ben tduferss in Gr- fa^rung, unb bet ber toeitern 34 llnterfud^ung 35 ergab 36 e fi^, bafj ber S3auer ba SBagelc^en 3 ol gefto^ten atte. @r tt)urbe bather fiir biefen ^re^el 37 nad) ben beftel^enben 38 , ni^t geiinben 39 efefeen^o geprig^i beftraft 1 I am sure, 2 goodness, 3 little cart, 4 to value, schatzen, 5 balance, 6 7 to have transmitted to, 8 kindness, 9 agreeably, 10 to surprise, iiberr&schen, 11 to discharge, entlassen (irr.), 12 re- mainder, 13 occurrence, 14 short, 15 neighbourhood, 16 known, 17 praise, 18 indignation, 19 to console, trosten, 20 at least, 21 foi nothing, 22 by chance, 23 to hear, erfahren (irr. ), 24 neighbouring, 25 forester, 26 thefts of wood, 27 to commit, veriiben, 28 perpe- trators, 29 track, 30 to inquire, sich erkundigen, 31 to ascertain, in Erfahrung bringen (irr.), 32 seller of the wood, 33 buyer, 34 fur- ther, 35 inquest, 36 to prove, sich ergeben (irr.), 37 transgression, 38 existing, 39 mild, 40 laws, 41 rightly. German Grammar. 194 Forty-second Lesson. Seftton. 2) Subordinative Conjunctions. al, when, as, than, beoor, elje, before bt, until, till ba, as, since (reason) bafe, that bamtt, in order that falls, tin gaHe [bafe], in case [that] inbein, while, in [with a present par ticiple following] nodjbera, after 06, whether, if obgletdj (obfrfjon, obtooljl), although, though feit, (ictibem), since [that] fobalb [al](*), as soon as folonge [al](*), as long as fo oft [r Dnfel morgctt fern au nerf craft* b>ben & toirb?* Do you know that your uncle will have 6 sold c his house to-morrow ? But in the compound tenses of an auxiliary verb of mood, standing with another verb, the verbs are placed at the end in their usual order; as, r blteo ju Sf) nett fQ9 en / &oraiu> gefe|t, ba @ie mtd^ nidjt oerratfien. SSaljrenb ic^ unfere SBtflete nahm, ging ba S)ampfboot ab. I believe that he is very ill. Although he is ill, he is willing to come. They were playing while I was in the garden. As often as she sang he began to speak. You are a good man, but you have no pa- tience. I have a bad tooth, therefore I must have it extracted (aus&ieJien lassen). I will do it for yon, provided that you cannot come yourself. He could take the letters because my desk was open. We stayed with them until it became dark. In case you wish (wollcn) to hear the singer (f.) you must go to the opera this evening. As soon as the dentist is at home I shall go to him. (t) Observe that "not a, not any" are generally translated fein. 196 Questions on Grammar. 1. What is a clause, introduced by a subordinative conjunction, called? 2. What is done with the verb in a dependent clause ? 3. If there is a compound tense where must the auxiliary verb be in such a clause ? 4. But what is done with the verbs if the compound tense of an auxiliary verb of mood is standing with another verb? 5. What is to be observed, if the dependent clause precedes the main clause ? Conversation. Do you think, that your cousin (f.) will come to-day ? Yes, / am certain of it. Can you wait till I have dressed myself? Certainly I can (wait). Think upon the matter once more (noch einmal), whilst I am writing this letter. No, I know what I want, it therefore willnotbe necessary. Although I have a ticket, I shall not go to the opera. Why do you not go ? Because I don't feel well. I hope that you will feel better to-morrow. I hope so too. Has the physician come yetl Yes, he came whilst you were in your room. In case you wish to catch your train, you must make haste. I have still five minutes to spare. As long as the bad weather continues (anhalten), we shall not be able to go out. No, we must stay at home. Do you know that your friend will not be able to come to- night ? Yes, I know it. louben (Ste, baf? 31)re (Joufine beute fommen tuirb? a, id) njetJ5 eg getmfj. onnen (Sie jrarten, big id) mid) angeHeibet tyabe? enrifj [fann id) toarten]. Ueberlegen em armen Xenfel 18 ben ^opf 19 toegrifj. 8 %n bent <5)etofe 20 unb bent (^etotrre 21 ber c^tac^t 22 atte ber Sr= la'nber jebod^ ba le|te Ungliitf 23 feine ^anteraben 24 nid^t fcemer!t unb fe|te 2 5 feinen SBeg unt (^f)trttrgen fort. @tn Dffeier fafj i^n mit bent !o^}f(ofen 26 ^orper 2 ? unb fragte in: SBoIn'n totttft bu? 3um Softer, fagte ber ^rla'nber. Sum o!tor? ertokberte ber Officer 5 bu SDummfopf 28 , ber 9Jlann at ja 29 feinen otf t)crloren! Site ber SUlatrofe bie |orte, tuarf er ben orj)er 27 t)on feinen ie, how toieotct, how much tote Innge, how long too, where tooljer, where (from) toofiftt, where (to) tooburd), whereby toortn, wherein nJomit, wherewith; etc. Examples. (Sogen @ie ntir, toaira Ste fieute Slbenb fommen toollcn. Tell me when you wish to come this evening. (Bagte er 3^nen, loofyin er ge&en loitt? Did he tell you where he will go? SBariim <5ie nidjt cingelaben toorben loaren, toiiBte id) nidjt. Why you had not been invited I did not know. Remarks on Conjunctions (Adverbs & Prepositions). But is generally translated after (or aOeilt). 3lber instead of introducing the sentence, may be placed after the verb. If the verb is followed by a personal pronoun without preposition, abet is placed after such pronoun ; as, Sttetn Dnfel fiat ein $ferb, abet er fiat fetnen SBogcn or er fiat aber fetnen SBagen. My uncle has a horse, but he has no carriage. 3d) fonnte @ie fefien, abec metn ^rreunb bemerfte @ie nid^t or mem greunb bemerfte Sifr aoer nidjt. I could see you, but my friend did not perceive you. NOTE. %&cr may also be placed between the subject and the verb, if the subject is another person or thing than the subject of the first sentence; as, 3$ tonnte ie fefien, mein ^reunb a&er Benterfte Sie nidjt. But is translated fonfoern, if occurring after the negation not (ntdjt) and having a contradictory meaning. This is usually the case, if not and but have one verb or one auxiliary ; as, r ift nicfjt $u ^aufe, fonbern in ber Stabt. He is not at home, but in town. 9ttcfjt id), fonbern mein Skuber war bort. Not I, but my brother was there. $$ Ijo6e ie Sieuigfeit nirfjt gelefen, fonbern gefiort. I have not read but heard the news. However but after not is translated aber if not contradictory (i. e. usually if not and but each has its own verb) ; as, (Sr ift nod) ntd)t ju $oiife, aber er nrirb fealb foramen. He is not at home yet, but he soon will come. But after a negation (not excepted) in the same sentence, is translated al3 (or au&er) ; as, ie ftinber fiotten nid)t aI3 SBrob. The children had nothing but bread, igd) fa) 5Riemanb ate Ofiren 93ruber. I saw no one but your brother. (t fiatte fein @tlb al ba3, tt>eldje @te ifim gaben. He had no money but what you gave him. But being an adverb and meaning only is translated nur or erft (s. p. 172) ; as, 3d) fiobe nur etnen SBruber. I have but one brother. (B fdjrieb mir erft geftern. He wrote to me but yesterday. (*) In direct questions the subject always follows the verb; as, SBann font men @ie? When do you come? If there is no direct question, the subject always precedes the verb (for examples see above). 199 to accept, attttefjmen irr. the arm, ber Slrm Plur: bie Slrme the company, party, so- ciety, Die efettfdjaft confidence, bag SSer trail en cook (f.), bie &od)in ,, danger, bie efaf)t dangerous, gefoljrlicf) to detect, to discover, entbecfen difficult, fdjtner to fear, fiircfiten to grant, 6ett>iHigen the hand, bie mnb Plur: bie |>anbe journey, bie SReife leg, ba SSein ,, misfortune, bo Un= gliict the printer, ber 83itcl)= brucfer to print, brudew the proposal, ber S?or to propose, fcotfc&Iagen irr. to telegraph, tetegroiiniren (Dat.) the thief, bet wherefore, to write down, aufjcfjrei" ben irr. Exercise No. 43. 1. Do you know wherefore we have lost their confidence? I can- not understand (begreifenj where the cook (f.) has gone. Tell (Dat.) me why you make us such 6 a'* proposal. Explain to (Dat.) me how the thief could be (Passive) detected. Did you write down how much you have paid for your suit of clothes ? Ask your mother when the party will be here. It is difficult to say how long the storm will con- tinue (&nhalten). I proposed it to (Dat.) him, but he did not accept my proposal. He tried everything, but 6 he had a no luck. The printer has printed ihe books, but 6 the bookbinder has* not yet bound them. I should like (s. p. 176) to accompany you but 6 the journey is* too dangerous. He has not* broken (brechen) his (the) leg 6 , but his (the) arm. Not he, but his wife received me. He will not write, but tele- graph. I did not fear the danger, but I wished (wollen) to avoid it. She has not read the book, but she has looked it through. "We had nothing but misfortune. I cannot find any other hat but yours. No- body but the police was present. The poor man has but one hand. You have but to come and you will get your money. Your son was with me but an hour ago. 2. SOSer trjeifj, ftarm ber SBrteftrager btejen SSrtef gebracfjt bat? r berjucfite eine 3?ebe p batten (make), aber ber Carnt tear 11 grofj (much). Sag ebtcftt itmr rucijt gebmcft, jonbern ge* frfjrteben. Sri) farm 3$re S3ttte ntcfjt bettrifltgen, aber icfj ftrifl @ie einem t>on rnetnen gremtben empfeblen. r^ablen @ie mir, lwe ber 9ftort> begattgen rrmrbe. $rf) trjoffte mit tfjm jprec&en, er tear aber nic^t mefyr (no longer) int afttjofe. ^d) lam nidjt mit ber (Stfenbaijn, fonbern mit ber ^ferbebtibn. $aben @ie feinen anbent UeberrotJ al ben, toelc^en Sie anfjaben (have on you) ? It was not his business, but he had much experience in such things. Can you remember where you. have lost your gloves ? Where have you lost your pocket-book ? We did not knock at the door, but at the win- dow. It was but a mistake (Irrthum m.), that I sent (Dat.) you the same bill twice. I did not 6 find your parasol", but your umbrella. During our journey to Germany we 6 had" nothing but rain. We were waiting for (auf Ace.) you a long time in the waiting-room, but you lid not come. 200 Questions on Grammar. 1. What is done with the verb, if the clause is introduced by an ad- verb of interrogation and there is no direct question ? 2. How is but generally translated ? 3. What other place, besides at the beginning of a sentence, can aber take? 4. But where is aber placed if the verb is followed by a personal pro- noun without, a proposition ? 5. When may aber also te put between the subject and the verb? 6. When is but translated sondern ? 7. When has it usually a contradictory meaning? $. When is but after not translated aber? 9. How is but translated after a negation (not exceptcd) in the same sentence ? 10. When is but translated nur and erstt Conversation. Tell me why your hands are not clean? Because I have been working in the garden. Why did you not clean them? I have not had the time yet to do so. Could (Subj.) I see you to-mor- row morning? Yes, but when would you like to come? At half past nine if it is con- venient to (Dat.) you. Very well, I shall expect you at that time. Do you know when the steam- boat will arrive ? I think at seven o'clock. Do you expect somebody? Yes, my brother telegraphed me, that he will (Subj.) come by the steamboat this-e vening. Why does he not take the rail- way? He always prefers travelling by water. But now with this fog it is rather dangerous. My brother does not care much . about that. 8agen te mir, ttmrunt |>anbe ntcfot rein ftnb? SSetl id) im Garten gearbettet babe. SSarirm reinigten 6ie fte nicfit? 3$ fiabe nod) feine 3eit geftabt, e3 u tfcun. $6nnte tdj (Ste morgen tyrecfcen ? 50, aber rtmtm nwrben gerrte !ommen? Urn atb sefjit, toeim e3 artgenelmt ift. ut, ic ttjerbe 6te urn $eit ertoarten. SBtfien @te, ttmnn ba boot an!ommen nrirb? %er SBein^anbrcri OJeoraS I. (in 323einf)dnbler,i oflieferant 2 $eorg I. toon (ng* Canb, ttiar em iinftling 3 beSfeJBen unb pftegte 4 u ben !6mglic^en 5 3>agben 6 ^ugelaffen? u toerben. S3ei ber $M!efjr 8 toon ber Sagb 6 unterfjielt ftdj ber 6nig etne age fefjr leiitfelig 9 mtt ifjm unb rttt eine Betrdc^ttic^e 10 trede 28ege n an feiner @eite. )er bienfitJ)uenbe 12 Sorb pftertei3, al& be ^onig 5lufmerlfamleiti4 bnrd^ einige UorilBerge^enbe 15 Seute aBgetenlt 16 tonrbe, bent SBehtfjanbfer etrt)a in D^ri7. Xer 9ftonardj, bent ba nicl^t entgtng 18 , fragte fetnen Steferanten 19 in guter Sanne 20 : 28a ijat ber Sorb u S^nen gefagt? SDer SSein^dnbteri antnjortete: @ire, td^ ^abe nttt^ unafcfidjtltdj 21 gegen @rt). S^ajeftat une!)rBietig 22 Betragen. 3Jlt)lorb fagte ntir, ba idj nteinen nt abne^men ntiiffe, toenn (Srt). SJ^qeftat mit ntir fprecfjen. 5lttein ^aBen @n). SJlqeflat bie ($nabe 23 n Bebenlen 24 , ba ntetn nt, toenn i^ anf ber 3agb 7 Bin, an nteiner $erriic!e 25 Befeftigt 26 ift, unb meine ^erritcfe 25 an ntetnem ^0^7. gd^ felBft aBer Befinbe mic^ auf bent eine tnut^tgen 29 9loffeg30 r f ba, irenn etn Jjerttnter 32 fontmt, tt)ir aEe jufantnten fjerttnter 32 miiffett. er tontg la^te 33 ^er^ti^s^ iiBer biefe brollige 3 ^ @ntf(^ulbigung 36 unb erlauBte itym gern r ben ut auf bent ^opfe 2 ? u Befallen, toentt er auf ber 39b 6 mtt tfjm fprec^e. 1 wine merchant, 2 purveyor to the court, 3 favourite, 4 to use, pflegen, 5 royal, 6 the hunt, die Jagd, 7 to admit, zulassen (irr.), 8 return, 9 affably, 10 11 considerable way, 12 attending, 13 to whisper, fliistern, 14 attention, 15 passing, 16 to divert, abknken, 17 ear, 18 to escape, *entgehen (irr.), 19 purveyor, 20 good humoured, 21 unintentionally, 22 disrespectfully, 23 grace, kindness, 24 to consider, to observe, bedenJcen (irr.), 25 wig, 26 to fasten, befestigen, 27 head, 28 back, 29 mettlesome, 30 horse, 31 thing, 32 down, 33 to laugh at, lachen uber, 34 heartily, 35 droll, 36 excuse. German Grammar 7* Forty-fourth Lesson. SSterunbtnerjtgfie Seftion. Remarks on Conjunctions (Adverbs & Prepositions) (continued). For, if a conjunction (i. e. in the meaning of because), is always translated benn ; as, 3dj f ann nidjt bejaljlen, benn idj Ijaoe fein elb 6et rait. I cannot pay, for I have no money with me. For, if & preposition, see pages 181 & 186. 2lud) is the translation of the English also, too, as well. Too, if not having the meaning of as well, is an adverb and translated u, being then found before adjectives and adverbs ; as, Siejer $ut ift ju grot;. This hat is too large. Besides, if a conjunction (L e. in the meaning of moreover), is translated oitf;crbcm; as, @ toot lalt; auijerbem u^neite e. It was cold; besides it snowed. Besides, if a preposition, is translated aufjcr; as; fhtBer Sfaem SSater fonntc audj ^Ijr 23ruber Ijelfen. Besides your father, your brother was also able to help. Yet, still, if conjunctions (i.e. in the meaning of nevertheless, however), are translated fcorf) ; as, r 33rubet fam, a!3 Sie ouggegangen toaren. Yo^r brother came when you aad gone out. When, as an adverb of interrogation (in direct or indirect questions), is always woira; as, 28ann erfn'elten 6ie nteincn Srtef ? When did you receive my letter? ie, roann er lominen roirb? Do you know when he will come? "Then" meaning "ftt that time" is translated bamal?. 203 the caution, bie $Borftd)t cautious, borfidjtig the darkness, bie 2>im= ear, ba Dfir Plur: bie OB/ren ., ebb(-tide), bie (66 e everywhere, ii6eraH the eye, bag Plur: bie Slugen flood, bie gfhttij fog, mist, ber 9ie6el ,, grammar, bie root' matt! ,, gun, rifle, ba etoeJjr punctual, the progress, ber fd&ritt to recognize, erfennen irr. the smoke, ber 9*aucf) to smoke, raud)en unpunctual, unpiinftltd) visible, fic^t6ar welcome, tmEfommen Exercise No. 44. 1. "We mnst make haste, for the flood is coming. What did you pay for this grammar ? I can lend (Dat.) you my gun for a week. Man (der Mensch) has two ears; he also has two eyes. Will my friend be welcome as well? Yes, he too 6 will" be welcome. You are too cau- tious. Better too much than too little. Your task is done (made) unpunctually, besides it is written badly. Besides the darkness [there] was (herrschen) a heavy (stark) fog. One could not see the fire, yet the smoke was visible everywhere. I have many and good cigars, still I do not like to smoke. Are you still the same punctual man? (The) ebb-tide has not yet arrived (*emtreten irr. ). Then we must wait ptill longer. It lightened and thundered for some time (eine Zeitlang), then it rained. Why will you sell your house 6 then"? Come when I am not at (the) work. When the weather is finer we shall go out. I recog- nized him when he had told (Dat.) me his name. The fire broke out when all were sleeping. When can you grant my request? Don't ask me when I can do that. 2. >ie ran!fjett ber armen $rau tow witfjt gefaljrltdj, bodj fonnte fie nidjt arbeiten. $d) roetfj nicfrt, toann idj bie [ftedjnung beaf)lt babe; aufjerbem Ijabe id} and) bie Guittitng oerloren. 28tr Derliefeen ben (iflftfof, al bie onne anfgtng. 9ftan fomtte nidjt unterjdjeibeit, ttms fur etn .djiff t% war, benn e^ ift noc u bunfel geroefen. 28a, ann foCten @ie friifcer 311 SSett gefien. %fy toerbe e jo oft al mog* ltd) tf)im. SBerben @ie mtr ettten SBefudj madden, toenn @te nacij 91. fommen? Sa/id^ toerbe @te befud^en (or bet S^wen borjprec^en). ^d) fann mtd^ ntd^t erinnern, n?ann ttJtr etnonber gnle^t gefefcen ^aben. 3Ittd) id) lann mid) beffen ntc^t erinnem. @tnb e ntd^t j^on fiinf do- nate? ( fann fd^on fo lange ^er fein. 9?aud)en Sic gern? So, id) raud)e fefir gern. atoitdjen @te Xabaf? S'letn, idj rauc^e t)tel Iteber Kt- garren. fiir gtgarren fiaben @te? beutfd)e, tfietB Stgarren. 205 (torctee Mo. 44. (Stoift iwb fcin Wiener, 2 5H ber fcerftorbene 3 Sterfiant 1 @nrift, fcon einem Wiener 2 begleitet, einft erne SReife madjte, leljrten 4 fie in eittem SBirtpfjanfe 5 ein nnb blieben bort iiber -ftadjt 6 2lm nad)ften Sftorgen fcerlangte? ber $>e(f)ant feme @ttefel, toorauf ber Wiener 2 fie ifmt ungeu|t 8 bradjte. em err bemerlte e imb fagte: 2Ba ift ba3, X^oma?- 3)a 9 6ie reiten Pollen unb e ^eute regnet, anttoortete biefer, fo glauBte id, fie ftmrben Batb tt)ieber fc^mu^tg 10 toerbett. (^ut, fagte ber ^etfxint, 1 ge^' imb mad)' bie $ferbe fertig ! 3RtttIertoetteii gab er bent SSirt^e 12 ben feinem Wiener 2 lein griiftncl^ S n geben. 5ll 15 gnriiclfefjrte 16 nnb melbete 1 ^, bag bie $ferbe fertig feien, befall i^m ber Xed^ant biefelben tJorjn Slber |jerr Xec^ant 1 ic^ abe mein Sriifjftiic! 14 ge^abt, fagte f)oma. J^ttt nit^t^ 19 , fagte ber ^e^ant 1 , bn toixrbeft bodjj balb tt)ieber ^ungrig 20 tuerben. @ie fafeen 21 anf unb ritten 22 fortj ber ^ec^ant 1 og ein $8ud) au ber Xafc^e unb fing an jn (efen. UntertoegS begegnete i^nen ein err. 9tl er ben Xo!tor lefen fa^ tt)oHte er i^n nic^t ftoren 23 , ritt borbei 24 nnb rebete 25 ben Wiener 2 an: 2Ber ift biefer grembe 2 ^? SJlein err, anttnortete Xf)oma. 2)a tan ic mir benlen, bnntmer 2 ^ 9Jlenfc^j aber toofjin reitet %? 3n ben immet! SBarnm fagft bn ba? SSeil id& fafte 28 , nnb mein $err betet 29 . 1 dean, 2 servant, 3 deceased, 4 to put up, *einkehren, 5 inn, 6 to pass the night, *ul>er Nacht bleiben (irr. ), 7 to want, verlangen, 8 un cleaned, 9 as, 10 dirty, 11 in the mean-time, 12 innkeeper, 13 order, 14 breakfast, 15 when, 16 to return, *zuruck&eAmt, 17 to announce, melden, 18 to bring to the door, vorfiihren, 19 never mind, 20 hungry, 21 to mount (a horse), *a,M$sitzen (irr.). 22 to ride away, *fortreiten (irr. ), 23 to disturb, storen, 24 to ride by, *vorbei- reiten (irr.}, 25 to address, anreden, 26 stranger, 27 silly, 28 to- fast, fasten, 29 to pray, beten. Forty-fifth Lesson. gimfimbtnerjigfte e!tton. Remarks on Conjunctions (Adverbs & Prepositions} (continued). As, introducing a dependent clause, is translated ol, bo, 01 trie, as follows : 1. It is translated al$, if denoting time, and then meaning when; as, 81I id) nad) $anfe fam, fanb id) 3^re Xl)ute often. As I came home, I found your door open. 2. It is translated ba, if denoting reason, and then meaning since(*); as j 3d) mug es glau&en, ba @te e3 fefbft oerfidjern. I must believe it, as you assert it yourself. 3. It is translated tote, in most other cases, not meaning when or since then ; as, gie flnb nidjt gefontmen, tine Sic berfarodjen Ijaoen. You did not come as you promised. In comparisons, not so... as, is translated nidjt fo...a!3 (or nrie) and as.. .as by ebeitfo...al3 (or tote) (see page 80). If there is no comparison as... as is rendered by fo...aI3 (or tote) (see also foot-note (*) on page 194) ; as, 9ftad)en @ie bie Ueoerfefcung fo gut al moglid). Do the trans- lation as well as possible. Before, if a conjunction, (i. e. if introducing a dependent clause), is translated elje (or bebor) ; as, 3d) uerfaufte rnetn $fcrb, c^c eg jii alt ttmrbe. I sold my horse before it became too old. Before, if an adverb (of time), is translated toorljer; as, SSaren Ste border bort? Were you there before-? SBir lanien ffinf ?Ktniiten corner. We came five minutes before. Before, if a preposition (i. e. if preceding its noun or pronoun), is translated tor; as, 3d) ttmr toor gljnen. bort. I was there before you. SSir famen fiinf 9K;nuten Dor bet efettid|afr. We came five minutes before the paarty. I denoting condition, is translated ttJCttn; as, 3d) tuerbe ntorgen oBretfen, toenn id) leinen SBrief Don 3I)nen er= ^alte. I shall depart to-morrow, if I do not receive a letter from you. NOTE. When after if (wenn) the verb is in the Imperfect or Plu- perfect tense, the subjunctive mood must be used ; as, 3d) ttmrbe 3ljnen ein SOReffer (jefien, tuemt id) eine Ijatte. I should give you a knife if I had one. If, in the meaning of whether, is translated ob ; as, 3d) ttjeife nid)t, 06 id) fdjreiBen fann. I do not know, if (whether) I can write. NOTE. Though, although, are translated obgteid) (o&fdjon or obn>i>l)l). , gleidj, etc. are found sometimes separated ; as, Cbgleid) id) 6ie nidjt fanb or Ob id) 6ie gleid) nid^t fairb. Although I did not find you. (*) "Since," referring to time, is translated feit (or fettbem) if a conjunction; f either (or feitbem) if an adverb, and feit if a preposition. the advice, ber SRatf) Plur : see page 17 afterwards, nadfter the alteration, bie Sten= berung back, juriuf to follow (to observe, to obey), fcefolgen (tran * 207 the hair, ba3 |jaar Plur : bie |>aare head, ber Sopf health, bie efunbljeit novel, ber 9toman offer, ba Slnerbteten partner, ber the permission, bie lauBrtift to presume, Dermuttjen the promise, ba 9S fpredjen quick, irfjnell slow, langfam r* Exercise No. 45. 1. As (wte) the clock struck eleven, I went out. I was present, as (when) lie made (Dat.) you that offer. You ought to stay at home, as (since) your health is still rather indifferent (schwach). As (since) I gave you (the) permission, you may (Jconnen) do it. It happened as I presumed. My hair is not so black as yours. The head of this dog is as big as that of that dog. Walk as quickly as possible. Write as distinctly as you can. Before I can give you such 6 a a promise I must speak to (mit) my partner. Do it, before it will be too late. Why did you not make this alteration before ? Your brother-in-law should fol- low my advice before and not afterwards. I saw him before his last illness. You will arrive before me. If you walk so slowly, you will find (treffen) nobody at home when you arrive. Would you be glad (s. p. 167) if he came alone? If you had not listened you would not know that. Ask him if (whether) he has received my letter. I shall try if (whether) I can buy the second volume of this novel. @ ftmr gerobe fcalb adjt, afc> tmr bie Stabt erreidjten. SBeun @ie nicfot jTeifjiger jinb, toerben @te feinen gortjcfptt madjen. SBte ttwren fcfcon nor fieben Ufir im Sweater, rfjretbett @ie ben 53rief ab, dje <3te ifin auf bie ^oft tragen (bring). 3)a @te je|t genejen finb, joflten @te auf Sonb gdjen. ^rjnnten @ie nit^t etnige 3JHmtten border fommen? S^ ^ e ^B nicfit, ob e mogttc^ fetn tt)irb. ^c^ Derfte^e ba^, ob trf) gleit^ nttijt fo btet (Srfafjrmtg babe al @ie. ( toiirbe mtr leib fein, wenn ie ba^ 65elb ntdjt em^fdngen. te miiffen leben, h)ie $jht SSater getebt {jot. S^ f^rec^e ntdjt fo gut S'eiitj'cf) al @te. 2Bir loerben jeben^ bor ^finen tm Xfjeoter fein. I will relate it as I have heard it myself. Would you buy this garden, if you had more money? As (when) you entered the room I was conversing with no one. Please tell (Dat. ) me if (whether) that is your over-coat or mine. The ship sank before the crew (Mannschqft /. ) could be (Passive) rescued. We could not buy any gloves, as (since) all the shops were closed (schlicsscri). My cousin has been (trans: is) ill, since he has been (is) in London. I do not know whether I can com- pel her husband to pay the bill of exchange. Do you think, that they will be back before half an hour? Perhaps they 6 will* be here a few minutes before. You could (Subj.) make (Dat.) him no other offer if he did not accept that. 208 Questions on Grammar. 1. When is as introducing a dependent clause, translated by als, when by da, and when by wie ? 2. In comparisons how is not so. ..as translated and how as. ..as} 3. How is as... as translated, if there is no comparison? 4. How is before translated if a conjunction, how if an adverb, and how if a preposition ? 5. How is if translated if denoting condition ? 6. In which mood must the Imperfect or Pluperfect be after if (wcnn)t 7. How is if translated if meaning whether* 8. Are ob and gleich, etc. in obgleich, obschon, obwohl, sometimes se- parated ? Conversation. As you don't follow my advice, Tcan't grant your request. It is impossible for me to follow it. If you do not keep your promise, he will refuse to keep his. That he can do as he likesl Ask your father, if he has given (Dat.) the workman (the) permission to go. I know iny father has not given it, but "perhaps my brother (has). What kind of book is that? It is a German novel Are you allowed to read novels? Yes, as it is a German one, I am allowed to do so. Had you not better read other German books as well? I do that as often as possible. I should like to accept your offer if I could. Why can you not accept it? Because my partner does not like it. Were you there when the party set out? No, I was at my cousin's. ntdjt be* 23itte ifjn 511 fie 2)a @ie metnen folgen, fann id) nu|t beanfltgen. (5 ift mir wundgltdj, befolgen. SBenn @ie gbr SSerfprechen ntd)t batten, ttrirb er fid) toet* gern fetne3 gu fjalten. fann er macften, rote er rottt. ie 3$**n $ater, ob er bem Slrbeiter bte rlaubnifc gegeben bat gu geben. 3>d) toei, mein ^Bater bat nidjt gegeben, aber mein S3rub er. 2Baj* fiir ein 23ud) ift @^ ift ein beutfc&er Ionian. 2)iirfen @ie Montane lefen? Sa, ba e ein beutfd)er ift, barf tc^ e3 tbun. ollten @te ntd^t Iteber and^ anbere beutfc^e ^iicfier lefen? 3d) tbue ba^ fo oft al mog* Hcf). %$ ttwrbe %$T SInerbteten gerne annebmen, roenn id^ fonnte. SSarum fonnen @ie e nid^t annebmen ? SSetl mein Xbeil^aber e ntd^t ttwnfcbt. SSaren @te ba, aB bte efett* fc^aft abretfte? , id) n?ar bet metnem Setter. 209 ReaMttg dmtm Mo. 45. Set fdjfouei ^ferbebiefc. reidfje raf 2 8... in Slorenj Ijatte em junge$ Don grower (Sdjonljeit 3 gefauft, toelcIjeS er auf eine Don fetnen Sanbgiitern 4 fcfn'cfte. 3)a Sanbgut 4 lag in einer a&getegenen 5 egenb mefjr al jtoanjig Sftetlen 6 don ber tobt entfernt, 7 itnb ber $raf 2 !am nidfjt oft unb nnr 5n geioiffen 3eiten im S^t:e ba^in. (in fe^r fc^tauer 1 ieB, ber bie SlHe in (Srfa^rnng geBra^t^ fjatte, gtaubte, ba e i^m gettngen ISnnte ba $ferb auf folgenbe SSeife in feine emalt 9 $n Be!ommen : @r fdjaffte fic eine Sioree 10 an, ftn'e bte SDiener be (^rafen 2 fie trugen, unb fud^te ^enntni^ 11 iifcer bie ^elbarbeiten 12 auf bem Sanbgut 4 u er^alten. 2)ann erfd^ien er eine Xage in ber Storee 10 unb u ^ferbe 13 auf bemfetben unb gaB oor 14 , ba ber raf 2 i^n gefc^idt atte, urn eintge S3efe!le 15 , toetc^e auf bie Selbarfceiten 12 93ejug 16 ^aBen r u itberbringeu 17 . 3^ac^ fiiuf Xagen !am ber )teb toieber unb ii6erbracte 17 neue SBcfc^feiB. SSa^renb biefer aei 93efud>ei8 atte er fic ilberjeugt, bag e gan unmoglid^ niar, ba $ferb, Joelde immer fc^arf fietoatfjt 20 itiurbe, auf geiDo^nlid^em SSege u fte^len. 2)a^er dnberte er fetnen $lan ba^in 21 , bag er adfjt Xage f^ater jum britten SDtate mit einigen S3efel)Ien 15 erfd^ien unb ugleid) 22 fagte, ber @raf 2 fjatte i^m befo^len, ba $ferb nad) gloren^ u bringen, toeil e gugeritten 23 merben fottte. (gortfefeung folflfc) 1 cunning, 2 count, 3 beauty, 4 the country-estate, das Land- gut, 5 out of the way, 6 leagues, 7 distant, 8 to learn, in Erf ah- rung bringen, 9 possession, 10 livery, 11 knowledge, 12 labours in the field, 13 on horse-back, 14 to pretend, vorgeben (irr.), 15 orders, 16 to refer, Bezug haben, 17 to deliver, iiberbringen(irr.), 18 visits, 19 to convince, uberzeugen, 20 to guard, bewachen, 21 to- that, 22 at the same time, 23 to break in (a horse), zureiten (irr. ). 210 Forty-sixth Lesson. .edjlunbtrierjigfte Seftion. Remarks on Conjunctions (Adverbs & Prepositions) (continued). After is translated norfjbem, if a conjunction (i. e. if introducing a dependent clause) ; as, @r font, nadjbem Ste ba $au3 berlaffen fatten. He came after you had left the house. After, being a. preposition, is translated ntdf (s. p. 180), and by nidjfjer, if an adverb, meaning afterwards then (s. p. 170). That, if a conjunction, is translated baft (s. p. 194). If a de- monstrative adjective or pronoun and a relative pronoun (see pages 48, 96 & 104). The... the..., if followed by a comparative each, are translated by je...befto (or iimfo). $e, being subordinative throws the verb to the end, whilst befto (or itmfo), being co-ordinative (s. p. 190) removes the subject after its verb ; as, 3fe Idnger id) iljn anfab, befto mefjr ladjte er. The longer I looked at him, the more he laughed. $ttbettt is generally used, if while or in precede a present par- ticiple which is the verb of a dependent clause, or can precede it without altering the sense. In German the present participle cannot be used, and the verb with the proper subject must be in the same tense as that of the main clause (mostly in the imperfect) ; as, Sr ialj }uruer!aufte ba3 ^Pfetb, o^ne baft er mid) um (my) rlaubnift fragte. Urn nidjt entbeiit p werben, giinbeten ttir fetn ^euer an. 2)er S)ieb offnete ba^ Jenfter baburd), ba er eine djeibe gerbrad). The children went away without my remarking it. The earlier you come the better it will be. After I had read the book, I read it once more (noch einmal). We were silent in order not to offend them. While putting on his hat he left the room. Why did you come after me ? In shutting (zumachen) the windows I broke a pane. The phy- sician was called after the workman was already dead. He went to America (in order) to earn more money. You have made him your (ihn sich zum) enemy by having offended him. I came at a quarter past nine and my friend half an hour after (afterwards). The more industrious you are the more money you will earn. Our soldiers gained the battle after they had taken (fassen) fresh courage. 212 Questions on Grammar. 1. How is after translated if a conjunction, how if a preposition, and how if an adverb ? 2. How is that translated if a conjunction? 3. How are the... the..., followed by a comparative each, translated? 4. "What kind of conjunctions are/e and desto (or umso)? 5. When is indem generally used ? 6. When are ohne doss and dadurch, doss used? 7. Of what is um...zu the translation, and where is each placed in the sentence? 8. When must um...zu be used in translation of to ? Conversation. How long will you sit up to- night? Till half past ten. Then most likely I shall go to- bed after you. You should not read so long or you will spoil your eye- sight After I have commenced read- ing I cannot leave off (auf- horen). What are you reading then? It is the latest novel by H. Is it very interesting (interes- s&nt)l Yes, very interesting ; he knows how to write novels. Is this the only (einzige) volume? No, there are two more. The bill of exchange will not be paid without your signing it. Where am I to put my name ? On the back (Ruckseitef.), below the other names. Will that do nowl Yes, that will do. Could (Subj.) you lend (Dannie some sheets of note-paper ? Yes, / can; how many do you want? As many as you can spare (ent- behren). 25ie longe raoflen Ste Ijeute 5lbenb aufbleiben? 23t fialb elf. S)ann toerbe id) toafcrfdjeinltaj nod) gfjiren u SSett gef)en. (Sie fottten nidjt fo lange lefen, ober @ie toerben 3$re Slugen tierberben. Sftac&bem tdj angefongen ^abe u lejen, fann id) nid)t auf* loren. 2Ba^ tefen @ie benn? $ ift ber neuefte JRoman toon $. 3ft er fefir intereffant? Sa, fefir intereffant; er toeif^ tt)te man fRomane fd)reibt. 3ft bteS ber etngige ^Banb? 9Mn, e^ finb nod) giuei ba. S)er SSed^fel mtrb ntd)t beablt ttjerben, oftne bo @ie i|n unterfd)reiben. SBofiin foil id) meinen 9Zamen fdjreiben ? 3luf bie SRucffeite, unter bte an* bern Sftamen. eniigt ba je|t? 3a, ba0 geniigt. ^onnten @te mir etntge 93ogen Srtefpapier let^en? So, ba3 fann ic^; toie triete tt)unfd)en @ie? (So t)tele @ie entbe^ren fonnen. 213 (feruse Mo. 46. fdjlaue ^ferbebtefc 3)a ber SSerroalteri uirf)t ben geringfteu SBerbadfjt fcfjityfte, 2 fo ogerte er nicljt, ifmt ba $ferb mitjugeBen. 3 3)er 3)ieB ritt 4 bamit auf ber @trage uadfj gtoren aB. (r fcfjlng 5 aBer Balb einen anbern 2Beg ein, unb nadfjbem er ettoa tt)antg 9}letlen temliclj fc^neK gerttten tuar, ftieg 6 er toor bem erften SSirt^l^aufe oB, tt)etc^e er an ber @trafje fanb. ier Brad^te er ba $ferb in ben too er ftc umlteibete. 8 SKa^renb er in bte ging, fdj er einen SSagen tor bem $8irtl)f)cmfe an^olten 10 , au toeld^em n feinem nid^t geringen 11 @r* ftaunen 12 unb c^retfen 13 ber tgent^iimer be $ferbe an^ftieg 14 . e S5teBe erfter ebanfe 15 ttjar, bag ber raf fogleid^, nad^bem er aBgeritten, 4 auf ba Sanbgut gefommen tuare unb ficlj felbft ju feiner SSerfotgung 16 auf= gema^t 1 ^ ^dtte. Sebo^ erfannte 18 er batb, ba bte ein 3rrtf)um tt)ar, ba tueber ber raf nod^ einer uon feinen beiben Seuten nac^ i|m ober bem ^ferbe fragte. ^un after ftettte 19 ftd^ etne anbere gurd^t 20 Bet im ein. @r toar iiBer^eugt 21 , ba toenn enttoeber ber utfd)er ober ber Wiener be ^Jrafen in ben tatt 7 ging, fie fogleidfj ba ^Pferb erfennen 18 toiirben. 5lu biefer 9^ot^ 22 fjalf er fi^ burc eine fufjne 23 Sift 24 . @r t^at, at oB er ben ^Jrafen gar nic^t !enne unb fragte ben S)tener, raer e rt)are (djtufc fotfit.) 1 steward, 2 to conceive a suspicion, VerdatM schopfen, 3 to deliver up, mitgeben (irr.), 4 to start (on horseback), *a,loreiten (irr.}, 5 to take (a way), einschlagen (irr. ), 6 to alight (from a horse), *ab- steig&n (irr.), 7 stable, 8 to change clothes, sick umJcleiden, 9 tavern, 10 to stop, anTialten (irr.), 11 slight, 12 astonishment, 13 terror, 14 to alight (from a vehicle), *&ussteigen (irr.), 15 idea, 16 pursuit, 17 to set out, sick aufmachen, 18 to perceive, recognise, erkennen (irr.), 19 to come, sich einstetten, 20 fear, 21 to convince, iiberzeugen, 22 difficulty, 23 bold. 24 cunning. 214 Forty-seventh Lesson. teBenunbtrierjtgfte Sefttoiu Remarks on Conjunctions (Adverbs & Prepositions) (concluded}. 30... and) (or wit aud}) are the translation of however if an adjective or adverb is between however and the subject. (So ornrie is introducing the clause, and audj is generally placed alter the subject, in its usual place ; as, $dj fann ba ?Pferb nidjt faufen, fo fctfftg e aud) fetn mag. I can- not buy the horse, however cheap it may be. 6ie f5nnen ifjn ntdjt mefjr fefjen, fo oft anbe ntcfit jd)mn$ig madje. $d) farm ben Djen nid)t braudjen, jo uortreff* Udj er aiidj jein mag. ^Pfui! toer fiat bte3 getfoan? mltl e ijt gu [pat. SK Btrfunft ttuift id) ojjne @te gefien, tuenn @te nid)t friifier fommen. till! b_a3 ^inb fdjldft. ^d)tung, ber (Stein ftillt! 3)a ^ie ntcfct in bie D^er ge^en tootlten, jo na|m id) nur ein 93iflet. SBenn mein 33ud)bruder bieje3 S3ud) nid)t brucfen fann, jo tnujj id) 11 einem anbern gefjen. pttlob, SlUe jinb gerettet! @o icl @ie and) bariiber Iad)en, jo ijt e^ bod) trjafir. @ie irjerben ben 33etrag be^ SSed)jeI pergejjen, menn Sie ifyn nid)t aufjd)reiben. Dbgleid) er gejaforlid) berirunbet ift, jo ijt bod) ntd)t alle |)ojjnung oerlpren, ba er genejen toerbe. <3ie langjamer, bamit @ie nid)t bie Sreppe Binunterf alien. Oh! why have you done that? I cannot understand you unless you read to (Dat. ) me louder. Stop ! you have lost something. You must inform him of this loss, however great it may be. The thief murdered the (maid) servant, lest she [should] betray him. Hem ! that may (Jcanri) be. How, you are still here ! You must not speak, unless you are (being) asked. Gently ! don't break the looking-glass. Huzza how our horses are running ! He will not understand you however slowly you speak. He will not go away unless we go first. Put on your hat lest you catch cold. I shall call for you at all events this evening, however busy I may be. Take care, lest you hurt yourself J Unless you call: "stop," the boat will not wait. I burned the news- paper lest he [should] read the telegram. 216 Questions on Grammar. 1. "When is however translated by so...auch (or wie...aucK)* 2. What place do so or wie occupy and where is auch placed generally ? 3. Where in damit. . .nicht and wenn. . .nicht (or wofern . . .nicht) are these words placed? 4. In which mood is the verb after damit... nicht f 5. When is so often employed in German for introducing the main clause ? 6. Is o translated in English, and is it necessary to use it in German? 7. Are Interjections variable? 8. How are they used? Conversation. Have you had your hair cutl Yes, / had it cut yesterday. Why did you not have it shorter? I like to wear my hair long in winter lest I catch cold. Don't you wish to buy this horse? No, I shall not buy it, however excellent it may be. Did you bring (the) to-datf* newspaper? Oh ! I have forgotten it. How could you forget that? I met a friend on the way, and while talking with him, I did not think of it [any] more. Be quick now and fetch one. Holla ! is there nobody at home? Who is there? I want to see Mr. N. He is not in just now. Well! then I shall call again to-morrow. May I ask you for (urn Ace.) your name? Here is my card (Kartef.). aben te ftdj bas aar fdjnet- ben laffen? $a, id) Itefj e3 mtr geftern fd)neiben. SSarum IteBen @tc e fid) nicfct fiirjer fcfinetben? ScJ) trage tm 2Btntcr ba3 aar gerne long, bamit id) mid) md)t erfdlte. SSoKen @ie biefeS $ferb nidjt faitfen? iftetn, id) toerbe e nid)t fail* fen, fo borrreffltc^ e auc^ fetn mag. SBradhten @te bie fieuttge 3 e ^* rung? Db! ic^ Babe fie oergeffen. 2Bie fonnten @te bal bergeffen? S^ traf etnen greunb unter* unb inbem ic^ mit , badjte td^ nid^t me^r bar an. @efien te je|t fc^nett, unb bolen @te etne. olla! tft Sftiemanb u aufe? 2Ser tft ba? gd) ttjunfc^e ^errn 3^. 511 fpredjen. @r tft augenbltcfltc^ ntd^t fiter. ut! bann tuerbe id^ morgen wieber borfprec^en. urn 3^^ bitten? ter tft meine ^arte. 217 dmtizt Wo. 47. Ser frfjlaite $)ann ging er 511 ifjm unb fagte: M 2Bie irf) fjore, finb @ie ber raf 8... an gloren^! gdj Bin einer t)on ben Senten be3 ^ferbefianblerS 1 SBanbinefli, fcon bent gijre <$naben 2 fo mancjjeg $ferb gefauft IjaBen. (r fjat midfj je^t mit etnem feJjr fc^onen ^ferbe n gfjnen gefc^tdt, tuetl oratte 15 , entBe^ren 16 mod^te, nm einen berfelben mit bem ^jSferbe gnrn^nfd^iden 17 : fo fragte er ben $)ieB, ob er ba $ferb fiir i^n nac!) gloren Bringen lonnte. erfelBe fcerftanb 18 fid^ bagn gegen eine geringe SBetofjnnng 19 , nnb ber ^5raf fnfjr tt)eiter 20 . %lo.3) einer SSiertelftnnbe rttt anc^ ber ^)ieB aB, fd^lng aBer gleic tuieber einen anbern SSkg ein nnb Brac^te ba ^Pferb nad^ SSenebig, n;o er e fiir 150 $t* 'd)inen Uerlanfte. 1 horse-dealer, 2 honour, 8 to please, gef alien (irr. Dat. ), 4 to Coring before, vorfiihren, 5 to declare, erklaren, 6 unanimously, 7 alike, 8 beauty, 9 most, 10 to rejoice, erfreuen, 11 desire, 12 features, 13 to ask, demand, fordern, 14 gratification, 15 to have before one, yvrhaben (irr.), 16 to miss, entbehren, 17 to send back, zuriickschicken, 18 to accede to, sick verstehen zu (irr.), 19 payment, 20 to drive on, *weiter/a&rm (irr.). As appendix to the First Part of our Grammar we shall now give some rules for ascertaining the gender of nouns and for the formation of certain nouns ; hints tor the purpose of recognising regular verbs, and also rules for the division of nouns into syllables. As we think it superfluous to give exercises on these rules we ad- vise the student to read them over carefully from time to time, which will suince. Although we have given in our vocabularies the most -important exceptions in the declension of nouns it is now necessary that the student should go over all of them (on pages 13 17) in his spare time, so as to make himself thoroughly acquainted with the declension of German substantives. However in the 2nd Part of our Grammar we shall con- tinue to point out irregular declensions. On the Gender of Nouns. Every noun in the German language is either masculine, feminine or neuter. Of the masculine gender are : 1. All names of males ; as, bcr 2Eonn, the man bet Strjt, the physician ber 25tt>e, the lion EXCEPTIONS : The diminutives in djen and lein (s. p. 219). 2. The names of monntains, winds, stones, seasons, months, and days; as, ber Sejitt, Vesuvius I bet gracing, spring ber Citnriitb, the eastwind ber 3onnar, January ber Sioraont, the diamond I ber SJlontag, Monday Remark. 2>a griifaa$r, spring, and ba patjaljr, autumn being com- pound words take the gender of their last component. But the masculine forms of these words (ber grilling, ber JperBft) are very often preferred. 3. Xouns ending in att, en (not djen), id), ig, ing and ting; a*, ber too, the stable I ber omg, the honey ber SBagen, the carriage ber Coring, the herring ber Jeppi($, the carpet I ber Sperling, the sparrow Exceptions: boi 9KetaH, the metal I bag 33eden, the basin bag TOeffing, the brass ba* Stiffen, the cushion ba3 Sing, the thing I &a3 SBappen, the coat of arms and Infinitives used substantively ; as, boS el)en, walking bo8 Sfien, eating Of the feminine gender are : 1. All names of females ; as, bte grcm, the woman bie S3in, the lioneai Exceptions : a.) Diminutives in c^en and lent (s. p. 219) and ba3 SRdbt^en, the girl; b3 graulein, the young-lady. b.) 3)ai SRrafdj, the wench ; ba SBei6, the woman, wife ; and the com pound word bas grauensimmer, the woman, female. 219 2. Most names of rivers ; as, bie (Sl&e, the Elbe I bte Sonau, the Danube bte Slier, the Iller I bie SBefer, the Weser Exceptions : a.) bet Sltyein, the Rhine ber Sftedar, the Neckar ber 9ftoin, the Main b.) Most names of rivers of foreign countries not ending in a, and e, which are masculine ; as, ber SRil, the Nile ber $o, the Po 3. Nouns of more than one syllable ending in e ; as, bte SStrne, the pear I bie (Sonne, the sun bie Xinte, the ink I bte 3ffad)e r the revenge Exceptions : a) >er Srriebe, the peace ; ber gttnfe, the spark ; ber tau&e, the faith; ber aufe, the heap; ber Sftame, the name; ber afe, the cheese. b) Abstract substantives formed from adjectives, which are neuter ; as, bo ute, the good bo Soje, the bad, etc. c) a3 Sluge, the eye; ba Snbe, the end; bq (SrBe, the inheritance, and the few neuter nouns with the prefixes e; like: ba emalbe, etc. 4. Most derivative words in ei, Beit, felt, fdjaft, mutfi, img and the foreign nouns in if, tat, ion; as, bte Slr^enei, the medicine bte Sreiljeit, the liberty bte ^reftigfeit, the firmness bte greunbfdjoft, the friendship bte offnung, the hope bte Belittl, the politics bie UnitJerjttiir, the university bte Nation, tho nation bie Slrmutf), the poorness Exceptions :o efcfjret, the clamour; bo ^Setfi^oft, the seal; ber the wormwood. Of the neuter gender are : 1. The letters of the alphabet; bag '#, ba3 S3, ba3 S, etc., the A, the B, the C, etc. 2. All non- substantive words used substantively, i. e. infinitives, ad- jectives, etc. when used substantively ; as, ba Stngen, the singing I bo ^a, the yes, the aye ba riitt, the green | ba SSiertel, tlie fourth 3. All diminutives in d)en and letn, even those denoting males 01 females (s. p. 222) ; as, ba SMnncfien, the little man I ba na&Iettt, the little boy ba Imnbdien, the little hand | ba SBIitmletn, the little flower 4. Names of metals, countries, towns, villages; as, ba olb, gold I bo grime ^rlanb, green Ireland^ ba tlfcer, silver | ba le&f)afte 'iJSarig, lively Paris Exceptions : ber ftobalr, cobalt bte ^tDetj, Switzerlandf**) ber taijl, steel bte Pfafy the Palatinate bte fioufife, Lusatia bte S'rimm, the Crimea bte Sftolbcm, Moldavia ber Somfiod, pinchbeck ber SBiSmutfj, bismuth bie or baS ^latina, platina Also names of countries in et, which are feminine ; as, bte Xurfei, Turkey; bie SBalodjet, Wallachia (*) Names of countries, towns and villages which are neuter are only used with the article if preceded by an adjective. (**) Names of countries which are feminine always take the article. 220 '6. Most nouns beginning with the unaccented prefix ($e ; as, bo ebaube, the building I ba efrabel, the rabble, mob bal e&et, the prayer I ba einrge, the chain of mountains Exceptions : bte efcerbe, the gesture bie ebuljr, the duty bte eburt, the birth bie ebttlb, the patience bie efaljr, the danger bte emetnbe, the parish bie efdjidjte, the story bte eftatr, the shape bte etoatt, the power ber e&ratidj, the use bet ebanfe, the thought tier efaHen, the pleasure fcer enu, the enjoyment ber erudj, the smell ber efang, the singing ber efdjmaf, the taste ber eftanf, the stench ber etmnn, the gain and all those which according to their termination (except in e) are fem- inine, like: bte elegenljeit, the opportunity 6. Most nouns ending in fat, fel, tljum ; as, bal Sdjtcffat, destiny I ba (Sigentljum, the property ba fRat^el, the riddle I ba Hltett^um, antiquity Exceptions : bte rongfat, the oppression I ber topfel, the stopper bie 9ftiif)fal, the difficulty ber Jvrrtfmm, the error bie Sritbial, the trouble I ber Stadium, the riches 7. Many nouns ending in nift (or nt); as, ba 8eugnt, the evidence; ba ebat^tntB, the memory There are however, nearly as many that are feminine, of which the following are the principal : bie (rlmi&m&, the permission bte ginftermfj, the darkness bte ^enntmfj, the knowledge bte SBUbntfj, the wilderness bte SBebrangnifc, the pressure bte SBerrubntfj, the grief .bte ntpfdngntfe, the conception bte Srfenntntfc, the perception Compound Nouns. Compound nouns take the gender of their last component ; for instance : masculine are : ber DBftBattm, the fruit-tree | ber tr$I)of, the churchyard feminine are : bte Stmntertpre, the room-door | bte ofaartet, the court-party neuter are : ba ftaisfcanb, the collar, the necfelace | bo ^tft^tu^, the table-cloth Exceptions : ber Slbft^eu, the abhorrence | bol egent^etl, the contrary and the words compounded with mutfi, the first component of which is no substantive, which are feminine ; as, bte rofjntHtfj, the generosity | bie Sdjftjermutlj, the melancholy 221 Words having a double Gender. To indicate their double meaning, the following nouns have a double gender(*j : ber SBcmb, the volume, binding ba8 SBanb, the ribbon, tie(f) ber 93auer(f), the peasant ba S3ouer, the cage ber (5^or, the chorus . ba ^or(t), the choir ber rbe, the heir ba GsrBe, the inheritance bie (Sift, the present ba ift, the poison bie ^aft, the arrest bag aft, the clasp, rivet ber 6etbe, the heathen bie ^eibe, the heath ber out, the hat bie Iwt, the guard, care ber $unbe, the customer bie Kunbe, the knowledge ber Setter, the conductor bie Setter, the ladder ber 9JtangeI(t), the want bie SKangel, the mangle bie ttatf, bog m *> the ber 9ftenfdj(t man bo 9ttenfd)(t), the wench ber SJleffer, the measurer ba 9JJeffer, the knife ber cljilb, the shield ba $ilb(t), the sign-board ber @ee(t), the lake bie @ee, the sea ber proffe, the descendant bie toroffe, the step of a ladder bie teuer, the tax ba eteuer, the steerage ber tift, the pencil bo tift(t), the ecclesiastical foun- dation ber l)or(t), the fool ba 2$0r(t), the gate ber S8erbienft, the gain, profit ba SSerbienft, the merit bie SBe^r, the defence ba SBe^r, the wear, dam Formation of Nouns by Derivation. Masculine Nouns. 1. Masculine nouns can generally be derived from verbs by changing the final en or n into er, verbs in eln dropping the e be- fore I. The radical vowel of substantives thus formed from verbs in en is frequently modified ; as, VERB : NOUN : leljreny to teach ber Seljrer, the teacher tatuen, to dance ber Sanjer, the dancer erooern, to conquer ber (Srooerer, the conqueror Ijeudjeln, to play the hypocrite ber eud)Ier, the hypocrite 2. From names of towns and villages names of males can be derived by adding er; as, SBien, Vienna ber SSiener, the native of Vienna t, Frankfort ber tJranlfurter, the native of Frankfort In the same manner such names can very often be derived from names of countries : bie cfitoeh, Switzerland ber rfjtoetaer, the Swiss Slnterifo, America ber Slmeriloner, the American nglanb, England ber (Snglanber, the Englishman (*) These nouns of course are declined according to their gender and termination. (t) Nouns marked with a (t) have an irregular declension. 222 Feminine Nouns. 1 . Feminine nouns can generally be derived from verbs either by changing the final en or n of the infinitive into ling or tiling, or by changing the final n into rei ; as, VERB: NOUN: mtidjen, to mix bte SRtfdjung, the mixture Ijoften, to hope bte offmmg, the hope ftttfen, to embroider tie Sttcferei, the embroidery 2. Feminine nouns are very often derived from adjectives by adding I)eit(*) or fett (or tgfeit) ; as, ADJECTIVE : NOTTN : Hug, prudent bte 8Iitgljett, the prudence fcanf&ar, thankful bte 35anfbarfett, the thankfulness iuB, sweet bie giiingfett, the sweetness 8 . Feminine nouns are also derived from other nouns by adding jcfjaft, which is somewhat corresponding to the English ship; as, NOUN: FEM. XOTTN: ber greunb, the Mend bte greunbfdjaft, the friendship Der 83urger, the citizen bie iSurgerjdjaft, the citizenship 4. Names of females are generally formed from the corres- ponding names of males by adding in to the latter ; but if the mas- culine ends in e this letter is dropped in the feminine ; as, ber fieljrer, the (gentleman) teacher bte Sdjrertn, the (lady) teacher ber Sontg, the king bte 6mgin, the queen ber SJiadjbar, the neighbour bte 9iad)&artn, the female neighbour ber SBtener, the native of Vienna bte SBtcnerin, the female native of Vienna ber Xiger, the tiger bte igenn, the tigress ber atle, the husband bie atlin, the wife ber SStoe, the lion bte SSroin, the lioness In monosyllabic names the vowel is modified ; as, ber odj, the cook bie fiodjtn, the female cook Der SRarr, the fool bte -Jiarrtn, the female fool ber ^unb, the dog bte ^ihtbrn, the bitch The vowel is also modified in : t>er grattjofe, the Frenchman bie ffranaoftn, the French-lady Neuter Nouns. FORMATION OF DIMINUTIVES. Most German Nouns denoting persons, animals or things can be made diminutive by adding djen (or letn) and generally modifying the vowel ; as, Nou: DiMistmvE: ber 9Konn, the man bo 9ttannd}en (or SRannletn), the little man bee iQaum, the tree ba 95auntc^en (or 83auntlein), the little tree ber unb, the dog ba-3 .fniufcrfien (or ^ftnbletn), the little clog bte Stabr, the town ba Stabtdjen (or Stabttetn), the small town bo Soif, the village ba Sprft^eit (or Sorfletn), the small village ba ^Sferb, the horse bo ^>ferb^en (or ^ferbletn), the little horse (*) Adjectives of one syllable take generally Ijeit (or sometimes tgfeit). 223 Nouns ending in e drop the same before adding djen (or letn) ; as, NOUN : DIMINUTIVE : bet na6e, the boy ba 8na6rf)en (or SnaBletn), the little boy ber &aje, the hare bo >acfjen (or ^ciStein), the little hare bie glaive, the bottle ba gldfcljdjen (or gtajd&lein), the small bottle bie (Snte, the duck ba (Intern (or ntlein), the little duck . d&en and feitt may be used when in English the adjectives little or small are employed. But little and small can also be trans- lated by fletn instead of forming a diminutive, and Foreigners had better avoid the use of diminutives unless very well up in German, as they are only occasionally used. On the Regular Verbs. To the regular conjugation of verbs belong the following : 1. All those verbs having one of the vowels o, it or en; as, looljtten, to dwell; fudjen, to seek; beuten, to interpret Exceptions : fomnten, to come; ritfcn, to call, and ftofjen, to push, which are irregular. 2. All those verbs having one of the modified vowels ft, ij, u or fill; as, ttmljten, to choose; Ij5ren, to hear; fuTjIen, to feel; ttaumeit, to dream Exceptions: galjrett, to ferment; geMren, to bring: forth; erlSfdfjen, to extin- guish; fd)tt)6ren, to swear; Bettiigen or ttitgen, to deceive, and liigen, to tell a lie, which are irregular. 3. All those verbs ending in eln, era, igen, tren, ieren, djten, clen, ften, ftett, jdjen, en; as, tabetn, to blame; gittern, to tremble; Befefttgcn, to fortify; ftu= biren, to study ; regieren, to reign ; rtdjten, to judge ; ^oden, to chop ; Ijeften, to fix; Ijuften, to cough; laufd^en, to listen; tonjen, to dance Exceptions : fledjteti, to plait; fedjten, to fight; etl^retlcn, to be terrified; bacten, to bake; ttwfdjen, to wash; Berften, to burst; fdjmeljen, to smelt, and fijjen, to sit, which are irregular. 4. All those verbs ending in men and nea (but not mm en or nnen); as, oilmen, to breathe; regnen, to rain Exceptions : nc^ntcn, to take, and fdjetnen, to shine, which are irregular. OBSERVATION. The regular or irregular conjugations of many verbs cannot be ascertained by their form ; principally not of those with the vowels a, e, i, ie, et, if they have not one of the above terminations, and the safest plan for distinguishing regular and irregular verbs, is to learn the usual irregular verbs by heart. 224 Division of Words into Syllables. All syllables following the first syllable are commenced by a consonant if possible ; as, a*6er(*), tabeln, @a6c If there be more than one consonant, the last consonant only commences the new syllable, while the others remain with the preceding syllable ; as, rcf^ten, nrib=men The compound consonants dj, qu, J>Ij, fdj, jj, tlj are con- sidered as one consonant and therefore not divided; as, Be=quem, Ijert'fdjen, S3iidjer The compound consonants cf and $, are divided into M and t-$; as, (ftetfen) fleMen, (Safce) NOTE. The compound consonants ng, ^f and jl (not 8t) may be di- vided or not ; as, fmg=en or ftn'gen, Sro=ljfcn or Zvo^en, iBuffte or SButf'te A consonant belonging to a prefix must remain with the prefix; as, oer=ad)ten, Compound words are divided as they are compounded ; as, en, ent=fdjIieBen A mute Ij after a vowel remains with the vowel; as, When two vowels (simple or compound vowels) are in quence, they are separated; as, fo*en, freu'e (*) Note that the hyphen in German consists of two lines (). THE SYNTAX. German Grammar. 226 Forty-eighth Lesson. 5Id(jtimbtrierstgfte Seftton. The Article and the Noun. The Definite Article is used : 1.) before abstract nouns, names of material, and. plural nouns when they speak of the whole of the idea or class they signify ; as, Sic SJHIbt^atigfeit tft cine f$6ne Xugenb. Charity is a fine virtue. Sic gar&e ber Unidjulb. The colour of innocence. a olb tft ein eble 9KetaH. Gold is a precious metal 2>ie $ferbe fm& niilid}e Sljiere. Horses are useful animals. 2.) before collective nouns, names of mountains, seasons, months, days and. parts of the day; as, bie SRegiemng, government ber 2lbel, nobility, nobles ber 9Jiont Blanc, Montblanc ber grilling, spring ber Sanuor, January bet onntag, Sunday bie 9iad)t, night bie Sammerung, twilight. 3.) before proper names preceded by an adjective; as, ber Heine Karl, little Charles ba3 fdjSne 23ien, beautiful Vienna. Note. Names of persons are not declined then, and names of places and countries in S, j, 5 do not take g in the Genitive. 4.) before names of countries which are feminine, and also before the few which are masculine; as, bie Siirfei, Turkey ber 4?oag, the Hague. 5.) in erpressions of price and time when the indefinite article is em- ployed in English ; as, Stoei aftorl ba $funb, two marks a pound jtoei SKetlen bett Xag(*), two miles a day breimal bie SSodje, three times a week. The Article in German is invariably placed before adjectives and adverbs preceding the noiin ; as, ber boppelte Betrag, double the amount ein ganj alter $err, quite an old gentleman. The article is generally repeated before each noun in sequence, and is only omitted when several nouns with the same article fol- low each other, and if all of them are of the same case and gender or number, and refer or belong to the same person or thing ; as, ' ber SSater unb rnaljrer biefer ftinber, the father and nourisher of these children bie Simmer, I)uren unb genfter be |>auie, the rooms, doors, and windows of the house ba Slleib gefjort einer @d)ait fpielerin unb angerin, the dress belongs to an actress and songstress. Masculine and neuter nouns expressing measure, number and weight are not declined and only used in the singular if pre- ceded by a numeral and followed by a noun or adjective whether expressed or understood ; as, r-eben $funb Kaffee, seven pounds of coffee ein la? Sier, a glask of beer toiele SJlonn SReiterei, many horse (soldiers) fed)$ 8oH breit, six inches broad. Note. "Of" with those nouns (also with feminine) is not expressed and the two nouns agree in case. A noun in apposition with another noun or with a pronoun must be in the same case ; as, mit feinem Setter, bem ^ouprmann 9i., with his couetn, captain N. n, ber Befte 6djii$e ber tobt, he, the best marksman of the town. (*) Nouns denoting definite time must be in the accusative, if not the subject of the sentence. 227 the blessing, bcr <3egen Plur: bie egnungenf. brave, gallant, tapfer costly, valuable, to dawn, bammern the degree, ber rob Plur: bie rabe the dozen, ba Sufcenb elephant, ber (Ie pliant (Plur: see page 14) the gold, ba olb ,, heart, bag ers (DecL: see page 16) ,, iron, bo Siien lively, leb^aft the metal, bo Wetrttt mutton, ba amtnel Retfa pork, ba @d)h>eine the rat, bte SRatte to rejoice, erfreuen the rest, bte 9\uf)C riches, ber Plur: bie 8Reicfitf)umei silver, ba Sil&et stick, ber tocf troublesome, Idfttg ugly, IjaBlicI) | the war, ber 8rieQ Exercise No. 48. 1. Avarice and selfishness are two ugly passions (Leidenschaften). Hope is one of the greatest blessings. Iron is the most useful and gold the most valuable of(von}&ll metals. The nutritive properties^ Nahr haftig- Iceitf. sing.) of mutton are (is) greater than those (that) of pork. Mice and rats are troublesome little animals. Nobles (Add m. sing. ) are ( is) considered (betrachtet als) the support (Stutzef.) of monarchies ( Mo- narchic f.). Have you ever (schon) been on the Righi (Rigim.)i. In summer I prefer beer io(Dat .) wine. Sunday is the day of rest. Morning was dawning when we left the ball. Brave Admiral (Admiral) Nelson will never be forgotten by the English people. A war between Turkey and Russia (Russland n.) was unavoidable (unvermeidlich). The pens cost one mark (Mark f.) a dozen. The postman comes four times a day. I have as costly a watch as you. Quite an old lady travelled with me. Here are your brother's hat and stick. Give ( Dat. ) me three pounds of tea. The table is three feet high. To-day we have ten de- grees [of] cold (Kaltef.). I am the friend of his cousin, the advocate N. I conversed with Mr. X., the famous poet. ' 2. er SSetn erfreut be3 Sftenfdjen ^crg. SStetriet ra SSein ija&en toir getrun!en ? 2Die -ftac&t brad} fieretn (came on), elje ttrir bie @tabt erretc&ten. liefer toe! ift nidjt mefir ate bier $u|3 long. @ie gaben mir eine gan$ gitte ^Inttoort. S)er ^affee foftet etne SQlarf bag $funb. a^ olb ift tfieurer ate ba^ ilber. History repeats itself. He gave ( Dat. ) me double the sum. July is generally the hottest month in the year, and January the coldest. The tusks (Zdhne) of elephants are valuable. I prefer lively Paris to (Dat. ) busy (geschdftig) London. Health is a greater blessing than riches (sing.). Winter is a cold season. The cheese and butter you bought are not good. You are too good a father to (gegen) your children. I was introduced to (Dat.) his cousin (f.), the most beautiful lady in the town. She writes to (an Ace.) me twice a month. How long were you in Switzerland ? A telegram to E. costs twenty pfennigs (Pfen- nig m.) a word. Come to breakfast (etc.). After breakfast (etc.). At breakfast (etc.). For breakfast (etc.). At what time is the dinner- hour? Will you dine at the table d'hote? I must go and have my dinner. Is the cloth laid? Dinner is served. Bring me the bill of fare the wine card. What will you have (take), some tea or coffee? A cup of tea if you please. Will you have (take) some eggs ? May I trouble you for the mus- tard? Will you pass me the salt, Help yourself! You are not eating. I have had enough. Will you not take some more meat? No, thank you, I am amply provided. What do you want (wish for) ? I want some chocolate. At what price ? At about three marks a pound. This, here, is a very nice sort How much is it a pound ? Three marks 60 pfennigs. 228 Conversational and Idiomatic Phrases. efpracfje unb SRebenSarten. Is breakfast dinner supper ready? Breakfast (etc.) is preparing. When do you generally break- fast? When do yu dine sup? 3ft bo gruSftfid bag Sftittag- effen ba Slbenbeffen fertig? 3)a3 griiftftiicf (etc.) nrirb eben gentadjt. SSann friifjftiiclen ie getoofjn- Hdj? SSann effen ie 511 Sftittag 511 Slbenb? $ommen ie jum gfrltyfifldfflfej. 9?ad) bent griifrftucf (etc.). SSeim griif)ftucf (etc). Bum ftruYftuc! (etc.). SSann ttrirb 511 2ftittag gegeffen? SBotfen ie an ber table d'hote effen? 3d) nwfc gum 2Jttttageffen ($u S3f4) gefjen. f|t ber Sifcfj gebecft? al 2ftittageffen ift aufgetragen. S3ringen @ie mtr bte peife- farte bie SSeinfarte. SSa^ njoHen ie trinfen, X^ee ober Coffee? gtne Saffe X^ee, toenn i% bitten barf. SSoCen ie einige ter effen? S)arf id^ ie urn ben enf bitten? SBoHen ie nut gefaEigft ba alj geben? 93ebienen ie ftd^ ! ie effen ja nidjtS. %fy bin fatt. SSotten ie fid^ nid^t nod gleifi^ ne^men? iclj bin no^ re cerfe^en. n ie? Gtfjocolabe. u ttjelc^em ^rei? Ungefa^r bret SDZar! ba 2)ie Ijier ift eine fe^r gitte ortc. 2Biet>ieI foftet ba ^funb batoon? 2)rei 229 dmtm Mo. 48. tft Sitter, Sdjtoetgett2 tft (Mb* in inbifcfjer 3 anfmann bradjte einen (IepI)anten ju SDtefte. aum toar er angefommen, al er einen (n= ropaer 4 bemer!te, ber, ofjne ein SSort ju fagen, urn ben (Elep^anten fjerttmging 5 nnb benfelben don alien Setten 6 anfmerffant befafj.? 3)er aufmann ridjtete 8 fcerfdjiebene 9 Sragen 10 an i^n, fonnte tm after letne 5lnttt)ort ent= XodcnH* 3H3 fi^ bann ein tdnferi2 na^tcis, joanbtc fid^ ber ^anfmann an ben Snropaer nnb flufterte 14 iljm in D^r: w @agen @ie nirfjt ein SSort, big ic^ ben (Silepfjanten tjerfanft ^abe, it^ tuerbe 3nen ein pbfd^e^ 15 ^efc^enf macfjen." er grembe 16 niifte 1 ^ jnftimmenb 18 , btieb aber ftumm 19 tote nt)or20. TO ber anbel 21 abgef^toffen22 unb ba @elb be^a^lt toar, ^anbigle 23 tf)m ber ^anfmann je^n ^rosent 2 ^ be ^anfgelbe25 e in nnb fprac $n bem ^e^eimnigt)otten26 gremben: ,,3e^t biirfen @ie reben, id^ bin neugierig 2 ? n erfa^ren 28 , toie @ie ben Seller an bem Iin!en 29 95ein meine te^^anten entberft ^aben, ben id) boc^ fo gefc^iift glaubte berborgen 30 n ^aben/' ,,@inen Sefjler?" entgegnete 31 ber c^tDeigfante 32 . %< fjabe ntt^tg entbetft; e^ ift ba erfte 9Jlat in meinent Seben 33 , ba ici^ iiberi)aupt einen lertanten jn efic^t 34 befommen 35 , ic abe i^n be!>alb an blower 36 -ftengier 3 ? fo genan befe^en. ober 2)eutf^cr~2)ame: a ^tnb ift ein Hetner granjofe, ni^t toa^r 38 ?" ^inbgmab^en 39 : %$ toei fetbft ni^t, toie man fagen fott; feine Gutter ift eine ?5ranofin, fein SSater aber ein ^eutf^er." )ame: (; 5lc^ ba mn man eben toarten, bi e fprecfjen !ann, bann toirb man e glei<$ toifferi!" 1 to speak, 2 to be silent, 3 Indian, 4 European, 5 to walk round, *~heiumgehen (irr.), 6 sides, 7 to view, besehen (irr.), 8 put, 9 various, different, 10 questions, 11 to elicit, entlocken, 12 buyer, 13 to approach, sich nahen (ndhern), 14 to whisper, flilstern, 15 pretty, nice, 16 stranger, 17 to nod, nicken, 18 assent, 19 dumb, silent, 20 before, 21 bargain, 22 to conclude, eibschliessen, {irr.}, 23 to hand, einhdndigen, 24 per cent, 25 purchase-money, 26 mysterious, 27 curious, 28 to learn, hear, erfahren (irr.), "29 left, 30 to hide, verbergen (irr.), 31 to reply, entgegnen, 32 the flilent man, 33 life, 34 before my eyes, 35 had, 36 mere, 37 cu- riosity 38 is it not? 39 nurse-maid. 230 Forty-ninth Lesson, Sfceummbtrierjtgfte Seftion. The Qualifying Adjective. Adjectives as a rule precede the noun in German ; as, am le&ten SDlontag, on Monday last. Participles, as in English, are often used as adjectives and follow throughout the rules for adjectives ; as, bet tjcrfaufte arten, the sold garden tie ftngenbe Some, the singing lady. Adjectives and participles used as nouns are nevertheless de- clined like adjectives (the termination varying according to an article, etc., preceding or not) ; as, Adj. : beutuf), German toerloBl, betrothed Btttenb, suppliant Masc.: ber Seutidje mein SBerloBtet ein SHttenber Fern.: bie Seutfdje nteine SBerloBte etne Sittenbe Neut. : bo eutid)e Plural: bie SDeutidjen oHe SSerloBtc S3tttenbe Such words are: ber SBeamre, the official; ber SBebiente, the servant footman; bet SBefannte, the acquaintance; ber efangene, the pri- soner; ber etftlidje, the clergyman; ber efanbte, the ambassador; ber SReifenbe, the traveller; ber 23erttanbte, the relation, etc. The words man, woman, person, following an adjective are frequently not expressed in German, the adjective then be- coming a noun ; as, ber SBIinbe, the blind man bie Sllte, the old woman bie ftran* fen, the sick persons. In the same manner adjectives followed by one and having a more general meaning are used as nouns ; as, bie Kleinen, the little ones. Adjectives used substantively and signifying a whole class of persons, must take the plural termination ; as, bie Slrmen Don flonbon, the poor of London. Adjectives denoting nations and used substantively must be rendered by the corresponding plural noun in German ; as, bie granjofen, the French bie nglanber, the English. NOTE. The corresponding noun must also be used in phrases like the following used in ordinary English : @inb @te ein (Jnglanber. SKein, id) Bin ein Seutfdjer. Are you English. No, I am German. The simple adjective is used (after fetn, to be} in phrases like : 3ft bo defter gut? Is the knife a good one? SBer ift grofjer, ie ober id)? Who is the taller, you or I? Adjectives being in apposition with a proper name agree with it in case, gender and number; as, N. Karl ber rofje, Charles the Great G. art be rofjen, of Charles the Great D. Karl bem rofeen A. Karl ben rofeen. NOTE. Those names of persons which ought to take ns or ens in the Genitive (see p. 42) are not inflected if followed by an apposition ; as, 2)a SeBen granj be$ ftmciten, the life of Francis the second. blind, BItnb bold, Ifiljn firr. to catch, capture, fang en the colours (ensign), trie gafyne to conduct, lead, fitljren to confess, fcefennen irr. (gefteljen irr.) to conquer (some one), fcefiegen the court, yard, ber fiof crime, ba3 SBer&recgen deaf, tauB dumb, ftumnt deaf and dumb, tau6= ftumtn formerly, friifier (efjema.() gallant (civil), artig to hide, toer&ergen irr. the hospital, ba $oftritai Plur : bte f>otyttaler ignorant, unttrifjenb the institution, bie 2In> ftolt lame, loljm to liberate, Befretcn the messenger, ber 93ote ,, place, bie <5teHe ,, police-court, ba tyQ* to rob (some one), 6e roitben the sentence, phrase, ber @afc ,, Swiss, ber @er erttmrtete 23ote ift nodj ntdjt ancjeromtnen. 5Btc foHten immer bie ^reimbe ber 5lrnten fetn.' S)er SSIinbe ftmrbe bon einem 9ftabd)en gefiityrt. ttnjer efanbter am ruffifrfjen |>ofe ift ftunirfberufen (recalled) tuorben. er 9?etfenbe be3 |>errn 3E. ift Ijter gettefen. SBel^e^ toaren bie SSeftegten in ber djlacljt bet (of) Setp^ig (Leipsic)l 2Ber folgte (succeeded) 5Ufreb bent rofeen auf ben englifdjen Sfjron? My cousin is an official at^&etjthe post-office. Is your horse a young one? Have you read "(the) Paradise (Parodies n.) Lost" by Milton ? We looked at (betrachten) the setting sun. Which is the better, this book or that? The Swiss conquered Charles the Bold. While the hospital was burning all the sick were rescued. The man, poor and old, was also deaf and dumb. This is an institution both for the dumb and for the deaf. The sleeping [persons] were surprised by the fire. Can you come on Thursday next? This lady is an acquaintance of my sister-in-law. 232 Conversational and What is the price of this cigar? Twenty marks a hundred. How much do you charge for it? It is a very low charge. Can you not take anything off? That is the lowest. I cannot sell it cheaper. Give me a mark's worth of these grapes. [ want a pair of gloves. What size do you take? Will you try this pair ? These will fit you. Can you give change for this sovereign? I have not any change with me. Can you not get change for me? You have not given me my change yet. There is no change. What is the matter with your watch? Can you mend it? When will it be done (finished)? How soon can you mend it ? My watch is right wrong. My watch is fast slow. Wind up your watch. I will put my watch right. Put it by mine. How is the weather to-day? It is raining very fast. Do you think the bad weather will continue ? The weather is very changeable uncertain. We shall have fine weather (etc.). We had ten degrees of frost heat Idiomatic Phrases. SBiebiel foftct biefe (Stgarre? ^nmngig Sftar! ba ^unbert. 2Biet>iel fcerlangen @tc bafiir? 3 ift ein fdjr biHiger $ret3. $6nnen (Sic nidjt ettuaS nadj- laffen? >a ift ba SSifligfte. 3>rf) fann e3 ntdjt biHiger geben. eben @ie mtr fitr eine 9ttar! toon biefen Xrauben. 3$ braiidje ein $aar $anb fdjufje. SBelc^e Summer ^oben @tc? SSotlen @ie biefeS $aar anpro- btren ? 3>iefe pajfcn 3^ncn. ^onnen @te biefett Sotieretgn toed^jeln ? S<^ Ijabe fein fleine^ etb bei mtr. onnen @tc mtr nic^t tt)ed)fetn laffen? @ic ^aben mtr nod) ni gegeben. elb ift gerabe rec^t. feIt an Q^rer Tlfyct ^onnen 6te fie madden? SSann ift fie fertig? 53i3 mann fonnen Sie fie mod^ 90?eine ll^r geljt red^t falfd^ ll|r ge^t bor nad^. en @ie S^rc Ufa auf. nritt meine U()r rid^ten. n Sie fie nac^ meiner. fiir better ift fiir SSetter ^aben (B regnet fe^r ftarf. lauben @te, ba SSetter anf>alt< SSetter ift fe^r Deranberlicf) unbeftanbig. merben fc^one^ SSetter (etc.) bef omnten . SSir fatten jeljn rab SBtirme. 233 Reading (Ercrdee tta. 49. (Sine Safjtr*2lnelb0te. (tn anSlanbifdjer 1 efanbter fjatte in SBten mit eine Unterrebnng, 2 Bet toeldjer jener aujserte, 3 Me beutfdje (Spradje Ija&e etnen groften Sfteidjtfjnm an 286'rtern unb fiir ntandien 93egriff 4 iiBerflitffige 5 SBorte. apljir fonnte ber te|ten 33ef)auptnng 6 nidjt Beiftimmen 7 nnb Bal urn SSeiftriete. 8 3)er efanbte ertoteberte : ,,,3ttrifd)en f ,f)eiJ3en" 9 nnb ,,nennen" 10 ift bod) 11 !ein llnterfdu'eb!" fagte: ,,D ja r id^ ton tneinen Wiener tuo^I 12 ba er ettna tljne, aBer ntd^t nennen 10 ." 2)er <5Jefanbte ftjar no^ tudjt nBerjettgt 13 unb fn^r 14 fort: ,,@^eifen"i5 nnb W effen"i6 nnterf^eiben 1 ^ fit jebocij ni^t!" ir entgegnete: ,,Slc ja, man ton loo^l 5lrme fpeifen 15 , nic^t effen 16 . 2)er efanbte toottte aud^ je|t noi^ ntct nac^geBen 18 nnb fagte: ,,3n)ifc^en ,,fenben" 19 nnb "fd^ito" 19 totffcn '@te bod) feinen Unterfc^ieb!" @a^tt anttoortete : ,,@ie ftnb ein ^cfanbter 20 , aBer !ein($efd)tc!ter 21 . 2)tefe le|te rllcirnng 22 UeB 23 ben efanbten berftummen 24 , nnb bte Unterrebnng tuar ^to|Itc^ Beenbtgt 25 . dine Sl&ferttgung 26 * in ngtdnber, ber Bet bent Sitrften 2 ? ^annt| nr Xafel 28 tnar, ^atte ba Ungliid, ein la SKetn nmgntoerfen. f ,3ft ba fo ^eBrand^ 29 in @ng= lanb?" fragte ber giirft, Di)ne im 9Jlinbeften30 anger gaf- fnng n gerat^en 31 , er^ieberte ber (Snglanber: ,,$)a nid^t, aBer toenn e gefc^ie^t, fo fragt tuenigften^ S'ltemanb barnad)." 1 foreign, 2 conversation . 3 to utter, remark, dussern, 4 idea, expression, 5 superfluous, 6 declaration, 7 to consent, agree, bei- stimmen, 8 examples, 9 to call (to give a name), to bid, Jieissen (irr.), 10 to call (to give a name), to name, nennen (irr.), 11 to be sure, 12 certainly, 13 to convince, iiberzeugen, 14 to continue (in speaking), fortfahren, 15 to eat, to feed (to entertain at table), speisen, 16 to eat, essen (irr.), 17 to differ, sick unterscheiden (irr.), 18 to give way, yield, n&chgeben (irr.), 19 to send, senden (irr.), schicken, 20 & 21 Gesandter (ambassador), is formed from the past participle of senden (to send), i.e. gesandt (sent), meaning one who is sent. Ge- schidcter is formed from the past participle of schicken (to send), i.e. geschickt (sent), meaning as well one who is sent, but which could not be applied to an ambassador. On the other hand geschickter can also be considered of being formed from the adjective geschickt (clever), meaning a clever one. 22 explanation, 23 made, 24 silent, 25 fin- ished, 26 repartee, 27 prince, 28 at table, 29 custom, 30 in the least, 31 being put out of countenance. German Grammar 8* 234 Fiftieth Lesson. Sunfeigfte fieftioiu The Qualifying- Adjective (concluded). Many adjectives, as in English, require for the completion of the sense a complement, and such complement, if a noun or pronoun, must Le, in German, either in the Genitive or Dative case, or must be ac- companied by a preposition. An adjective requiring a noun or pronoun in the Genitive or Dative must be preceded by this noun or pronoun ; as, Stefcr Sftann tft be 3)ie6fta1)I3 t>erbacf)tig. This man is suspected of theft. 3ft e gfjnen angeneljm? Is it agreeable to you? Some usual adjectives governing the Genitive are: toerbadjttg, suspected of luurbig, worthy of betnufct, conscious of gerotfj, certain of 03, rid of mfibe, tired of fd)ulbtg, guilty of ftdjer, sure of Some usual adjectives governing the Dative are: afjnltdj, like, resembling angenetym, agreeable to befannt, known to banfbar, grateful to fremb, strange to gtetdj, like, equal to gunfrio., favourable to mogltdj, possible for nab,e, near to nufclidj, useful to tteu, faithful to ttrillfommen, welcome to And all those of the above with the prefix tut having an opposite meaning; like: ungetoiij (Gen.), uncertain of; unmogltdj (Dat.), impossible for. An adjective requiring the noun or pronoun with a preposition is generally followed by this noun or pronoun, as in English ; as, tnb (Ste jufrteben ntit tnetner UeBerfetjung ? Are you satisfied with my translation? Sfdj Bin ftolj auf tf)n. I am proud of him. NOTE. The adjective may, however, also be preceded, especially by a noun; as, Sinb <5ie ntit tnetner lleberfe&ung jufrteben? Some usual adjectives with Prepositions differing from the literal equivalent are : freuntlidj gegen, kind to t)5fltd)gegen,civil, polite to frob fiber ^Acc.), glad of retdj an (Dat), rich in gleidjgiiltig gegen, indif- fidjer cor (Dat.), safe, se- ferent to cure from graufam gegen, cruel to | ftol auf (Ace.), proud of And all those which with the prefix un have an opposite meaning, like : unfaljig 511, unable, incapable of. Such an adjective (or participle), if qualifying a noun, must always be preceded by its complement and be placed directly be- fore that noun ; as, ein be 2>iebftab,I berb ad) tiger SJlann, a man suspected of theft eine tnir unangeneb/nte beiten (working). The sea is rich in fish (plur.). Is that lady known to you ? She is too vain of her beauty. Are you certain of your cause (Sache f.)1 He became very impolite to me. Only a few soldiers have remained faithful to the king. We are sure of his good behaviour. It was very disagreeable to Mr. N . that he did not find (treffen) you at home. Such words are not worthy 6 of you*. This street is strange to me. Ger- many is a country rich in songs. I am glad (froh) of your safe (glilcklich,) arrival. Eemain near to me. Is that an anecdote un- known to you ? I am quite proud of you. I was incapable of such 6 a crime. That is a newspaper much read. All were kind to me. He is capable of everything. This intelligence was still unknown to him. Fate was favourable to me and gave ( Dat. ) me much riches (plur. ). His creditors were tired of (the) long waiting (Warten n.). 236 Conversational and A heavy rain snowfall fog etc. A heavy thunderstorm. There is a strong wind. It is raining in torrents. It is leaving off raining. The heat is abating. The wind storm is abating. The wind has changed. The weather has changed dur- ing the night A change in the weather. It is rainy weather. There was a snow storm. It is only a shower. Where will you spend (pass) your holiday 1 I shall stop in town (here). I shall go out of town. How did you spend (pass) your holiday? Did you enjoy your holiday? I have had my holiday. I am going to take my holiday. Are you going to the continent ? "When do you start? Which route will you take ? I am going by Flushing. Had you a good sea-passage? No, the sea was rather rough. I was very sea-sick. We are coming now to the frontier station. Will the luggage be examined ? Yes ; have you anything to de- clare? As far as I know I have not. Where is the luggage- room? Did you weigh my luggage? Porter, take my luggage to the cab (waggon). Idiomatic Phrases. ! @tn ftarfer 9?egen SdjneefaH Sfeebd, etc.. I (tn ftarfeS (fd)foere<) ettritter. | ( geljt etn ftarfer 323mb. j @ regnet in Stronten. @ Ijort auf gu regnen. 3)ie $tfce lafet nadj. 3)er 28tnb Sturm legt fidj. 2)er SBtnb $at fidj gebrebt. 3)a3 better Ijat fidj fiber 9fcadjt geanbert. Sin SBtttermigStoedjfd. 6^ ift Diegenmetter. @ War etn Sd)neegeftober. @ ift nur etn 9?egenf(^auer. in gefjen Ste fiber S^ r ^ (fiber bte ^etertage ? (*) ttjerbe !|ter btetben. tuerbe berreifen. fiaben Ste fiber Sfljre gerten getfjan? SSSaren Ste bergnfigt fiber S^e gerien (fatten Ste bergnfigte gerten)? %$ ttmr in ben gferten. in bte erten. Ste auf bag gefttanb? SSann retfen Ste ab? 28eld)en SBeg ge^en Ste? 3d^ gebe (retfe) fiber SSItfftngen. fatten Ste etne gute Ueberfa^rt? yitin, ba 9J?eer war temltd^ un* Sidj n?ar fe^r feefranf. SStr lontmen je^t an bte renj* ftatton. SBirb ba ebac! unterfuc^t (rebtbirt) toerben? gollen ? So bid tdj hct f ntc^t. SBo ift ba3 ebacfgtmmer? |>aben Ste ntetn epacf gettjogen? ebadtrager, tragen Ste ntetn ebacf in ben SBagen. (*) geiertage is the general term for Christmas, Easter, Whitsuntide, etc.. holidays. 237 ReaMttg dmtm tto. 50. (Sine fdjr TO SBaffjington 3rtring, Bancroft unb toerett einft iiber biptonwtifcfje 2 (Srinnerungen 3 plauberten, 4 eraf)fte ber etgenannte,5 ba, nadfjbent er unb ber neapolitanifdje<5 efanbte S^rer SJtojeftat ber onigin $i!toria borgefteflt toorben, Sorb Melbourne tfjnen anfiinbigte/ fie rtwrbett ju einer $artie SBljtft Bet ber erogin 8 bon ent ermartet. ,,3d^ fcttft," fagte Melbourne, f ,Bin nur cm f^mac^er pieter, 9 ja, ic^ tjerfte^e e faum, after bte eqogtu at ba @pie( fe^r gern. ,,Unb itf) f " au^erte ber ^ea^ott* taner 10 ju tierett, bin ein fe^r fc^lec^ter Spieler; fottte id^ 3$rer ^cetten^ 11 SWitfiJtcIer 12 toerben, fo bitte id) tm SSoran^ 13 urn 3re S'la^fic^t 14 , morauf ber amertfanifc^e efanbte entgegnete, ba er fetbft feljr njenig in bent Spiel 15 jn anfe fet. ie brei fcornefjmen 16 , reic ge= fleibeten 17 erren itmrben barauf bon ber erjogin emp= fangen unb fe^ten 18 fid^ bann auf ifjre tntabnng 19 jum Spiel nieber. Sobatb gegeben 20 njar, ftettte 21 fic eine ofbame 22 ^inter bie erogin unb bie le^tere fagte: ,,3)ie jceffenjen 11 tuerben entfd^ulbigen, toetm ic^ mic auf ben 9lat meiner greunbin ^ier tjerlaffe, benn id(j mu befennen, bag ic^ in ber X^at 23 eine fe^r fd(ecte @pie= terin 9 bin." ie tuar faft 24 u t)iel fttr t>erctt8 ernfte altung 25 , bem eine ^artie SB^ift unter fotc^en Umftdnben 26 unaufpred^Ii(f) 2 7 langrteilig 28 tjorlam 29 . 2)effenungeac^tet 30 fcerfidjerte 31 jeber ber brei erren ber erogin am @nbe 32 , ba er e augerft 33 unterljaltenb gefnnben 1 whist-party, 2 diplomatic, 3 recollections, 4 to chat, talk, plaudern, 5 last named, 6 Neapolitan, 7 to announce, ankun- digen, 8 duchess, 9 player, 10 Neapolitan, 11 Excellency, Excel- lenzf., 12 partner, 13 before hand, 14 indulgence, 15 game, 16 distinguished, 17 dressed, clad, 18 to sit down, sich me&ersetzen (sick setzen), 19 invitation, 20 to deal (cards), geben (irr.), 21 to place oneself, sich stellen, 22 lady in waiting, 23 indeed, 24 almost, 25 gravity, 26 circumstanced, 27 inexpressibly, 28 tedious^ 29 appeared, 30 notwithstanding, 31 to assure, versichern, 32 end, 33 greatly. Fifty-first Lesson. nmnbfunfetgfte Seftion. The Pronouns and Determinative Adjectives. The personal pronoun e3 is used for rendering so in ex- pressions like : id) fjoffe e, I hope so id) gloube c8, I think so, etc. A personal or a reflective pronoun occurring after a preposition and denoting the same person as the subject must be rendered by the reflective form ; as, $aben te elb Bet ftdj? Have you any money -with you? S)ic Dfpitere fatten Banbfarten Dor ftd) liegen. The officers had maps lying before them. r faufte e fur fid). He bought it for himelf. The reflective pronouns un3, eudj, fid) are sometimes used in- stead of einanber, (each other, etc.), if no ambiguity can arise ; as, SSir fallen un (or einanber) felten gefeljen. We have seen one another seldom. SBarum fdjrieben te fid) (or einonber) nidjt? Why did you not write to each other? The possessive adjectives (my, thy, etc.) are usually rendered by the definite article if there is no doubt that the object possessed (usually parts of the body or clothes, ec.)must belong to the subject; as, (r fdjuttelte ben oj)f. He shook his head. SJZeljmen ie ben ut ab. Take off your hat. When the verb has a reflective meaning my, thy, etc., are usu- ally rendered by reflective pronouns in the Dative and the article; as, 2)a SJiabdjen Ijat ftdj ba eftdjt ntdjt getuafdjen. The girl has not washed her face. %6) Ijabe mir ba $aar geft^nitten. I have cut my hair. When my, thy, etc. standing with such nouns do not refer to the subject, they are generally rendered by the personal pronoun in the Dative and the definite article; as, SSer Ijat igljnen ba aar gejd&mtten? Who has cut your hair? REMARK. In a similar manner also an English possessive is often rendered; as, Ser Sotitg ftecfte ben Dffijieren bte Drben an bie SSruft. The king placed the orders on the officers' breasts. The possessive pronouns (mine, thine, etc.) after the verb to be referring to a noun which is the subject, are rendered by the per- sonal pronoun in the Dative, and to be is translated by gdjoren; as, SHefer ut geljSrt mir. This hat is mine, eljoren bo $cm unb bet arten Sftnen? Are the house and garden yours? REMARK. A possessive after to be, referring to a noun or pronoun as subject, is also rendered by the Dative and the verb by gehoren; as, (MelJoren bieje Sigarren 3^rem Dnlel? SRetn, fte geljoren nteinem fgoter. Are these cigars your uncle's? No, they are my father's. Note. However the words ntein, betn, fein, unfer, euer, can be used instead of metner, etc. with the verb fein; as, Siefer ut ift metn. This hat is mine. Of mine, of thine, etc., after a noun are rendered as follows : A friend of mine, etn greunb Don mir. This friend of yours, bicfer greunb oon 3b,nen (or btefer S^r greunb). Of his own, of her own, etc., are rendered as follows: He had a house of his own. r Ijatte etn eigeneS the breast, bie SBruft ,, bricklayer, ber 9Kau* rer directly, immediately, fogTeitf) (fofort) the face, ba (Beftdjt to fear, apprehend, Be- fiirdjten the finger, ber ginger 239 in vain, tiergeBen? (tier* ge&Ud)) often, oft the playthings, toys, ba Spteljeug (sing.) policeman, ber ^oli- SCibiener (ber Sd)n$- ntann Plur : bie seldom, rare, fetten to shake, fdjiitteln the snow-ball, ber 6d)nee> batt to stop (a tooth), ptom= 6iren to thrust, push, ft o {3 en irr. the wing, ber Exercise No. 51. 1. Can you come to me this evening? Yes, I hope so. I fear he has not received the letter, do you not fear so too ? Have the children their playthings with them? Why did you take a revolver with you? You should not only think of (an) yourself but also of (an Ace.) your poor parents. Two policemen are there" leading a man 6 between them". We did not recognize each other (reft.) immediately. "Why do you write [to] each other (reft.) so seldom? "When I opened (aufschlug) my eyes I did not know where I was. Do not forget to wash your hands. Take off my boots. It has nearly cost (Dat.) me my life. Why have they (one) cut the poor bird's wings ? Which cup is mine ? Is this dog yours? No, it is my cousin's. Do you know this lady? Yes, she is an acquaintance of mine. A horse of ours has won the first prize. Has not 6 the physician" a carriage of his own ? 2. 35ergeben fdjiittelte ber tumme ben oj)f, man ataubte ifym ntcfit. SSar e3 nid)t em unb t>on Sftnen, ber ben &naben gebiffen ijat? @ie (you) fottten fid) nidjt bie |mte (each other's hat) neljmen. @o lange e3 fait tft, ntujs id) bie S3rttte abne^men, tr-emt id) in ein toarmeS gtmmer trete. ftitfyn @ie bent $tnbe bie djulje au. I^eber better (horseman) fcatte etnen djiifcen (rifle- man) l^inter fi ft&en (sitting). S)te SSritber baffen jtc^ jdjon (liave hated) oon Sfrgenb auf (ever since their youth). SBeldjer ^a^nargt I)at %$nen bie ,8a"bne ptombirt? aben @te nid)t ben 3Beg tjerloren? The lady took (ziehen) a ring from her finger and gave (schenken) it to (Dat.) the sick man. He saw nothing but the sky above him. The murderer thrust the dagger into the president's breast. Have you not a coachman of your own? She held her hands before (Ace.) her face and wept. All these cherries are ours. A brother of his has lent (Dat.) him the money. Where did you burn (verbrennen refl.) your fingers ? The enemy had the wind against him. Is not* this house* Mr. N's.? Do not" always 6 put (sleeken) your hands in your pockets. I have a room of my own. The boys threw snow-balls (mil Sch.) [at] each other (reft.). One must not speak too often of one'sself. Take off your glove, then you can write better. Which parcel is yours ? Where did the bricklayer break his arm? You have saved my life. We related [to] each other (reft.) incidents (Erlebnisse) from our journeys. 240 Conversational and Please, get me my luggage; here is the receipt. Where is the booking-office ? A first second class ticket to A single ticket? No, a return ticket. What is the first class fare to ...? When does the train start for ...? The ordinary train? No, the express train. Which is the train for . . . .? Has the train for . yet? No, it starts at 6.20. started What class are you going by? I am going second class. Must I change carriage? Change for .... We must get in. Will you get out first ? Is this a through train car- riage? Does this train stop at ...? How long do we stop here? Only two minutes, the train is late (behind its time). Can I get anything to eat here? Where is the refreshment room ? May I open the window a little? Do you feel any draught ? Yes, there is a draught. Can I travel by the express train with this ticket to . . . ? No, you will have to pay excess fare. Which is the next station ? Do you want a non-smoking compartment? No, I want a compartment for ladies. ..? ab Idiomatic Phrases. SBitte, Ijoten ie ntir ntein e- pad; f)ter ift ber @ej)acffdjein. 2Bo ift bie Saffe ber SBitlet* flatter? (Sin S3ittet erfter jtoeitrt Slaffe nadj .... (gin einfadjeS SSiEet? SBietriet loftet ein 93tHet erfter Staffe na^ ...? SBann ge^t ber B9 nac ^ * S)er gett)o^nlic^e B U 9^ 9^ein, ber djneflgug. 2Betd^e ift ber B U 9 n&$ Sft ber B"9 nad^ ... f^on gegangen? Stein, er ge^t urn 6 llt)r gig ab. Sn tnetc^er Staffe fal^ren ie? Sc^ fa^re gtoeiter Staff e. SDlu^ ic^ umftetgen? llmfteigen (SSagentpec^fet) nad^ . . . SGSir miiffen etnfteigen. Swollen ie guerft augfteigen? ^ft bieg ein burdjgefyenber SBagen? ^)dtt biejer B U 9 m 5iet)iet ^[ufent^att ift 9hir gtuet SSKinuten, ber Ijat SSerf^jatung. Saim man tjier etiuag u be!omnien ? SSo ift bie SReftauratton? S)arf ic^ bag fjenfier ein toenig offnen? efjen jiefjt. Sann id^ mit biefem Siltet ben d^nettjug nac^ ... bemifeen? ^ein, ie miiffen ein Bufdjtag* bittet ne^men. SSetd^eg ift bie nadjfte tation? SBotten ie ein Coup6 fur ouper? idf) roitt Coupd. en 241 (Image Ho. 51. (in aU fdfjtagfertig 2 Befannter 93eamter fafj fteld) only for singular or plural can be used; as, SSeld) ein 2ftonn! SBeld) guter 9ftann! SSeld^ tapfere Banner! The interrogative tuer? ('denoting a person only) maybe used instead of toeldjer if followed by the preposition toon (iinter or fe|en. SSJJit einiger (or etttm3) ebitlb mujs %i)nen bteje StrBeit gelingen (you must succeed in . . .). (SJeben (Ste bem ran!en atte brei tunben einen (Sfjloffet toott toon btefer Slrgenei. (Sie tonnen biefeS S3ter ofone trgenb einen S^adjtfieil fiir ^fyxe ejunbf)ett trinfen. @te baben git totete Kigarren gefauft, tootten @ie mtr nic^t bte ^)alfte abtreten (let me have) ? All Prussia mourned at the death of its great king. What did you do all day? May I ask you for (um Ace.) some (a little) butter? He had already conquered half Asia when he died suddenly. His daughter possesses all his love. All the house has been newly (frisch) painted. I have bought a very good ham, will you [have] half of it ? Every four years [there] is a leap-year. I will drink a bottle of soda- water, will you not also [have] some ? I was out of town (verreist) all Whitsuntide. Some famous painter has painted this picture. All Lisbon (Lissabon) was destroyed by an earthquake. Newspapers are sold at any station. Some gentleman told me the other day that you sell such books. All Turkey would not be rich enough to pay such a large debt. I have read that news in some newspaper. 248 Conversational and There is a knock. Come in ! Does Mr. N. reside here ? No, he has left. Where has he gone? He lives on the first floor on the ground floor. Is he at home in ? Will you step in (the speaker is inside)? Will you step in (the speaker is outside)? I will go before you. Is Doctor A. at home? No, only Mrs. A. He will be here in a minute. Give my regards (respects) to your father mother sister. You will not find me at home. I paid him a visit. We have some visitors a visitor. When will you come and see me? I shall go and see him. Will you come to meet me ? Go to meet him. Will you come with me into the garden? Will you come along with me (us)? Take me along with you. Yesterday I called on you (at your house). I shall call on you. I shall call for you. Shall I send for you? You are sent for. You are wanted. fn'er? Idiomatic Phrases. , (* Ifotft ^erein! SBolmt $err s Jtan, er tft 2Bof)in ift er gegogen? (r iuofjnt im erften tocf im parterre. 3ft' er 511 iamatttett* 3 3)ie Sffabemte ber SBiffenfdjaften 4 in $ari Jjat fid) nenerbtngS 5 mtt etner merfttwrbtgen 6 SBetritgeret, toeldje int anbel mtt $)iamanten anggeuW ttrirb, fcefrfjafttgt. 8 (tn Ifarifer 9 |janbler 10 fanfte fcor einigen SBccfjen einen foeifcen 11 , fjeflen 12 3)tamanten, 3 ben er mtt 23,000 gran* fen 13 Bejafjlte. (tne age ftel e t^m etn 14 , ben toertf)= t)otten @tetn mtt (Setfentoaffer 15 jn tuafc^en, hjorauf fic berfelBe nac^ bem SSafc^en in etnen gelben S)iamanten , beffen SBertfji? ^6d[teni8 auf 4000 granfen n?erben lonnte. er toetge 2)iamant 3 tt)trb mit 2000 granfen ber ^arat 21 bega^It, tna^renb ber arat be gelben SDtamanten nur 250 granfen gttt 22 . 3tnei grofje ^arifer gwtDeliere 23 , in beren -iftamen ein (S^emifer 24 ber 5l!abemie ein ntac(jten 25 iiberreic^te 26 , erftaren ben (Sd^tDtnbei 27 njie folgt: Um ben getben ^)iamanten in etnen toeifjen jit t>errt)anbeln, tattd^t 28 man ifjn in eine tjtolette 29 5(mlintofnng 3 o. SSiotett 29 nnb elb finb omplementarfarben 31 , b.f). 32 garBen, toelc^e fic^ gegenfettig 33 attffjeben 34 , toorau garbloftgfeit 35 , b.. SSei^ 11 entfteijt 36 . 2)er Clamant erfc^etnt bnrc^ btefe 93e^anbtitng 37 tJoEftdnbig 38 toeig nnb biigt 39 ntd^t bag 2Rtnbefte 4 o t)on fetnem (^lanje 41 etn 39 ; affein bte iciufdjimg 42 6rt fofort anf, fobalb er gerieften 43 ober gett)af(^en inirb. 3 m mantenf)anbel hjirb man fid) ba^er t>or biefer nenen tritgerei leid^t n f^ii|en 44 Dermogen 45 . 1 fraud, 2 trade, 3 the diamond, der Diama.nt (Decl. sec page 14, a), 4 science, 5 lately, 6 remarkable, 7 to practice, auswftew, .8 to occupy, beschdftigen, 9 Parisian, 10 dealer, 11 white, 12 light, 13 francs, 14 it occurred to him, 15 soap and water, 16 to change, (sich) verioandcln, 17 value, 18 at the utmost, 19 to estimate, schatzen, 20 namely, 21 carat, 22 to be worth, gelten (irr.J, 23 jewellers, 24 chemist, 25 result of his examination, 26 rendered, 27 swindle, 28 to dip, tauclien, 29 violet, 30 anilin-solution, 31 complementary colours, 32 i.e., d.h. (das heisst), 33 mutually, ach other, 34 neutralise, 35 colourless condition, 36 is produced, 37 treatment, 38 perfectly, 39 suffers, 40 the least, 41 brillancy, 42 deception, 43 to rub, reiben (irr.), 44 to protect, schiitzen, 45 to be able, vermogen (irr.). 250 Fifty-fourth Lesson. SSierunbfiinfgtgfte Sefttoiu The Numerals (concluded}. Another, in the sense of a different one instead, is rendered ein anberer, and not ... another, fein cmberer; as, S)tefe la? ift nidjt rein, geben 6te mir ein anbereS. This glass is not clean, give me another. 3dj fann Sljnen fein anbereS lal geben. I cannot give you another glass. Another, in the sense of one more of the same kind, is rendered nod) ein, and not ... another, fein ... meljr; as, 3$r SBier ifi gut, geben ie mir nodj ein Io (babon). Your beer is good, give me another glass (of it). Sic foUten fein lo SMer meljr trinfen. You should not drink another glass of beer. More, standing with an adjective or an adverb, is rendered by the comparative (see pages 76 & 176) ; however, if two adjectives or two adverbs are compared more is rendered by meljr; as, (r tfl meljr gurmiitljig <&$ bumnt. He is more good natured than stupid. 6ie lefen meljr unbeutlidj a!8 unridjtig. You read more in- distinctly than incorrectly. More, preceded by a numeral and not followed by than, is ren- dered by nod), which is placed before the numeral ; as, 3d) iimnfdje nodj bier toon biefen $rfigen. I want four more of these collars. SBoIIen @ie nod) ein toenig gleifdj? So, ge&en ie mir nod). Do you wish for a little more meat? Yes, give me some more. Any more, preceding a noun, is rendered nod) meljr; as, aben 8ie nodj meljr 83udjer? Have you any more books? Any longer is rendered nodj ; as, SBoIIen @ie bie Settling nodj Beljolten? Will you keep the news- paper any longer! No for not any) more (a) no (OT not any) longer (a), preceding a noun expressed or understood, are rendered by tein ... meljr, the latter word being placed after the noun ; as, 3dj IjoBe fein elb mefjr. I have no more money, gotten (Sit Hne unbe meljr? 9Mn, tdj fjabe teine meljr. Do you no longer keep dogs? No, I have no longer any. NOTE. If not followed by a noun (expressed or understood), no (or not any) more, and no (or not any) longer are rendered nidjt meljr ; as, 3d) roiH ie nidjt meljr fetjen. I will not see you any more. 3)a geuer ttiH nid)t meljr brennen. The fire will not burn any longer. Either, in the sense of the one or the other, is rendered etner (Don Beiben), and neither or not ... either, meaning not the one nor the other, is rendered fetner (fcon beiben) ; as, SBon biefen (Beiben) SReffern fonnen 6ie etneS neljmen. Of these (two) knives you may take either. Seiner Don un (beiben) tear bo. Neither (or "not either") of us was there. Either meaning each is rendered jeber; as, Sfton borf ouf jeber 6eite ber SBrtide geb,en. People may go on either side of the bridge. the button, bet cough, ber fiuften drawer, Me djuMobe fan, ber gddjer in stock, ouf Sager the invitation-card, bte (StnfabungSfarte to need, want, 251 the light, candle, bo Sid)t (Plur.: see p. 17 No. 5) the painting, ba ematbe pocket-knife, ba $Eafen fein joUte, jo macfien @ie bie Saben 511. Will you not take (tririken) another cup of tea? No, thanks (darike), I never drink more than two cups. I do not know whether I shall buy either of these paintings. I should not buy either, because they are too expensive. Have you only this letter ? I have many more. If you do not like to procure (besorgen) this article [for] (Dat.) me, I must go to another shop. When you have no longer a cough you may (diirfen) go out. This book is more pretty than useful. This letter is written very badly, write another. Shall I order another bottle of wine ? Yes, of the same sort. Give (Dat.) me a few more matches. 252 Conversational and Do you want to see mel I want to see Mr. N. I will see you home. Did I keep you waiting? Do not let me disturb you. Now I must be off. Will you excuse me one minute? I beg your pardon ! I beg your pardon (what did you say?). Will you be kind enough and give ...(so good as to give ...)? Would you kindly ...? With pleasure. With much pleasure. Very much obliged to you. Don't mention it. Can you spare the book for a minute? Have you not some stamps to spare? I have not left any. I had nothing left. Can you spare a little time to ..? We have still five minutes to spare. I have not the time to ... You are just in time. We are behind our time. You are late early. Better late than never. You may come at any time. I shall stay here for some time. At the same time I should like to... By this time twelve months. In an hour's time. It is more than time. 1 stayed beyond my time. Idiomatic Phrases. SSotten ie 511 mir (SBotten ie mid) fpred)en)? 3d) tounfdje $errtt 91- 3^ fpred)en. 3d) toift ie naclj |mufe be* gleiten. abe id) ie toarten taffen? Saffen ie fid) nttigt ftoren. 3efct nwJ3 icf) fort. SBoflen ie mid) einen 9tugen* blicf entfdjulbigen. nrfdjutbigen ie id) bitte urn SBie? bitte. SBttte, toaS fagten ie? SSoHen ie fo gut fein unb ... geben ? SSiirben @ie gefdtttgft ...? I 93Zit SSergniigen 3D^it bem grofeten SSergnugen. el)r tierbunben (Sanfe fe^r). 83itte feljr. Sonncn @ie ba S3ud^ einen 5lugenblicf entbe^ren? aben ie nidjt einige SJlarfcn iibrig ? %d) ^abe fcinc mefjr iibrig. 3d) be^iett nic^tg me^r iibrig. aben ie ein irenig 3 e ^S u ? SBir ^aben noc^ fiinf 3Ktnuten Beit. %fy Ijabe feine Beit 511 .. ie !ommen gerabe red^t. SSir ^aben un3 toerfpatet. ie lommen fpat fril^. S3effer fpat aid gar nid^t. ie fonnen 511 jeber B^it fommen. 3d) njerbe eine bleiben. g mo^tc t eute iiber ein %afyx. 3n einer timbe. g tft bie I)orf)fte B^t. 3c^ bin au lange auSgeblieben. 253 te Sarabe in St. S)tc 5nigtn toon (ngtanb Ijiett 1 im -fto&emBer 1882 etne 2ftufterung 2 uBer bie au (gt)pten 3 jurucfgefefjrten 4 Xruppen 5 aB, toelef)e fidf) 511 einem grofcartigen 6 (Scfjaufpiel 7 geftaftete. 8 $)ie Slnjafjl 9 ber on ber 2Jlufterung tfjeilnelj* menben 10 Xruppen Betrug 11 ungefafjr 9000 9ftann, toor* unter firfj 800 SOlann Sletterei 12 Befanben. einjig^ in ber 2Belti4 n) ar bie Sufd^auerjaps ton na^e^uis gtoci 2ftifli0nen 9Jienfc^en ; benn Beina|e fjatB Sonbon Bet^etligte 17 fid^ an bent (Sdfjauftriel, oBgletc^ juerft bt^tefter 18 grauer 19 9fleBeI bie auptftabt 2 o cinptttc 21 , fo ba man !anm iiBer bie trafce fe^en fonnte. S)ic Xemparatttr h)ar baBei 22 Bitterfalt 2 3. S)ie @onigin neBft 24 alien ^itgUebern 2 ^ be 8flnigf)anfe 2 6, barunier aud^ bie bentfd^e tronprinjeffin 2 ? unb ber (SJroperjog 28 bon effen 29 , tjerlieg urn ^alB ein ttljr ben SBndEing^am^alaft 30 unb fii^r jnr $arabe, toeld^e anf bem offenen $Ia|e3i ^i n ter ben ,,orfe uarb3" im @t. SameS'g $ar! ftattfanb 22 . 5IIIe Xrnp^en befilirten^s t)or ber onigin, ttjeld^e bon atten eneraten unb bem ganjen offtaat34 umgeBen 35 tear. S)ie ^rinsen 3 ^ Befanben fid) unmittelBar 3 ? neBen ber ^finigin, nur ber ergog don onoug^t ritt an ber <5pi|e 38 ber arben 39 . SSiel Sluf* fe^en 40 erregte 4 ! bie au3getoaf)Ite 42 3lBt^eitung 43 ber in* bifdfjen 44 Slrmee, breie^n Dffijiere unb neunsefm SJiann ftar!. 9flad^ ber 2ftufterung marfd^irten 45 bie mit eneral SSoifele^ an ber pifee, burd^ bie (Stragen bel SSeftenbeS. 1 to hold, abTialten (irr.), 2 review, 8 Egypt, 4 to return, zuriickfceAmi, 5 troops, 6 grand, 7 spectacle, 8 formed, 9 num- ber, 10 participating, 11 to amount to, betragen (irrj, 12 cavalry, 13 unique, 14 world, 15 number of spectators, 16 nearly, 17 as- sisted, 18 thickest, 19 grey, 20 metropolis, 21 to envelop, einMZ^Ti, 22 also, 23 bitterly cold, 24 with, 25 members, 26 royal family, 27 crown-princess, 28 grand duke, 29 Hesse, 30 palace, 31 space, 32 to take place, statt^ndett (irrj, 33 to defile, defiliren, 34 by the members of the court, 35 to surround, umgeben (irr.), 36 princes, 37 immediately, 38 head, 39 guards, 40 interest, 41 caused, 42 to select, smswahlen, 43 detachment, 44 Indian, 45 to march, marschiren, 46 most frequented. 254 Fifty-fifth Lesson, gimfimbfunfatgfte Seftion. General Remarks on Determinative Adjectives, Pronouns and Numerals. Determinative adjectives, as a rule, are repeated before every singular noun in sequence ; however, they are usually omitted after the first noun when all the nouns refer or belong to the same person or thing and are of the same case and gender or number; as, @r ift mein greunb unb SBpIjItljater. He is my friend and bene- factor. 9lHe genfter unb f)iiren be $auje finb aerbrodjeti. All the windows and doors of the house are smashed. Pronouns or determinative adjectives take the gender of the noun they refer to ; but if referring to a neuter noun of the male or female sex, they take in preference the gender of the sex instead of the neuter gender ; as, SBte alt tft 3ljr 6l)nd)en? Sr (or c) tft 4 3at Diet Shimmer gefjabt. %d) ging an %$nen bciben rjoriibrc, aber 6ie fafien micf) nicfjt. 8ft nur einer con gftren tfcfebt gerriffen? 9^ein, e^ .finb beibe gerriffen. c^enften @ie bent SIMbcfien bte(jemgen) ^anber, bon benen eintge befc^mup finb? SBcIc^er bon biefen ^nabc^en ift ber attere? S^r S^effe ^eigte rntr feine ^roei Bimmer, n)eld)e mir beibe gut (much) gefielen. ^ finb ^aufleute, tuelc^e beibe fetjr reic^ finb. I shall write to (an Ace.) all of you. These are the works of two poets, both of whom are already forgotten. Both of my parents are still living. Both my money and watch have (has) been stolen. You should not" drink all of the beer 6 at once (auf einmal) c . He had two sons neither of whom could assist him in his business. They (one) have captured both of the thieves. He wrote many dramas, several of which were played all through (in the whole of) England. You sent (Dat.) me some note-paper all of which is soiled. All of us went to the station with him. He has two houses both of which are let. Did you see both of us? Both of you ought to be ashamed. All the cheese and butter are eaten. Her brother and sister will be here to-night. You will find similar (ahnlich) flowers in both of our gardens. Many persons (Leute), (the) most of whom were workmen, were waiting for (auf Ace.) the lord-mayor. Did you introduce that gentleman to (Dat.) the society? No, he introduced himself (selbst) to (Dat.) all of us. Bring another fork and spoon, these are not clean. 256 Conversational and Idiomatic Phrases. aben ie -ftadjridjten toon Sfjretn SBruber? 3d) fjabe fdjon lange niifitg toon ifjm gefjort. Sdj toerbe lange nidjt an tljn fdjreiben. (g ift fdjon lange Ret]. eg tft fdjon lange [fjer], baft Have you any news from your brother? I have not heard from him for a long time. I shall not write to him for a long time. It is a long time since, It is a long time since I ... It is a month since he came here. It is a week since since I ... It is a week since he left. Have you ever been to Ger- many? Have you been to the theatre yet? Has the doctor come yet? 1 have not seen him for three days. I was in Germany for. three months. Can you lend me the book for a fortnight? Can you stop for some hours? I am going to France for the winter. How long will it be before you come back ? It took me a long time before I could speak German. No longer ago than a week. I saw him not long ago. That was a long time ago (a great while ago). I shall come at once (directly). He ate the apples at once. All at once he disappeared. If we ever chance to meet each other. Will you make a long stay here ? You had better come in the day time. c ift fdjon etnen 2ftonat Ijter (or er ift fdjon fett einem eg ift fdjon eine SSodje bafc id) ... . er ift fdjon eine SBodje fort. inb @ie fdjon in S)eutfcf)tanb getoefen ? inb @ie fdjon im Sweater ge- toefen? 8ft ber 25oftor fdjon gefommen ? 34 fjabe i^n fdjpn brei Xage [lang] ntdjt gefefjen. $d) tear brei Donate [lang] in S5eutfdjlanb. $6nnen @ie mir auf oierje^n Sage bag SBiidj letfjen? $5nnen @ie einige tunben bleiben? 3dj gefje iiber ben SBinter nadj granfreid). SSann toevben @ie guriitffommen? %fy braudjte fe^r lange, big id^ 3)eutfdj fprec^en lonnte. Srft bor adjt Sagen. S^ fal^ i^n erft t>or ^urgent unldngft. S)ag ttmr f^on uor longer 3^it. $dj hjerbe gleic^ fommen. Sr afj bie 2IepfeI auf etnmal. 2luf einmal oerf^ttjanb er. SSenn nrir itng je [einmal] be- gegnen foflten. SBerben ie fid lange Ijier auf* fatten? ommen ie lieber bei Sag. 257 rerct0e Wo. 55. SMieit iwb ^a^ren* 3m SOHttetalter, 1 unb raar 2 Bi gum 13ten %afa Ijnnbert, 3 ritten bie grauen nacfj ber 5(rt 4 ber banner. 2>atm raurbe e @itte, 5 ba bie gran auf etnem Jointer bent (Sattel 6 Befefttgten 7 iffen 8 $ta| naf)m unb ben Dor iljr fi^enben SJlann mit beiben Airmen nmfc^lang. 9 S)ie raar nod) im 16ten 3arunbert iiBItc^ 10 , nnb e gieBt noc^ titele berartige 11 SlbBtlbnngen 12 . 3)er (^ebrancl^ 13 ber SBagett jur ^erfunenbeforbernng 14 tear im SJJittetalter fe^r be* fc^rdnlt 15 , nnb e tunrbe toon giirften 16 unb Obrig!etten 1 7 fe!r bagegen geeifert 18 , toeil ba ga^ren bie mtinnltdje 19 ^raft 20 nnb Xapferlett 2 ! be3 SSoi!e Beeintrdc^ttge 22 . 3)ic erfte ^aroffe 23 lam 1533 au gtalten na^ $ari nnb 1601 U)nrbe bnrd} bie Qnfantin 24 9Jlarie don (Seamen bie erfte berartige ^ntfc^e 25 mit ($lafenftern nad^ 2)eutf(f)tanb geBrad^t. >ie erften ^ietpntf^en 2 ^ tuurben 1615 in $ari eingefiifirt 27 . S^ac^bem e einmal anfge!ommen 28 , crtete 29 an fiirftlidjen 30 ofen ba ga!rtt)efen 31 mani^mat in 8uj:u832 an. @o !)iett ^nrfiirft 33 @igimnnb 1594. feinen tngug 34 in SBarfcfjan 35 mit 36 ^anonen 36 , nnb ber SSraiittoagen 3 ? ^aifer eo^>otb I ttmrbe 1670 mit 38,000 nlben 38 Beaafjit S)a0 ^Reifen n SBagen raar after nod) im 17ten ga^rfinnbert raegen ber fc^lec^ten SSege nicf)t angene^m; benn nic^t fetten muten Seute neBen bent SBagen gefjen, nm biefen mit eBebdumen 39 an ben Coc^ern 40 unb bem cfylamme 41 ber @trae gu ^eben 42 . SBer f^neU fortfommen 43 raoUte, mnte reiten. 1 middle-ages, 2 namely, 3 century, 4 manner, 5 custom, 6 saddle, 7 to fasten, befestigen, 8 pillion, 9 was holding on, 10 customary, 11 such, 12 pictures, 13 use, 14 transport of persons, 15 limited, 16 sovereigns, 17 government authorities, 18 inveighed, 19 manly, 20 vigour, 21 bravery, 22 deteriorated, 23 coach, 24 infanta, 25 coach, 26 hackney-coaches, 27 to intro- duce, einfuhren, 28 having come into use, 29 to degenerate, ausar- ten, 30 sovereign, 31 employment of vehicles, 32 luxury, 33 elec- tor, 34 entry, 35 Warsaw, 36 cannons, 37 nuptial carriage, 38 florins, 39 levers, 40 holes, 41 mud, 42 to lift, heben (irr.) t 43 to proceed. German Grammar. 9 2.73 Fifty-sixth Lesson. ed^imbfunfjigfte Seltion. The Auxiliary Verbs of Mood. An Auxiliary Verb of Mood, in the Imperfect followed in English by the Infinitive perfect (i.e. by to have with a past par- ticiple) must be rendered in German as follows : The Verb of Mood is changed into the Pluperfect Subjunctive (f)dtte ... fonnen, etc.) and the Past Participle of the principal verb is changed into the Infinitive ; as, 3d) l)5tte S^nen fdjreiBen fonnen. I might (could) have written to you. Sie fjdtten fommen foUen. You should have come. This form is also commonly used for rendering the Conditional II. (see page 132) ; as, Sr Ijatte nidjt fommen burfen. He would not have been allowed to come. fflttff en. Sftuffen expresses a moral as well as a physical necessity and corresponds to the English must, to be obliged, to be compelled; as, r muB ar&etten. He must work. 3d) mu&te flieljen. I was compelled to flee. SBarum Ijaben Sie fommen muffen? Why have you been obliged to come? It often corresponds also to to have to; as, 3d) tniiB nadj Seutfdjlanb ge^en. I have to go to Germany. 3d) toerbe an il)n fdjrei&en miifien. I shall have to write to him. Note. It may as well be said: 3d) fyifie nad) 3>eutfd)Ianb ju geljen, etc. I must not, etc, is rendered id) barf nid)r, etc.; but must I not! etc., in the usual way nwfj id) nidjt ? etc. Stotmen* fonnen expresses a physical possibility and corresponds to the English can, could, to be able; as, Set Sftenid) fann fdjtirimmen. Man can (is able to) swim. <5r fonnte ntdjt aroeiten. He could (was not able to) work. It expresses also a possibility supposed by the speaker or a permission granted by another person to the subject of which the latter may take advantage or not, and is corresponding to may or might (Subjunctive) ; as, 6r fann mid) bergeffen Ija&en. He may have (I think it possible that he has) forgotten me. Sie fonnen mir f)elfen. You may assist me (if you like). SBan fonnte tl)m nid)t glauben. They might (I think it possible that they would) not believe him. Note. In these cases also mogen is sometimes used; as, r mag mid) bergeffen I)a6en. REMARK. To be able is occasionally rendered im tanbe fein or oennogen (irr.) ftonnen corresponds further to to understand or to know in the sense of to understand something; as, ffBnnen Sie Xeutfd)? Do you know German? Sonnen Sie jeidjnen? Do you understand drawing? r fann 2THe8. He knows (understands) everything. 3d) fann meine Slufga&e. I know my exercise. 259 Could, referring to the past (i.e. in the meaning of was able to) is rendered fonnte (Imperfect Indicative) ; as, 3d) fonnte nidjt arBetten. I could not (I was not able to) work. fionnten Sie fdjtetBen? Could you (were you able to) write? Could, denoting conditional (i.e. in the meaning of would be able to) is rendered fonnte (Imperfect Subjunctive) ; as, gd) fonnte nidjt orBeiten. I could not (I should not be able to) work. onnten @ie fdjreiBen? Could you (would you be able to) write? Note. "I cannot help, forbear, avoid, withhold," are rendered: gdj fann nidjt wnljtn (or idj fann nndj ntdjt entljalten); as, 3dj fann nidjt utnfyin gn tteinen. I cannot help weeping. implies an inclination, intention, determination or de- sire, depending on the free will of the subject, and is corresponding to will (would), to be willing, to wish, to want, to like, to desire, to intent, to feel inclined, to be determined; as, SSotten @ie mitgefjen? Will you go with me? (Sr n)itt nadj (Sdjtoeben reifen. He wishes to travel to Sweden. (r roiH nidjt !ommen. He does not feel inclined (he does not like) to come, ftdj hJottte e tljun. I would (I was determined to) do it. fatten @ie fommen tootfen? Had you intended to come? SBoflen <5ie ba 23udj? Do you wish (want) for the book? SSotten signifies further somebody's assertion not altogether credited by him who repeats it ; as, (Sr tmtt in SRu&Ianb gettefen fein. He pretends to have been in Russia. It has also the meaning of to be about, to be going to do, or to be on the point of doing something ; as, Sd) h)ottte eBen fdjreiBen. I was just on the point of writing (I was just about to write, or, I was just going to write). Note. In this sense is also said: gdj toot tm SBegriff 511 fdjretfien. Would, referring to the past (i.e. meaning was willing to, etc.) is rendered toottte (Imperfect Indicative) ; as, Sd) ttollte es tljun, oBer idj fonnte nidjt. I would (was willing to) do it, but I could not. 6r tooUte nidjt attein geljen. He would not (he did not intend to) go alone. Would, denoting conditional (i.e. meaning would be willing, etc.) is rendered toiirbe (Imperfect Subjunctive); as, SBiirben 8efTen. You should (ought to) forget that. 3d) foE Bei 3fljnen leiBen. I am to stay with you. fiSer foUte 6ie fiegteiten? Who was to accompany you? 260 Should after if (toenn) or in ccise (faffs, im gaffe baft), these words being either expressed or understood, is rendered by [ottte (Imperfect) ; as, SBenn id) nidjt ba fein fottte .... If I should not he there .... galls ttnr iljin begegnen follien .... In case we should meet him .... SoHte em SBrief fiir midj fommen .... Should a letter arrive for me .... Note. "I should, we should" in the other cases generally express the conditional and are rendered: id) lourbe, nnr ttmrben; as, 3d) nmrbe ba nidjt tljun. I should not do that. Sott, foUen (3rd person singular and plural) are also employed in the sense of the English is or are said, it is said, they or people sayz is follows : r faff feljr front fein. He is said to be very ill. SMe JBiidier. foUen berfauft toorben fein. The books are said to have been Sic foil feljr bumm fein. They (people) say (it is said) that she is very stupid. SoUen is sometimes also used alone, the infinitive being understood; SSas foff ba (Ijet&en)? ^Tiat does that mean? S3a foil id? What am I to do here? 6oHen as an auxiliary of the Imperative see page 132. S)urfcn expresses a permission granted to the subject by law jr by another person, and corresponds to the English to be allowed, to be permitted, may (in the sense of to be allowed), also to dare; as r SHemanb barf fi&er btc SStefe geljen. No one is allowed (.permitted) to go across the meadow. 2arf id? eintreten? May I step in? SHe Qinber burfen im arten fpielen. The children may (are allowed to) play in the garden. 6ie biirfen t^m !einen foldjen 93ricf fdjretben. You dare not write to him such a letter. 3)urfte (Imperfect Subjunctive) is often used in the sense of what the speaker thinks possible, however, f onnen may also be used ; as, r biirfte (or fonnte) ba! (tooljl) gefagt Ijaoen. He may (might) have said that. Note. In this case ttoljl usually accompanies the verb. SRiigett* SJ^ogen expresses a possibility supposed by the speaker ; or a permission granted by another person, of which the person spoken of may take advantage or not ; as, mag (or lann) fein. It may be. ic modjten (or ISnnten) fid) irren. You might be mistaken. Note. In these cases usually I5nnen is used (see page 258). SJISgen corresponds also to to like, to be fond of; as, Sftogen Sie engtifdjen Safe? Do you like English cheese? SRBgen gie 3Ijren SSetter? Are you fond of your cousin? May or might used for expressing a wish are rendered by moge (or modfjte); as, 9R6ge er gludlidj toieberfe^ren ! May he return safely! (ft jounidjte, bag Sie iialb genefen modjten. He wished that you might recover soon. the artist, bet @iinftler < to breakfast, friif)ftucfen j the communication, bie SKtttljeilung ,, compensation, bie aSergiitung considerable, fcetradjitidj (Bebeutenb) the country-estate, ba Sanbgut the country-house, ba SanbljaitS the execution, (perform- ance), bie 2lufiiljrung 261 the guide, bet giiljtet ,, hand- writing, bie to imitate, nadjaljnten to insist, *6efteljen irr. Italian, italienifdj the lesson (task), bie el* tion to make inquiry about, fidj erfunbigen it&er(Acc.) the manner, bie SBeife (bie rt) the opinion, bie Vltfigt] (2Jleitmng) the order, command, ber 93efef)I to play the piano, ftltt' bier ftrielen to send off, a&fdjtcfen the small-pox, bie $oaiife tioriiber. Soriiber (or Dorbei) reiten, faijren. SSoruber (or jjorbet) ge^en, reiten, fafjren SBir gingen (ritten, etc.] biird) ein !Ieine0 S)prf. 28ir gingen (ritten, etc.] fiber etne S3riicfe. S8ir gingen (ritten, etc.] uitter einer ^riicte bnrcf). 2ll niir am Iei;,tcu ^aus tior* fiber (or corlJei) njaren. 3d) fa^ im 58orubergci ; eu (im SBorbeigefjen) . SSie ift e^ gugcgangen? S<^ f^agte na^ bem SBieoiel oerlangte er bafur? at S^manb na<^ mir gefragt? 3d) fterbe t^n urn ba^ @elb bitten. Sie ben (Sd)ul)mad)ei meinen Stiefeln gefragt 2 3ft nod) mir gefragt toorben? gragen Sie nic^t! 263 KeaMng (itorctse lit*. 56. Ste ^eufdjrerfcn 1 auf mem 23erid)t 3 be euglifdjeu ommtffar 4 auf gufotge at fid) feit 1878 bie Saubplage^ bet >eufd)reclen auf ber gufel 6 bermetjrt 7 3m teijten griifyjafjr uub (summer at fie gang erfd)rec!tid)e SBer!)dltuiffe auge= nontmen. 8 S)ie ^eufdjrede ift auf typern fjehnifd), 9 uub ifjre $ert>ielfattiguug 10 ift grogeuttieite 11 ber gerftijrung 12 ber SSalbuugeu 13 gugufdjreikn 14 . SDer SSobeit 15 , auf ttctdjem bte SSdlber ftaubeu, eiguet fid) 16 in beu tueutgfteu gdffen 17 gum Slubau 18 uub Juirb baburc^ ber (Sr^eugmtg 19 biefer Sufefteu 20 gimftig. ie eugtifc^e ^Regieruug 21 I)at oerfuc^t, ber ^tage 22 (Siu^att gu t!)uu 23 uub Ijat gtemlic^ bebeu= tenbe 24 $5etofmuugett 25 augefetjt 26 , bie ua<^ uub trad) 2 ? berbreifac^t 28 toorbeu finb. @o uugtauMtcf) 29 e fdjeineu mag, fiub town Suit 1881 Bi 5lufaug30 gctaar 1882 uugefd^r 1300000 ^ilo eitfd)rec!eueier an bte S3cl)5r= beu 31 abgeliefert 32 uub jerftort toorben. S)ie tatiftiler 33 Jouuten o^ue 3tt)eifel 34 bie faBelljafte 3 ^ Slnga^se bon @iern aure^uen 37 , toeld)e biefe eiDtdjt 38 barftcdt 39 , abet bie @iubilbuug!raft 4 o at SJiii^e^i, fic^ biefelbe porjufteaen 42 . Subeffen 43 at biefe uuge^eure 44 S^rftoruug ba SSer= fc^tDtuben 45 ber eufd)reclen uic|t ^erBeigefii^rt 46 . S)a eiugige SJlittel 47 mug in ber r^altung 48 uub 5lube^nuug 39 ber SSalbuugen gefitdjt toerbeu, tt)ie auc in ber SSer= me^ruug 50 ber 35etiolferung 51 uub be 2luBaue 18 . SSicbei etuer ber galjlreidjen 52 SSemeife 53 gegen bie ufcertriebene 54 5(urottuug 55 ber 1 the locust, die Hcuschrecke, 2 Cyprus, 3 report, 4 commis- sioner, 5 pest, 6 island, 7 to increase, vermehren, 8 assumed a terrible magnitude, 9 at home, 10 increase, 11 in a great measure, 12 destruction. 13 forests, 14 to ascribe, zuschreiben irr. (Dat.), 15 soil, 16 is fit, 17 cases, 18 cultivation, 19 generation, 20 in- sects, 21 government, 22 plague, 23 to arrest, 24 considerable, 25 rewards, 26 offered, 27 by degrees, 28 tripled, 29 incredible, 30 commencement, 31 authorities, 32 delivered, 33 statisticians, 34 no doubt, 35 fabulous, 36 number, 37 to calculate, axisrechnen, 33 weight, 39 represents, 40 imagination, 41 a difficulty, 42 to conceive, 43 however, 44 enormous, 45 disappearance, 46 effected, 47 remedy, 48 preservation, 49 extension, 50 increase, 51 popu- lation, 52 numerous, 53 proofs, 54 excessive, 55 extermination, 56 woods. 264 Fifty-seventh Lesson. iefcenmtbfunfetgfte Seftion. On Saffetu fioffen (to let, to leave} used as an auxiliary of another verb follows the rules of an auxiliary verb of mood (see pages 130, 194 & 258). To have, to get, with an Accusative object (noun or pronoun) followed by a Past participle, are rendered faffen, and the past par- ticiple becomes an infinitive in German ; as, 3dj IteS einen Sdjretbtifdj madjen. I had (got) a writing desk made. 28o lafjen Ste 3ff)r S3ilb malen? Where do you have (get) your picture painted? $a id) bafcon fallen foil. 2Sa3 Ijalten ie toon ifjrn? fyiir n?a3 fatten ie btefen fjalte ifjn fiir emeu S)o!tor. 3d) Ijtelt te fiir fran!. 3d) fjielt tfjn fiir einen eHner. r ^alt fic| fiir etnen gro^en (5d)aufpteler. Ueberlegen Sie e ftd^ (Dot.). 3d) Ijabe mic^ eine^ ^efferen befonnen. SBet rciferer Ueberlegung. ebanfen ftnb goCfret. Se.qcn te ba^ ^u<^ auf ben teflen @ie ba Xintenfa^ ^ier^er. Stolen @ie ba SKeffer in bie Sajdje. 6tecfen te ben fRing an ben ginger. e^en ie ben nnb nic^t auf ben tu^l. efcen te 3^ren (ben) ^ut auf. een te 3f)re (bie) Grille auf. te 3^ren (ben) Diocf an. te btefeS ^al^tuc^ an. Segen te ab. te S^ren (ben) ut ab. re (bie) Grille ab. teven te 3^ren (ben) 9?ocf au^. (ben) 9?tng au^. te te rocf an? ^at fetnen 9Jocf an. ^at f etnen 'ut auf (ben) Ikber- 267 (Erercise Mo. 57. Jmrdj eleftrtfdjeS ein $)ampfer 3 fiirIidj 4 Bet @t. Sout JJtodjtS ben $(ug In'nauffuljr, 5 ttwrben ber apitan, 6 bie Spaffagiere imb bie (Srfjiffgmannfcfjaft 7 burdj etn eigentf)umlidje, 8 rau= fd)enbe9 etofeio erfrfirecft, ba in ber Suftu ganj in ber nadjften -ftafiei 2 be $)ampfer fjorbar 13 tear. Reiner ttmgte ba3 erdufunb? 3dj fiobe i^n fc^on eiit Sabr. (Sie gloubte, i^r SKann fet oerunglucft, aber glii(f(ic|ertt)eife tear bie3 ni^t ber %aU. @r beeilte fid), bamit er nid^t git foot anfomme (should arr.). Dbgteid) ic^ gut gegefjen, fiatte idj nbdj Hunger (was hungry). I could have executed the order if you had sent it sooner. Did : : he not write .that he was still in the South of Germany ? You will not arrive in time. I hardly can hope that my health will improve.- (sick bessern) much. Have you not been living in this house for five- years ? I have been living there since I have been in London. He assured (Dat.) me he would never forget the great service I had rendered (leisten) him (Dat.). Do you fear that he will not pay the-, bill of exchange ? I shall be with you presently. We heard that the s doctor would not be in town (hier) to-day. How long has this house - been let? I told her that I had sent for you. He thought you had,. ' gone out of town. You have been wearing your hat much longer than*. I [have] mine. 270 Conversational and Put it aside. Put it into German. Shall I put my name to it t He put a question to me. I cannot put it off any longer. Did I put you to any incon- venience ? I shall put things right for you. Take this letter to Mr. ...to the post-office. Take this letter to the letter- box. "Will you take a walk a ride a drive? Where does it take place ? He took it away from me. I take you at your word. It took no effect on me. He was taken ill You were taken in. Take pains. I shall take pains. Do you take snuff ? Go and bring me my umbrella. Who dropped this glove 1 What do you wish for ? I am in need want of... You need not do it. A knife is wanting. What is the news ? There is no news. Xo matter for that. \Vhat is the matter ? What is the matter with you ? what ails you ? Nothing is the matter with me. What is the matter with your eye ? what ails your eye ? Idiomatic Phrases. Segen fteflen Sie e Bet cite. Ueberfefcen Sie e3 in 3>eutfd)e. Sofl id} e3 unterfdjreiben I (r fiettte mir erne grage. 3$ fann e ntdjt mer twf- fdn'eben. 2ftao[en Sie mir metnen 9?egen* " fdjirm. 2Ber Iie btefen |)anbf(^u^ fallen ? 28a3 tuotten toiinfc^en Sie ? Sdj brattle ... Sie brauden muffen- e ntd^t fc^ft em 9}?effer. l gtebt giebt mact giebt fe^It fefjlt mir Sie am 2hige? 271 Hecbhtg Ctord0e Mo. 58. tBar&erettwtgen 1 ur tm SJecem&er 1882* fammtlidjett 4 aftronomifcfjen 5 toeldje $nr 33eobad)tung be 23oriibergang "ber 23enn tor ber onnenfdjeibe? an^gefanbt 8 ttmrben, finb je|t ttofjlbefjalten 9 an iljjren 33eftimmnngorten 10 ober ttenigften in ben nadjft getegenen* 1 afen 12 angelangt 13 , itnb jttmr 14 bie nac^ ^5unta 2lrena entfanbte 15 nac^ funfnjo^entlic^er 1 ^ 9tetfe am 17. October, bte nacjj SSIanca Beftimmte 18 naci^ ettrm tJterlDo^entlic^er ^Reife am 22. October, nnb bte beiben naci^ -ftorbamertfa entfanbten nac^ Seeretfen 19 , ttjetd^e 14, bejiefmngStoeife 18 Xage ge= t)auert 20 aben, am 24. October unb am 1. 9^ot)ember. Xte bentfdfjen aftroncpmtfc^en ^pebtttunen finb, h?te ftrir fd^on fritter erma^nten 21 , itnter beftmoglirfjer 22 S3enn|nng 23 ber bei bent SSenn^burd^gange 24 biefe ga^r^nnbert^ 25 im 3aljre 1874 gemadjten 26 (Srfa^rnngen anf SSoIIftanbtgfte 2 ^ unb @leicartigfte 28 au^geriiftet 29 toorben. S)a uberbte^ 30 bie ton i^nen nnnme^r 31 erreidjten tattonen 32 , foroett bie na^ ben aftronomifc^en SSebingungen 33 ^u ertangen 34 toar, fo getegen finb, bag fie atte 5lufic^t 35 auf gnnfttge 36 ^Better barbteten 3 ^, fo ift gn fjoffen, bag an^ bieSmat 38 , tote im Safjre 1874 ber rfotg 39 ben bieSfeittgen 40 @j^e* bitionen ni(^t feljlen tutrb 41 , unb bag bie 33eobad)timgen ton 1882 in SSerftdr!ung42 ber (Srgebniffe 43 ton 1874 einen erfjebtirfjen 44 SBeitrag 45 ur Sofnng 46 ber toiffenfdjaft* (ic^en 4 ^ gragen 48 , urn bie e3 fid^ bei biefen jpebittonen Ijanbeit 49 , tiefern 50 tuerben. 1 preparations, 2 the observation, die Beobachtung, 3 transit of Venus, 4 all, 5 astronomical, 6 expeditious, 7 sun's disk, 8 to send out, smssendenirr., 9 safely, 10 destinations, 11 situated, 12 ports, 13 arrived, 14 namely, 15 sent, 16 about, 17 five weeks', 18 de- stined, 19 sea voyages, 20 to last, dauern, 21 to mention, erwdh- nen, 22 best possible, 23 use, 24 transit of Venus, 25 century, 26 acquired, 27 in the most complete manner, 28 all alike, 29 to equip, Siusriisten, 30 moreover, 31 now, 32 stations, 33 conditions, 34 to be obtained, 35 prospect, 36 favourable, 37 offer, 38 this time, 39 success, 40 of this country, 41 be wanting, 42 cor- roboration, 43 results, 44 considerable, 45 addition, 46 solution, 47 scientific, 48 questions, 49 which are the objects of, 50 furnish. 272 Fifty-ninth Lesson. Steunimbfiinfatgfte Sefttom The Infinitive and the Present Participle. An Infinitive, generally with the neuter article may be used as a substantive, corresponding then to the English Present Par- ticiple; as, $o? Xrtnfen if! nfitljtg, a&er 511 toiel SWnfen ift iingefunb. Drinking is necessary, but too much drinking is unwholesome. @ic ift mube om STansen. She is tired with dancing. The Infinitive without ju, after the auxiliary verbs of mood (see p. 130), is used besides, after the verbs lafjen, to let, etc.; Ijeifceiv to bid; nennen, to call; Ijelfen, to help; leljren, to teach; lernen, to learn, to study; madjen, to make; fefjen, to see; fjoren, to hear; fiifjlen, to feel; ftnben, to find; this infinitive corresponding some- times to the English present participle; as, Saffen Sie mid) gefien. Let me go. SBcr Ijilft mtr bie Kifie ofrnen? Who helps me to open the box? $d) fanb iljn fcfilafen. I found him sleeping. Note. fiaffen, fieijjen, Ijetfen, l)5ren (sometimes also leljren and lernen), like the auxiliary verbs of mood, take their infinitive form as a past participle (see page 130), and if in a dependent clause the rule on compound tenses of verbs of mood (see page 194) applies to them; as, 3d) meine ben SSogel, ben id) auf ba3 35ad) Ijabe fttegen feljen. 1 mean the bird which I have seen flying on the roof. The Infinitive without ju occurs also with the verbs: Itegen ft&en or fteljen blciben, to remain lying sitting or standing; fpajteren gefjen teitcn fotjren, to go walking, to take a walk a ride a drive, etc.; fd)Iafen betteln, etc. gcfjcn, to go to sleep, to go begging ; jdjlafen legen, to lay to sleep. A Present participle with of, dependent on a preceding noun must be rendered by the infinitive with gu ; as, 2)te Oebulb 511 marten. The patience of waiting. Sic 2l5ftd)t, @ie 511 beletbigen. The intention of offending you. A Present Participle, dependent on a preceding noun of which it gives a description, must be rendered by a relative clause, which might in such a case also be done in English ; as, G ift eine grau, bie triete greater Dak It is a woman having (i.e. who has) many faults. A Present Participle, dependent on a preceding verb, is ren- dered by the infinitive with ju (the above verbs requiring the in- finitive without gu excepted) ; as, galjren @ie fort ju erjatyten. Continue relating. A Present Participle, denoting time, cause, reason or manner must be rendered by a subordinate clause with a corresponding conjunction ; as, 9?acf)bem id) if)m telegrapljtrt fialte, fdjrteb id) ifim. (After) having telegraphed to him, I wrote to him. 21I ber geinb in bie geftiing lam, fanb er fte toerlaffen. The enemy on arriving at the fortress, found it deserted. A Present Participle, following without or instead of, may be ren- dered by the infinitive with ju or by a clause with bafj (see p. 210) ; as, Gr fdjicfte feinen So^n, anftatt felbft 511 fommen (or anftatt ia er fetbft fam). He sent his son instead of coming himself. 273 fluent, gelSuftg to gamble, to play, fpielen the honour, bie (Sfjre interpreter, ber 3)ol> metfdjer judge, bcr SRtcfjter* leave, ber 2I6jtf)ieb , malady, bie ranf= *elt machine, bie 9Ka fdjtne only, sole (adj.), ein^ig the pear-tree, ber S3irn= Baum the picture-gallery, bie ,, pleasure, ba SSer- gniigen purse, bie 936rfe to rest, ru^en to run away, *tteg* laufen irr. Russia, Mlanb n. [irr. to scream, to cry, fcfyreierr the secret, bal efieimnitj to sentence, DerurtfjeUen the shoulder, bie Sdjuftet ,, steamer, ber 35ampfer unruly, ungejogen the apple-tree, Bautn to blush, *err6ffjen celebrated, famous, fie* ruljmt the clerk, bcr (onttm3 (bcr djreiBer) to contain, entljalten irr. the count, ber raf (Decl. see page 15 c.) the countryman, ber 2anbmonn Plur.: bie fianbSIeute to cut down, umfiauen irr. the duchess, bie ^erjogin .Exercise No. 59. 1. Quick walking always makes me tired. We could hear the screaming of the poor child. I caused him to write to (an Ace.) you. I bade the gardener to cut down the old pear-tree. You make me blush. I know that some one has helped (Dat.) you to do (machen) your task. I felt his hand resting on my shoulder. Remain standing in this position (Stellung f.). My pleasure of meeting a countryman on the steamer was very great. His manner of speaking is very in- teresting. Here is an interpreter speaking English 6 fluently". It has left off (ceased) raining. (After) having been to Germany, he went to Russia. (When) coming home, I found the door locked. Having (since he had) no more money with him, he left off (ceased) gambling. Knowing his secret, T avoided speaking to (with) him. He shook his head, saying (indem er) While waiting (while the boys waited) for (aufAcc.) the train, the boys (they) were very unruly.. 2. SKoflen @ie nid)t ntit mir ftmgteren gefien? -ftetn, id) ^iefie bor jpagteren gu retten. eten (3te ba orbetten? -iftachbem id) Don alien meinen ^reunben ^bfdjteb genommen fiatte, retfte id) ab. |>termit (hereivith) babe id) bie (l)re, @tc 511 benadjridjttgen ... (lr lefjrte mid) od)beutd) (High German) fprecfren. (r ift bei eingige Kommt^, ber eine fd)one (round) |>anb )d)retbt. (r setgtc mtr eine Heine 9ftafd)tne um (for) ^a^terfd)netben. 3al$tt>d) (n.) eine Sr* fdltung. 3d) abe ftarfe* 8opfttelj ftar- fen uften, etc. 3# !jabe einen bofen finger bofc Slugen, etc. 6r $at ftc$ (Dot.) ben gu& berrenft. 3d? bin gefunb franf. S3 ift mir fcerleibet. aben ie fid) (Dot.) foe!)e ie gitte STugcn? bin !ur5|id}tig fernfid^tig. Sie ^oben fiber S^re [far! obgenommen. r mu ba^ Dimmer Sett pten. 6r ftat eine fc^tttadje e[unb^ett. also: idj bin ^ungrig burfttg -frfilafrig. ernja^ren @ie e^ Ijeben Sie e^ auf. j frage ntdjfcS barnac^ e Itejjt mir nidjt^ baron. 'egt baron? 3d) ntad^e mir nid^t^ 3d) ^obe grofse Suft, e gu (Jr folgt feinem eigenen 2ie a'nbert immer i^ren Sinn. (Sr ^at einen grofjen eift eine grofse Seele. @eben @ie STd^t, batnit 6ie nid^t fatten. $ ift Sd)abe! 2Bie c^abe! 6 entfpridit feinem 275 ReaMttg dmtm Wo. 59. 2tt6a cuf bem Sdjloffe gu SRuboIftabt, Sine bentfc^e Same cm einem aufe, ba fdjoi* efjebem 1 bnrclj elbenmut 2 geglanjt 3 unb bem beutfdjen SReidje 4 einen aifer gegeBen fjat, ftmr e, bte ben furdjiter* lidjen 5 erjog 5IlBa bnrdjj ifjr entfc^Ioffene^ 6 93etragen betna^e jum Bittern gebra^t^ ^atte. 5T( atfer ^art V. im Sa^re 1547 tmdj ber (Sc^ta^t Bet 90^ii^l6erg aiif f etnem 3uge 8 nac gran!en 9 nnb @dn)aben 10 aud^ bnr< gen 11 lam, n?tr!te bte t)errt)ttttt)ete 12 raftn 13 t)on @d^tnarBnrg, etne geborne 14 Siirftin 15 uon enneberg, einen a&= fwfc example, bo 23eifpiel fraud, ber SJetrvtg Synon. Plur.: bie 23e= crown), ber 9D?inifter palace, ber SjBalaft Plur: bie $alafte , personage, bie $e fonlic^feit triigereten I to protect, fcefdjiiijen the pursuer, ber SSerfoIger ,, remark, bie Werner* lung rude, raw, rolj the secretary, ber @el retar ,, spendthrift, ber SSerfdjioenber superior (in rank), ber SSorg effete (decl. like an adjective) vanity, bie itelfeit Exercise No. 6O. . 1. He remains a spendthrift. The king was called the Generous. This building is the palace of the Duchess of N. Of what crime do you accuse this man ? I assured him of my friendship . The enemy took possession of the fortress. I shall answer you as soon as possible. The captain commanded the soldiers to protect us. I thank you very {much]. Do you know what displeased him in (an) me ? I cannot resist your kindness. To whom does this stick belong? You have ad- vised me well. All the ministers will be present at the ceremony. Have you followed his example ? A soldier must obey his superiors. Why do you not agree with me ? Such a remark will flatter his vanity. I ought to be ashamed of you. This will not suffice for his covetousness. 2. $dj toerbe 3f)ttett fcertrcmen, fcorcwSgefetjt, bafj (Sie nttr ntdjt miJ3trcmen. Sftan ii&erfiifyrte $ren 93mber be3 ^oc&berratfig. 3dj brol)te iljtien, bafc id) 2lHe3 tterratljen ttiirbe. (r entlebigte fid) tneiner. S)er eneral ftmr eine pricing ber erfte Sftinifter be3 onig3. (3 gefang ifjm fautn, feinen SSerfoIgern 511 entgefjen (in escaping). S)er ^rdfibent I)at jeitien @e!cetar feine^ ${mte (office) entfe^t. S)er ^itabe ttrirb ein gejd)t(fter Staler iDerben. 3d) !ann mid) feine^ 9^ameng nic&t ertnnern* He defied all his enemies. By this act (Handlungf. ) he 5 became" a famous personage. He boasts of his knowledge (pi.). His manner of writing does not please me. I shall help not a only 6 you", but also your friends. The robber has robbed me of my purse. His manager is a very rude man. I shall charge, you with fraud. ' This stove does not belong to the room. You should not make use of such expressions. Nothing but a small house remained to him. The gentleman, to whom all the country- estate belongs, wrote to (an Ace.) me. Can you not remember any longer the words of which he made use? Nearly half N. was present at the opening (JEroffnung f.) of the new railway. He mistrusts everybody. We hardly* escaped 6 from (the) death. I must agree with your opinion. This is the first day on which I am allowed to go out. She has evaded my questions (Fragen). Do not thank me. You are accused of murder. This hand-writing displeases me. I ad- vised her to learn to play the piano. He has been our doctor for six years. 278 Conversational and Do not take so much trouble. Did I cause give you any trouble ? Don't trouble your head about it. With no great trouble ado. With much trouble. It is labour lost. Send me word. I shall keep word. Make a note of it take it down. That will render you unhappy. He rendered me a great service. Render that into German. Learn it by heart Look out the word in the dic- tionary. Go on continue ! It is my turn. How are you getting on with your German ? Where do you come from? where are you a native of ? I am a German by birth. He is a native of England. To the best of his remem- brance. I am inclined that way. Are you serious in earnest ? I wonder what he his doing. I find no fault with it That is not my fault I cannot help it What was I going to say ? That does not signify. God forbid ! No apologies ! No offence ! I don't mean to give you of- fence. Idiomatic Phrases. @eben ie fidj (Dat.) ntdjt fc- biel 9Kad)en ie ftdj (Dat.) feine ebanfen bariiber. mit leister SSftiilje. 2ttit meier Sttiifje. ( ift Derlorene SftiUje. 5Benaa)rtd)tigen ie mid) Soften ie e3 mir fagen. 3d) merbe SBort fjatten. dfjreiben ie & fic (Dat.) auf . S)a ttnrb ie ungliicfttdj madjen. Gh; leiftete mir einen grojjett Sienft. Heberfe^ett (Ste ba Senten @ie e c^Iagen @ie ba SBort SSeiter ! @ ift an mir 2>ie SReilje ift an mir. fiir ^ortfd^ritte madden te tm S)eutfdjen? finb @ie? Sc^ Mn tpon eburt ein S)eutf djer. r ift ein geborner nglanber. o Dtel er ftc^ ertnnert. Sc^ bin ba^ii geneigt. 3ft ba %$x rnjt? %$ modjte tt?iffen, a cr t^irt. Sdj ^abe nid^t^ baran au^gu* fefcen. 3d^ fann ntc^t0 bafur & ift ntdjt meine dmlb. 3c^ fann e nid^t dnbern. ttJoUte td^ [bod^] fagen? ^at nid^t0 gu fagen. ott bepte! (Sntfd^ulbigung ! furimgut! tutH ie ntdjt beletbigen. 279 SeaMiuj (E-rcrcisc fto. 60. aitf bem Srfjloffe tt 9lubolftabt, (ftortfefcuttg.) nafjerte 2 fidj ber fpanifdje (General t)om |jerog etnrtd) t?on 23raunfcljtt)eig 3 unb beffert 6of)nen Beglettet, ber (Stabt unb Bat 4 ftdj burrf) einen SBoten, ben er tjoranf^icfte 5 bet ber rafin ton djftar^Burg auf ein SftorgenBrob 6 n afte. Sine fo befd^eibene 7 SBitte, an ber (Spt|e 8 eine eere 9 get^an, lonnte ntrf)t too^K aBgefc^Iagen 10 lt)erben. SUlan toiirbe geben, tr)a ba au termoc^te, 11 tear bte Slnttoort; feine (SjceHen mod^te fommen unb bortieb nef)= men 12 . 3 u 9^eic unterlie^ 13 man tttcfjt, be @c^u^Brtefe noc^ einmal u gebenfen 14 unb bent fpantfc^en eneral bte gett)tffen^afte 15 SSeoBac^tung 16 be^felben an er p legen 1 ^ (Sin freunbltdjer 18 (Sm^fang 19 unb etne gut Befe|te 2 9 Xafel 21 eritJarteten ben erog auf bent djloffe. @r mug ge= fte^en, ba bte t^iirtngif^en 22 $)amen ein fe^r gute unb auf bie @^re be aJaftre^t 2 5 man fidj !aum niebergefelt 2 ^, at ein bie rafin au bent aale 29 rufU @3 n;irb ifjr gemelbet 30 , ba bie f^antfc^en olbaten eniatt 31 geBrauc!t unb ben SBauern 32 ba SSie 33 raeggetrieBen 34 fatten. (gortfefcwtg folgt.) 1 in the mean time, 2 to approach, sich nahern(Dat.), 3 Bruns- wick, 4 invited himself, 5 sent forward, 6 luncheon, 7 modest, 8 head, 9 army, 10 to refuse, sibschlagen irr., 11 contained, 12 be considerate, 13 omitted, 14 to mention, 15 conscientious, 16 ob- servation, 17 to urge upon, 18 friendly, 19 reception, 20 spread, 21 table, 22 Thuringian, 23 kitchen, 24 keep, 25 honour of the house, 26 uphold, 27 sat down, 28 courier, 29 hall, 30 she is informed, 31 force, 32 peasants, 33 cattle, 34 driven away. 280 Sixty-first Lesson. Gmunbfedjgigfte Seftton. ttttbieten irr., to offer tringen irr., to bring empfeljlen irr., to recommend erlauben, to allow, permit eradfjlen, to relate The Government of Verbs (concluded). All verbs, having two objects or which can have two objects, require the direct object (i.e. the object suffering the action) in the Accusative, and the indirect object (usually a person) in the Dative. Such are : fogen, to tell fdjenfen, to present with fcevbteten irr., to forbid, to prohibit toerivrcdjen irr., to promise beticificn irr., to pardon irr., to give toorlcicn irr., to read to Dergeben irr., to forgive tJorfteUen, to introduce glauben, to believe tumoerfen irr., to reproach with letfjen, to lend jeigen, to show neljmen irr., to take from (a person) Examples. 3d) bot if-m meine Stenfte an. I offered him my services, eben Sie bem Snaben etmge 2lepfel. Give the boy some apples. Most other Verbs, not belonging to the groups mentioned, require their object in the Accusative; as, 3rfi fiabe ctncn artcn qefauft. I have bought a garden. SScf. d)cn JBlcifttft w oil en Sie neb,men? Which pencil \\\\\ you take? 2Bcn foljen Sie? Whom did you see? 3d) meine fccn(jcmgcn) Srief, loci- d)tn id) 3^ ne n geftern fdjrieb. I mean that letter which I wrote to you yesterday. Many Verbs take their object by means of a preposition. The most usual, where the use of the preposition differs from the English equivalent, are : *abreifen nad), to set out, to leave for Abrefftren an (.Ace.), to direct (a let- ter, etc.) to anttoorten auf (Acc.X*), to answer, to reply to fid) beflagen fiber (Ace.), to com- plain of befteljen au irr., to consist of bitten um (Ace.) irr., to ask (to beg) for (something) benfen an (Ace.) irr., to think of erinnetn an (Ace.), to remind of fid) erfunbtgen nad), to inquire (for) ernennen jum m.. (jut f.) irr., to ap- point (a person) a erftaunen fiber (Ace.), to be aston- ished at fragen nad), to asfc about, for (a person) fid) freuen fiber (Ace.), to rejoice at fid) ffird)ten Dor (Dat.), to be afraid of glauben an (Ace.), to believe in tjalten ffit irr., to consider, to think or to take (a person or thing to be something) Ijoffen auf (Ace.), to hope for faufen um (Ace.), to buy for (a price) toerfaufen um (Ace.), to sell for (a price) ladjen fiber (Ace.), to laugh at madjen nm m. (ur f.), to make (a person) a fdjicfen (fenben irr.) on (Acc.X**), to send to (a person) fdjreiben an (Ace.) irr.(**), to write to fptelen um (Ace.), to play for (some- thing) fpotten fiber (Ace*), to mock at fpredien nut irr., to speak to *fter6en an (Dat.) irr., to die of telegrop^iren an . (Acc.X**), to tele- graph to trtnlen au3 irr., to drink from tear ten auf (Ace.), to wait for *toerben au irr., to become of Examples. 3d) Ijalte biefen $errn ffir einen Dfftjier. I take this gentle- man to be an officer. Sluf roen tparten @ie? For whom are you waiting? Sr luurbe jum QJeneral ernannt. He was appointed a general, rftaunen te nidjt barfiber Do not be astonished at it. <*) "To answer" (a person) is antworten with the dative, and "to answer (a letter, etc.)" is antioorten auf, or beantroorten. {**) With fdjicfen (fenben), fdjretben and telegrapfiiren the Dative may be used instead of the preposition an. 281 eibe money - lender, ber elbtoerleiljer ,, narrative, bie r^d^ 5 lung negligence, bie $ftad) Oerlor te au ben Slug en. 23etm erften SInblicf. Sc^ bletbe babei. er ^atte Ungtiicf. ( ift mtr ein Unfaff ftoHen. 25ir tt?offen c befpredjen. ^cf) ^abe e^ ge^ort. 28ie id) prte. %d) wefbe mein tfmn. & ift nid^t ber 9 %$ metne e^ gut nut Sftnen. 34 moc^te unt Me3 in ber SSelt ntdjt. ^(^ njiirbe e^ urn fetnen $ret^ t^un. ine abgemad^te arfje. SSte ic^ mir bte adje oorfteHe. 9Bie ^eifet er? SSte fc^reiben ie SStffen te e 6r fann mir nic^t^ 283 UcaMng a ift Semanb. There (here) is some one. Sort geljt err ' There (yonder) walks Mr. X. If there refers to a place mentioned before, ba or bort is placed at the end and e used as subject ; as, 3dj mat auf ber $oft, after el tear fetn SBeamter ba. I was at the post-office, but there was no official. REMARK. Besides in the interrogative and inverted forms, el oc- curring in all the cases mentioned in this lesson (except in eS gie&t) is omitted in a dependent clause; as, SBirb auf ber @trae tiel gefungen? Is there mush singing in the street? S)em eneral nmrbe beioljfen. The general was ordered. (Er ift etn Sftonn, bem ii&erall miBtraut toirb. He is a man who is mistrusted everywhere. 3dj ging fort, roeil 9liemanb im Simmer war. I went away because there was no one in the room. 285 to apply, antoenben the condition, state, ber the horse-race, ba $ferbe the anus, weapons, btc 3ftanb rennen SBaffen dilapidated, berttml)rloft ice, bo (Si Sing.: bie SSaffe the eloquence, bie S3ereb= opora-glass,berJDpern= to arise, *entftef)en irr. fomfeit gilder to beckon, ttinjen everywhere, iifieroE park, ber ^Sar? to bet, tuetten the factory, bie gobrtt Plur : bie ^JSorfe the captain (of a ship), famine, ber $iinger= remedv, means, ba ber $apitfin not^ SRittei cauliflower, ber 23Iii' fine, bie (Strafe to shoot at, fdiie&en auf menfofjl fire-engine, bie geiter= (Ace.) irr. charitable, tooljttljatig f^ri^e to skate, djtittf^n^ the cold (temperature), golden, golben *Iaiifen irr. bie cilte the harvest, bie (grnte the target, bie @d)et6e collection, bie @amnt' heartily, ^ersli^ ,, zoological gardens, lung ber STljiergarten Exercise No. 62. 1. Is this garden to be sold 1 His arrival is (steht) to be expected to-morrow. The house to be sold is in a very dilapidated condition. There will be shooting at the target. You were advised badly. The artist is being flattered on (von) all sides. You are asked for. A good harvest is hoped for. You were not told everything. The girl was given a golden ring. I was written a long letter* about (Ace,) him 6 . There were many people taking a walk in the -park 6 in spite of the intense (stark) cold*. There arose a great famine. There is your opera-glass. There (yonder) is a gentleman 6 beckoning you*. I was at the market, but there was no cauliflower to be had. "Was there much 6 betting at (bei) the horse-race* ? To-morrow all of you will be aided (helped). I 6 also* have been spoken to about it. "When I in- tended to visit the Zoological Gardens I was told that they (it) were (was) not open. He does not know yet that there will be no concert 6 to-day*. 2. (< {ft mir berboten toorben, ben 95rtef in $fjrem 23etfettt (presence) gu offnen. (3 giebt fjter ntd)t p fefien. (Sr tear fefjr arm, elje tljtn Don feinen fjreunben geljolfen ttmrbe. & gtng (was) bie gange Sfacfit (all night long) ein turm. einer 23ereb* famfeit fonnfe nidjt anberftanben toerben. @> ift eine pmmtiing alter SBaffen an i|n gefanbt toorben. 3>ort ift bie gabrtf, toeldje id) Sljnen geigen tDoHte. @ tmrb getangt unb gefungen. ($^ ftjtrb ifim iiberatt mifjtraut toerben. @^ njurbe nid)t mefor an mic^ gebac^t. The remedy to be applied will benefit (help) you. Have you been threatened with a fine 6 as well* ? There was much gambling. Are these rooms to be let ? Were you on the ice ? Yes, and there were a great many (sehr viele) people. There was no one rescued but the captain of the ship. Have I been asked for ? There (yonder) is a fire-engine standing. I have been helped by charitable people. I heard that there had not been much skating yesterday. The cheated [persons] were laughed at heartily. Is this the horse which you had been offered ? 286 Conversational and Idiomatic Phrases. Wine does not agree with me. Well, and what of all this ? Willing or unwilling you must doit. Do you think to come off so easily ? It would be of no advantage to you. It would be of no use for me. I cannot afford it. There is some mystery about it. It is not at all right about it. You cannot get at it I like it all the better. You must make shift. It is of no consequence. No one can blame you for that. I cannot bring it about He came of his own accord. He will turn it to account Do not take alarm at it He is the best man living in the world. It is all over with him he is done for. Let him alone to do it. I was under great apprehen- sion. Rich as he is. As I live as sure as I live. He made away with himseli Will you bear me company ? You are before hand with me. Shall I secure a seat for you ? That is no business of mina. Mind your own business. SSeht Befommt tnir tiidjt gut 9ta, al foil bieS Me3 be* beuten? ie muff en e tfjun, ie mo gen ttjoflen obcr nidjt. lauben ie, fo leidjt baoongu* fommen? ie toiirben nidjtS babei ge* ttrinncn. (: nmtbe mir ntdjtS nii^en. Sid) bin nidjt reid) genug baju. ( ftedt etiuag ba^inter. G^ geljt nidjt mit rec^ten S)in* gen 11. Wlan fann ntc^t baljinter fom* men. S ift mir urn fo Itebcr. Ste muff en fid) beljelfen. G5 Jat nidjts pnf ftc^ e^ ijat nitfytS gu fagen. Sag fann Sfynen 91iemanb cr- benfen. %er= anberte 4 ber ergog 5Uba bie Sarbe; ftntnnt, betreten 5 fal} man einanber an. 5lbgefci)nitten 6 t)on ber fcnee, Don einer nberlegenen, 7 fjanbfeften 3ftenge 8 nmgeben, 9 toas> btieb iljm iibrtg, al ftc^ in ^ebnlb n faffen 10 , nnb auf nietrfje S3ebtngnng e anc^ fei, bie Beleibtgte 11 5)ante gn t)er= fo^nen 12 . einrtc^ fcon 93rannfc^n)etg fa^te 13 fic^ jnerft nnb brad) 14 in ein ftijaftenbeS 15 (Madjter 16 au. @r ergrtff 1 ^ ben fcerniinftigen 18 5(nn)eg 19 , ben gangen SSor= gang 20 in3 Snfttge 2 ! n le^ren 22 , nnb fjielt 23 ber rajtit eine Sobrebe 24 iiber i^re lanbeSmiitterli^e 2 ^ (Sorgfalt 26 nnb ben entfdjloffenen Sfaatfj) ben fie betmefen 27 . (Sr bat fie r fidlj rn^ig n ber^atten 28 , nnb na^m e anf fi(^ 29 , ben 5llba gn 5lttem, tDa bittig 30 fei, ju bermogen 31 . bracfjte 32 er e bei bent Se|teren it)ir!li(^ 33 ba^in, bag er anf ber SteUe 34 einen S5efe^I an bie tatee an= ferttgte 35 , ba geraubte 36 SSief) ben @igent!umem o^ne S5erjng 37 tuieber an^jnliefern 38 . @obalb bie (SJrafht ber ^uriicfgabe 39 geit)i mar, bebanlte 40 fie ftc anf Scfjonfte 41 bei i^ren aften, bie fefyr ^oflic^ 5lbfc^ieb na^men. D^ne .Stoeifel tuar e biefe S3egeben^eit 42 , bie ber ($rafin ^a= tsarina t)on @c^rt)arbnrg ben S3einamen 43 ber elben= miit^igen 44 ermorben 45 ^at. 1 entrance, 2 warlike, 3 troop, 4 changed, 5 surprised, 8 cut off, 7 superior, 8 number of sturdj^ men, 9 surrounded, 10 to be patient, 11 offended, 12 to reconcile, 13 recovered, 14 to break out, *ansbrechen irr., 15 ringing, 16 laughter, 17 took, 18 wise, 19 alternative, 20 occurrence, 21 mirth, 22 to turn, 23 pronounced, 24 panegyric, 25 maternal, 26 care, 27 evinced, 28 to keep, 29 undertook, 30 reasonable, 31 to induce to do every- thing, 32 persuaded, 33 really, 34 spot, 35 dispatched, 36 stolen, 37 delay, 38 to deliver up, auslie/em, 39 restitution, 40 thanked, 41 in the most agreeable manner, 42 incidents, 43 cog- nomen, 44 Heroic, 45 acquired for. 288 Sixty-third Lesson. 3>reiimbfecfiigfte Sefttoiu Remarks on Verbs. In English (especially in replies) a phrase is often not completed and the verb or the auxiliary only is used, the remainder being un- derstood. In German, on the contrary, the sense is usually completed either by using the principal verb or a corresponding pronoun, as is shown in the following examples : ommt er? $a er fontntt. Does he come? Yes, he does. afcen Sic ein 23udj? %a, tdj Ija&e etne. Have you a book? Yes, I have (one). Sonten te mil bem @elb? ^a, id) font banrit. Did you come with the money? Yes, I did (come with it). ilft er bent 9Jlann? 9tetn, er Ijtlft tf)m ntdjt. Does he help the man? No, he does not (help him). tnb @ie nu'ibe? $a, bo Bin tdj (or %a, tdj bin e). Are you tired? Yes, I am. 3ft er <5olbat? $a, bag ift er. Is he a soldier? Yes, he is. a6en Ste iljn gefeljen? 3a, ba fjafie id). Have you seen him? Yes, I have. 28tQ er bie 9ted)nung fcejaljlen? ?a, ba null er (or So, er toill fte fallen). Will he pay the bill? es, he -will. SSiirbe fte attein !ommen? -ftein, bo roiirbe fte ntdjt. Would she come alone? No, she would not. REMARK. If a question in the negative is ans\vred ( in the af- firmative, yes is rendered bodj ; as, SBoHen Sie ntdjt Ijerein fommen? odj (ba iDtH tdj). Will you not come in? Yes, I will. a&en 3Ijnen empfoi)Ien. I have recommended him to you. 3d) erinner.e mid) feiner. I remember him. Note. SDiir or bit may also precede the pronoun in the Accusative; as t , 6r Ijat mir e gegeben. When the subject is placed after the verb, or when the verb is re- moved to the end of the sentence, personal pronouns may precede the- subject, if it is not a personal pronoun itself ; as, $at fid) bet $tembe fieflagt? Has the stranger made a complaint? $ier fann @ie Sftiemanb fefyen. Here no one can see you. SDer unb, tueldjen Qtjnen mein SBater fdjenfte. The dog which my father gave you. The negation iticfrt (not) usually follows an object in the Ac- cusative, Dative or Genitive; as, 3d) t)obe ba SBudj nidjt. I have not the book. ^>a&en (Sie ben, Sremben 3fi^em SSater ntdjt borgeftellt? Have you not introduced the stranger to your father? (r erinnerte [id) metner nidjt. He did not remember me. JKtdjt precedes an object with a preposition or a predicate; as, 3ft 3Ijr OnM nid)t mit einem epadEtrciger gefommen? Has your uncle not come with a porter? 3ft &err ft. nttfjt ein 2(rat? J.s'not Mr. N. a physician? 3d) 6in Hidjt 3rer SJleinung. I am not of your opinion. ^tdjt usually follows adverbs or adverbial expressions of time. or manner (but not those of quality or place); as, (r ttrirb nadjfte SBodje ntdjt ^ier fein. He will not be here next week. 3d) lann eBenfallS nid)t fontmen. I cannot come likewise. SBir fonnten toegen be fd)led)ten 28etter nidjt ouge^en. We could not go out on account of the bad weather. However, nicfit, negativing any particular word, must pre- cede it ; as, 3d) Ija&e nidjt ba S3ucf), fpnbern bie QeitunQ. I have not the book but the newspaper. $a&en ntdjt @ie fo gefagt? Have not you said so? follows a personal pronoun in answers, if both stand alone; as, SBer fjat ba gettjan? 3d) nidjt. Who has done that? Not I. German Grammar 10 290 accidentally, by chance, i juftifltg ihe actor, ber djauipteler i address, bie 2ibtefje j assistance, ber 23et= ftanb by return of post, rait umgeljenbet ^oft the copy (of a book), ba (rjemplor ^ difficulty, bie Sdjjroie* rigfeit die divine service, ber otteSbienft important, ttridjtig the library, bie 3Ji6Iiot6eI married (adj.), t>erfjet rat^et to many, ^etratljen now and then, bann unb tnann to occupy (a place), 6e ie&en out of fashion, au3 tft etngertdjtet. 9Jiobet pa^t itidjt jur Xapete. ^(^ IjoBe titd^ttg gearBettet. a tft fc^trere SIrbeit. gaff en @te SWut^l $ tft leered erebc. g !ann Sfonen ntc^t unbefamit fein. (5r tft gut iiBet baran. @ ift eine fdjlimme SSIeiben aar Beffer. 93letben 6ie nttr bom Setbe! ^efjen @te nttr an^ ben 3tugen! @ie ftnb u ntc^tg gn gebraiiclett. r nimntt fetne SSernunft an* fflfcit bloBent 5Titge. ^d) finbe f einen (5JefcmacE an fotcfien (Sadjen. Saffen @tc ntcf)t Io0. 292 KraMng (Enrctee tto. 63. imb Differ. $)iefe Beiben grogten 3)ic!jter S)entfd()tanb tonrben in bcr SJlittel be 18. 3af)rf)nnbert3 2 geBoren 3 : go^ann SSotfgang Don otf)e am 28. 5Ingnft 1749, goljmra (^riftopf) griebricfj Don djitter am 10. StoDemBer 1759. otfje'S eBnrtftabt toar granffurt am Wain, too fein SSater S)o!tor ber SRecIjte 5 unb faiferlid^er SRatf) 6 toar. Unter Seitnng 7 feineS S3ater Bilbete er fid^ 8 burd ^rtt>at= unterricf)! 9 fd^on frii^e Dtelfeittg 10 au, befonberl 11 in ben S'latnrttJtffenfd^aften 12 , in ben alien 13 (Spradjen nnb im Sranjofifd^en, ngltfc^en nnb 3toliemfdji. bem SBnnfc^e feine ^Sater gemajj 15 1765 bie 2etp3tg, nm bort bie Stec^te 17 jn ftubtren. 9Zac einigen 3a^ren gtng er nad) einem'fuqen 2(ufent^alt 18 in feinem elterltcfjen 19 aufe anf bie Untfcerfitat tragburg, too er feine jnrifttfrfjen 20 @tubien 21 Beenbigte 22 nnb 1771 al S)o!tor ber 9led^te promooirte 23 . 3)ann leBte er 24 etne 3eitlang in granffnrt feinen Dielfeitigen Stnbien, toar etne furje Qeit Beim 9teicp!ammergertrf)t 25 in SBe^lar praftifd^ 26 Befd^aftigt 27 , Bi er 1775 al ^e^eimer SegationSrati) 28 nad^ SSeimar Bernfen 29 nnb bort ber ^rennb nnb ^at^= geBer 30 be trefflid^ensi erjog ^arl $nguft tonrbe. 3m ga^re 1797 jog er fidfj Don ben (StaatSgefdfjaften 32 ganj jnriic!, nnb totbmete 33 feine 3)ienfte nnr nod^ ber oBern Seitnng 34 ber toiffenf^aftlic^enss unb Shmft^nftitttte 37 , Befonber be 2:^eater. 1806 Dermcifjlte er fid^ 38 , Derlor aBer feinen eingigen @o^n 5(uguft 1830 in SRom bnrc ben Xob. (Sdn'tfer erBlirfte 39 in 2RarBad^ am -Sftecfar, einem in SBurttemBerg, ba Sid^t ber 1 middle, 2 century, 3 born, 4 native town, 5 doctor of laws, 6 im- perial counsellor. 7 direction, 8 he was educated in, 9 private instruction, 10 numerous subjects, 11 especially, 12 physics, 13 ancient, 14 he entered, 15 according to, 16 university, 17 law, 18 stay, 19 parents', 20 juridical, 21 studies, 22 finished, 23 took the degree of, 24 he g:;ve himself up, 25 im- perial chamber, 26 practically, 27 employed, 28 counselor in the foreign office, 29 called, 30 adviser, 31 excellent, 32 affairs of state, 33 to devote, widmtn, 34 superintendence, 35 scientific, 36 art, 37 institutions, 38 he was married, 89 saw, 40 a small country-town, 41 the lucbt 293 om iJer-jog ben SBefefjI, nidjtS $nbere bruden gu laffen te 28erle iiBer bie ett!unbeii. iefem Sroange 12 ent* og er \itf)^ burd^ bie gludjtu. @r lam 1782 nac ^ann^eim, rao er X^eaterbi^teris ttjurbe, begab fic^ 16 bann nad^ 9)latn unb 1785 nadj Seipjig, nac^^er nadjj reben unb ftebelte 17 1787 nad) SBeimar iiber 18 , S'lac^bem er 1789 ^rofeffor ber ^ef^id^te in Sena geroorben unb fic 1790 fcermap atte ; lebte er Don 1794 ab Big u fetnem Xobe in tiertrautefter 19 Sreunbfd^aft 20 unb ,8ufammennnr* fung 21 mit ote, unb nafjm 1799 feinen bleibenben 22 in 2Beimar. 5Iu ber tebenbtgen 2 ^ 28ed)fef= fotc augerorbentlic^er 26 ^rcifte 27 gtngen 28 nun in raf^er^o golge3i jene reifftenS 2 unb ge^attt)ollften33 ^)ic^tungen 34 Ijerfcor 29 , bie ba beutfci^e SSolf lute feme beften @c^a^e 35 betoa^rt 36 . 5)er jiingere (Skitter ftarb f^on 1805, toctfjrenb @ot^e ein ^atriar^enalter 3 7 er* rei^te unb erft 1832 btcfc SSelt 38 berliefi. SSeibe ^Jtc^ter ru^en neben einanber 39 in ber Siirftengruft 40 ^u SSeimar, 3)lan at ur S3eurt5eilung4i @ot^e' unb S^iaer'g Mdjer gefc^rieben unb fi^ lange fjerumgeftritten 42 , roer don i^nen ber (^rofjere fei. 55er treit 43 at fid) enblid) 4 * be= rujigt 45 ; man nwrbe ein 46 , fie mit einanber ju fetern 47 , unb fteHt 48 nun ifjre 33ilbniffe50 anf 49 , tote bie Wen^i mit eroenbilbern 52 ire SBo^nungen terten 53 . 1 to advance, vorriicken, 2 commander, 3 ducal pleasure-castle, 4 prepara- tory education, 5 academy founded by duke Charles, 6 science of law, 7 medi- cine, 8 regimental surgeon, 9 in consequence, 10 publication, 11 healing art, 12 compulsion, 13 he freed himself from, 14 flight, 15 dramatic poet, 16 went, 17 & 18 settled, 19 most intimate, 20 friendship, 21 co-operation, 22 per- manent, 23 stay, 24 active, 25 reciprocal effect, 26 extraordinary, 27 facul- ties, 28 & 29 originated, 30 rapid, 31 succession, 32 most matured, 33 most comprehensive, 34 poetical works, 35 treasures, 36 guards, 37 patriarchal age, 38 world, 39 side by side, 40 ducal tomb, 41 in judgment, 42 disputed, 43 controversy, 44 at last, 45 calmed down, 46 agreed, 47 to celebrate, feiern, 48 & 49 are put up, 50 effigies, 51 ancients, 52 images of domestic deities and of Heroes, 53 embellished. 294 APPENDIX. The principal rules, &c., for learning the German language in an easy and practical manner having been given with numerous exer- cises, it only remains to give in the following supplement the remaining rules which are of no vital importance, but which a student, who wishes to study the German language thoroughly, must have ready for reference. We also give full lists and explanations concerning the use of German cases and the use of prepositions, which will be found usefuL On the Article and the Noun. (see also page 226.) 1. The indefinite article is omitted : a.) In many a and no less a; as, mandje gamtlie, many a family fein geringeter IXann, no less a man b. ) In expressions like : in SButlj, in a passion in tie, in a hurry ntit fdjnmdjer ttmmc in a faint voice. Sdj Ijabe Kopftoei uften, ., I have a head-ache, a cough, etc. c.) Before nouns denoting the profession of a person which is the subject of the sentence ; as, r ifl olbat. He is a soldier, eine djttefter ttwrbe @djau fjrielerin. His sister became an actress. 2. The definite article is omitted before names of the cardinal points when preceded by the prepositions gegen or nacf) ; as, gegen Dften, towards the East nod) SSeften, to the West. 3. The definite article is used : a.) With the preposition j after verbs denoting to make, etc., a person something ; as, r timrbe sum enerol ernannt. He was appointed general, (fcr ift jiim Surgermeifter gerodljlt njorben. He has been elected mayor. b.) In expressions like : 3ft ba griififtucf ba 3Kittageffen bo* 6cnbc[fen bcr Zljet fertig? (see page 228.) Also in: in bcr tabt fHrc^e rfjule, in town church school in trie gtobt ftirdje djule, to town church school. e.) With the names of streets ; as, 34 woljne in ber g5nig?jrca&e. I am living in King street. 295 d.) Usually with the following words : ber aftenfdj, man (mankind) ba efefc, law bie Sftatur, nature bie gett, time bie Sitte, custom bo cMcffal, fate ba $arabie, paradise ber immel, heaven bie ^8tte, hell ber Smrft, thirst ber ^unger, hunger bo 2e6en, life ber Sob, death ber Stieg, war ba liicf, fortune, happiness bo UnglM, misfortune bie SSoriefyung, providence Examples. Ser Slrjt !om ju fpat, ber Sob war fcfjon eingetreten. Th physician came too late, death had already taken place. Sie <5itte tierbtetet e8. Custom prohibits it. EXCEPTION. No article with the above words is used in : 2)urft ^unger Ija&en, to be thirsty hungry. liicf UnglitcE Ijaben to be lucky unlucky. 2luf (urn) Seben unb Sob, for life and death. 3n tieg unb grieben, in war and peace. QJen ^tmntel, towards heaven. e.) Sometimes with the Genitive of foreign names of persons ending in , , a; as, 3)er Sob be SoIroteS. The death of Socrates. /.) Occasionally with names of persons for the sake of distmctness 5 or in an emphatic way ; as, %% Stefie Stfje bem fitter tior. I prefer Goethe to Schiller, 2)0 ift ber Sett. There is Tell (that well known man). 4. The name of a person, preceded by a noun denoting rank, title or profession, or by the words >err, $rcm, ^raiiteitt, is often used with the article ; of course the name of the person not then being declined ; as, bie &rteg!uttft be gfelbntorfdiajlS Sttoltfe, the strategy of field- marshal Moltke. 3)iefe au get)8rt bent ga&rifanten (&errn) Skaun. This house belongs to Mr. Braun, the manufacturer. (Sr ift eir cljitter be ^terrn ^rofefforS ^afyl. He is a pupil of professor Pahl Notes. 1. The word err in polite society is placed before the "title or rank," etc., and even in the same manner the words 2frau and Qfrauleitt; as i ber $err $eraog (S).), the Duke of D. bie grait eneral (91.), Mrs. N. (wife of General N.) 2. If the word grautein precedes a proper name, the feminine article to preference to the neuter article is usually employed; as, 3$ Begegnete ber (also bent) Sraulein djmibt. I met Miss Schmidt 5. If no article is employed with the name of a person pre- ceded by a noun denoting rank, title or profession, the name of the person only is declined ; as, Sprofeffot $afir cfjrtften, Professor Pahl's writings mit gurfe with Prince Bismarck. Note. However the word $err is declined as well ; as, errn djmibt'S ^ferbe. Mr. Schmidt's horses. 6. According to the rule given on page 226 masculine and neuter nouns expressing measure, number and weight, are only used in the singular, if preceded by a numeral and followed by a noun or adjective whether expressed or understood. To this rule the following additions are to be made : 296 a.) Feminine nouns of this kind are used in the plural ; as, brei fjlofdjen SBein, three bottles of wine fed) Xonnen ol)ten, six tons of coal. 6.) Nouns denoting a measure or division of time are also used in the plural; as, fedj Xage lang, for six daji brei Qaljre alt, three years old. c.) The German coins bet pfennig and bie Sftarf with a numeral are not declined ; as, 20 pfennig, twenty pfennigs jeljn 9ttorf, ten marks. 7. The following plural nouns cannot be used in the singular : $ie cbruber, the brothers irte (Sefdjroifter, the brothers and sisters bie' Item, the parents bie Seute, the people iie 93einfteiber, the trousers "bie 2Ityen, the Alps bie ^?ocfen, the small-pox tie inolfen, the whey We- Ginfiinfte, the revenue bie Soften, the expense (Unloften) bie 6peiett, the charges bie SRdnfe, the intrigues bie Drummer, the ruins bie gmeit, the holidays bie aften, Lent bie Dftern, Easter bie ^Sfingften, Whitsuntide bie SBeiljnadjten, Christmas 8. The following nouns are used in the singular if denoting one, and in the plural if denoting more than one; if denoting the whole of their kind they may be used in the singular or plural : bie gorette, the trout &0 SRel), the deer, roe bo* djaaf, the sheep ba Sdjttjein, the pig. swine ba Sllmofen, the alms ba Uftittel, the means bie ycflrorimt ) ji bie fteuigleit f the news ber SRotljidjIag, the advice when used in English with pair of _ *, the beUows tie SPriHe*, the spectacles iie fiidjtpufce*, the snuffers bie djere*, the scissors, shears bie gonge*, the tongs, pincers ber Birfel*, the compasses bie grudjt, the fruit bie Jbljle, the coal bie Spargel, the asparagus ber giidj, the fish Note. The above nouns marked with a do not require these words in German; as, cine djere, a pair of scissors brei 23riHen, three pairs of spectacles. 9. The following nouns may be used in the singular or plural: "bie oir, the breeches ber u!er.trfiger, the braces ic-5 (rmgetoeibe, the bowels bc^ ya-u-, the hair "ber jtjorrjdjritt, the progress fco efcpft business, is used in the plural in expressions like : bie efdjafte gety-n frfjtedjt (also bo efdjaft ge^t fd)Ierf)t), business is bad. @r ntodjt 0ule efdjdfte. He does a good business. See also page 17, No. 6. 10. If derivative or compound substantives are connected by a co-ordinative conjunction and their last component is the same noun, the latter may be used with the last substantive only ; as, ber SIuf=iinb Untergong ber onne, the rising and setting of the sun SMef'ober SonV-eipapier, note paper or foolscap paper fottjoljl bie au=als aud) bie artenti)itre, both the street :md garden door. bie enntitifc (PL: bie Senntniffe), the knowledge ber SReidjtljum (PL: bie SReidjtljumer), the riches 297 On the Preposition OF and the Genitive of Nouns. 11. The preposition of is rendered by Don instead of by the Genitive in the following cases : a.) With names of countries and places in the cases mentioned on page 44. b.) Before cardinal numbers as mentioned on page 122. c.) Usually with demonstrative, interrogative, and indefinite pro- nouns and after numerals or a superlative ; as, bajenige toon biefen S3ud)ern, tt>eld)e ..., that of these books, which ... hjeldjer Don ^firen $unben? which of your dogs? igemanb ton feinen fieuten, some one of his people jtoei Don meinen SSriibern, two of my brothers bo fcefte toon jeinen ^Sferben, the best of his horses. d.} Before abstract nouns, names of material and plural nouns, if they qualify or determine the preceding noun ; as, ein Strati toon offnuna, a ray of hope etn eraufdj bon SSaffer, a noise of water etne Stette Don (or au3)(*) (Sifter, a chain of silver ba eraffel toon SMbern, the clattering of wheels cin SKantt tjon jeltenen gafiigfetten, a man of rare qualities. Notes. 1. The greater part of such nouns can be compounded, the second preceding the first noun and taking usually, if an abstract noun, an $ (or e) ; as, ein lioffnungSftrabl eine il&erfette. 2. Instead of the noun denoting solid material, the corresponding adjective may also be used; as, eine filberne Kette, a silver chain. 3. Many of these and other nouns are even used in the compounded form only, then haying a more general meaning; as, bie RricflStoiHenfdjaft, the science of war ein efdjaftmann, a man of business ber eridjtSfiof, the court of justice. 12. Of, occurring after a noun derived from a verb or an adjective requiring a certain preposition in German, is rendered by the same(**) preposition ; as, ber ebcmfe an ott, the thought of God (from benlen on (Ace.), to think of), bie SSerfiigung ii&er fein SSermogen, the disposal of his fortune (from berfiigen ii&er (Ace.), to dispose of), bie itelfeit auf ityre djonfieit, the vanity of her beauty (from eitel auf (Ace.), vain of). 13. The Genitive is not expressed in German with nouns where in English the second noun is understood ; as, 3d;) ttmr &ei feinem Dnfel. I was at his uncle's (house), eljen @te jum gleifdjer. Go to the butcher's (shop). Note. With proper names denoting public places the second noun must be put in German; as, (Sinb @ie fcljon in ber @t. (Sonfr) Spaul'l ^ird^e getoefen? Have you ever been to St. Paul's. 14. The preposition of, as the sign of the Genitive, is not rendered in German : a.) Before names of months, countries, and places (towns, villages, etc.}, preceded by a word descriptive of them, the proper name being not then declined ; as, ber Sftonot 9Rai, the month of May ber 13te 3ult, the 13th of July (bie tobt(t) 8Itn, the city of Berlin (ber StooKt) Men, the state of Hesse bie geftung UHaiitj, the fortress of Mayence. (*) With materials also auS instead of Don may be used. (**) This is always the case if a noun is derived from such a verb or adjective, whether the equivalent of the preposition be in English of or not. (t) bie <8tabt, ber Staat, in this position, are seldom expressed in German Grammar I0# 298 b.) After nouns expressing number, measure, weight or quantity ; as, brci afleter 2ud&, three metres of cloth brei 2age SRaft, three days of rest em $funb Sutler, a pound of sugar eine Saffe Sbee, a cup of tea ein Dtegiment ^nfanterie, a regiment of foot (soldiers) cine Slnjabl Sufcijfluer, a number of spectators. Notes. 1. The second noun should always be in the Genitive, however, it is usually considered now to be in apposition with the preceding noun and therefore in the same case ; as, @r broc&te einen 93edjer alien SBein. He brought a goblet of old wine. m\t biefer glaftfce SBter, with this bottle of beer, gflr xaei 9Keter gutei udj, for two metres of good cloth. 9JHt etnent $aar neuen anbid)uben (also Genitive : neuer anbfdjulje). 2. If the second noun is accompanied by an article or a determinative adjective "of" is usually translated Bon; as, ein @Ia toon biefem SSein, a glass of this wine ein Sufcenb bon Sbren rfigen, a dozen of your collars btei $funb ton bem Coffee, ben <5ie mtr geftern empfoblen b.aben, three pounds of the coffee, you recommended me yesterday. On the Qualifying- Adjective. 15. Attributive Adjectives, in poetry, are sometimes found undeclined, and either preceding or following the noun ; as, ein bormloS SSoIf bon Bitten, a harmless people of herdsmen ein Sbelfnedjr, fanft unb fedt, an esquire, gentle yet daring ein SR6Iein rotb, a little red rose. 16. Adjectives used as nouns and having a general meaning or being preceded by an indefinite pronoun or numeral, are of the neuter gender and follow the declension of adjectives; as, bo d)5ne, the beautiful ba 35eut)"dje, the German btei (SuteS, much good ntit ettoaS 9ieuem, with something new toentg (SbleS, little that is noble nidjt roBe3, nothing great. 17. Such adjectives, if having a more definite meaning, do not change, except in the Genitive, when they add (or e) ; as, ba8 83Iau beS ^immelS, the blue of the sky bet SHnblid be* foftigen OriinS, the sight of the fresh green. @r fprirfjt ein retne SJeutjdj. He speaks a pure German. 18. If two adjectives qualifying a noun, imply one idea, the second is declined only; as, ber frans5ftfd)=beutid)e rieg, the Franco-German war eine fdjttmrj unb toeifee gafine, a black and white flag. 19. Names of places can be used as adjectives by adding er, beginning with a capital letter and being then not declined ; as, bet fiSIner S)om, the cathedral of Cologne bie garbe eine on boner SlebelS, the colour of a London fog. Note. Sometimes they are also formed by ifd) instead of er, in which case they must be declined; as, ber Solnifdje S5om. On the Declension of Adjectives if preceded by de- terminative words. 20. On pages 60, 64 & 68, it was explained how an attributive ad- jective preceded by an article or substitute must be declined. As these rules are, however, not always strictly observed, some additional remarks are given : 299 a.) After the words fold)er and tncmdjer the adjective is some- times found with the terminations of bicfcr; as, foldjeS fd)5ne (instead of jd)6ne) 2Beuer, such fine weather monger alter (instead of alte) 2ttann, many an old man. Note. It is, however, often preferred to abbreviate foldjer or also mondjet in all cases into fold) or mantf), if followed by an adjective, which must take the termination of btefet in this case ; as, fold) fdj5ne SBetter mand) alter 9Jlann. 6.) After the words Dieter (biete), after, etntger (etttcfjer), meljrere, the adjective is sometimes declined as if preceded by the definite article ; as, alte guten (instead of gute) Scute, all the good people etntget neue (instead of neuer) SBein, some new wine. e.) If foldjer or any indefinite numeral is preceded by an article or a determinative adjective, they take the termination of an adjective preceded by such word ; as, in cittern foldjen orten, in such a garden toegen fetner totelen djulben, on account of his many debts. 21. Adjectives, like articles, and other determinative words, must be repeated before each noun in succession if the nouns are of different genders or numbers, and qualified by the same adjective ; as, r f)at cine franfe Srrau iinb franfe inber. He has a sick wife and children. $aben @te fdjon ttnfer neue $au? iinb unfern neuen arten gefeljen? Have you seen our new house and garden yet? On the Pronouns, Determinative Adjectives, and Numerals. 22. On page 238 it was shown that the possessive adjectives (my, thy, etc.) if occurring with parts of the body or clothes, etc., are usually rendered by the article, a personal pronoun, etc. Sometimes these parts of the body, etc., must be used with a preposition, and the personal pronoun in the Accusative or Dative. If my, thy, etc. denote the same person as the subject, the reflective pronoun must be employed. Verbs requiring such prepositions are : fdjneiben in (Ace.) irr., to cut (into) fiedjen in (Ace.) irr., to prick (into) tierfe^en an (Dat.), to hurt (one's ...) toerrounben an (Dat.), to wound (one's ..,) inS eftdjt in tie $ugen fdjlagen irr. feljen irr., to strike, to look into auf ben Stitcfen auf bie djutter, etc. fdjlagen irr. flopfen, to strike, to pat on one's back shoulder, etc. auf bie giifje, etc. treten irr., to step on one's feet, etc. 6et ben |>aaren retfjen irr., to pull one's hair one's face into one's eyes, &c. Examples. @ ftadj mid) (also ink) in ben Slrnt. He pricked my arm. r berttmnbete fid) am 93ein. He wounded his leg. 3dj trot iljnt (also iljn) auf ben 5u?3. I stepped on his foot. Notes. 1. dmeiben, fiecfjen, have the pronoun usually in the Accusative (or also Dative) ; fd)Iogen, Iloipfen, treten, usually in the Dative (or also Ao- cusative); feljen in the Dative; toerlefcen, toerrounDen, reifjen in the Accus- ative only. 2 The pronoun must be always in the Dative if the noun with a prepo- sition is preceded by an object in the Accusative ; as, 3d) natjnt ifjm ben 83rief au3 bex $anb. I took the letter out of his hand. 800 23. SDer tneintge or bet mehte, etc., may be used substantively in cases like the following : Etc SHeinigen (or bie 9tteinen) laffen fid) ben 3&rigen (or ben 3!jren) entyfeljlen. My people (family 1 * send their compliments to yours. SBir ^aben ba Unfrige (or llnfrc) getljan, bie Slnbern follen ba3 Qljrige (or Sljre) tljun. We have done our duty, let the others do theirs. Seber foU bo cine (or einige) Ijaben. Let everyone have his own. 24. 2ftein err corresponds to the English sir, and mein ijrr&uletn to miss; however, they are not so frequently used in con- versation as in English. Sometimes simply err with the name or title following, or fjrauletn with the name following are used. Madam is rendered by 9ftabam, or by grau with the title following. Gentlemen, is expressed by meine ^erren; Ladies, by meine Seamen; Ladies and Gentlemen, 2fteme Jerren unb Stamen. 26. In polite speaking of somebody's relations, in German, the words err, $rau, graulein are inserted between gfjr, etc. and the noun ; as, Sljr $ert entaljl, S^re grau ema^Itn, 3^re 2rr5ulem Softer, etc. Your husband, your wife, your daughter, etc. 26. The demonstrative biefer, etc. is often used for the En- glish tlie latter (ber lefctere), and jener for the former (ber erftere) ; as, S)er JDfftjier rief bem 6olbaten, aBer biefer ^5rte i^n ntc^t. The officer called the soldier, but the latter did not hear him. 27. Such as, meaning those who, are rendered by btejeningen (or bie) ; toeldje (see page 108) ; as, SJiejenigen, toeldje ungliicfltdj ftnb. Such as are unhappy. 28. The very same is rendered e&enberjelbe, etc. ; as, an efcenbemienien Zage, on the very same day. 29. What, if subject of to be, and referring to a following noun is (rendered roeldjeS ; as, SSeldjeS ftnb 3Ijre SBebingungen? What are your terms? SO. Which, referring to whole phrases is rendered fi?a3 ; as, SBa tuoHen te tljun, fmgen ober ftlabter f^ielen? Which will you do, sing or play the piano? efyen ie in Ujeater ober tn8 Concert? 3dj toeife noi) nicfjt, ttm i% t^un tterbe. Do you go to the theatre or to the concert? I do not know yet which I ahall do. 81. The relative of which, standing with a noun which de- scribes a preceding noun is rendered by the Genitive toeldje in the masculine or neuter, and luetdjer in feminine or plural ; as, (Stcero, tteltfjeS gro&en StebnerS djrtften icf) gelefen ^a6e. Cicero the works of which great orator I have read. 82. All cardinal numbers, if used substantively, are declined according to the common rules. They are of the feminine gender, except unbert and !cwfenb which are neuter ; as, bie Kng, bie gtoei, etc. Plural : bie (Einfen, hie 8eit, etc. ba fcunbert, bo8 Xoufenb. Plural: $unberte, Xaufenbe. 301 38. Frequently these numbers are of the masculine gender instead of the feminine, but in this case they are formed by- adding er; as, bet iner, bet Sfeeter, etc. Plural : bte tner, bie Stueiet, etc. 34. If they have an adjectival meaning (i.e. if the noun re- ferred to is understood only), they add e in the plural (en in the Dative) ; as, aHe 9leune to erf en, to knock down all nine (ninepins) auf aflett SBieren, on all fours (hands and feet). 85. They may signify the age of a person by adding er; as, ein SSterjtger, a man of forty ein Sunfjiger, a man of fifty. 36. By taking er they may also signify the year when a par^ ticular event took place ; as, (r tft ein (Sldjtgeljntjimbert) trierunbfiinfjiger. He was born in 1854. S)er (^^tse^n^unbert) funfunfefedjjtger SBein tear gut. The 1865 wine. was good. 37. In asking for the number of a person or thing ber tote* fcielte, etc. is used ; as, 3)er hriebtelte ift 31jr oljn in ber (adjure? What number has your son at school? Stte hrieirielte Station tft eS toon fjier? How many stations is it from here? Hence : ber hrie&ielte (STag be 2ftonat) tft f)eute? What is the date? (see page 121.) 38. 9ltt if used in a general sense is 3ltte3 (declined like biefeS); as, 9lHeS tft berloren. All is lost. SSon Mem bem toetfj id) nid)t.. Of all that I know nothing. 39. All that meaning all which, used in a general sense is rendered $Ce3 ft>ct, whether that is expressed or understood ; as, , toa er fagte, tuar nidjt njo^r. All that he said was not true. 2Bor bie SlHe, loa er fd)rie&? Was this all he wrote? 40. 2lfle is sometimes used in the sense of everybody, in- stead of 9HIe; as, SineS toerltefj (or Sltte toerltejjen) bo Stnttnet. All left the room. 41. 5IH, followed by a demonstrative or possessive adjective, may be declined (like biejer), or not ; as, alter (or att) unfer SBein, all our wine aHe (or aH) btefe SSutter, all this butter oHeS (or all) biefeS elb, all this money oQe (or aH) fetne ^inber, all his children. Note. SIK is found undeclined especially in the masculine and neuter. 42. The definite article instead of being omitted may also- follow oil, which in this case is not declined ; as, oU ba elb (or atte etb), all the money OH bie banner (or aHe banner), all the men. 43. Stff can even follow the noun, in which case it is always declined ; as, etne tfjunbe fmb aHe berfauft toorben. His dogs have all beeo sold. 3^ gafie ba etb atte uertoren. I have lost all the money. 302 44. Each, preceded by a noun expressing measure, number, or weight, is rendered by je which in German precedes such noun ; as, 3Me?e tocfe foften ie 3 Sftarf. These sticks cost 3 marks each. S^ fd)i. Seine is sometimes abreviated into e, and Seiner in t. 54. Indefinite numerals or adjectives, with which the noun is understood, referring to persons of both sexes, take the masculine gender ; as, SSon ben erren unb omen tooHte jeber juerft im Simmer fein. Each of the gentlemen and ladies wished to be first in the room. $13 bet lefcte toon b.er efeUfdjaft gegangen war ..., when the last of the society had gone ... Note. Instead of the masculine, the neuter gender is sometimes employed. 55. The nominatives of the personal pronouns id), I; bit, thou; IDtr, we, and @ie or tfjr, yow; if followed by the relative, bet, bie or btt3(*), etc., may be repeated after the relative, in which case the verb must agree in number and person with the personal pronoun. Thus : id), ber idj, I who I Wit, bie ttrir, we who bit, ber bit, thou who I @ie, ber (i.e. a child who is waiting), "waiting" being in the latter case an adjective. 69. Examples showing the change of Present Participles to an Infinitive or to a verb of a dependent clause : 1. He did not succeed in letting his house. ( gelang iljm nidjt, fein ju bermtetljen. 2. He decided on going to France. ($r 6efd)tof3 nad) gefjen. 3. I shall insist upon selling the dog. 3d) fterbe barauf teftefjen, ben $ un b ju berlaufen (or bafj bet 4?unb berfauft ttnrb). 4. I went to N., without having any money with me. 3d) ging nod) 9t., ofine (Mb 6et mir ju fjofcen (or o^ne bafs id) elb Bei mir ^atte). 5. You laugh instead of being serious. er Srfte fagte bie unb ber 9lnbere baS, unb nad)bem pe ftd> cine geitlang b,erumgeftritten fatten, rief ber Befctere au2: ... 42. Your father, in sending for another doctor offended Dr. X. Saburd) bojj 3b,r SBater etnen anbern Softer b,olen Itefs, beletbigte er Sr. 9Z. 307 70. The Present Participle of an intransitive verb expressing -motion, used with to come, fommett, is replaced by the Past Par- ticiple in German ; as, @r font gelcwfen, gerttten, gefatjren, ic. He came running, riding, driving, etc. 71. In a similar manner the past participle bertoren is used in the expression tier lor en geijen, to be lost ; as. in unb ift toetloren gegangen. A dog has been lost. 72. The Past Participle is sometimes used instead of the Im- perative in German ; as, SCuSgetrunfen ! Empty your glasses ! SogeBUeoen ! Remain here! SRidjt toerjtBeifeUl No despairing! Agreement of Verb and Subject. 73. The verb agrees with its subject in number; thus a subject in the singular takes the verb in the singular, and a subject in the plural takes the verb in the plural ; as, SDte ganje Sttannfdjqft bei djtffeS hmr.be gerettet. All the crew of the ship were rescued. S)a SJlimftertum I)at feine (Sntlaffung ein gereidjt. The ministry have tendered their resignation, ^fjre SriHe Itegt auf bent SEtfdje. Your spectacles lie on the table. 2Die Soften finb 511 grofj. The expense is too great. 74. Nouns denoting a quantity or number, followed by a plural noun, may take the verb in the plural or singular ; as, (Sine Slnjalji olbaten fteJien (or ftefjt) Dor bent 38a$n$of. A num- ber of soldiers stand before the railway-station. 75. If several subjects standing together, have the same verb, the verb must be in the plural ; as, Sftein SSater ttnb ntetne 9Kutter lommen. My father and my mother come. Ser otre, ber Siger unb ber spantljer finb 9?au&tfjiere. The lion, tiger and panther are animals of prey. @ie unb er folten 5U> fammen retjen. You and he are to travel together. 76. However, it occurs sometimes, that a verb having several singular nouns as subjects, may be in the singular, especially if the nouns can be thought to signify a whole idea ; as, SJteer unb Sonb ntufj iljm gefyordjen. Sea and land must obey him. Uftetn eBen unb Slut geprt Sljnen. My life and blood be- long to you. 77. If the subjects are connected by the conjunctions ober, ... al cmcE), nidjt nur ... fonbern aud^, t^eit^ ... t^eiB, fort* bern, entmeber ... ober, toeber ... noc^, the verb takes the number and person of the subject next to it ; as, tittteber 3ff)te SBtuber, obcr 3^r SSoter mufe antoefenb fetn. Either your brothers or your father must be present. 9Ztd)t nur bte 5lt)ure, fonbern audj bte enfter ftanben offen. Not only the door, but also the windows were open. SSeber er, nod) id) njerbe <3te Befudjen, Neither he nor I will visit you. 308 On Separable Verbs. 78. Verbs, the prefixes of which consist of prepositions or ad- verbs, as a rule are separable (see page 142). Besides these, verbs having adjectives as prefixes are se- parable; as, fefjl]"d)Tagen irr., to fail, to miscarry feftbinben irr., to Wnd tightly freiforedjen irr., to acquit tobtfdjiefjen irr., to shoot dead. 79. Excepted are the following, which are not separable : orgroSIjnen, to suspect frofjlocfen, to exult fruliftuclen, to breakfast furjtoeilen, to divert, amuse liebfofen, to caress offenbaren, to reveal redjtfertigen, to justify toeiSfogen, to prophecy longtoetlen, to tire Note. These verbs, although they are inseparable, have the accent on the first syllable, and form their past participles in the regular way, like: gefrufjftiicft, geredjtfertigr, etc. But frob,Ioden, having the accent on the second syllable, has the past participle frof)Ioctt. 80. The following verbs, the prefixes of which are substan- tives, are also separable : adjtgeben irr., to pay attention bunfiagen, to return thanks glutfrounfdjen, to congratulate ijausljalten irr., to keep house irr., to reside (of princes) preigeben irr., to give up ftattfinben irr. (ftattljaben irr.), to take place tI)eHf)aben irr., to share tljetfneljmen irr., to participate Note. The prefixes of these verbs are often not joined to the verb and then commence with a capital letter; as, 2ld)t geben, 2)onl fagen, etc. 81. If several separable verbs of the same mood, tense and person, and having the same root verb, occur together, the root verb is not usually repeated ; as, 3>ie 8onne geljt 2ftorgen ouf unb 2fi>enb unter. The sun rises in the morning and sets in the evening. Sftarfjen @te bie Xljure ouf unb ba genfter ju. Open the door and shut the window. On to have. 82. To have rendered by miiffen see page 258, and by laffen see page 264. 83. Phrases like the following have to be changed in trans- ation ; thus : He had a large fortune left him * a large fortune was left to him. 6 tourbe il)m ein grose SJermogen Ijtnterlaffen. My uncle often had princes visit his hotel * my uncle's hotel was often visited by princes. 2a otet tnetnes Cnfel tourbe oft Don t5 u ^en befudjt. She had her dress trimmed with flowers * her dress was trimmed with flowers. 3b,r $Ietb toot ntit SBIumen gefdjmucft. 84. Note the translation of the following and similar phrases : All kinds of playthings can be had there. StUerlei 6pieltoaaren ftnb bort ju fyaben (or 3Kan fann bort aHerlei Spieltoaaren befontmen). Nothing was to be had. ( roar md)t ju baben (or Wait fonnte ntd)ts befommen). I would have you to go there. 3d) tounid)te, bofj Sie ^ingingen. I had better wait. ( tociie beffer, toenn id) roarten tourbe (or roortete or id) fottte lieber toarten). I had rather read another book. 3$ tourbe lieber ein anbereS S9udj Tefen. I had as lieve go to Germany. 3d) tnodjte (or tourbe) ebenio gent nod) eutfd) lanb geb,en. I had like to have fallen into the river. 3d) ware fcetnaije in ben 5fujj gefaflen. 309 On to be. 85. / am to, etc., rendered by id) jott, etc., see page 259, and for the translation of to be with a Passive Infinitive following, see page 284. ^86. I am likely to, etc., is rendered idj tuerbe tooljrjcljeintid) (or iboljl) ; as, 3d) toerbe toal)rfd)etnlid) (or tt>of)l) fommen. I am likely to come. SBir floerben toafjrfdjeutUd) (or tuol)l) feiue Slnttuort erljalten. We are not likely to receive an answer. 87. He was likely to die, etc., is rendered : (r toor nolje boron gu fterben or 6r ftarb bemofje. 88. For indicating the place where the subject is, in English usually the verb to be is employed, whereas in German it is pre- ferable to use the verb showing the exact position of the subject ; as, 3>er ifd) ftef)t (also ift) im anbern Simmer. The table is in the other room. So 93ud) Itegt (also ift) auf 3f)rem $ult. The book is on your desk Ser Sftagel fterft in ber SSanb. The nail is in the wall. $ie aije fiijt auf bem tittle. The cat is on the chair. 89. If the subject is a person, fid) befmben is often employed to indicate the place, which is also used for indicating a condition of a person or thing ; as, @ Befanben fid) (also e toaren) triete Dfftatere auf bem SBotte. There were many officers at the ball. SSie Befinbet fidj ^^r SBruber Seute? How is your brother to-day? S)a au Befinbet fi^ in etnetn fd)Iedjten guftanb. The house is in a bad condition. 90. Note the following expressions : I am late early, etc. ftdj fomme foat frill), etc. I am right- wrong. 3d) I)at>e 9ied)t Unredjt. I am in a hurry, ftd) aBe tie. I am in earnest. ift mein rnft. I am hungry thirsty sleepy. Sd) ^abe ^unger 2)urft Sdjlaf (also Qd) Bin Ijungrtg burftig fdjlcifrig). I am feverish, ftd) ^aBe gieBer. I am anxious to ... Qd) mod)te gern ... I was anxious to ... 3d) tuottte gern ... See also impersonal verbs on page 166. 91. Note further the following verbs : to be afraid, to fear, Befiirdjten to be afraid of, fid) furdjten Uor to be ashamed, fid) fdjdmen to be asleep, fd)Iafen irr. to be astonished, *erftaunen to be aware of, totffen irr. to be called, fjeijjen irr. to be drowned, *ertrtnlen irr. to be frightened, *erfd)reden irr. to be mistaken, fid) irr en to be silent, fdjroetgen irr. to be worth, getten irr. to be of weight, nriegen irr. to be wrecked, *jd)eitern On to do. 92. To do as an auxiliary not expressed, see page 133. 93. To do with an Infinitive is in English often used to make the sense more emphatic. In German, in such a case, to do is not rendered, and the following adverbs are employed instead : 310 a.) In the Imperative, ja is used ; as, efien Sic ja Ijeute SIBenb ju iljm. Do go to him this evening. Seten <5te ja nidjt untyoflidj. Do not be impolite. b.} In the Present and Imperfect the emphasis is expressed by luirflid); as, 8dj roeifc, fte fommen tmrflid). I know, they do come. ( tft nirf)t mogltd), ban er e tDtrflid) tfjat. It is not possible that he did do it. c.) In answers frettidj or aHerbingS are used for expressing the emphasis ; as, gagten Ste el? fyreiltdj or afferbtngS (fagte id) e). Do you say it? I did (say it). SSarten Sie auf t^n? g-retlid) or atterbtng (toarte id) auf tfi,n). Do you wait for him? I do (wait). 94. To have done with a present participle following is ren- dered as follows : Have they done singmg? @inb fte fertig mit Stngen? I have not yet done writing. 5$ Bin nod) ntdit fertig mit 6d)rei6en. 95. To have done with a thing, is rendered fertig fein; as, inb 6ie fertig mit ^fjrem SSrief? Have yon done with your letter? 96. However, in the Imperative to have done in the cases 94 & 95 is rendered thus : Have done lamenting! ^oren @te auf ju flagen! Have done it! $oren 6te bamit auf! 97. To do in the sense of to make (i.e. meaning to manufacture, to do by work) is usually madjen ; as, 83tl roonn fonnen @ie meine tiefel modjen? How soon can yon do my boots? a6en ie g^rc SlufgaBe gemadjt? Have you done your task? 98. Note the following expressions : to do business, eidjafte madjen to do honour (credit, kindness), (Sljre (greunbidjaft) erttjeifen irr. to do justice to, eredjtigleit tt)iber= fasten laffen irr. to do one's duty, fettte ^fttdjt er= fuHen (or tljun) to do one's haur, fein aat (juredjt) mndjcn to do one's self the pleasure, fid) bag 2?ergniigon madjen to do a commission, order, etc, etn (Scfdjdft, einen Sluftrag, etc., Be* forgen to do a picture, ein SBitb malen to do an order, command, einen S8e= feljl tioHste^en irr. to do like for like, tetdjeS mit let* djem uergelten irr. to do away, megtljun, toegfdjoffen how do you do? toie geljt e S^nen? that will do, bal genfrgt that will not do, ba barf nid)t fein it will not do (it is of no avail), e ^ilft nidjtS I cannot do without it, id) faun e- ntdjt entBe^ren what did you do all day with your- self? 2Ba3 IjaBcii 6ie ben gangett 2ag get^an? On to make. 99. To make rendered by foffen see page 264. 100. To make as a rule is rendered madjett (also sometimes perfertigen or anfertigen). 311 101. However, note the following expressions : to make account of, adjten, fjod)* to make an alliance, etn SBunbntfe fdjUeften irr. to make allowance for, 9iarf)fid)t fiaBen mit to make amends, to make up for, (Srfafc leiften to make an apology, fid) entfdjut* bigen to make a good (bad) appearance, gut (fdjled&t) auSfefien irr. to make a brtrgain, etn e)d)aft (cinen &cmbel) afcfd)IieBen irr. to make the best of one's way, fid) Beeilen to make a boast of, fid) rufjmen iiBer (Ace.) to make a change, eine aSeranberitng treffen irr. to make choice, eine SBafjt treffen irr. to make complaint of, $Iage fiiljren fiber (Ace.) to make one's escape, *entfdjlii:pfen, *entfommen irr. to make haste, fid) Beeilen to make head or tail of a thing, au etnm flug *roerben irr. to make a mistake, fid) irren to make money of a thing, ettoa ju etb madjen to make oath (to take oath), einen (Sib c&Iegen to make a request, eine 93itte Jjor^ tragen irr. or toorBringen irr. to make shift, fid) Befyelfen irr. to make a sign, etn 3etd)en geBen irr. to make a good soldier, etc., einen guten olbaten, etc., abge&en irr. to make a speech, eine Slebe gotten irr. to make a trial, einen SSerjitd) (eine- $roOe) anftetten or tnadjen to make use of, ftd) Bebtenen (Gen.) to make war upon, Befrtegen to make way, room, ^3la madjen to make after, *norf)fe|jen (Dat.) x bet' folgen (Ace.) to make away with one's self, fid) umfiringen irr. to make off, away, fid) bction ntadjen to make out, fid) (Dat.) erfliiren to make over, bermodjen to make up one's losses, feinen 9Ser-- Iitft toieber clnBringen irr. to make up a letter, etn S3rief folten or jitfammcnlegen to make up one's mind, fid) ent fdjtiefeen irr. to make up a quarrel, einen ttett Beilegen to make angry, (fid)) argern to make free with any one, nidjt titet llmftanbe mit (Stnem mad)en to make merry at, fid) luftig ntadjen iiBer (Ace.) to make nice, (Stntoenbungen mad)en On to get. 102. To get is very frequently used in English, and has such various meanings, that no equivalent can be given in German, and in rendering it, always a corresponding other verb must be used ; thus : to get (to receive, to obtain), et fatten irr., Befomnten irr., erlangen to get (to induce), fceranlaffen (reg.) fcetnegen to get (to become), *tt)etben irr. to get (to come), *Iommen irr. to get (to arrive), *ftttfontmen irr. to get (to buy), foitfen to get (to incur), fid) 5ttief)en irf. to get (to procure one's self), ftd) anidjaffen to get (to take), neljmett irr., eto. 103. Note the following expressions : to get into, *gerotl)en in (Ace.) irr. to get into (a carriage, etc.), *cilt fteigen irr. to get out of (a carriage, etc.), *? geratl)en irr. to get down, *fltttUttterfteigen irr., *f)ittuntergel)en irr., Ijtnnutcr^ Bringen irr. to get up, *(l)tn)aufftetgen irr., *auf> fteljen irr. to get upon a horse, 311 $ferbe *fteigen irr. 812 to get off, toegfdjaffen, *Jm&onfommen irr. to get on in, gortfdjrttte madjen in to get out of one's depth, SSoben toerlttren irr. to get out of one's sight, (Sinem auS ben 8lugen *geb,en irr. to get abroad, befonnt (rudjbar) :? njer ben irr. to get the better of, uBertreffen irr. to get one's bread, fein SBcob toer bienen to get clear of, fret ^tperben uon irr. to get drunk, fid} betrinfen irr. to get friends, fid) grreimbe madjen to get riches, SReidjtljumer erroerben irr. I could not get him to do it, id) fonnte iljn nidjt baju fcrtngen, e3 ju tljun 104. The past participle got, if used pleouastically after to -have, is not expressed in German ; as, aben Ste elb Bet ftd}? Have you got any money with you? 3d) fjabe fiinf SJiarf. I have got five marks. 105. To get, rendered by laffen, see page 264. On the Cases. As mentioned on page 12 there are four cases in German ; viz. : the Nominative, the Genitive, the Dative, and the Accusative. --Besides these four cases there is also a fifth case seldom used the Vocative, which is the same as the Nominative. The case in which a declinable German word has to be, is always dependent on the word by which it is governed, or on the position -which it occupies in the sentence. The following are full lists and rules about the German cases. I. The Vocative. 106. All declinable words used in exclamations and addressing are in the vocative, which is the same as the nominative ; as, O Qfrcttttb! ttm Ijaben @te getljan? friend! what have you been doing? SJleitt Iteber JBatcr! My dear father! SSoKen te ntdjt ^erouffommen, $err SdjmtDt? Will you not come upstairs, Mr. Schmidt? SBa fdjft bir, gutcr Altaic? What is the matter with you, good boy? II. The Nominative. 107. All nouns and pronouns which are the subject of the sentence, are in the Nominative case ; as, 2>er Xtgcr tft groufam. The tiger is cruel. 3d) l)abe gefdjlafen. have been sleepi ng. ZBer fommt? Who is coming? 108. Verbs governing the Nominative. a.) The following verbs require their predicate (noun or pro- noun) in the nominative; as, fcleiben irr., to remain I fdjeinen irr., to seem I "tterbett irr., to become {jetBcn irr., to be called | fein irr., to be For examples see page 276. EXCEPTION. The nominative is not used if the noun is in the jGenitive (see No. 110) or if it is preceded by a preposition ; as, 3d) bin 3b,rer SRetnung. I am of your opinion. 3>ie Sodje tft toon SStdlttQfeit. The matter is of importance. 313 6.) The following verbs, if used passively, require also the nom- inative case : tjeifjen irr. ) . .. fcfiimpfen, to insult nennen irr. ) to cal1 rufen irr., to call fdjelten irr., to abuse, to call names taufen, to baptize Example. (Sr ttwrbe ber alte %ja$ct geljeijjen. He was called the old hunter. c.) A noun, preceded by al3, is in the nominative after any verb, if the noun denotes the same person as the subject ; as, (Sr ftarb alS elb. He died a(*) hero. SSir ftfieben att ftrewtbe. We departed as friends. III. The Genitive. 109. The Genitive is used when possession, origin, or partition is implied ; therefore it generally corresponds to the English possessive (see also page 297) ; as, Sa au unfere 9?aie ap= ferleit ber partaner. The bravery of the Spartans. 5Der opf eine (Slep^anten. The head of an elephant. emitter's SBerfe. Schiller's works. SSefjen $itt? Whose hat? in arten, beffen SBaitme ... A garden, the trees of which ... (Sin Ia be beften 2Betne. A glass of the best wine. 110. The Genitive occurs generally after the verbs jein, toer* ben, ft^einen (see No. 108 a.), if in English these verbs are followed by a noun with of, and the subject of the verb denotes a person ; as, Sdj Bin Stym SOteinung. I am of your opinion. S)er -Jftenfclj ift gottlicfyer Stfatur. Man is of divine nature. 111. Adverbal expressions denoting indefinite time are in the Genitive, which is also used with some other adverbial ex- pressions ; as, S)er SBrteftrager lontntt nut be -Jftorgensi (or 9Korgen). The post- man comes in the morning only. 3$ fomme gcrabe^ 28ege ou ber tabt. I am coming straight from town. 28ir folgten i^ucn fte^enbcn gufeeS. We followed them without hesitation. NOTE. Adverbial expressions denoting definite time, are in the accusative (see page 318). 112. Adjectives governing the Genitive are: f-in want of, in need of onftdjttg, 1 getting a sight of baar, barren of bebiirftig benStfiiflt beitmfjt, conscious of (see No. 115) etngebenf, mindful of gettiofjr, 1 aware of gettjcirtig, expecting gettiiB/ 2 certain of gettioljnt, 1 used, accustomed to fjabljaft, getting possession of funbig, acquainted with (something) For rules and examples see page 234. Notes. 1. The adjectives marked with 1 are used in common life often with the accusative, like : id) ttwrbe ifyn geroaljr, I became aware of his presence. 2. ettnjj and Io sometimes take the preposition Don instead of the Genitive. (*) The indefinite article is ofto expressed, and ol only used. Io,i & 2 rid of macfjtig, master of tniibe, 1 tired of, weary of fatt, 1 satiated with fclmlbig, guilty of ftcfjer, sure of, on tfyetltiaftCig), partaking of uberbruffig,! weared, disgusted with toerbcicijtig, suspected of berlufttg, having forfeited of 314 113. Verbs governing the Genitive. a.) The following verbs require their object in the Genitive: bebfirfeni irr., to want, to need begeb,ren,i to desire ermangeln, to be void of erroaljnen, 1 to mention geniefcen 1 irr., to enjoy (ge)benfen irr., to think of, to re- member geroaljren, 1 to perceive pflegen, 1 to take care of, to attend to fdjonen, 1 to spare bergeffen 1 irr., to forget ttwijrneljmen irr., to see to Example. 3d) gebadjte feineS 93ater. I thought of his father. Note. Most of these verbs, except in poetry, are seldom used with the Genitive ; thus those marked with the figure 1 have generally their object in the Accusative. 6.) For the Genitive after fetn, tuerben, fdjehteit, see No. 110. c.) The following verbs, if followed by two objects, require the in- direct object in the Genitive, and the direct object (i.e. the per- son) in the Accusative : entlofTen 1 in-., entieljen, to discharge from (employment) fiBerfttljren, to convict of berftdiern, 2 to assure of tinirbigert, to hold worthy of jeifjen irr., to impeach of 6b,nen, to break the habit of fid) entidjlogen irr., to throw off (thoughts) ftdj erbretften, fid) erfrerfjcn, fid) er ruljnen, to be emboldened, to dare fid) erinnern, to remember fid) ertt>eb,ren, to keep off fid) freiten, 2 to rejoice fid) geliiften Iaf|en irr., to covet to fid) rub,nien, to boast of fid) fdjamen, 2 to be ashamed of fid) ttermejjen irr., to arrogate, to presume fid) berfidjern, to make sure of fid) wetgern, to refuse For examples see page 276. Notes. 1. (Bid) entfiuBern, fid) entfjalten may take the preposition bon instead of the Genitive. 2. Sid) crbortnen, fid) freuen, fid) fdjamen take usually the^ preposition fiber (Ace.) instead of the Genitive. 315 e.) The Genitive occurs in the following expressions: fid) etne SSeffern beftnnen irr., to think of something better feine 28ege *gef>en irr., to go one's way ber SRulje pflegen, to take one's ease, to rest itnger *fterben irr. (also : bor |>unger fterben), to die of hunger eineg blo^Udjen 5tobe '"fterben irr., to die a sudden death (Sinen be 2anbe bertseifen irr., to exile some one fetne 9lmte3 roarten, to attend to one's office or business be 5Tobe fein, to be a dead man. ( ift nidjt ber SDtiilje roert^ (also : e berlot)nt fidj nidjt bet SMIje). It is not worth the trouble. @ ift nidjt ber 9?ebe roertb,. It is not worth mentioning. 114. Prepositions governing the Genitive. (See page 180.) IV. The Dative. 115. Adjectives governing the Dative are: gram (fein), to dislike giinftig, favourable to, for gut (fein), to like ijetlfam, salutory, healing for Iiolb, benignant to Uiftig, troublesome to leidjt, 1 easy to, for Iteb, dear to moglidj, 1 possible for nacfyrfyeiHg, 1 prejudicial, disadvanta geous to nafye, near to natiirlid), natural to afigenetgt, averse from, to afynlid), like, resembling angeboren, innate in cmgemeffen, suitable to (an)geneb,m, pleasant, agreeable to annefjmbar, 1 acceptable to anftofjig, scandalous to crgerlidj, 1 vexatious to oitSgeje^t, liable to begretflidj, comprehensive to fcefcmnt 3 known to Be^iitflid) (fein), to assist beqitem, convenient to befdjroerlid), 1 troublesome to (fid) Dat.) behmfet (Gen. fein), conscious of bcmfbar, 2 grateful to benfbor, conceivable to bienlid), serviceable to btenftbor/ subject to to be shocking to entferedjenb, correspondent to ergeben, devoted, attached to erinnetiid) (fein), to remember ertuitnicijt, wished for, desirable to feinb(Iidj), hostile to fretrtb, 1 strange, foreign to freunbdid)), friendly, kind to folgfam, obedient to furdjtbar, 1 awful to fiirditerlidj, 1 frightful to dangerous to eniiberticgenb, opposite to geprfam, obedient to getduftg, familiar to gemafj, persuant to gemein(fomX common to geneigt, inclined to abgeneigt disinclined to gefunb, 1 healthy for getuadjien (fcin), (to be) equal to, (to be) a match for gettiogen, favourable to gleid), like to, even with gleidjgiiltig, 2 indifferent to gnabig, 2 gracious to neu, 1 new to !St fl en M9 . nu^Hdj, 1 useful to, for offen, free to to, for . (fdjtnet^tid) 1 ), painful to, for redjt, agreeable to fdjabltdj, 1 hurtful, injurious to fdjrecflid), 1 terrible, horrible to, for fd)ulbig, owing to fdjnjer, 1 difficult to, for tfyeiier, dear to treu, 2 faithful to iiberlcgen, superior to, (in knowledge or strength) nnentbefjrtid), indispensable to unterworfen, amenable, subject to unbergeRUd), memorable to beranttuortlid), accountable to berbunben, obliged, indebted to berberbtid), 1 fatal, ruinous to berfjafjt, hateful, odious to berttjanbt, 3 related to borait?, beforehand with roertf), dear to ttnrfjttfl, 1 important to, for roiberlid), abominable to nnflfo mitten, welcome to gitgcinglidj, 1 accessable to jutrdglid), 1 benificial to, for juttriber, abhorrent to jttjeifelljaft, doubtful to 316 And all of these adjectives with the prefix un having an op- posite meaning, as well as participles of verbs governing the dative, used as adjectives. (For examples see page 234.) Notes. 1. The adjectives marked with the figure 1 occur sometimes with the preposition fur, instead of with the Dative. 2. Those adjectives marked with 2 ma y also take the preposition gegen instead of the Dative. 3. SBefannt with the Dative means "known to," whilst befannt nut is corresponding to "acquainted with." SSerioanbt usually takes the prepo- sition mit, instead of the Dative. 116. Verbs governing the Dative. a.) The following verbs, when having one object only, require it in the Dative : ttbratljen irr, to dissuade ngel)5ren, to appertain to *anfjangen irr., to adhere to onttnorten, to answer anftefjen irr., to suit auf&inben irr., to impose on aufbrangen, to force upon *auf fallen irr., to strike, surprise aufpaffen, to waylay auftnarten, to attend to, wait on ouC'fjelfen irr., to give a hand, assist *au*tt>eid)en irr., to give way, evade befefjlen irr., to command *begegnen, to meet (in passing by) befyagen, to please *betfteljen irr., to help, assist betftimmen \ to agree with (some one) , betpflidjten J to assent to bctrooljnen (antooljnen), to be pre- sent at *befoimnen irr., to agree with (some one's health) *beo0rfteb,en irr., to impend *blei&en irr., to remain to tonfen, to thank btenen, to serve brofjen, to threaten etnprcigen, to impress on -*citifaHeu irr., to occur to (one's mind) einijflansen, to ingraft in ittleud)ten, to be clear, obvious to einidjiirfen, to enjoin upon *entfaHen irr., to escape, to slip out (of one's memory) entfremben, to alienate, estrange from *entflie^en irr., *entgef)en trr., *ent fommen irr., *entlaufen irr., *ent rtnnen irr., to escape from *entttrifdjen, to slip away, to escape from tntiagcn, to renounce ntipred)en irr., to answer (a pur- pose, etc.) *entgcgettgef)en irr., to go to meet *cntgcgcnfommen irr., to come to meet, to meet (figuratively) ftttgegenfdjauen, to gaze against "ctttgegeitfteljen irr., to stand against enttetBen irr., to wrest from *entftammen, to spring of (a family) enttoenben, to filch from entnrinben irr., to wrench from erlauben, to allow, permit *erliegen irr., to succumb to *erf$einen irr., to appear to fefylen (mangeln), to be wanting to flu d) en, to curse, execrate *iplgen, to follow froljnen, to indulge in (a passion) ftcf) fugen, to buckle, defer to getmfiren, to be due to gef alien irr., to please mtBfftHen irr., to displease gcgenttbcrfteHen irr., to confront with gefyordjen, to obey gel) or en, to belong to (some one) *geltngen4 (imp.) irr., to succeed in '''miBungen 4 (imp.) irr., to fail in geniigen, to suffice ^geratfien irr., to turn out (well, etc.) for *mti3ratfjen irr., to turn out ill for geretdjen, to redound to getpaljren, to bestow upon, on gleidjen irr., to resemble gtaiiben, to believe *glficfen,'* to succeed (in) *mifegliicfen, 4 to fail (in) Ijelfen irr., to help Ijulbtgen, to do homage to, to swear allegiance ftingeln, to ring for (some one) *ur aft leg en, to charge against leud&ten, to light (some one) egentiorfteHungen mat^en, to remon- strate with ntelben, to announce to tnittljeilen, to communicate to, to inform tttttfiafjmen, to imitate (some one) nartitn-iingen, to throng after to ennulate 317 *narfjfoTgen, to succeed (some one), to folloV after ttddjgeBen irr., to yield, to submit to *ttad)gef)en irr., to go, walk after *ttftrf)iaien, to hunt after itarfjiagen, to say of (some one) nattyfefjen irr., to look after *ttftd)fte{jen irr., to be inferioi to JtadjfteHen, to lay snares for fidj nafjern (fid) naljen), to approach nitijen, to be of use to paffen, to fit, suit (some one) rotten irr., to advise rufen 1 irr., to call fagen, to tell fdjaben, to hurt fdjeinen irr., to seem to fdjmeid)etn, to flatter fteuern, 2 to check (tier) trait en, 3 to trust mifetrauen, to mistrust trofcen, to defy ''unterliegen irr., to succumb to fidj imtertperfen irr., to submit to tjerBteten irr., to forbid, prohibit tietpflidjten, to oblige to (some one) tierfpredjen irr., to promise irr., to pardon *torftttgefjen irr., to lead the way,, to precede tiorfceljatten irr., to reserve for fcorfieitgen, to obviate, prevent toorleien irr., to read to *jjorfommen irr., to occur to, to seem to *torfte^en irr., to administer, to survey toeliren, to check *nriberfa'fjren irr., to happen to fid) nriberfeljett, to resist, to oppose ttribertyredjen irr., to contradict *nnberftel)en irr., to resist ttrillfaljren irr., to comply with hnnfen, to wink, beckon U>0f)ltt)oHen irr., to favour, to wish well (ge)siemen, to suit, to be suitable to, to become gttfjbren, to hearken, to give ear to *5Ufommen irr., to fall to one's share Sttlacfieln, to smile to junicfen, to nod at, to (some one) Surufen irr., to call to jufagen, to promise jufefyen irr., to look on jutrinfen irr., to drink to (some one) *jtt&otfommen irr., to be beforehand with (some one) Stthrinfen, to wink at .(some one) (For examples see page 276.) Notes. 1. SRltfen in common governs the Accusative. 2. (Steuern in the sense of "to direct, to steer," governs the Accusative, 3. SErouen in the sense of "to be married by some one" governs the- Accusative. 4. elingen and tnifclingen if speaking of a person are used as follows : ( gelingt mir, e mifcltngt mir, I succeed, I fail ; bie adje gelingt mir, bie (Saofe mi&Iingt mir, I succeed in the matter, I fail in the matter. However if the subject is a thing in Englisn, geiingen and mi&Hngen are used as in English; as, bo 23ilb tft gelungen (mt&Iungen), the picture has succeeded (failed). (uden and mifjglitcfen are sometimes used instead of geiingen and tm&Iingen, and follow the same rules. &.) All verbs having two objects or which can have two objects, re- quire the direct object (i.e. the object suffering the action) in the Accusative, and the indirect object (generally a person) in. the Dative. (For examples see page 280. ) c.) The following impersonal verbs require the Dative : e biinft mir, methinks C8 traumt mir, I dream e efett mir, I am disgusted e atynt mir, my heart misgives e gefaUt (irr.) mir, I am pleased e oeliebt mir, I like e fetylt mir, I miss e grant mir, I am afraid of e idjftrinbelt mir, I am giddy e ift mir Slngft, I am in fear e tft mir betiaglidj, I am comfortable e ge&ridjt (irr.) mir on \I am want- e mangelt mir J ing e2 Hegt mir baron, it is important for me (See also page 166.) 318 V. The Accusative. IV*. A noun must be in the Accusative: a.) If denoting definite time and it is not the subject, or governed by a verb requiring the nominative ; as, $6) 6,aBe ben ganjen ag gearBeitet. I worked the whole day. ommen te ben nadjften Sftorgen 511 ntir. Come to my house the next morning. 3d) fefje iljn jeben @atntag. I see him every Saturday. NOTE. Xouns denoting indefinite time and being in the Genitive *ee page 313. 6.) If denoting measure, weight, value, if with an adjective or with the verbs foften, miegen (irr.), meffen (irr.), *ttmd))~en (irr.), and similar ones ; as, Stfefe SKauer ifl einen gufj Breit. This wall is a foot broad. SJteier $ut ift einen Xljalet BtHiger all jener. This hat is one dollar cheaner than that one. 3>a Befte ^amtnelfleiidj foftet einen 8d)iHnig bae <)3funb. The best mutton costs one shilling a pound. 3>er Sad nriegt einen (Eentner. The sack weighs a hundred weight. 118. a.) Adjectives formed from participles of transitive verbs re- quire their complement in the Accusative; as, in mid) Befudjenber greunb. A friend visiting me. b. ) The Accusative is sometimes used with the adjectives mentioned on page 313, No. 112 (note 1). 119. Verbs governing the Accusative. a.) All transitive verbs require their object in the Accusative (i.e. all those verbs not requiring another case or a pre- position). (For examples see page 280. ) 6.) After verbs, requiring two objects both of which denoting tJie same person or thing, these objects must be in the Accusative; as, SRan nannte i6n ben alien 3fager. They called him the old hunter. r fc6,alt metnen iBritber einen Barren. He stigmatised my brother as a fool. Such verbs are : fjeijseit (irr. ), nennen (irr.) f fdjetten (irr.), jdjim^fen, tauten. Xote. After some verbs the two accusatives are connected by the con- junction al; as, 3$ fenne iB,n al einen guten efdjaftmann. 1 know him to be a good man of business. c.) The verbs fragen and fefjren if having two objects require them in the Accusative; as, t fragte micfi 2lHe3. He asked me everything. 3dj lefcrte iljn bie beuti$e gpradje. I taught him the German language. d.) Intransitive verbs, requiring in ordinary no object, are some- times followed by an Accusative, which signifies in a noun form what the verb signifies in a verb form ; as, (Er fd)Ia?t ben 6rf)taf beg Oerediten. He sleeps the sleep of the just. Crr ipielt tin gefaljrlidjeS 8piel. He plays a dangerous play. 319 120. Verbs governing the Accusative in German, and -a preposition in English. erratfien irr., (bermutljen), to guess at afcfjolen, to call for anfietten, to bark at anf alien irr., to fall (run) foul of angaffen, to gape at anlacfjeln, to smile at (some one) ntnef)men irr., to accept of flttfd)reien irr., to hoot at anfeljen irr. (betrad)ten), to look at fdjeel anf efi.cn irr., to scowl at Otttyeien irr., to spit at, upon anftorren, to gaze on, upon aitftaunen, to gaze at anfiieren, to stare at antreten irr., to proceed on ausifd)en, to hiss at Bereuen, to repent of Befteigen irr., to mount on, upon Betragen irr., to amount to Bifligen, to approve of &u 2n>enb effen irr., to sup on au Sftittag effen irr., to dine on friit)ftucfen, to breakfast on Ijerabfeijen, to detract from Ijolen faff en irr., to send for fid) jit SJhtjje ntadjeit, to avail one's self of nufsBittigen, to disapprove of fonnen, to bask in (the sun) Garten, etc. , ftrielen, to play at cards, etc. fuel) en, to look for fiiljnen, to atone for berfiinben, to augur of toereifi,en irr., to forgive for aninidjen, to wish for (something) juge&en irr., to allow of Examples. Set unb Bettte mitf) an. The dog barked at me. SBen fud^en <5ie? Whom are you looking for? 121. Prepositions governing the Accusative. (Seepage 181.) Remarks on some Prepositions. ABOUT. 122. About is usually rendered iifrer; as, 3d) nritl mit ftljnen iiBer bte @ad)e fpredjen. I will speak to you about the matter. 123. It is rendered wn if meaning round; as, 3)er SBinb 6Ue un urn ben otf. The wind blew about our heads. 124. It is translated nttt if meaning with; as, <3ie Stgarren bei fid)? Have you any cigars with you? 125. About meaning near to, in time, quantity, etc. or nearly, is rendered by the adverb ungef cifyr ; as, (58 tft ungefa^r 8 U^r. It is about.. 8 o'clock. SSann hjerben @ie ungefafjr t)ier fein? When about will you be here? 3d) al &e n gefd^r 6 9Jlarf Bet tntr. I have about 6 marks with me. $d) Be* gegnete if)m ungefaftr an berfelBen teQe. 1 met him about the same place. S)a tft e ungefa^r, tt)a er tnir fagtc. That is about all he told me. BY. 126. By is rendered nadj if standing with a noun denoting time, measure, quantity or weight ; as, 28ir roerben nod) ber tunbe Bejafjlt. We are paid by the hour. 2>ie 93ofynen toerben nadj bem enndjt tierlauft. The beans are sold by the weight. 320 127. By after a comparative is rendered urn which with it* noun precedes the comparative in German ; as, r ift urn SSieleS retdjer al id). He is richer by far than I am. Sfcr $ut ift urn 2 SKarf tljeurer alS meiner. Your hat is dearer by 2 marks than mine. 128. Note the following expressions: by land, ju fianb by water, ju SSaffer by day, Bet Sag by night, Bei 9ladjt What is the time by your watch? one by one, giner nad) bent Unbent by degrees, nad) unb nad) (ffufen- toeife) by 8 o'clock, gegen 8 Ufjr SSie triel Ufjr IjoBen @ie (SSic triel Wjr ift nod) 36,rer Uf)r)? A carpet six metres by five. Sin Seppid) fedj SJteter long unb funf TOeter Breit. IN. 129. Note the following expressions : in the street, auf ber tra&e in the university, auf ber Unitoerfttat in the island, auf ber Snfel in the world, auf ber SBelt in this page, auf btefer cite in his hat (outside), auf feinent ute in this manner, auf biefe SBeife in your place, an Sfirer tette in my opinion, nadj metner 2lnfid)t (SKeinung) in love, au 2ieBe 130. Verbs and *2t&Ijangen (irr.) toon, to depend on fid) abfyarmen ufier (A.) urn, to pine at, after, for oBprten gegen, to inure to ob^auen (irr.) an, (D.) to cut up by SRedjnung aBIegen toon, to account for oBneiimen (irr.) on (D.), to decrease in abridjten su, to train to *abreifen nad), to depart, set out for oBjtelen auf (A.), to tend to adjten auf( v ) (A.), to attend, to pay attention to abreffiren an (A.), to address, direct to onbrdngen gegen, to press on onfangen (irr.) an (D.) (mit), to com- mence, begin from (with) Ottfcatten (irr.) Bei, to stop at on^eften an (A.), to affix to unflagen bei, to accuse before onllogen toegen, to impeach for ftd) onflammern an (A.), to cling to atifnupfen an, to annex to onloden ju, to allure to onreiaen ju, to incite to an)d)tt)ellen ju, to swell to anjpielen auf (A.), to allude to aniporuen su, to spur to SSermut^ung.en anftelleTi uBer (A.X to form conjectures of ontreiBen ju, to impel to in love with, toerlieBt in (Ace.) in justice to, au (Seredjtigfeit gegen in this weather, Bei biejem SBetter in a heavy rain, Bei einem ftarfen fRegen, etc. in the day time, Bet Sage in print, gebrurft in silence, mit Sdjnjetgen (id)tt)et genb) in itself, themselves, an fid) black in white, fdjtoars au f tei Prepositions. antttiorten auf (A.), to answer (s.p.280^ ottttienben ju, to employ upon, on fid) argent uBer (A.), to be vexed at *ttttffa^ren (irr.) Bei, to start at cufforbern ju, to summon to (some- thing) cuffje&en (irr.) gegen, to uplift at fid) oufmadjen nad), to set forward for aufregen ju, to rouse to aufftadjeln ju, to instigate to *ftuftaud)en au, to emerge from aufroenben fiir, to spend in auftmegeln u, to stir to aus&reiten iiBer (A.), to spread upon, on ttuSbeljnen auf (A.), to extend to auSgeben (irr.) fur (toerttenben auf), to expend on UttSgiefeen (irr.) au, to pour from attgietjen (irr.) iiBer (A.), to pour on auSgraBen (irr.) au, to dig from auruften ju, to fit for aufdjelten (irr.) iuegen, to upbraid for aufd)Iagen (irr.) nad), to kick at (of animals) aufef>en (irr.) nad), to show of al>red)en (irr.) iiBer (A.), to pro- nounce on (*) This verb occurs sometimes in the Genitive, especially in poetry. 321 rwftrecfen nod), to stretch to autouid)en gegen, to (ex)change for out^eilen on (A.), to distribute to fidj Bolgen urn, to grapple for BeBen tjor (D.), to quiver, shiver with Bebeuten fur, to signify to Befciljigen 511, to qualify for Befeftigen an (D.), to fasten to, against Befrogen iifier (A.)/ to question on, upon BegludEhwnfdjen 311, to compliment on *BeIjorren Bet, to persevere in, to stand to ieitrogen (irr.) gu, to contribute to, towards fid) Betlogen Bei iiBer (A.), to com- plain to of Befleiben mit, to invest in fid) Befummern um, to concern one's self about Belaftigen (quaten) toegen (mit), to trouble about fid) Beloufen (irr.) auf (A.) (Betrogen irr. A.), to amount to fid) Belufttgen mit, to divert in Bemerfen ii&er (A.), to remark on, upon fid) Betmifjen urn, to endeavour after Benennen (irr.) nod), to name from fid) Berrotijen (irr.) iiBer (A.), to con- sult, confer on Beratfifdjlogen iiBer (A.), to deliberate on Beredjtigen ju, to entitle to *Berften (irr.) Dor, to burst with (anger, etc.) fid) Berufen (irr.) ouf (A.), to appeal to Befdjirmen Dor, to screen, shield from Befdjrcinf en ouf (A.), to confine, limit to Bejdjiifcen Dor (D.), to protect from befdjtpoijen urn, to talk out of Beidjtofiren Bet, to conjure by fid) Befinnen (irr.) ouf (A.), to bethink one's self of *6efteljen (irr.) auf (D.), to persist in, to insist on *BefteIjen (irr.) au, to consist in, of Beftellen Bei, to bespeak of Beftimtnen iiBer (A.), to determine about Beftimmen p, to design, destine for Beten urn, to pray for (something) Betljoren urn, to fool out of fid) BetritBen iiBer (A.), to grieve at, for fcetritgen (irr.) um, to cheat of, out of Betteln lint, to beg for (alms) fid) Beugen tor (D.), to bend to BeiDoIjren bor (D.), to guard, pre- serve from fid) BewerBen (irr.) (narfjjudjen) urn, to apply, sue for Behmnbern tuegen, to admire for fid) BejieB/en (irr.) auf (A.), to refer, relate to Binben (irr.) on (A.), to tie to, against Bilben ou, to form, frame of, from Btlben nod), to mould from Bitten urn, to ask, beg for (some- thing) fteljen *BIc!Bcn (irr.) Bei, to stop at BHden ouf (A.), to look on Broudjen gu, to want for Brennen (irr.) toor (D.), to burn with (desire, etc.) Bringen (irr.) iiBer (A.), to bring upon Bringen (irr.) utn, to deprive of Briinen nod), to roar for fid) Bitden tior (D.), to stoop to beden gegen, to cover from beflomiren iiBer (A.), to declaim on benfen(*) (irr.) on (A.), to think of ftdj brefyen utn, to hinge, turn, on, upon briiden on (A.) (gegen), to press to, against buften nod), to redolent of biirften nod), to thirst for fid) etnbrongen Bei, to intrude on, upon einfiiljren Bei, to introduce to (some one's house) *etngef)en (irr.) ouf (A.), to enter on fid) einigen iiBer (A.), to agree upon Ctnloben (irr.) p, to invite, ask to fid) eintofjen (irr.) in (A.), to engage upon fid) einmengen in (A.), to inter- meddle with fid) einfdjiffen nod), to embark for (of persons) einfdjreiBen (irr.) ouf (A.), to in- scribe on etitttenben gegen, to object to eiithnu'igen in (A.), to consent, agree to (gdel cm^finbcn (irr.) Dot (D.), to sicken at *cmtoptfteigen (irr.) ju, to ascend to *entflieljen (irr.) bor (D.), to flee from entloffen (irr.) ou, to discharge from entneljtnen (irr.) ou, to gather from fid) entfdjeiben (irr.) fur, to fix upon entfdjeiben (irr.) iiBer (A.), to de- termine, decide on, upon fid) entfdjliefcen (irr.) ju, to resolve upon, on fid) entfdjulbigen Bet, to apologize to, to make excuse to cnt|d)ulbigen to eg en, to excuse for *enttyringen (irr.) ouS, to issue, es- cape from *entfteljen (irr.) ou, to arise from cntaiid'en burd), to delight with fid) erBormen iiBer (A.), to have mercy upon (*) This verb occurs sometimes with the Genitive, especially in poetry. German Grammar. 11 322 Befijj ergrcifcn (irr.) bon, to seize on, upon erfteBen (irr.) toon, to levy on nr^ellen (*fjeruorgeljen irr.) au8, to appear by, from vjcinnern on (A.), to remind of fid) erinnern an (A.) or Gen., to re- collect, remember erfennen (irr.) an (D.), to know by ^erflingen (irr.) toon, to ring with ftdj erfunbigen Bet, to inquire of fid) erfunbigen nadj, to inquire for, about ermaljnen ju, to exhort to ernennen (irr.) jum m. (jur f.), to appoint (.a person) a... errotljen (irr.) oui, to guess by *err6t^en iiBet (A.) bor (D.) toegen, to blush at with for *erfdjaflen bon, to resound with *erfd)reden (irr.) Bet, to be terrified, frightened at ''erftaunen fiber (A.), to be aston- ished at *erhjadien au, to awake from *erh>ad)fen (irr.) au, to accrue from nut Sftanten ertoaljncn, to mention by name ertoerfen ou, to awaken from *foUen (irr.) an (A.), to fall to *faHen (irr.) auf (A.), to fall (down) on fetlfdjen urn, to bargain for fefieln on (A.), to fetter to feftfjalten (irr.) an (D.), to stick to feuern auf (A.), to fire at SSergnugen ftnben (irr.) an (D.), to delight in fijdjen nad), to fish for fle^en urn, to crave for *folgen auf (A.), to succeed to *folgen au, to ensue, follow from folgern au, to infer from foridjen nadj, to search, inquire for fragen nad), to ask about, for (a person) urn SRatt) frogcn ttegen, to consult about frciipredjen (irr.) bon, to absolve from, acquit of frefien (irr.) (nagen) an (D.), to prey on ftd) freuen fiBer (A.), to rejoice at, for frofjloden iiBer (A.), to exult at fid) fugen (fid) frfjufen) in (A.), to ac- commodate one's self to fufyren 511, to conduce to fid) furojten bor (D.), to be afraid of unter egeln *gel)en (irr.) nadj, to set sail for ge^Sren ju, to belong to (a. p. 2<6) getninnen (irr.) an (D.), to gain in geroo^nen an (A.), to accustom to glauBen an (A.), to believe in gtii&en bor (D.), to glow with (joy, etc.) graben (irr.) nad), to dig for fid) gratnen iiBer (A.), to repine at gratuliren ju, to congratulate on grabiren (cingraBen irr.) in (A.), to engrave on flteifen (irr.) nad), to reach, grasp, snatch at grenjen on (A.), to adjoin to, to border on griiBeln itBer (A.), to ponder on, upon griinben auf (A.), to found upon, on gucfen nad), to peep at Sflongel IjaBen an (D.), to want in bie DBerfjanb Ijabcn iiBer (A.), to prevail against b,eil ()aiicn an (D.), to share, to participate of UeBerflufc IjaBcn an (D.) to abound with, in in SSerbadjt ^Ben megen, to suspect of Ijalten (irr.) an (D.), to hold to fallen (irr.) fur, (s. p. 280) f)anbeln mir, to deal, trade in Ijfingen (trans.) on (A.), to hang on, upon Ijangen (intr. irr.) an (D.), to hang on, upon fiafdjen nad), to catch, scramble at riaffen ttegen, to hate for 1) eft en an (A.), to fix to peimfudjen an (D.), to visit on B elf en (irr.) Bei, to aid in pcraBIadjeln auf (A.), to smile upon fid) Ijera&Iafjen (irr.) ju, to condes- cend to IjerauSforbern ju, to provoke to IjcrauShncfeln au, to extricate from f)erauste!)en (irr.) au, to extract from *^crcinBred)en (irr.) fiBer (A,), to burst on *f>erfaHen (irr.) iiBer (A), to fly at, to fall on, to attack b,errfd)en iiBer (A.), to reign over *t)crumgel)ett (irr.) urn, to walk round *Jjcr&or6red)en (irr.) ou, to break from *I)erorge^en (irr.) au, to result from *l)crt)0rfd)tef3en (irr.) au, to dart from *I)erbor[trubeIn ou, to gush from fjeulen (fdjreien irr.) Ijinter (D.) ... ^er, to hoot after *(jina&fteigen (irr.) ju, to descend to IjinarBetten auf (A.), to vrork towards *^)inattffteigen (irr.) ju, to mount to Ijinbern an (D.), to hinder from Ijtnbeuten auf (A.), to hint at, about ijinbrdngen nod), to press towards *{jtnfied)en on (D.), to languish under Ijinsufitgen ju, to add to ^offen auf (A), to hope for, in Ijordjen auf (A.), to hearken to, to listen after Boren auf (A.), to listen to I) or en iiBer (A.), to hear about fiungern nad), to hunger for bor (D.), to bound, jump with O'oy, etc.) 323 fid) fjitten Dor (D.), to beware of jagen nad), to hunt for jaud^en iiBer (A.), to exult in fambfen um, to combat, struggle for faufen ^u, to buy at (a price) fetten an (A.), to chain to *feudjen fjinter (D.) ... Ijer, to pant after feudjen bor (D.), to gasp with Hog en gegen, to lament to flogen iiBer (A.), to complain of fleBen an (D.), to cleave to fleBen an (A.), to paste to tltngeln nad), to ring for (something) flop fen an (A.), to knock at *fnteen bor, to kneel to fniibfen on (A.), to tie to fnurren iiBer (A.), to snarl at fodien bor (D.), to boil with (rage, etc.) *fomnten (irr.) iiBer (A.), to come upon, on *fommen (irr.) njegen, to call for *fommen (irr.) 511, to call on (some one) (onrufen irr.. to call on (with the voice) f often bon, to taste of fid) fummern um (frogen nod)), to care about, for ladjeln iiBer (A.), to smile at (some- thing) ladjeln bor (D.), to smile with (de- light etc.) Iad)en(*) iifier (A.), to laugh at ftn!en luffen (irr.) auf (A.), to sink upon lauern anf (A.), to watch for loufdjen auf (A.), to listen for leBen bon, to live on, by ledjjen nad), to pant for Bet <5ette tegen, to lay aside (fid)) leljnen on (A.), to lean against leiben an (D.), to labour under, to suffer from letmen an (A.), to glue to lieBen (gern IjaBen, etc.) toegen, to like for IteBen um ... mitten (ttegen), to love for toor Sinter *Hegen irr., to ride at anchor tofien roegen, to praise for *lo6redjen (irr.) gegen, to burst upon *Io3ge$en (irr.) auf (A.), to make at loSIjqden auf (A.), to peck at logfturjen (fid) ftfirjen) auf. (A.), to rush against fid) madjen an (A.), to set about mad) en au, to make of mad) en sum m. (jur f.), (s. p. 280) fcetannt mncfjcu mtt, to acquaint of Sogb mncfjCtt auf (A.), to give chase to 9teuerungen madjcn in (D.), to inno- vate on unfcUjig ntadjen su, to disqualify for fid) berbient mad) en um, to make one's self deserved of bertraut tncttijcn mtt, to familiarize to Cortoftrfc tnadjcn roegen (ttorroerfen irr. A.), to reproach with fid) mengen in (A.), to meddle with meffen (irr.) nad), to measure by fid) tnifdjen unter (A.), to mingle Avith Mtitftrirten Bei, to co-operate in murren iiber (A.), to murmur, grum- ble at nadjbenfen (irr.) uBer (A.), to meditate on, upon nadjtaffen (irr.) on (I).), to abate in ttai^finnen (irr.) iiBer (A.), to muse upon, on ttodjfudjen um, to sue for nagetn an (A.), to nail to fid) nfiljren bon, to feed upon nefmen (irr.) Bet, to take at neljmen (irr.) auf (A.), to take on, upon fid) in Sldjt ttcl)mcn (irr.) bor, to be- ware of 2lnftanb nefjmcn (irr.) Bei, to demur at Slnftofa ncfimen (irr.) an (D.), to be offended at SI)eU nc^mcn (irr.) an (D.), to par- take in, of, to join in (fid)) neigen auf (A.), to bend down on (fid)) neigen ju, to incline to, towards fid) niebcrloffen (irr.) o!8 (conj.), to set up for fid) nieberfetjen (irr.) ju, to sit down to nieten an (A.), to rivet to fid) Bffnen nad), to open to (a place), on, upon tofufdjen in, to dabble with, in jjloubern iiBer. (A.), to chat on profile!! mtt, to boast, brag of ^rcifibiren Bei, to preside at propljeseten iiBer (A.), to prophecy upon rod) en an (D.), to revenge, avenge on, upon raudjen bon, to reek with redjnen auf (A.), to count, reckon upon red)ten mtt, to reply against redjtfertigen mtt, to account from reben iiBer (A.), to discourse upon retBen (irr.) an (D.), to rub against reidjen Bt on (A.), to reach to *retfen nod), to quit, leave for *retfen iiBer (A.), to travel by (a place) rtdjten auf (A.) (nadj), to direct, point at fid) ridjten nad), to conform to riedjen (irr.) nad), to smell of ringen (irr.) um, to wrestle for rufen (irr.) nad), to call for (some- thing) ju Criilfe rnfen irr., to call in aid riiljmen al (conj.), to renown for To laugh at someone)" may also be rendered by auSIadjen (A.). ll 1 324 Me 9Zafe rwntofett fiber (A.), to sneer at bie Stirne runjeltt fiber (A.) to frown at fagen fiber (A,), to say upon, about m (erjfifilen) bon, to tell about ?n u, to say to ffen (irr). au, to create of fdjamen fiber (A.) or Gen., to be ashamed of, at fdjafcen auf (A,), to value, estimate at fdmtjen roegen, to value on fdjoubern bor (D.), to shudder of *fd)etben (irr.) Don, to part with fdjeinen (irr.) auf (A.) (bejdjetnen iir. A.), to shine on fdjelten (irr. 1 ) fiber (A.), to scold at fdjelten (irr.) roegen, to scold, up- braid for fdjtden (fenben irr.) on(*) (A.) nod), 511, to send (something to someone) (to a place) (someone to a person) in einem Slufrrog fdjtcfcn (fenben irr.), to send on an errand fdjtelen nad), to leer at fd)ief;en (irr.) auf (A.), nad), to shoot at *fd)tefeen butter (D.) ... fcer, to dart after fdjlagen (irr.) an (A.), auf (A.) nad) roegen, to strike against, on at about ' djIteBfn (irr.) ou, to conclude from 'djleubern nad), to fling, hurl at djmodjten nad), to languish for djmdfien auf (A.), to inveigh against 'djmed'en nad), to taste, savour of id) fdjntiegen bor (D.), to crouch to ' djnopten nad), to snap at, to gasp for djrauben an (A.), to screw to djretben (irr.) an(*) (A.) nad), to write (to a person) (to a place) fdjretben (irr.) fiber (A.) um, to write (on a subject) (for something) fdjreten (irr.) nad), to bawl, cry for *fd)reiten (irr.) ju, to proceed upon fdjfitteln gegen, to shake at fdjfitten auf (A.), to empty on fdjfifcen bor (D.), to shelter from, pro- tect against fdjtoarmen oon, to swarm with *fegeln nad), to sail for feben (irr.) nod), to see to, about jtd) fefynen nod), to long for mifjbergnfigt *fetn fiber (A.), to re- re at . ^iein auf (A.), to pride in itd) J fe^en auf (A.), to settle on (aufe^en ffir, to settle something on) an bie teUe fefeen oon, to substitute for feufjen nad) (um), to sigh for fidjern tior (D.), to secure from, against finnen (irr.) auf (A.), to think upon ftrielen um, to play for (something) fpotten fiber(t) (A.), to mock, jeer at fpredien (irr.) mtt, to speak, talk to fpredjen (irr.) fiber (A.), to talk, speak upon, about ftedjen (irr.) nad), to stab at in 93ranb ftcrfen, to set on fire *fterben (irr.) an (D.) to die of *fterben (irr.) burdj, to die by ftinfen nad), to stink of *ftofsen (irr.) an (A.), to push against ftoBen (irr.) nad), to butt at ftreben nod), to strive for, aspire to ftreiten (irr.) (janfen) um (toegen), to dispute, quarrel for fid) ftufcen auf (A.), to lean upon, on fudten nad), to seek for tabeln ttegen, to blame, censure for taugen w, to be fit for telegrapljiren an(*) (A.) nad), to tele- graph (to someone)- {to a place) Gingriffe tljwt (irr.) in (A.), to en- croach upon tradjten nad), to strive for, aspire to SBebenlen rrogen (irr.) bet, to scruple at trauera nm (betrauern A.), to mourn for traunten bon, to dream about treffen (irr.) auf (A.), to hit upon trinfen (irr.) au, to drink from triumpljtren fiber (A,), to triumph in, upon fid) fib en iu (D.), to practise *uberetnfommen (irr.) uber (A.), iibcrctnfttntmen in, to agree about flberrcben $u, to persuade to fiberic^en au, to translate from ubertrcpen an (D.), in (D.), to sur- pass in tttnJjerreidjen in (D.), to hand about *tttntjcrftreiien in (D.), to stroll about ttmfierftreuen in (D.), to strew about *untfommen (irr.) burd), to perish of fid) unter^alten (irr.) fiber (A.), to converse about urtljeilen nad) fiber (A.), to judge from, by of berbergen (irr.) bur CD.), to conceal from fid) berbeugen bor (D.), to bow to berbinben (irr.) mtt, to join, link to fid) berbretten fiber (A.), to enlarge upon berbrennen (irr.) ju, to burn to berbiinben mtt, to ally to berbrangen au, to dispossess of beremtgen mtt, to unite to fid) beremtgen mit, to join (someone) bererben auf (A.), to entail on, upon (*) It may also take the object in the Dative, instead of with the preposition an. (t) This verb occurs sometimes in the Genitive, especially in poetry. 325 bevfoljren (irr.) nod), to act by berfiigen iiBer (A.), to dispose of bergelten (irr.) an (D.)/ to retaliate on bergleidjen (irr.) mit, to compare to berfyoften roegen, to arrest for berljanbeln iiBer (A.), to debate upon bertjcingen iiBer (A.), to inflict upon berljeirotfyen mit, to marry to berfielfen (irr.) gu, to help to berfjinbern an (D.)/ to hinder, prevent from tjerpflen gegen (bor D.), to shroud from bertoufen um, to sell at (a price) berfleinern gn, to diminish to berfiirjen um, to abridge from berloben (irr.) nod), to ship (goods) for berlangen nadj, to long, sicken for fid) berlaffen (irr.) auf (A.), to rely, depend on berleiten, beranlaffen (reg.) gu, to in- duce to fid) berliefien in (A.), to fall in love with berlieren (irr.) on (D.) on (A.), to lose on, in to (fid)) berlofien, berfaredjen (irr.) mit, to betroth, engage to berloden gn, to entice to bermafjlen mit, to wed to bermogen (irr.) iiBer (A.), to prevail on berrotljen (irr.) on (A.), to betray to berjdjtcenben an (A.), to lavish on, upon *berfd)tt>inben (irr.) bor (D.) ou, to vanish from berfoljnen mit, to reconcile to berfteden bor (D.), to hide from berftefjen (irr.) ou, to understand by tertogen ouf (A.), to adjourn to, for bertoufdjen gegen, to exchange for bertfyeibigen gegen, to defend from bertrauen auf (A.), to trust in, to berurtljeifen gu, to sentence to berroanbeln au, to change from berroanbeln in (A.), to alter, change in '''berroeilen Bet, to dwell, harp upon, on berttenben auf (A.), to spend upon toergidjten auf (A.), to dispense with, to renounce bergroeifeln an (D.), to despair of (fid)) ttor&ereiten ju, to prepare for Jjorijcrfogen ou, to presage from *orr:itcten gegen, to advance (to go forward) upon aovfdiiefjen (irr.) auf (A.), to advance (money) upon t)orfred)en (irr.) Bei, to call on, to visit fid) roogen auf (A.), to venture on roarnen bor (D.), to warn of, against h>arten(*) auf (A.), to wait, stay for ttjcgtoerfen (irr.) on (A.), to throw away on roefjflagen nm, to lament for Joetnen iiber (A.) um, to weep at for treinen bor (D.), to weep with (joy> etc.) fid) raenben on (A.), to apply to (fid)) roenben gegen, to turn (round) to, on *roerben (irr.) on, to become of, from fett *tt>erben (irr.) bon, to fatten on roerfen (irr.) nad), to cast, throw at roerfen (irr.) p, to cast to roetten auf (A.), to bet on ibieberfjatfen bon, to echo with toirfen auf (A.), to act, operate on, upon fid) rounbern nfier (A.), to admire, wonder at Hid hwttfdjeit ju, to congratulate, felicitate on, upon jaljlen auf (A.), to count on 5af)Ien bi (auf A.), to count to jeigen ouf (A.) nod), to point at to jerfjauen (irr.) in (A.), to cut, chop to aerreijjen (irr.) in (A.), to rend, tear to gerfdjmettern in (A.), to dash to Siet)en (irr.) auf (A.), to draw on Stelen auf (A.), to aim, level at Bittern Bei bor (D.)/ to tremble at with gogern Bei, to hesitate at guden bor (D.), to palpitate with julaffen (irr.) gu, to admit to SurccJjtroeifen (irr.) roegen, to re- prove for *5urucffe^ren ju, to revert to *5uriirffommen (irr.) ouf (A.), to re- cur to *8ururfroeidjen (irr.) bor (D.), to shrink at *5fammcnfd)rumbfen u, to shrink to Sttfnmntcnfe^en au, to compose of Sitfdjliefjen (irr.) B,inter (D.), to close, shut upon, on 5Utret6en (irr.) auf (A.), to drive at jroeifeln on (D.), to doubt of, about groingen (irr.) ju, to force to gurnen(t) iifier (A.), auf (A.), to be angry at (*) This verb occurs sometimes with the Genitive, especially in poetry. (t) This verb may also take the object in the Dative, instead of with a prepo- sition. 826 132. Adjectives with Prepositions. obljangig toon, dependent on, upon odjtlo auf (A.), regardless, thought- less of odjtiant auf (A.), heedful, regard- ful of ongcefelt Don, disgusted at, with angeftccft Don, infected with dngftftdj ttjegen, anxious about anftoBenb an (A.), contigous to anftofjig fur, offensive to amuenbbar auf (A.), appliable to firgerlt^ fiber (A.), vexed at crgttjoljmfdj tt>egen, suspicious of arm an (D.), poor of aufgeblafen Don, elated with cufgebrorfjt iiber (A.), irritated, exas- perated at cufgeregt burdj, excited by aufmertfam auf (A.), attentive to ouBer ftd) fiber (A.), exasperated with augeborrt burdj, parched with ouSgeljungert burd), famished with bange bor (D.), fearful, afraid of banferott an (D.), bankrupt in, of barmfjerjig gegcn, merciful to bebrdngt butd), pressed with befrtebigenb fur, satisfactory to befrtebigt Don, satisfied with begietig nadj, eager for, on befannt mit, conversant about, ac quainted with befannt unter (D.), known by befannt ioegen (burdj), noticed for befummert fiber (A.), afflicted at befummert urn, concerned about beleibigt burrf), affronted at, with betuftigt burdj, amused at bemerfenSttJertb, roegen, remarkable for beraufdjt toon, intoxicated with bercdjnet auf (A.), calculated for bereit ju, ready for beriljmt burdj, famed, famous for berfitymt wegen, celebrated for beid)dmt fiber (A.), abashed at, ashamed of beidjttjerlidj fur, burthensome to beiorgt urn, afraid, anxious for beforgt tuegen, anxious about beftimmt nac^, bound for beftfirjt fiber (A.), confounded, per- plexed at betdubt con, stunned by betfjeiligt bei, concerned in betb,6rt Don, infatuated with betroffen Don, struck with beunrufjtgt fiber (A.), vexed with beunruljtgt toon, troubled at beroegt burdj, affected, agitated by iejaubert Don, enchanted with blafj bor (D.), pale with blinb auf (D.) gegen uor (D.), blind oftowith bluttg Don, bloody with boje auf (A.), cross at bo|e gegen, evil towards Boie tnegen, angry about bunt an (D.), varied in banlbar gegen, thankful to bid&t an (D.), close to bid toon, thick with bienlitf) ju, serviceable to burc^bringlid) fur, pervious to ebjgetiig nac^, ambitious of eiferiud)tig auf (A.), jealous of eigen in (D.)/ particular about, on eingebtlbet auf (A.), conceited about emgenotnmen fur, partial to eingenommen toon, captivated with eitel auf (A.), vain of empfdnglidj fur, sensible to empftnblto^ fiber (A.), sensible of entruftet fiber (A.), indignant at entfrfjeibenb in (D.), decisive of cntidjetbenb fiber (A.), decisive on entsficft fiber (A.), delighted at entsutft toon, delighted with erfa^ren in (D.), expert at erfreut burt^, pleased at ergriffen Don, seized, taken with er^aben fiber (A.), paramount to erljeitert burt^, cheered with ermiibet Don, fatigued with erptdjt auf (A.), intend upon ericforecft burd^, frightened at erjc^rectt fiber (A.), dismayed at eridjrorfen fiber (A.), frightened with erftount fiber (A.), astonished at erfticft Don, suffocated with fdi)tg(*) 5U, capable, able of faljd) gegen, false to feudjt toon, moist with forberltdj ju, conducive to frecf) gegen, insolent to fretgebig gegen, liberal, bountiful to freunbliclj gegen, friendly to frobX*) fiber (A.), glad of, at frurfitbar an (D.), fertile, productive of frfib,er al (conj.X P r to furdjtlof Dor, fearless of gebieterijc^ fur, imperative on geblenbet Don, dazzled with, by geboren 511, born to gebulbig gegen, patient with geeignet ^u, proper, qualified for gefiibllo gegcn, insensible of, to gcffiljlDoII fur, sensible of, to get5tg mit, avaricious of geneigt 511, prone, inclined to genug an (D.), enough of () It takes sometimes its compliment in the Genitive, instead of with a pre- position. 327 getedjt gegen, just to geretjt burd), provocated by gereist iiBer (A.), irritated at geringer an (D.), inferior in geriiljrt iiBer (A.), moved with gerii^rt bon, touched at, -with gefcitttgt Don, sated with gefdncft in (D.), apt, skilful at gefdjidt ju, apt for gejegnet burd), blest in gefunb an (D.), healthy in getaufdjt in (D.), disappointed of getooljlt in (D.)/ choice of getoofjnUd) Bet, usual with getb56,nt an (A.)/ used to gierig nod), greedy for gleid) an (D.), equal in gleidjgiiltig gegen, indifferent to gliidlid) iiBer (A.), happy at gncibig gegen, gracious to gran bor (D.), grey with graufant gegen, cruel to greifBar fur, palpable to grenenb on (A.), adjacent to gtojjtmitfitg gegen, generous to gut gegen (511), good to giitig gegen, kind to fjoBgierig nadj, covetous of ijerborragenb bnrd), eminent for ijoflidj gegen, polite, civil to tntereffant (anatefjenb) fur, inter sting to flein (gertng) an (D.), little in fnabto an (1).), scant, short of fronf an (D.) bor (D.), sick in, with langmiit^tg gegen, forbearing towards leer an (D.), empty, void of leutfelig gefien, affable to IteBebott gegen, affectionate to liiftern nod), eager for, lusting after mtlb gegen, gentle to nu'Ibtljatig gegen, charitable to mtfjirauiid) gegen, diffident, distrust- ful of mttletbig gegen, compassionate to ntorberifdj fiir, murderous to ntiibe toon, weary with nad)Iafetg in (D.), neglectful of nadiftdjtig gegen, indulgent to nad)tf>eilig fiir, derogatory to nafe bon, wet with netbtfd) auf (A.), envious at, of neugierig iu (D.), inquisitive about notfjig an, requisite to not^roenbig u, essential to offen fiir, open to paffenb fiir, convenient to" }>affenb ju, fit for rafenb toor (D.), frantic with teidj on (D.), rich in, with retf 511 (fiir), ripe for rotfi tior (D.), red with tut)ig Bet, calm at fdEjimpflid) fiir, disgraceful to td)meraltdj fitr, painful to fd}fld)tern gegen, shy to td)iid)tern bor (D.), shy of jdjulbig gegen, guilty to frf)ulblo on (D.), guiltless of fenlredjt auf (A.), perpendicular to fidjer ii6er (A.), sure of fidjer tior (D.), secure against, from fparfam mit, frugal, saving of footer al (conj.), posterior to ftolj auf (A.), proud of ftrenge gegen, severe on, strict, to ftumm ufcer (A.), dumb on ftumm toor (D.), dumb with fii fiir, sweet to tauB auf (D.), deaf hi touB gegen, deaf to tobt fiir, dead to toE Dor (D ), mad with traurig wcgen, sorry for treuto gegen, perfidious to uBeretnftimmenb mit, according to iiBerlcgen an (D.)/ superior in iiBerrafdjt burdj, surprised at iiBerbott Don, replete with iifiertolitttgt ton, overwhelmed with itmroblft Don, clouded with nnBelannt wit, ignorant of unBefiimmert ntn, reckless of unBemerlBar fiir, inperceptible to unbitrdjbrtnglid) fur, inpenetrable to unempfinblid) gegen, insensible of, to unfdljig geroorben p, disabled from unfreunblid) gegen, ill-natured to ungebulbtg iiBer (A.), impatient at nnglittflid) burd), distressed with unrut)ig to eg en, uneasy about unfdjittbig on (D.), innocent of imfitfitbar fiir, invisible to unterBrodjen ton, broken with unterttmrfig gegen, submissive to untieretnBar wit, abhorrent to unjufrieben iiBer (A.), displeased at terBunben mil, adjunct to berberBItd) fiir, ruinous to tiergefelid) in (D.), forgetful of DergleidjBar ntit, comparable to toerle&enb fiir, injurious to berlteBt in (A.), in love with, amorous of toeridjroenberifd) ntit, lavish, profuse of toertrdglid) mtt, compatible to fcertrauenStoott gegen, confident to bertraut mit, familiar to toertoanbt mit, related, akin, con- genial to berimrrt burd) bon, distracted at, with ber&efirt burd), worn with 328 oH ton (t>oHer),(*) full of Borfidjttg in (D.), cautious about Dortljeilijaft fur, advantageous, profit- able to ttjacfjfant auf (A.), watchful of toolbar gu, eligible to ttei entli^ fur, material to toofiltfjatig fiir, beneficial to ttriitfienb iiber (A.), enraged at, with jornig gegen, angry -with gorntg (bofe) u6er (A.), angry at Siifammengefetjt au, composed of jtteifelljaft in (D.), dubious of (*) SSpH usually governs the Genitive ; as, tioH fufjen SSeineS, full of sweet wine; however the Genitive is seldom expressed if tioH is directly fol- lowed by the noun ; as, eine Xafdje oU elb, a pocket full of money. Instead of tiott also DoHer is occurring, especially in the scriptures. 329 How to write a Letter in German with the assistance of Hossf eld's English- German Commercial Correspondent. For the direction of persons wishing to correspond in German, we give in the following pages specimens of letters, &c., in Eng- lish, taken from HOSSFELD'S English-German Commercial Corres- pondent ; these letters, constructed from paragraphs or clauses from this work, have in juxtaposition the exact translation, and, by joining these together, the letter is translated into good German. The small figures in these specimens indicate the page of the oook on which the paragraph or sentence is to be found ; the translation of it is opposite. The words marked in italics are to be found in the vocabulary given at the end of the Correspondent, and are variations intro- duced in the text, thus enabling the writer to subdivide the phrases to an unlimited extent. Therefore, the pupil who wishes to learn to correspond in German by this method, has First to select the phrases from the English part of the Cor- respondent, put them together from the beginning to- the end, so that they form the letter he wishes to write ; Second to copy the translation of these phrases. By doing so he will have the correct translation of his lettei into German ; and, by using the Correspondent in this way daily for a few months, he will be able to correspond in German without further assistance. 1 1 330 Edinburgh, 5th May, 18... 8 * Messrs. DUVAL & Co., Merchants, Rouen. 89 Gentlemen, 38 It is with deep sorrow that 38 we hasten to inform you that 41 your ship, the "Hardy," disabled by a furious gale, 121 strum led yesterday at noon on the rocks of 121 Ardrossan. Her hull is staved in in several places, and her masts are severely damaged. 1 - 1 The work of salvage is actively proceeding, 122 under the direction of the marine authorities. 122 Half of the cargo, at least, must be considered as lost, 122 the remainder will be seriously damaged. 1 - The crew, worn out with fatigue, 123 were objects of the most assiduous care. 123 To-morrow the authorities of this port will forward to their respective places of registration such of them as may wish to return thither. 123 We have the honour to remain, yours respectfully, 70 Rt. P. BLACKWALL & MERTENS. Birmingham, 7th July, IS... 33 Messrs. THOMPSON & Co., Calcutta. 35 Gentlemen, 38 In consequence of the high recommendations with which my friend Mr has furnished me in regard to your house, I should be inclined to make some consignments to you, 26 - but as I am (sehe aber ...) very little decided as to the kind of transactions to be carried out 262 in your market, 262 1 should desire (uiid u'iinli- ich), as a preliminary, to be informed by you upon the following points, viz. : 26S 1. To (zu) furnish us with the necessary information 263 with a view to enlightening us as to transactions of this kind in your country. 263 2. What is, in your estimation, the maximum net price, all charges included, at which it would be possible to act here, so as to maintain, under normal conditions, a fair prospect of success in reselling in your market? 264 3. What periods of the year are the most favourable for the arrival of these goods at your port? ^ Awaiting your reply, I beg you to believe me your devoted servant. 75 J. HARRISON. 331 Dover, April 4th, 18... ** Mr. JULES GAUDIN, Bordeaux. 34 Dear Sir, 38 In reply to your favour of 53 the 3rd inst., 51 we beg to inform you that 56 the steamer " Wilhelm " is a magnificent boat. 92 She has just been careened, and is in excellent condition. 93 Her sails, chains and rigging are entirely new. 93 The vessel has a capacity of 800 tons official measure, but can carry up to 980 tons. 9 * It would be impossible to make a better choice 97 for the rough voyage in question. 97 Our price, which has been calculated with exact- ness, and from which we cannot deviate, would be 17,650. 238 Requesting you to give us an early answer, 76 we remain, with the most sincere regard, 70 A. RUMBOLDT & Co. London, April 9th, 18... 33 Messrs. A. PATERSON & Co., Paris. 90 Gentlemen, 38 In accordance with the contents of our last 51 we have the pleasure of transmitting you herewith a little order respecting 47 different articles. 3 dozen cloth brushes 3 bone tooth brushes 2 ivory hair brushes 2 alarum clocks 2 bronze clocks 2 gilded copper clocks 2 dozen combs, assorted. Tortoise-shell, metallic, india- rubber and horn. A later advice will inform you as to the destination of the goods in question, as well as the mode of conveyance. 227 Should you deem it necessary to make inquiries respecting us, you could do so of Messrs. D... and S... 47 of your place, 47 with whom we have transacted business for upwards of ten years. 47 Be so good as to make the necessary arrangements for pro- curing these articles within a reasonable time. 22 Hoping that you will favour us with an early reply," 5 we remain, [gentlemen], yours respectfully, 71 DONALD HERO us & Co. 332 Calcutta, 30th August, 18... Mr. J. HARRISON, Birmingham. 34 Sir, 3 * In acknowledging the receipt of your favour of the 56 20th of last month, 51 we beg to inform you that 50 we accept without hesitation the proposal which you address to us.' 267 Subject to the conditions which you prescribe, the transaction appears to us to present little difficulty, at the same time that it offers consider- able advantages. 267 In order that the result may answer our ex- pectations (Damit nun der Erfolg unsercn Erwartungen entspreclie so) we 6 forward" you herewith 169 a detailed list 227 of sundry goods in your department of trade. 236 1. Needles, sewing and knitting. 2. Steel pens. 3. Pencils, pencil holders, penholders. 4. Pins, liair-pins. 5. Pocket-looks. 6. Purses; red, scarlet and purple; and 7. Rings. As to the net price (Hinsichtlich des Netto-Preises), all charges included, at which it would be possible to act here, 264 we 6 are" not c in a position to fix any price for these goods, 244 but used to this sort of business, we know what is necessary in order to attain favourable results, 248 and you may be certain that nothing will be neglected in order to second the views of our constituents. 248 The periods of the year which (welche) are the most favourable for the arrival of these goods at our (unserem) port 264 would be (waren) January and February. 351 Placing our services at your disposal, 75 we shall feel attered should you find frequent occasion to make use of them." 4 T. THOMPSON & Co. Barcelona, February 2nd, 18.... Messrs. ELLIOTT BROTHERS, London. I remit you with this ten bills upon Messrs of Liver- pool, and Messrs of Bristol, at three months' date, 190 and request the favour of you to effect the negotiation of them to the best of my interests, 190 crediting me the proceeds and advising me of the result. 190 Hoping 77 that you will use in this respect the greatest promptitude, 77 believe 6 me a to be your most devoted servant, 69 J. BARBER. 333 London, April 26th, 18.. .* Messrs. J. DOMINGUO & Co., 35 Buenos Ayres. Gentlemen, 38 We have to apologise for not having written to you sooner, 64 but we were so busy at the time of the departure of the last mail 64 that it was impossible for us to write to you fully. 64 Desirous of meeting your wishes, we have collected infor- mation 194 which (welclie) we have the pleasure of remitting you. 171 The last political changes have met a very indifferent recep- tion here ; for a moment it might have been expected that business would be affected thereby, 198 but this bad feeling fortunately did not last long, 198 and although the demand has diminished slightly, prices have not given way, 196 and the firmness of the market has not been disturbed for a moment. 196 English consols remain very firm at 192 99|, 100J for money (gegen baar) and at 100, , for the account (auf Zeit\ Cotton is firm ; 208 the demand has assumed great dimensions within the last fortnight, 201 and (und die) prices have risen con- siderably in the last few days. 201 The supply in coffees greatly exceeding the demand, there has naturally followed a serious decline, which threatens to assume etill larger proportions ; 206 800 bags Porto Kico coffee have been disposed of at 16s. 3d. 209 Prices for sugar have been well sustained hitherto, but they begin to waver. 205 All our works are in full operation. 221 Industrial activity does not flag for a moment; it is passing through a period of prosperity. 221 If the demand continues to keep thus, manufac- turers will soon be overdone with orders, and will run short of means of executing them. 222 We avail ourselves of this opportunity to place our services at your disposal, and in the hope that you will reserve us a few orders, we present you 74 our most sincere regards. 70 MORENO & NEPHEW. 334 Rouen, August 30th, 18.., Messrs. L. ROTHE & Co., Berlin. Gentlemen, 38 Permit us to introduce to you the bearer of this letter, Mr. K..., of ..., one of the most important manufacturers in ...* The principal object of his journey is to revive old connections and form new ones, with a view to extend the sale of his (seiner) irticles of manufacture. 181 We therefore venture to request your kind assistance in the furtherance of his object, as we feel persuaded that you will not /efuse him your advice, especially in any case of credit to be granted, agreements to be made, etc. 181 With respect to the funds placed at Mr. R.'s disposal, 181 we> oeg" to open a credit with you in his favour (fur ihri) of ..., and request you to forward us his receipts, that we may meet them forthwith. 191 Accept our thanks (und dariken wir Ihneri) beforehan i for the marks of civility which we are sure you will show him, 180 and believe us 6 to be, a gentlemen, your obedient servants, 71 GEO. FLEURY & ^ Paris, March 6th, 18.., Messrs. J. T. BARKER & Sox, London. Gentlemen, My object in writing you this is to inform you that, 148 under yesterday's date, 1 * 3 / have drawn on you the following drafts : Frs. 3,000 at 8 days' date, to the order of J. Ferrier. Frs. 2,500 at 10 days' date to the order of A. Martin. Frs. 5,500 total. 143 Which I request you kindly to honour with your acceptance. 150 I shall (werde ich) take care to remit the necessary funds to you before maturity.' 30 I shall write you 80 more at length on this subject, 81 pressed as I am for time by the departure of the mail (da ich durch den Abgang der Post zur Eile gezwungen bin). Accept, gentlemen, the assurance of my sincere attach- ment, 69 yours truly, 69 A. LEFAURE. 335 London, March 20th, 18... Mr. A. LEPAURE, Paris. Dear Sir, We are in receipt of your letter of 56 the 6th o'i March, 57 by which you advise us of having drawn on us 163 for the sum of 153 Frs. 5,500. It is almost superfluous to say that these drafts will meet with due acceptance on our part ; 154 pray take care (und bitten) to over us at the proper time for the amount. 169 Reiterating our offers of service, we tender you our sincerest and most cordial respects. 75 Yours faithfully, 69 J. T. BARKER & SON Leipsic, June 2nd, 18... Mr. ADOLPH HOSSFELD, Stettin. Sir, Be so good as to do what is necessary in order to effect a policy of insurance upon our vessel, 128 the brig " Gaston," bound for Havannah from Stettin, 128 subject to the ordinary clauses and conditions. 128 We fix upon the round sum of Marks 41,500 as the amount of insurance. 129 We also beg you to open a policy upon the goods in course of shipment, for our account on her board 129 (mit diesem Schiffe) and of which you will find annexed a complete inventory. 130 The insurance is intended to cover the entire voyage ; that is to say, it is to extend to the discharge in this last-mentioned port, 130 and we 6 confide" in your uniform attention to carefully protect our interests in treating with the company. 132 Hoping that you will favour us with an immediate reply/ 7 we & have" the honour to remain yours respectfully, 70 H. BACKHAUS & Co. Inventory 13 25 cases (Kisteri) buttons, assorted (assortirt); silk, mother- of-pearl, wood and metal ; brushes and combs. 20 cases muslin, embroidered, checked and printed, 20 cases silk goods. 9 cases stationery, including (enthaltend) print i, iff paper, writing paper, buff paper, packing paper. 336 London, February 5th, 18... Messrs. ROBERT, Sox & Co., rue des Marais, Paris. 85 Gentlemen, We have (wir haben) the pleasure of sending you annexed a note comprising tliree articles, which we shall feel obliged by your purchasing on our account in your market, 2 - 7 observing our instructions as to form and dimension. 228 In case there should be no stock of them in the market of the required size, they will have to be ordered at once from the manufactory. 228 Six dozen gentlemen's kid gloves : Nos. 7, 7j, 7|, two dozen each, black, deep black, blue black. Twelve dozen ladies' kid gloves : Nos. 6, 65, 6, long. Twelve dozen ditto ditto : same Nos., slwrt. The ladies 1 kid gloves to be well assorted (miissen gut assortirt sein) in yellow, bright yellow, lime yellow, canarian and straw colour. Two dozen mittens, netted. One fine woollen. Trusting (hoffend) that you will follow our instructions with judgment and promptitude, 230 we 6 offer* you, gentlemen, our best regards. 70 THOMPSON BROTHERS. London, February 20th, 18... Mr. L. CARLITO, Manufacturer, Burgos. 90 Dear Sir, 38 We regret to have to inform you that 42 your draft, dated November 6th, 18..., to the order of J. B., has not been taken up by the drawee. 176 Desirous of protecting the honour of your signature, we have taken upon ourselves to intervene, and have accepted this draft under protest. 176 Be so good as to favour us with the remittance (den Betrag) without delay. 168 Not doubting that you will reply with your usual promp- titude, 76 we 6 have a the honour to remain, Yours respectfully, 70 A. PATERSON & Co. 337 Burgos, February 28th, 18... Messrs. A. PATERSON & Co., London. Gentlemen, I (ich) rely on your kindness to excuse the slight delay that has arisen in answering 62 your favour of the 20th inst., 59 respecting my draft, dated (wegen meines Wechsels vom) 6th of November, 18... 33 I forward you herewith, 175 in two cheques upon Mr. Holmes, banker, of your town, the sum of ..." with which you will have the goodness to do the needful. 172 I am causing you a great deal of trouble : pray excuse this, and 78 believe 'me to be your most devoted servant, 69 L. CARLITO. London, November IQth, 18... Mr. J. LYONS, Manchester. Sir, Your credit balance amounts at present to the sum of ..., representing about one half the amount of your draft of ..., to the order of X. Z., which falls due the 22nd inst. 168 We beg of you to favour us by completing the provision for this in due time. 168 In the hope of receiving favourable news from you, 76 we 6 remain," yours most respectfully,' 1 J. BARKER & SON. Brussels, November 5th, 18... Mr. JULES GAUDIN, Bordeaux. 34 Sir, We beg to inform you that, 41 the rate of exchange being at present advantageous, we propose availing ourselves of it by realising the balance in our favour which you show in your last, 145 and we propose drawing upon you for ... (Wvr beabsichtigen deshalb fur ... auf Sie zu zieheri), not doubting that you will accept our drafts as you have done in form&. ^es. 146 We have the honour to assure you of our high esteem. 70 LEON VALIN & DUMAS. 338 Brussels, February 2nd, 18... Messrs. ROGER & SON, Marseille. 35 Dear Sirs, 33 The sole object of this letter is to inform you that 38 in com- pliance with the desire expressed in your favour of the 39 22nd of January, we 6 have" done our utmost, but without success, to overcome the objections raised upon 254 the periods of delivery and of payment which you propose, and which are deemed inad- missible.- 04 In the actual condition of the market your prices will not be practicable (ausfuhrbar) j 254 a term of six months is excessive, and altogether beyond the established usage in transactions of this sort 252 It will accordingly be necessary for you to modify your first conditions in this sense. 254 If you are therefore (deshalb) decidedly unable to admit any modification of the prices indicated, everything leads us to the conclusion that the transaction will not be practicable. 253 We await your reply with impatience, 77 and remain, with the most sincere regard, 70 R, LESLIE & Co. Paris, March 4th, 18... Messrs. THOMPSON BROTHERS, London. 35 Gentlemen, According to instructions contained in your favour of 52 Feb, 5th, 93 and the orders which accompanied it, 230 we 6 have sought in vain the warehouses and stores for the articles in question. 255 We have therefore been obliged to order them expressly from Lyons (in Lyon),^ 5 and this is the reason of the short delay which has occurred in our reply. 62 We fear that, notwithstanding our sincere wish and most active exertions, 254 it will necessitate (doss es verursachen wird) a delay of a month. 255 You will receive very shortly from us the most ample infor- mation (Auskunft) on this subject. 81 Faithfully yours, ROBERT, SON & Co. 339 Berlin, August 29th, 18... Messrs. BLUNT & SONS, Bristol. Gentlemen, It is of importance to us to be informed as to the position and responsibility of the house of Mr. J. B..., of your place. 192 We have been informed that it (das Haus) has been severely tried by recent financial disasters, and that it is at present seriously embarrassed. 193 Your opinion on this subject would be of great value to us, 193 and we 6 beg you to favour us with it in perfect frank- ness, 193 assuring you that your communication will be used with the utmost discretion. 193 Trusting that you will reply to us with your usual prompti- tude, 77 we 6 have* the honour to remain, Yours respectfully, 70 KLEIN & Co. Manchester, November 22nd, 18... Messrs. J. BARKER & SON, London. Gentlemen, I remit to you 169 herewith, in two drafts to your order, payable at sight, the sum of ... 169 ; in order to complete the necessary provision for my (meinen) draft to the order of X. Z. 169 I have the honour to be, with great respect, your most obedient servant, 70 J. LYONS. Manchester, December 25th, 18... Messrs. LAMBERT & Co., Paris. Gentlemen, Your draft of Frs. 12,280, to the order of K. S., falls due the 5th proximo. 168 Reminding you of this circumstance, 168 (and), according to your promise, we positively expect that you will in due time cover us for the amount of this (diesen) draft. 169 It will be a great pleasure to us to receive an immediate answer. 78 Yours respectfully, 70 J. W. BROWN & Co. 340 Barcelona, November 26th, 18... Messrs. JOHN BECK & Co., London. 89 Gentlemen, 38 We have just received your letter of- 53 the 20th inst. 55 by which you advise us of having drawn upon us 153 for Rvn. 60,000, at 60 days' date, to the order of Pedro Fernandez. 148 It is almost superfluous to say that these drafts will meet with due acceptance on our part, 154 and salute you, gentlemen, most cordially. 70 RODRIGUEZ & HERMANO. Barcelona, January 25th, 18... Messrs. McPHERSON & Co., Dublin. 35 Gentlemen, 38 "We beg leave to recommend to your kind office the bearer of this letter, Mr. ..., and hope that his stay in your metropolis will not only be an agreeable one, but will also prove of mutual advantage to our houses. 184 We have fully prepared and equipped our young traveller, whom you will find not inexperienced in business, so that you may consult and decide with him on every point. 184 He has samples of goods of every description with him, for which he hopes to find a good market. 184 We shall consider ourselves greatly obliged by any services you may be able to render our young friend, who, we doubt not, will endeavour to show himself worthy of your kindness. 182 We have the honour to assure you of our high esteem, 70 and remain yours respectfully, 70 MAJO & CARLOS. Paris, December 29th, 18... Messrs. J. W. BROWN & Co., Manchester. Gentlemen, Messrs Lambert & Co. instruct us to remit you the balance of their account. 171 In accordance, 171 you will find enclosed three bills, amounting together to the sum of ..., 172 with which (mtt wekheri) we beg you to do the needful, and to credit their account. 172 Believe us to be faithfully yours, 69 DUMAINE, SON & Co. 341 CIRCULARS. Liverpool, November 14th, 1883. Dear Sir (Dear Sirs), I beg to inform you that I have established a general com- mission business in this town. Having ample means and good commercial connections, I am in a position satisfactorily to attend to any orders that may be entrusted to me. I therefore take the liberty to offer you my services, assuring you beforehand that I shall always devote my best attention to your interest. I subjoin my signature, of which please to take note. I remain, Dear Sir, Your obedient servant, W. SANTON. References : Liverpool: Messrs. ... London; Messrs. ., London, November 30th, 1883. Sir (Gentlemen), We beg to inform you that we have commenced business here under the firm of BKOWN, JACKSON & LOMAN. We intend to operate in colonial produce on a large scale especially in coffee and cocoa. We shall have great pleasure in receiving your business pro- posals or orders to any extent. In requesting you to enter into business relations with us, we beg you will rely on the conscientious care which we shall always give to any transaction confided to us. Please to take note of our signatures at foot, and believe us, Sir (Gentlemen), Yours respectfully, BROWN, JACKSON & LOMAN. Mr. BROWN will sign ... JACKSON,, ... LOMAN 342 Runcorn, December 3lst, 1883 Sir (Gentlemen), I beg leave to inform you that on the first of January next I shall make over my wholesale business in chemicals and drugs to my nephew, Mr. LONGWOOD, who has been in my employ for the last ten years, and to Mr. ALLEN. The means at the disposal of these gentlemen, added to the capital I shall put into the concern, will enable them to carry on the business satisfactorily. I thank you for the confidence you have had the kindness to show me, and beg of you to transfer the same to my successors, who will do their utmost to deserve the same. I am, Sir (Gentlemen), Yours faithfully^ JAMES SULLIVAN. (Annexed to the preceding.) Runcorn, January 1st, 1883. Sir (Gentlemen), "Referring to the annexed circular, we beg to inform you that we have this day taken over the wholesale chemical and drug business of Mr. JAMES SULLIVAN. The style of the new firm will be LONGWOOD & ALLEN. We entertain the hope that you will continue to favour us with the same confidence you accorded to our predecessor, and which it shall be our endeavour to prove ourselves worthy of. We request you to take note of our signatures at foot, and remain, Sir (Gentlemen), Your obedient servants^ LONGWOOD & ALLEN. Our Mr. LONGWOOD will sign ... ALLEN 343 Glasgow, December 15th, 1883. Sir (Gentlemen), We beg to inform you that we have taken into partnership Mr. A HARPER, who has taken an active part in our business for more than 10 years. Underneath you will find his signature, of which please take note LAWRENCE & Co. Mr. A. HARPER will sign ... Southampton, December 31st, 1883. Sir (Gentlemen), I have much pleasure in announcing to you that I have taken into partnership Mr. JOHN SAUNDERS, my nephew, who has been brought up in my office, and who has assisted me in the manage- ment of my business since 1865. The style of the new firm will be PAKKHURST & NEPHEW. I am, your obedient servant,- W. PARKHURST. Mr. SAUNDERS will sign ... Leeds, December 31st, 1883. Sir (Gentlemen), We beg leave to inform you that we have agreed to amalga- mate into one concern the two houses doing business in this town under the firms of F. WARNER and W. BLUNT. The new firm, under the style of WARNER & BLUNT, will attend to the liquidation of the above-named two firms. F. WARNER. W. BLUNT. Portsmouth, December 31st, 1883. Sir (Gentlemen), We beg to inform you that the partnership existing between W. LONGTREE and L. GARDINER, having reached the term originally fixed, it has been decided by the co-partners to dissolve the same from this day forward. Mr. LONGTREE undertakes the liquidation ; he will sign as follows: ... 264 344 COMMERCIAL BILLS. DRAFTS. No. 583. Rvn. 16,600. Marseilles, March 6th, 1884. At presentation, please pay this second of exchange (the first not having been paid), to Mr. GUERRERO or order the sum of Rvn. Sixteen thousand six hundred, value received, and place the same to account, with or without further advice, of W. S. HARRIS & Co. To Mr. J. SERRANO, Madrid. (Signature.) No. 6341. F. 19,070. 75cs. Manchester, 2nd March, 1884. Two months after date, pay this "bill of exchange to our order, the sum of Nineteen thousand and seventy Francs 75 cs., value received, which place to account as per advice. To Mr. LELONG, Lyons. (Signature.) No. 397. 443 10s. Vera Cruz, 15th January, 1884. Three months after date, pay this first of exchange (the second and third not paid) to the order of Messrs. MARSALA & Co. the sum of Four hundred and forty-three Pounds ten shillings, at the exchange rate as per endorsement, value received, and which place to the account of Messrs. J. FERNANDEZ & Co., as per advice. To Mr. BANNER, Manchester. (Signature.) Payable in London. PROMISSORY NOTES. 460 15s. Dublin, December 17th, 1883. Three months after date, I promise to pay to Messrs. MACKEY & Co., or order, the sum of Four hundred and sixty Pounds 15 Shillings, value received in goods, with interest computed upon the said sum from this day, at five per cent, per annum. PATRICK O'CONNOR. Rvn. 3,500. Barcelona, November 3Qth, 1883. One year from this date we promise to pay to Mr. ROVIGO, or order, the sum of Rvn. Three thousand five hundred, value received in cash. L. ARMIGO & Co. RECEIPTS. Liverpool, December 31st, 1883. Received of Mr. MORETON the sum of One thousand Pounds Ster- ling, on account of credit opened in my name by Messrs. MILLOT BROTHERS of Rouen, as per their letter of advice of the 27th inst. HENRY PARKER. Received of Mr. HAYES the sum of Six hundred and fifty Pounds, advanced upon deposits of title deeds. Leeds, November 16th, 1883. SALOMON ROSENBERG. CONJUGATION GERMAN VERBS AND ALPHABETICAL LIST IRREGULAR VERBS. CONTENTS. Conjugation of: The Auxiliary Verbs : Ijafcett page 2 fein 4 tucr&cn 6 The Auxiliary Verbs of Mood: mujfcn page 8 tinmen 9 fooflen 11 fottcn 12 burfcn M 14 moflcn 15 The Regular Verb loBcn I. Active voice page 17 II. Passive voice 19 Conjugation of: The Separable Verb afcljolett page 21 The Intransitive Verb lunben (conjugated with jein) page 22 The Reflective Verb firf) erfSUctt page 24 The Impersonal Verb fdjneien page 26 The Irregular Verb gefcen page 27 List of the Irregular Verbs page 29 THE AUXILIARY VERBS. , to have. Present. SUBJUNCTIVE. id) Ijobe, / have or (that) I may bu ijabefit, thou liast \liave, etc. er (fie, eg) Jjabe, he (she, it) Jms tt>tr Ijabeit, we have ie Ijaben or iljr fjabet, you fie fjaben, they have [have INDICATIVE. id? Ijabe, / have bu Ijaft, thou Jiast er (fie, eg) Ijar, he (she, it) has totr fjaben, we have ie Ijaben or iljr Ijabt, you fie fjaben, th?y have [have id) fjatte, / had bu Ijatteft, f/w)w er (fie, eg) Ijatte, /w (she, it) had ttrir fatten, we had te fatten or tljr ^attet, you fie fatten, they had [had IU.J i/Ul bu fjtitreft, er (fie, Imperfect. ptte, I had or thou hadst eg) fjdtte, Ae Cs^e, ^ had totr fatten, ^c A^wi @ie fatten or i^r pttet, you fie fatten, w oe [etc. er (fie, e3) fei, Tie (she,. it) be ttrir feien, we fo <5ie feien or iijr fetet, yoi* oe fie feien, they be Imperfect. idj ttmr, / IPOS bu toarft, thou wast er (fie, e3) war, he (she, it) was nrir nmren, we were Sie tuaren or ifyr ttwret, 2/ow. were fie tuaren, r tuerbet getoefen fein, you will have been \will have jbeen fie toerben getoefen fein, they id^ ttierbc getoefen fetn r ( that) 1 shall have been \have been bit toerbeft getoefen fein, thou wilt er (fie, e) tuerbc getoefen fein, he (she, it) will have been nrir werben geiuefen fein, we shall have been @ie tuerben getoefen fein, or tf)r tuerbet getoefen fein, you will have been \will have been fie ttjerben getoefen fein, they CONDITIONAL PERFECT (II). idj toiirbe gehjefen fcitt, / should have been bit tpiirbeft getoefen fein, thou wouldst have been er (fie, e3) ttJiirbe geiuefen fein, he (she, it) would have been tore toiirben geiuefen fein, we should have been r njerbet f you fie tuerben, tliey become [become id) toerbe, I become or may become, etc. bu tuerbeft, tlwu becomest er (fie, e) toerbe, lie (she, it) be- ttrir roerben, we become [comes Sie tterben or ifjr tterbeiy you fie toerben, tfoy oeomie [become ftjurbe, (old form : tnarb), 7 Imperfect. bu ttwrbeft (toorbft), camest \(she, it) became er (fie, e$) tcurbe (toorb), ^ mir ttmrben, we became Sie tuurben or i^r tuurbet, you fie ttmrben, they became [became ttmrbe, 7 became or (that) I might become, etc. bu ttmrbeft r thou becamest er (fie, e) toiirbe, Ae ("s/i, it) became ft)ir trurbeu, u-e became @ie teiirben. or i^r ttwrbei, you fie tnurben, i/e?/ became [became erbe toerben, 7 sftaW become Future (I). id) raerbe toerbeu, (that) J shall become \become bu toerbcft icerben, ^ou wilt er (fte, eg) erbe toerbeit, he (she, it) will become Become tt)ir tuerbeu toerben, we shall @ie toerben tuerben or tfjr tuer* bet tuerben, you will become fie tuerbeu tuerben, they will become bu ttnrfttoerben, thou wilt become er (fie, e) tuirb irerben, he (she, it) will become \become tirir tcerbeu tcerben, we shall @ie fterben tuerben or i^r toer- bet tnerben, you will become fie toerben toerben, they will become CONDITIONAL (I). idj ttmrbe toerbeu, 7 should become bu ttmrbeft tt?erben, thou wouldst become er (fte, e3) tt)urbe toerben, he (she, it) would become tt)ir ttJiirben toerben, we should become @ie ttjurben ttjerbeu or tfjr ttJiirbet ttjerben, you would become fie ttmrben toerben, they would become Perfect. \dj tint getoorben (...toorben), 7 have become bu bift gettjorben, thou hast become er (fie, e) ift getoorben, he (she, it) has become ttrir finb getuorben, we have become Sie finb or ifjr feib gemorben, you have become fie finb aetuorben, they have become id) fci gemcrben (...morben), 7 have become or. (7/utf,) 7my ^atv? becomej etc. \come bu feieft geluprben, thou hast be- er (fie, e) fei geroorben, /ie (//, tO ^05 become \come ttJtr feien gelcorben, toe A?^? 6- @ie feien or i^r feiet getoorben, you have become fiefeiengetuorben, theyhavebecome INDICATIVE* Pluperfect. (...toorben), id) ttmr getoorben I had. become [become bit toarft getoorben, $fam hadst er (fie, c) tear getrorben, he (she, it) had become \become rotr ftmren getoorben, we had Sie toaren getoorbeir or ifyr ttmret getoorben, ^/ow had be- come [become fie ttmren gefoorben, they had Future Perfect (II). id) toerbe getoorben (...toorben) fetit, I shall have become id) toiirc geftorben (...toorben), / had become or (that) I might have become, etc.. [.become bii tncireft geluorben, thou hadst er (fie, c) toare getuorben, ^ fs/ig, ii^ /ia(Z become [become Itrir tt)dren geinorben, we had @te luaren getroiben or i^r tnaret gertjorben, yow had be. come [becom e fie 'maun gettorben, they ha^ bn ttrirft getoorben fein, thou wilt have become er (fie, e3) rtnrb gctoorben fetn, he (she, it) will have become hrir toerben getoorben fetn, we shall have become @ie toerben gertjorben fetn or i^r tuerbet gem or ben fein, you viill have become fie merben gemorben fetn, they will have become id;) it>erbe genjorben (...motben) feitt, (that) I shall have be- come bn tycrbcft getuorben fein, thou wilt have become er (fie, e3) mcvbc gettjorben fetn r he (she, it) will 1mm become ttrir toerben getuorben fern, we shall have become @ie tcerben geirorben fein or ityr toerbet gemorben fein, you, will have become fie ftierben getnorben. fein, they, will have become CONDITIONAL PERFECT (II). idj toiirbe gtt)j>rben (...toorben) feitr, / sJiould have become bit ftwrbeft genjorben fein, thou wouldst have become er (fie, e3) rtjiirbe gertorben fein,. he (she, it) would have become nnr toiirben gettjorben fein, we should have become (Sic tmirben geftorben fein or i^r wiirbet getrorben fein-, you would fie ftwrben gemorben fetn, they would have become [have becomt IMPERATIVE. merbe, become (thou) er (fie, e<) foil merben, let him (her, it) become ftrir njollen toerben, (fterben n)ir, Iat ttn^ toerben), let us become iperben (Sie or ttjerbet, become (you) fie foflen tuerben, let them become INFINITIVE. Present: loerben, to become [ Perfect: gettjarben (...tootben) fetn, to have become- PARTICIPLES. Present: tuerbenb, becoming \ Past: genjorbenorn)orben.&eco?7tt* 8 THE AUXILIARY VERBS OF MOOD. 1) SWitffett, (must) to be obliged, to have to. INDICATIVE. Present. SUBJUNCTIVE. id) mills, I must (I am obliged, etc.) bu mufjt, thou must er (fie, e3) mufj, he (she, it) mmt ttir miiffen, we must @ie miiffen or ifjr mufyt, you fie miiffen, they must [must id) tttuffe, (that) I must (I be obliged, etc. bit miiffeft, thou must er (fie, e) muff e, he (she, it) must toir miiffen, we must @ie miiffen or ir miiffet. you fie miiffen, they must [must Imperfect. id) mufete, / was obliged ill mufteft, thou wast obliged er (fie, e3) mufcte, he (she, it) was obliged tt)ir muftten, we were obliged 8ie miiiten or i^r mufetet, you were obliged fie mufjten, they were obliged id) miifete, I were obliged bu mii|teft, thou wert obliged er (fie, e) miifete, A ("s^, t^ ioere obliged roir miifeten, we were obliged @ie miiiten or iljr mii^tet, you were obliged fie mufjten, f/tey were Future (I). toerbe miiffen, I shall be obliged [obliged, etc. i tttrft miiffen, thou wilt be id) tterbe miiffen, (that) I shall be obliged \be obliged, etc. bu wcrbcft miiffen, thou wilt CONDITIONAL (I). id) tnii^te (or id) ttmrbe miiffen), / should be obliged ill miifjteft (or bu nmrbeft miiffen, thou wouldst be obliged, etc. Perfect. idj Ijabe gemufet (...miiffen), I \ id) Ijafce gemufct (...ntiiffen), have been obliged (that) I have been obliged &u Ijaft gemufet (...miiffen), etc. \ bu^abeft gemu|t(... miiffen), etc. Pluperfect. id) Ijatte gemufet (...miiffen), (that) I had been obliged bu fjatteft gcmufet (...miiffen), etc. id) $atte gemufet (...tniiffen), I had been obliged cu ^atteft gemufct (. . .miiffen), etc. Future Perfect (II). idj roerbe gemujjt ^aben (...^aben miiffen), (that) I shall have been obliged i^ roerbe gemut Ijaben (. . .^oben I shall have been obliged bu fcirft gemufct ^oben (...Ijaben miiffen), etc. bu raerbcft gemuBt ^aben ( . . .Ijaben miiffen), etc. CONDITIONAL PERFECT (II). id) fjiitte gemufct (...miiffcn) [or idj foiirbe gemu&t Ija&en (...ijaben muff en], / should have been obliged fou ptteft gemujjt (...tniiffen) [or bu ttmrbeft gemuBt^oben(.,.^aben mitffen], etc. INFINITIVE. Present: tniiffen, to be obliged \ Perfect: getnufct fja&en (IjaBett tttiiffen), to have been obliged PARTICIPLES. Present: tnitffenb, being obliged \ Past: gentuBt or tttttffett, beert, obliged &) &omtcn, (can) to be able. INDICATIVE. Present. SUBJUNCTIVE. id) fann, I can (1 am able, etc.) tdj fimtte, (tJiat) I can (1 be, able, etc.) bit fanttft, thou canst er (fie, el) fantt, he (she, it) can tmr !onnen, we can <5ie !onnen or ti)r fonnt, you can fie fonnen, they can bu fonneft, thou canst er (fie, e) fonttc, he (she, it) can fair fonnen, we can @tc fonnen or i^r fonnet, you can fie !6nnen, they can Imperfect. id) fonnte, / could (I was able, etc.) bu fpnnteft, thou couldst (fie, eS) fonnte, /ie ('s/ie, i^ tt)ir fonnten, we could <5te f'onnten or ifjr fonntet, you could fie fonnten, they could id) f b'nnte, / could (I were etc.) bu fpnnteft, thou couldst er (fie, e3) fonnte, /i toir fonnten, we could @ie fonnten or t^r fonntet, you could fie fonnten, they could Future (I), id) toerbe fonnen, I shall be able i id} ftjerbe fonnen, (that) bu n)irft fonnen, thou wilt be able, etc. bu nicrbcft fonnen, thou unit be able, etc. German Grammar 14 10 CONDITIONAL (I). tdj fotntte (or idj nwrbe fSnnen), / should be able bu fnnnteft (or bu rourbeft fonnen), ihou wouldst be able, etc. INDICATIVE. Perfect. SUBJUNCTIVE. id) f)abe ge!onnt (...lonnen), I have been able fcu Ijaft gefonnt (...fonnen), etc. id) I)abe gefonnt (...fSnnen), (that) I have been able bu Ijabeft gefonnt (...Idnnen), etc. Pluperfect. tdj ^atte gefonnt (...louncu), / liad been able bu l^atteft gefonnt (. . .fonnen), etc. id) ^fitte gefonnt (...fonncn), (that) I had been able bu Ijatteft gefonnt (...fonnen), etc. Future Perfect (II). id) ttjerbe gefonnt Ijaben ...lonnen), / shall have been able bu tt)irft gefonnt f)aben (^aben ...fonnen), etc. idj merbe gefonnt ^aben (^aben ...fonuen), (that) I shall have been able bu tterbeft gefonnt ^aben (Ijaben ...fonnen), etc. CONDITIONAL PERFECT (II). id) Ijfftte gefonnt (...lonnen) [or id) njiirbe gefonnt ^aben O&abeit ...fonnen], / should have been able bu fjatteft gefonnt (...fonnen) [or bu nwrbeft gefonnt Ijaben (^aben ...fonnen], etc. INFINITIVE. Present: fonnen, to be able \ Perfect: gefonnt Ijaben (Jjaben ...fonnett), to have been able PABTICIPLES. Present: fonnenb, being able \ Past: gefonnt or fonnen, been able 11 3) SSottett, (will) to fie willing (to wish, to like). INDICATIVE. Present. SUBJUNCTIVE. icft miff, I wiAl (I am willing, bit toittft, thou wilt er (fie, eg) ttritt, he (she, it) will ttnr tooflett, we will @ie tooHen or i] fie tooHen, idj tpofle^ fOot) I will ottteft, thou wouldst er (fie, eg) tooUte, fo fs^e, it) ftrir tuoHten, we wowW [would @ie tDottten or i!r toofltet, 2/ow fie tooEten, f^ey would [would* id^ njottte, (i/ia<) I were willing, etc.) bit toottteft, i^ou wow/(i er (fie, eg) tooUte, fc (s/i-e, t; tuir tuoHten, we would [wowW @ie toottten or i^r tDotltet, fie ttt0Eten,, they would (I). ttjietbe ttrotten, I shall be. , tc^ tuerbe tooHen, willing be willing bit ttnrft hjofieir,. tkou wilt. be. bit nicrbeft todte, 7, efe. willing, etc.. CONDITIONAJ* (I). id) ftottte (or t^ nriirbe tooHeit), / s/iowW oe willing bit tooflteft (or bit tuiirbeft tooKen), ^w wouldst be willing, etc. Perfect. id) Ijabe gtottt (...tooflett), /' 6eew willing, bit fjajt (jemaUt (...tootten)^ id) I)a&e gettrofff / have been willing bit Ijabeft gettoE (...njoHen), Pluperfect. ^atte ptwll; iarf oeen willin bit ^atteft gettjottt (... id) tocrbe getoottt Ijabeu (fjoieit ...luoHcit), I shall have been wiliiny bit mirft getpolft ^aben (fjaben t$ ptte getuuGt " A. a 7 nod been willing bit Ijatteft setoQtti (.. Perfect (II). idj tuerbe getooflt ^aben (^r ...tteffe) r (that) I shall haw been willing bu meriref!' gemoKt Ijafcen ...tt)otten), eic. 12 CONDITIONAL PERFECT (II). tcfc $otte getooflt (...fcoflen) [or idj nmrbe getuoflt Ija&en] (aben ...tuoflen), / should have been willing bu $atteft aettJoflt (...tooflen) [or bu ttwrbeft getooflt fjaben] (Ijaben ...tooflen], etc. INFINITIVE. Prttent: tooflen, to be wiUing \ Perfect: gewoflt Ijaben ftobett... to fawe 6een willing : tooHenb, PABTIOIPLES. | P^: geluoUt or ttoHett, 6een 4) Sottett, shall, ought. INDICATIVE. Present SUBJUNCTIVE. foil, I */wiZZ (I am to, etc.) bu foUft, thou shall , i^ shall @ie foflen or tr foflt, you shall er (fte, eg) foil, fair ollen^ tee fie foflen, they shall it) fofle, r^O / shall (I be to, etc.) bu fofleft, thou sliall er (fie, tf) fotte, A fs^e, t; sAaW totr fotten, ife shall @ie fotten or i^r foflet, you s/w fie fotten, they shall Imperfect. id^ fottte, (that) I should (1 ought, I were to, etc.) bu foUteft, thou should er (fte, e3) fottte, /ie (she, it) should tutr foflten, we should @ie foflten or t^r fofltet, you idj foflte, / should (I ought, I was to, etc.) t)U foflteft, thou shouldst aBen (fjaBert ...fotten), etc. CONDITIONAL PERFECT (II). njiirbe gefottt tyaBen idj ^8tte gefottt (...foUcn) [or id fotten], / should have been to bu ptteft gefottt (...fotten) [or bu toilrbeft gefottt IjaBen fotten], etc. INFINITIVE. Present: fotten, shall, ought Perfect: gefottt IjaBen (Ijabeit... foUen), to have been to PABTIOIPLES. Preurnt: foflenb, being to \ Past: gefottt or fotten,, been. t& 14 5) Stiff ettr to be allowed (to dare). INDICATIVE. Present. id) barf, / am allowed bu barfjf, thou art, allowed er (fie, e) barf, he (she, it) is allowed nnr biirfen, we are allowed @ie Mrfen or i^r biirft, you are allowed fte biirfen, they are allowed id) bfirfe, / be allowed bu biirfeft, thou be allowed er (fie, cfj biirfe, fee (ate, 6e allowed ttnr burfen, i^e fee allowed Sie biirfen or tfjr biirfe, allowed fie biirfen, t allowed Imperfect. id) burfte, J too* allowed bu burfteft, ^ow TWW^ allowed er (fie, e*) burfte, * CsA, ^; IPOS allowed toil burften, we were allowed Sie tiurftett or i^r birrftet, you were allowed fie burften, they were allowed id) burfte, J tpere allowed bu burfteft, &0u i^ri allowed er (fie, e3) burfte, 7w (^ ii tor allowed ttJtr burften, we were allowed ie biirften or ifjr biirfiet, yo tere allowed fie burften, iA^y were allowed Future (I). id) ttjerbe burfen, / shaU be \ ifi toerbe burfen, allowed be allowed bu ttrirft barf en, thou wilt be bu ttcrfceft burfen, tiuw wilt be allowed, etc. allowed, etc. CONDITIONAL (I). tdj Ijatte biirfen (or id) ttmrbe biirfen), I should be allowed bu fyatteft burfen (or bu tuiirbeft biirfen), thou wouldst be allowed, tic. Perfect. id) ^abe geburft (... burfen), 1 have been allowed bu Ijaft g?burft(... burfen), etc. id) aBe geburft (...biirfen), (that) I have been allowed bufyibeft geburft (...bKrfm),efc Pluperfect. i$ $atte geburft (...burfen), / had been allowed bu $atteft geburft (...burfen),efc. i(^ ^fitte geburft (...burfen), (that) I had been allowed bu fja'tteft geburft (...burfen), etc. 15 Future Perfect (II). id) ttJerbc geburft Ijaben (Ija&ett ...biirfett), / shall have been allowed bit tuirft geburft Ijabeu (Ijabeu ...biirfeu), etc. idj toerbe geburft Ijaben djafccn ...biurfett), (that) I shall have been allowed bu tterbeft geburft Ijaben (f>aben ...biirfeu), etc. CONDITIONAL PERFECT (II). id) Jjatte geburft (...bftrfen) [or idj toiirbe geburft Ijaben (fjabeu... biirfeu], / should have been allowed bu fjatteft geburft (...biirfeu) [or bu ftwrbeft geburft Ijobeu (fjaben .. bitrfeu], etc. INFINITIVE. Present: biirfen, to be allowed \ Perfect: geburft !)aben (^oBen... biirfctt), to have been allowed PARTICIPLES. Present: biirfenb, being allowed \ Past: geburft or biirfctt, been allowed 6) 3tt0gen, (may) to like. INDICATIVE. Present. SUBJUNCTIVE. tcij mag, I may (I like, etc.) fcu ntagft, thou mayest er (fie, e^) mag, he (she, it) may totr mogeu, we may @ie mogen or ifjr mogt, you may fie mogen, they may id) moge, (that) I may (I like, etc.) bu miigeft, thou may er (fie, e) tttiigc, he (she, it) may toil mogeu, we may (5ie mogeu or iljr moget, you may fie mogeu, they may id) mod^te, / liked bu moi^teft, thou likedst Imperfect. id) modjte, (that) I might (I ~ I, etc.) (fie, e) mod&te, he (she, it) liked ttrir modjten, we liked @te moc^teu or ir mod^tet, you liked fie molten, they liked bu modjteft, thou might er (fie, e) mod^te, ^e ^^, t<^ might toir m5cten, we migr^ <5ie molten or i^r moc^tet, you might fie modjten, might 16 INDICATIVE. Future (I). SUBJUNCTIVE. id) toerbe mogen, / shall like bu toirft mogen, thou witt like, etc. idfj toerbe mogen, (that) I shall like bu tterbeft mogen, thou wilt like, etc. CONDITIONAL (I). id) ntpdjte (or id) ttwrbe mdgen), I should like bu modjteft (or bu ttwrbeft mogen), thou wouldst like, etc. Perfect. i$ |abe gemocfjt (...tnogen), / have liked bu Ijaft gemoc^t (...mogen), etc. idj ^obe gemoc^t (...mogcn), (that) I have liked bu Ijabeft gemodjt (...mogen), etc. Pluperfect. \$ Ijatte gemoc^t (...tnogen), / had liked bu Ijatteft gemod^t (...mogen), etc. it^ teerbe gcmod^t Ijaben ... ntogen), I shall have liked bu toirft gemoc^t Ijaben (Ijaben ...mogen), etc. etc. Future Perfect (II). it) Ijatte gemodjt (...m3gcn), (that) I had liked bu Ijatteft gemodjt (...mogen), it) frerbe gemocfjt Ijaben (fjabeit ...ntogen), (that) I shall have liked bu toerbcft gemocfjt ^aben (|aben ...mogen), etc. CONDITIONAL PERFECT (II). K$ ptte gemo^t (...ntogcn) [or idj tourbe gemoc^t ^aben (^aben ...mSgen], / should have liked bu fjatteft aemoc^t (...mogen) [or bu tourbeft gemod^t ^aben (^aben ...mogcnj, etc. INFINITIVE. Prctcnt: m5gen, to like \ Perfect: gemodjt Ija&en ...mogen), to have liked PABTICIPLES. f Present: mSgenb, liking \ Past: gemoc^t or mSgen, liked 17 THE REGULAR VERB So&ett, to praise. I. Active Voice. INDICATIVE. Present. SUBJUNCTIVE. id) lobe, / praise (I am prais- ing, I do praise, etc.) bit tobft, thou praisest er (fie, e3) tobt, he (she, it) toil toben, we praise [praises @ie toben or itjr lobt, you praise fie toben/ they praise id) tofce, 7 praise or (that) I may praise, etc. bu lob eft, thou praise er (fie, e3) tobe, fce (fo, i> loir toben, we praise [praise (Ste toben or ifjr tobet, you praise fie toben, A Imperfect. idj tobte, J praised (I was praising, I did praise, etc.) bu tobteft, thou praisedst er (fie, e) tobte, fce (sfo?, it) toir tobten, we praised [praised @ie tobten or itjr tobtet, you praised fte tobten, they praised idj tobte, / praised or might praise, etc. bu tobteft, ^/iow praised er (fie, eg) tobte, he (she, it) ftnr tobten, we praised [praised <5ie tobten or iljr tobtet, you shall fie tobten, they praised Future (I). id) toerbe toben, J shall praise (I shall be praising, etc.) bu ttrirft toben, thou wilt praise et (fte, e3) ttnrb toben, he (she, it) will praise ttrir toerben toben, we shall praise @ie njerben toben or iljr nierbet toben, you will praise fie toerben toben, they will praise CONDITIONAL (I), td^ toiirbe toben, / should praise bu toiirbeft toben, thou wouldst praise er (fte, e) Wiirbe toben, he (she, it) would praise toir ttmrben toben, we should praise @te toitrben toben or if)r toiirbet toben, you would praise fie ttwrben toben, they would praise Perfect. id) tuerbe toben, (that) I praise bu werbeft toben, thou wilt praise er (fie, e3) luerbe toben, he (she t it) will praise nrir merben toben, we shall praise landed, etc. Future (I). it trerbe fanben, (thai) I shcttt land [land, etc. bn tocrbffl lanben, thou will CONDITIONAL (I). tdj toiirbe lanben, I should land bu ttmrbeft lanben, thou wouldst land, etc. INDICATIVE. Perfect. SUBJUNCTIVE. id) bin getanbet, / have landed bu bift getanbet, thou hast landed er (fie, efc) ift getanbet, he (she, it) has landed fair finb gelanbet, we have landed @tc ftnb gelanbet or il)r feib gelanbet, you have landed fie finb gelanbet, they have landed id) fct gelanbet, (that) I have landed [landed bit feieft gelanbet, thou hast er (fie, cS) fet gelanbet, he (she. it) has landed [landed toir feien gelonbet, we have (3ie feien gelanbet or ifjr feiet gelanbet, you have landed fie feien gelanbet, they have landed Pluperfect. id) mar gelanbet, I had landed [landed bn itmrft getanbet, thou hadst er (fie, el) tear gelanbet, he (she, it) had landed [landed tt)ir ftmren gelanbet, we had <5ie toaren gelanbet or iljr maret gelanbet, you had landed fie toaren gelanbet, they had landed td^ mare getanbet, (that) I had landed [landed bn ttmreft gelanbet, thou hadst er (fie, e3) ttmre gelanbet, he (she, it) had landed [landed tt)ir toaren gelanbet, we had @ie njaren gelanbet or if)r n)aret gelanbet, i/ow 7iacZ landed fie toaren gelanbet, i/ie?/ had landed Future Perfect (II). idj toerbe gelanbet feiit, / shall have landed bu ttrirft gelanbet fein, etc. idj trerbe gelanbet fetit, (that) I shall have landed bu toerbeft gelanbet fein, etc. CONDITIONAL PERFECT (II). tdj toiirbe getanbet fein, / should have landed bu rtmrbeft gelanbet fein, ^ow wouldst have landed, etc. IMPERATIVE. lanbe, Za?irf (thou) lanben @ie or tanbet, land (you), etc INFINITIVE. Present: lanben, to land \ Perfect: getanbet fein, to have landed PARTICIPLES. Present: fanbenb, landing \ Past: getanbet, landed 24: THE REFLECTIVE VERB Sidj erfalten, to catch cold INDICATIVE. Present. SUBJUNCTIVE. erfdlte mid), / catch cold , thou catcliest l)tt erfdlteft b cold r (fie, eg) erfdltet fidj, he (she, it) catches cold Urir erfdlten un, we catch cold @ie erfdlten fic$ or if)r erfaltet eud), ?/ow cac/fr coW fie erftilten fid), they catch cold id) erfdlte mid), / catch cold or (that) I may catch cold, etc. bu erfdlteft bid), thou catch cold er (fie, eS) erfalte fic^, he (she, i,t) catch cold ttJtr erfalten un, ?e cafcA cold @ie erfalten fid^ or ifjr erfaltet eud^, i/ow caic/i cold fte erfalten fid), tf^y catch cold Imperfect. idj erfdltete mid), / caught cold bit erfdlteteft bid), tfiou caughtest cold er (fie, e) erfdltete ftc^, he (she, it) caught cold toir erfalteten un, tp caught cold @ie erfalteten fic^ or ir erfdltetet eud^, you caught cold fie erfalteten fid), they caught cold idj erfattete mtc^, / caught cold or (that) I might catch cold, etc. bu erfdlteteft bidj, tlwu caught cold er (fie, e*) erfattete ftd^, he (she, it) caught cold ttrir erfalteten un, we caught cold @ie erfalteten fid^ or iljr erfdltetet eud, yow caught cold fie erfalteten fid), they caught cold Future (I). id) toerbe midj erfalten, I shall catch cold bii mirft bid) erfalten, thou wilt catch cold, etc. id) tr-erbe mid) erfdlten, (that) I shall catch cold bu tperbeft bid) erfalten, thou will catch cold. etc. CONDITIONAL (I). id) toiirbe mid) erfalten, I should catch cold bu ttiirbeft bid) erfalten, tfww wouldst catch cold, etc. Perfect. id) tja&e mtc& erfaltet, I have caught cola rtngen, to press for- d, brang brtnge gebrungen ward SJitrfen, may see auxil. verbs of mood p. 14. mpfeljlen, to recom- bu enttofteljlft, er empftefitt d) entpfaljt cmppefi,! empfo^Ien mend *(rBIetd)en, to turn pale td) erBItd, erBIetd)e erBItdjen *rlofd)en, to be extin- see SSerI5fd,en guished Srfdjaflen, to resound td, erfdjaHte erfdjatle erfrfjaUt "(SrfdjrecfeH, to be frigh- bu erfdjrtdft, cr erfdjrtdt (erfdjott) 1 td, erfdjraf lerfdjrid (erfdjotlen) erfdjroden tened ffen, to eat bu tffeft, er tt td) af5 ifi gegeffen *gal)ren, to drive (in a bu fafyrft, er fa^rt td, fu^r fa^re carriage) *gaO"en, to fall bu faHft, er fattt td, ftel affc gefaHen fjfangen, to catch 3ed,ten, to fence bu fangft, er fangt bu fidjft (fedjteft), cr ftdjt td, ftng td, fodjt ange ed)te (Pd)t) icfangen iefod,ten (fedjtet) iJinben, to find td, fanb pnbc lefitnbew gledjten, to twist bu fftdift (fledjteft), er fltdjt (fleditet) d) flod)t fled)te (fltdjt) geflod)ten INFINITIVE. 2nd & 3rd Person singular INDICATIVE PRESENT if changed from 1st Person. IMPERFECT IM 1 * 21 ^- TIVE. PAST PAR. TICIPLE. *5Iiegen, to fly irf) ffog ifUege geflogen *3flieben, to flee id) ffob Ifliebe gefloben ^Heietd)en, to be like id) gtidj gletdje q eg lid) en *Ieiten, to glide id) glitt iglette gcglitten limmen, to burn id) glomtn glimrne geglommen faintly raben, to dig bu grabjl, er grdbl reifen, to grasp id) grub grabe id) griff greife gegraben gegnffen .naben, to have see auxiliary verbs p. 2. fallen, to hold bu bdltft, er bait idi bielt balte gtbalten : .{-angen, to hang bu bangft, er bdngt id) ^ing bange geb^angcn auen, to hew id) ^ieb baue gebauen cben, to lift id> bob bebe geboben /oeiBen, to be called id) bieB 'beifje ^,-t. ri- genetBen ^elfen, to help ftennen, to know bu bilfft, er bilft i* balf .b'ilf id) ramtte fenne gebolfen gelannt *Hintmen, to climb id) nomm fUmme geftoimtten itlingen, to tinkle id) Hang flinge gettungen fineifen, to pinch id) fniff fneife gefniffen "ftommen, to come id) fam ifomme gefcmmen Sonnen, can see auxil. verbs of mood p. 9. *ried)en, to creep id) frod) jfriedje gefrodjen fturen, to choose id) turte (f or) fure [fletnrt (aeforen) Saben, to load (a gun) bu labefl (I1i), er labet (Idbt) Safien, to let bu Idffeft, er IdBt id) lub Ia^c gelaben id) liefj Ii fje gelafTen '-i!aufen, to run bu Idufft, er Iduft id) lief lame gelaufeu iieiben, to suffer id) Htt letbc geltrten Seiben, to lend id) Iie leibe gelieben iiefen, to read bu liefeft, er Ueft id) Ia Ite gelefen ' ijiegen, to lie id) lag 'liege gelegen 2ugen, to tell a lie id) log luge gelogen ^Jiabten, to gruid id) mablte mable gentablen Sfteiben, to shun id) mieb meibe flemteben 3KeIfen, to milk id) melfte melfe gemolfen 9)?effen, to measure SKogen, may Mullen, must bu mtffeft, fr mifjt see auxil. verbs of mood p. 15. tee auxil. verbs of mood p. 8. (molt) id) maB mife gemeffen ^ebmen, to take bu nimmft, er nimrat id) ttabm nimm grnonnnfn ftennen, to name Pfeifen, to whistle id) nannte nenne 'geitannt id) pfiff pfeife gepfiffen SJJftegen, to be accus- id) pffegte pflege gepflegt tomed (Pflog) (gepftogen) $reifen, to laud id) prie* greife gepriefen INFINITIVE. 2nd & 3rd Person singular INDICATIVE PRESENT if changed from 1st Person. IMPERFECT IMPERA- TIVE. PAST PAR- TICIPLE. *CueHen, to spring forth SRcitfien, to advise bu quiUft, er quittt bu rattift, er ratlj id) quott id) net!) quelle (quiE) jgequollen rat^e 'geratijen SReiben, to rub id) rieb reibe Igerieben iReifeen, to tear id) ri reifee geriffe *3ieiten, to ride id) ritt reite geritten *SRennen, to run idi rannte renne gerannt SRiedjen, to smell id) rod) riedjf gexod)en Stingen, to wring id) rang ringe gerungen SRinnen, to leak id) rann rinnr geronnen SRufen, to call tdi rief :ufe gerufen aljen, to salt aufen, to drink (of bu fauf ft, er ffiuft id) fahte i? foff aufe gefalsen gefoffen animals) augen, to suck id) faugte(fog aug/ gefaugt (gefo d) off en, to create *djeiben, to part id) i"djiif id) diieb djaffe djeibe gen) gefdjaffen gefdiieben djeinen, to shine id) djien djeine gefdjienen djelten, to scold bu fdjiltft, er fdjilt id) djalt diilt gefdjolten d)eren, to shear id) djor djere gefdioren dneben, to shove idj djob djiebe aefdioben d)iefeen, to shoot idi mo djiefee gefdjoffen djinben, to flay id) fdjitnb minbe gefdjunben d)lofen, t sleep bu fdjlafft, er fdjttft iro fdjltef ralafe gefdjlafen d) lag en, to beat bu fdjlagft, er fdjlagt id) fdjlug djlage ;ge|d)Iagen *d)Ieidjen, to sneak ;d) djlid) dileidje |gefdilid)en djleifen, to sharpen ;dl djltff djleife gefd^Iiffen djleifeen, to slit :dj djlife djleiBe gefStiffen djliefjen, to shut :dj d)lo& mlieBe Igefdjloffen d)Hngen, to twine .d) djlang mlinge |gefd)Iungen djmeifeen, to fling dj djmife d)meie aefdintifien djmeljen, to melt bu fdjineljeft (fcfjmUaejl), er id) djmols djmelje gefdjmoljen djnauben, to snort jdjnte s (jd)tm jt) id) fdjnaubte djnaube gefd)naubt (fdjnob) (gefdjnoben) djneiben, to cut d) djnitt d)neibe aefdmitten d)reiben, to write .m fdjrieb d&reibe Igefdjrieben djreien, to scream d) fdjrie mreie gefdjrieen *djreiten, to stride d) fdiritt mreite 'aefdirttten djtoeigen, to be silent td) fd)iuieg djtoeige (fdjtoeig) *djraeu'en, to swell bu fdjiuiflfi, et jdjtDiHt id) fd)tooU d)n)eQe gefd)tt>oHen (fd)h)iH) *djhrimmen, to swim id) fd)tt)amm d)tt)tmme gefdjnjommen (fdjnjtmm) *@d)ttnnben, to vanish djnringen, to swing djtoSren, to swear d) i~d)iucntb dj fdjn)ang d)h)inbe djnjinge gefdittjunben gefdjrtJungen gefc^tuoren (fdjtour) el) en, to see bu fieltft, er fle^t dj fal) .e^ flefe^en *@ein, to be enben, to send see auxiliary verbt p. 4 d) fanbte enbe gefanbt (get (fenbete) fenbet) ieben, to boil d) ott ebe jefotten ingen, to sing *infen, to sink do ang dj an! jefungen gefunfen innen, to muse *it>en, to sit dj ann nne jefonnen ollen, shall, oyght .Spalten, to split eee auxU, vtrbt of mood p. 12. di fpaltete patte }6||]61t gefpalten peien, to spit 9 fpie >eie jcfpieen pinnen, to spin d) fpann lUnti icfponnen j 2nd & 3rd Person singular INFINITIVE. INDICATIVE PRESENT if changed from 1st Person. IMPERFECT IMPERA- TIVE. PAST PAR- TICIPLE. SpIeiBen, to split id? fplife tytCtJ3C 'ft*>fViftfTfri pred?en, to speak bu fpridjft, er fpridjt *Spriefeen, to sprout I *Springen, to spring Steven, to sting bu ftid?ft, er fHd?t *Stefen, to stick id? fpradj id^ fprofe id^ fprong i$ ftoc!^ id? ftecEte(ftal) fpriefee fprtnge frid? ftecfe D*-^**!!*-" gefprod?en geiproffen gefprungen geftod?en geftecft *8tep,en, to stand id? ftanb fte^e D 1 *vv** geftanben Steven, to steal bu fheljlfi, er ftieljlt - id? ftab,! ftie^I gefto^Ien *Stetgen, to mount *8terben, to die *tieben, to be scat- tered bu ftirbft, er ftirbt idj ftteg id) flarb id) ftob fteiae ftirb [tiebe geftiegen geftorben geftoben etin!en, to stink Stojjen, to push Srreidjen, to stroke tret ten, to strive bu jJoBeft, er ftofjt id? ftonl id? fties iro ftiriOQ id) ftritt ftinfe Me frreid5e ftrette geftunfen geftoBen geftridjen gefrritten 2b,un, to do id? t^ue, bu tljitft, er tb,ut, id? tb,at get^an r wir tb,un, etc. Xragen, to carry Xrefren, to hit bu tragft, er tragt bu triffft, er trifft id? trup id) trttt trage getragen trtff getroffen Xreiben, to drive id? trieb treibe getrieben Xreten, to kick bu trittft, er tritt id? trot tritt gerreten Xriefen, to drip id? triefte triefe 'gerrieft (trof) Xrtnfen, to drink idj tranl trinfe gerrunfen Xrugen, to cheat SSerberben, to spoil bu nerbirbfl, er berbirbt id) trog id^ Uerbarb rriige getrogen perbirb perborbcn SerbricBen, to vex e perbrie&t SSergefien, to forget bu Pergiffeft er Pergifjt e toerbroB uerbroffen id? pergafe IbergiB Perqefien SSerlteren, to lose id) per lor perliere Perloren *S5erI6fd?en, to be ex- tinguished, to go out *25erid?aHen, to disap- bu erlofd?efi (t)erltfd?eft), er erlofd?t (berlifd?t) id? perlofd? id? Perfd?oH perlofd?e perloidjen (Perlifd?) Perfd?atte PerfdjoUen pear (a person) *2Bad?jen, to grow m toadjieft, er toadift id? toud) itjotfiie qetradiien 28afd3en, to wash bu afd?eft, er toafdjt jt^j Juuidj tuafdje getDdfd?en SBdgen, to weigh td? n)OQ roage getnogen SBeben, to weave id) roebte tnebe aeroebt (ae (ob) rooben) *2Beidjen, to yield tdb toidb tteidje gen?id?en SBeiien, to show [it nrie3 toeife getmefen 28enben, to turn id? toenbete tnenbe geroenbet (ge= (ttanbte) roanbt) SBerben, to sue for bu toirbfl, er tmrbt id? tuarb Wirb geroorben *S8erben, to become SBerfen, to throw see auxiliary verbs p. 7. bu ttnrfft, er toirft id? toarf tt)irf gettorfen SBiegen, to weigh id? tt)og wiege getoogen SBinben, to wind id? toanb winbe gfrounben SBiiTen, to know id? tteife, bu njeiBt, er toeijj id? tuuBte toiffe gerouBt SBotten, will Settyen, to accuse of seeaKxilverbsoJinoodp.!!..^^ ieilje gejieb,en Bteb,en, to draw P** jog ^iepe igejogen Bttingen, to force jroang 3inge jge^mungen RETURN CIRCULATION DEPARTMENT TO + 202 Main Library LOAN PERIOD 1 HOME USE 2 3 4 5 6 ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS RENEWALS AND RECHARGES MAY BE MADE 4 DAYS PRIOR TO DUE DATE. LOAN PERIODS ARE 1-MCNTH. 3-MONTHS. AND 1-YEAR. RENEWALS: CALL (415) 642-3405 DUE AS STAMPED BELOW UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, BERKELEY FORM NO. DD6, 60m, 1/83 BERKELEY CA 94720 I U.C. BERKELEY LIBRARIES coeaaaotOM 926682 THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY r_ i